“Do not forsake wisdom, and she will protect you; love her, and she will watch over you. The beginning of wisdom is this: Get wisdom. Though it cost all you have, get understanding” 

Proverbs 4:6-7


  • January 1: Genesis 1-3


    Genesis opens with "In the beginning God". This indicates that the next 66 books we are about to read are His book. This is His story of redemption. God sets about making the heavens and the earth. He creates the sun, moon, stars, and earth. He creates all life on earth and then rests.


    The final creation is mankind. From there, man is given the command to name all of the animals. He is also given the command to be fruitful and multiply. Adam and Eve are in the Garden of Eden. It is a paradise, but they are still expected to work. They are given any tree to eat from. However, they are not allowed to eat from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. They are warned that if they eat from that tree, then they will die.


    The serpent is more crafty out of the animals. He approaches the woman and asks "did God really say?" Those four words today are still used to pull people away from God's word. Eve responds that if they eat it or touch the fruit then they will die. In my opinion, that is when the serpent knew that he was going to be able to get them to go against God's command. God had not said to touch it, just not eat it. There was an addition to His command. The serpent promises that if they eat the fruit, then they will be like God. So she takes it and eats it and gives it to her husband. Sin always over promises and under delivers. Now shame enters God's creation. The man and woman realize they are naked and hide as they hear God walking in the cool of the evening.


    Fellowship was broken between the man and the woman, and between mankind and God. God banishes the two from the garden, but promises that One will come from the woman's seed that will crush the head of the serpent.


    January 2: Genesis 4-7


    Having been banished from the garden, Adam and Eve begin having children. Their son Cain works the ground. Their son Abel becomes a shepherd. Abel makes an offering to The LORD and He finds it pleasing. Cain makes an offering to God, but He is not pleased with the offering. Cain becomes enraged. God confronts him and warms Cain that sin is "crouching at his door". Cain's rage seeks to control him. God explains that if Cain does what is right, then he will be accepted.


    Cain disregards this advice and deceptively leads his brother Abel into the field and murders him. Cain goes off and establishes a city. Lamech is the first person in the Bible to engage in polygamy. He is a spiteful and boastful person.


    Adam and Eve have another son named Seth. Seth's line produces Noah. God is upset with what has happened to mankind so He decides to wipe humanity off the face of the planet. However, God finds Noah to be a righteous man and orders him to build an ark so that his family could be preserved. Noah builds the ark and his family enters it. For forty days and forty nights, rain falls and floods the earth out. God wiped out every living thing that was on the surface of the ground.


    January 3: Genesis 8-11


    Noah and his family continued floating along on the water. The sources of the watery depth and the floodgates of the sky stop and the water begins to recede. The ark eventually comes to rest on Mount Ararat which is in modern day Turkey. Noah and his family debark the ark. God promises that He will never flood the earth again and gives the sign of the rainbow to remind us of this covenant.

    God tells Noah to be fruitful and multiply and fear the earth. Prior to the flood, humans were on a vegetarian diet. Now that the flood has receded and the world is changed, humans are now allowed to eat meat.

    Noah was the first man to plant a vineyard. He made some wine and drank it. Then he retired to his tent where he got naked. Ham, one of his sons, discovered his father's nakedness and reported it to his brothers. Noah pronounces a curse on Ham, the father of Canaan.

    The people are fruitful and they multiply. Because of their greatness, they decide that they want to build a tower so that they will be remembered. They set to make a tower that will stretch all the way to heaven. God sees what the people are doing. So, He goes to the land and confuses the languages. It is ironic that they built the temple with the intention of NOT being dispersed. However, it was that very decision that led to them separating.


    January 4: Genesis 12-15


    God calls Abraham telling him to leave his father's house and go to the land that He will show him. Abraham is faithful and leaves the land he knows at the age of 75. If we were in Abraham's position, would we be obedient?


    Abraham makes it to the site of Shechem at the oak of Moreh. At the time, the land is owned by the Canaanites. God promises this land to Abraham. Abraham responds by building an altar to the LORD. Famine strikes the land, so to ensure his survival, Abraham and his wife head to Egypt.


    Since Sarai is so beautiful, Abraham worries that Pharaoh will kill him to marry Sarai. Believe it or not, back in those days, even in pagan societies, adultery was a high offense and carried the death penalty. Abraham convinces her to tell Pharaoh that she is his sister. Pharaoh is confronted by God about his potential sin. Pharaoh then confronts Abraham about the lie and sends them away.


    Abraham, his wife, all he had, and his nephew Lot head out to the Negev. When they get there, Abraham gives Lot his choice of the land. Lot sees the lush green of the Jordan valley decides to head that way. After Lot and Abraham separate, Abraham goes back to live near the oaks of Mamre at Hebron.


    The land lot occupies is eventually taken over. Abraham launches an attack to defend Lot and his family. When they are brought back, God establishes His covenant with Abraham. Abraham is not happy about the covenant because he does not have any offspring to give the inheritance to. Instead of his flesh and blood, his wealth will go to Eliezer, his servant. God promises that Abraham will have a son. God eventually delivers on that promise. When God promises something, we can know that He will make it happen in His time. We must remember that God's timing is always best.


    January 5: Genesis 16-18


    Having been promised that a son is headed his way, Abraham approaches his wife with the good news. His wife says she is too old to give him a son, so she gives her concubine over to Abraham. While some would argue this is a lack of faith on Sarai's part, the fact is that it is a lack of faith on Abraham's part. He should have said something to the effect of, "No, our son will come from the two of us." However, he was all too willing to take the concubine Hagar to give him a son.


    Hagar becomes pregnant with Ishmael. Now Sarai has disdain for Hagar because she is carrying Abraham's child. Hagar is given back over to Sarai to do as she wants. She abuses the poor woman and she flees. Hagar makes it to a spring in the wilderness where she is approached by The Angel of The LORD. The Angel tells her to go back to her mistress. The child she is carrying will be a great nation.


    When Abraham is 99 years old, he is given the instruction to observe covenant circumcision. All males in his camp must be circumcised. All male boys that are born must be circumcised when they are eight days old. Ann Worley did some sleuthing and discovered that vitamin k helps to stop bleeding. Vitamin k is at its highest level on the eighth day after birth.


    The LORD appeared to Abraham at the oaks of Mamre. Abraham was sitting at his tent and approached the three men, imploring them to dine with him. As they are dining, they ask where Sarah is. The LORD says that He will return in one year and she will be pregnant. Sarah laughs at this news. When she is asked why she laughed, she denies it. But He replies, "No, you did laugh". As His people, we must make no mistake in thinking that we can hide things from God.


    The visitors announce that they are going to destroy Sodom and Gomorrah for their wicked ways. Abraham makes a plea for them, but the only ones that will be spared are Lot and his family.


    January 6: Genesis 19-21


    Two angels enter Sodom and Gomorrah. Lot was sitting at Sodom's gate. His position indicates that he had worked his way up to be a leader within Sodom. Lot bows his face to the ground and asks that they would come to his house. He feeds them, but the spread is not nearly as nice as the one that Abraham had laid out for them earlier. The angels warn of the impending doom. Lot tries to warn his sons in law and others about what is getting ready to happen. Unfortunately, they all think he is joking and disregard what he is saying. Sodom and Gomorrah are destroyed, but Lot and his daughters are spared.


    Abraham travels to the Negev where he settles between Kadesh and Shur. He again claims that Sarah is his sister. He clearly did not learn his lesson the first time! Abimelech takes Sarah and is then warned in a dream that she is married. Destruction is headed his way.


    The LORD appears to Sarah just as He said He would. She becomes pregnant and gives birth to Isaac. When he was eight days old, Isaac was circumcised just as God had commanded. Unfortunately, there is sibling rivalry. This results in Ishmael and Hagar being sent away.


    January 7: Genesis 22-24


    The LORD approaches Abraham and tells him to take Isaac and sacrifice him. Abraham gets up early, takes his son, and two of his young men with him. When they get to Moriah, Abraham tells the two men to stay behind and takes Isaac with him. Isaac asks his father where the lamb is that they will sacrifice. Abraham explains that God will provide the sacrifice. Abraham makes up the altar, lays Isaac down on it, and is ready to plunge the knife into his son, when he is stopped by God. Abraham has shown that he loves God more than anything else and will not withhold anything from The LORD.


    Sarah lives to the ripe old age of 127 and then passes away. She is buried in the cave of Machpelah. Though the landowner offered to give the cave to Abraham to bury Sarah, Abraham is adamant about paying for the cave.


    Abraham is getting on in years and decides to find a wife for Isaac. He sends a servant to select a suitable wife from his land, not the land of the Canaanites. As the servant goes to find a wife for Isaac, he prays that God will identify who the woman should be. Before the servant even finishes praying, Rebekah approaches him and offers to draw water for his camels. The servant approaches Rebekah's father about marrying Isaac. The father allows it and Rebekah goes back immediately.



    PRINT OUT


  • January 7: Genesis 22-24

    The LORD approaches Abraham and tells him to take Isaac and sacrifice him. Abraham gets up early, takes his son, and two of his young men with him. When they get to Moriah, Abraham tells the two men to stay behind and takes Isaac with him. Isaac asks his father where the lamb is that they will sacrifice. Abraham explains that God will provide the sacrifice. Abraham makes up the altar, lays Isaac down on it, and is ready to plunge the knife into his son, when he is stopped by God. Abraham has shown that he loves God more than anything else and will not withhold anything from The LORD.


    Sarah lives to the ripe old age of 127 and then passes away. She is buried in the cave of Machpelah. Though the landowner offered to give the cave to Abraham to bury Sarah, Abraham is adamant about paying for the cave.


    Abraham is getting on in years and decides to find a wife for Isaac. He sends a servant to select a suitable wife from his land, not the land of the Canaanites. As the servant goes to find a wife for Isaac, he prays that God will identify who the woman should be. Before the servant even finishes praying, Rebekah approaches him and offers to draw water for his camels. The servant approaches Rebekah's father about marrying Isaac. The father allows it and Rebekah goes back immediately.


    January 8: Genesis 25-26


    Abraham takes another wife, Keturah, and they have some children together. These children do not have the same inheritance as Isaac. At the tender age of 175, Abraham takes his last breath. Isaac is a dutiful son and buries his father in the cave of Machpelah near Mamre with Sarah.


    We read an account of Ishmael's descendants. One thing is for sure, God delivered on His promise that Abraham would have descendants as numerous as the stars in the sky. Islam, Judaism, and Christianity, three of the largest religions in the world, trace their lineage to Abraham. God delivers on His promises!


    Isaac's wife Rebekah has trouble conceiving. Isaac prays to The LORD on her behalf. God promises to give Rebekah twins. However, their struggle with one another will begin in the womb. When it came time for birth, Esau comes out first, but Jacob emerges right after, grasping Esau's heel.


    Later in life, Esau gives his birthright to Jacob for something to eat. Esau stood to inherit the most out of Isaac's offspring, but he gave it up because he was hungry. He was not looking to the future, but looking at his immediate need. That led him to make a terrible decision. My hope and prayer is that we do not make decisions just based on the immediate. Instead, I hope we see how a simple decision will affect the future.


    A famine breaks out in the land. Isaac takes his family to Gerar where he falls into the same trap as his father. Because he is concerned about losing his life on account of Rebekah's beauty, he tells the men of Gerar that she is his sister. After their stay in Gerar, Isaac and his family go to Beer-sheba. God appears to him there and promises to bless him and multiply his offspring. Isaac builds an altar to The LORD.


    January 9: Genesis 27-29


    Isaac is getting on in years. He calls for Esau to give him his blessing. Rebekah knows what is about to happen, so she schemes with Jacob to steal Esau's blessing. Isaac liked the taste of game, so he sends Esau out to kill something for him. Rebekah takes some goats and makes them into a delicious meal. She has Jacob wear Esau's clothing and makes coverings of hair for his arms, hands, and neck (since Esau was a hairy man).


    Jacob enters Isaac's tent, pretending to be his brother. Isaac does not believe it at first. He had weak eyes at this point, but he identifies the voice he hears as Jacob's not Esau's. However, Jacob smelled like Esau since he was wearing his brother's clothes. This was good enough for Isaac and he proceeds to give the blessing to Jacob.


    Esau returns and finds that his blessing has been stolen. To preserve his life, Isaac and Rebekah send Jacob away to Paddan- Aram to Rebekah's father. Jacob is instructed to find a wife from there.


    Jacob meets Rachel and falls madly in love with her. Jacob and Laban, Rachel's father, come to an agreement. If he works for seven years for Laban, he can have Rachel as a wife. Jacob dutifully works the seven years and they pass quickly. On the wedding night, Jacob is shocked to find that he had not been given Rachel as a bride, but instead, he got her older sister Leah. (I know that sounds crazy in our modern context, but it was feasible since women wore veils back then). Jacob uncovers the deceit, Laban excuses it away, and promises that he can have Rachel if he works another seven years.


    The deceiver had become the deceived. 


    January 10: Genesis 30-31


    Rachel is Jacob's favored wife, but she is not having any children. She becomes envious of Leah, who has already provided Jacob several sons. Rachel demands children from Jacob, but he is quick to tell her that he is not in God's place. God is the One that has shut her womb, not him. Rachel gives her slave Bilhah to Jacob as a wife, expecting to have children through her. (This was a relatively common practice in these days). Bilhah conceives and gives birth to Dan and Naphtali.


    Leah sees that she is no longer having children, so she gives her slave Zilpah to Jacob as a wife. Zilpah gives birth to Gad and Asher. Leah begins having children again and gives birth to Issachar, Zebulun, and a daughter named Dinah.


    Poor Rachel! But God remembers her and she conceives Joseph. In the Hebrew, this name is actually a prayer. His name is a request that God would give her another son.


    Jacob works with Laban's flocks. We read an interesting case of animal husbandry with the speckled and spotted sheep. There is no scientific explanation behind it. Jacob's flocks multiplied because God was doing the work. Do not get me wrong, Jacob a fair amount of work, but God blessed the work. God does not expect us to be lazy. We can't just pray for a hole in the ground and then lean on the shovel.


    Jacob leaves Laban's land and begins to head home. Laban chases after Jacob and his family. Laban is upset that Jacob was deceitful in his departure. The two make a covenant and set up a stone as a marker. They took stones and made a mound around the stone and called the mound Jegar-sahadutha.


    January 11: Genesis 32-34


    Jacob continues on his way. However, since he has left the protection of his father in law, he will have to deal with his brother Esau. Remember that the last time he had any dealings with Esau, Esau was ready to kill him.


    Jacob is smart and sends a messenger ahead of him to Seir. He has the messenger explain that Jacob has been delayed, he has many possessions, and has sent the messenger to seek Esau's favor. The messenger comes back with news that seems horrifying upon first hearing it. Esau is on his way with 400 of his men to meet Jacob.


    To assuage Esau's anger, Jacob divides his wealth to give some to his brother as a peace offering. He sends his servant ahead of him with a bunch of livestock for Esau. Jacob and his family cross the Jabbok river. That night, he is by himself when he wrestles a man. The man sees that He cannot defeat Jacob, so He strikes Jacob's hip socket and dislocates it. Jacob refuse to let Him go until he is blessed. Jacob receives a new name. He is no longer going to be Jacob, instead he is now Israel because he has struggled with God and with men and has prevailed.


    Esau and Jacob meet. Esau holds no ill will toward Jacob. He too has been blessed tremendously by The LORD.


    Jacob travels on to Shechem where his daughter goes out to see some of the young women in the area. Odds are that since she was one daughter out of so many brothers, she was looking for female friends! Unfortunately, the son of Hamor sees her, becomes infatuated with her, and assaults her. He demands that his father get Dinah for him as a wife.


    Hamor approaches Jacob about giving Dinah to his son as a wife. Jacob's sons had heard about what happened, so they agreed to allow Dinah to be given in marriage. However, all of the men of Shechem had to be circumcised. The men of the land go through the procedure and while they were still sore, Simeon and Levi slaughter every male in the city. Jacob is distraught with his sons and he admonishes them.


    They ask whether their sister should have been treated like that. The answer, of course, is no. 


    January 12: Genesis 35-37


    God tells Jacob to return to Bethel and build an altar to God there. Jacob tells his family to get rid of their foreign gods. They are to change their clothes and purify themselves. Jacob explains that he is going to build an altar to God and that God has been with him everywhere he has gone.


    God again appears to Jacob and renames him Israel. He also tells him to be fruitful and multiply and that an assembly of nations will come from him.


    The family departs Bethel. Rachel had been pregnant and begins to give birth on the way. Her labor is difficult and she dies while delivering her son. With her last breath, she names him Ben- oni which means "Son of my Sorrow." Jacob buried Rachel on the way to Ephrath and set up a marker.


    We read the records of Esau's family. Esau, though he lost his inheritance and blessing, still becomes a great nation and has many descendants.


    Jacob and his family are living in Canaan. Joseph, the first son born from his favorite wife, is clearly his favorite child. Joseph has dreams that indicate he will hold position over his brothers. It was not the smartest move, but he tells his brothers about these dreams. They become so upset, they decide they want to kill him. However, they decide it would be smarter to make some money by selling him into slavery. They go back to Jacob to tell him that his favorite was killed by a wild animal. Meanwhile, Joseph becomes Potiphar's slave. The brothers believe they have seen the last of Joseph, but God is working out something very different.


    January 13: Genesis 38-40


    We take a detour on the Joseph narrative in Genesis 38 to learn of Judah and Tamar. Judah settled and found a wife from among the Canaanites named Shua. She conceives and gives birth to a son named Er. She bear another son named Onan. Judah gets a wife for Er named Tamar. Er was evil in The LORD's sight and is killed because of his evil. Judah tells Onan to sleep with Er's wife so that Er will have descendants. This practice was common in the Ancient Near East. Onan protests since the descendants will not be his. He sets a course of action to ensure that he will not get Tamar pregnant. God finds his actions evil and Onan dies.


    Tamar dresses as a prostitute. She asks him what he will pay her and he promises to send her a goat from his flock. However, she will not agree unless he leaves his signet ring, cord, and staff. He gives them to her. She becomes pregnant. Judah sends the young goat, just as he promised, only to find out there is no prostitute there. He decides to not make a fuss over it and figures that he will never see his ring, cord, and staff again. He did not want to make a big deal about it or he would have brought attention to his sin. However, when Tamar starts to show that she is pregnant, he accuses her of sinfulness and demands to know who got her pregnant. She presents the ring, cord, and staff of Judah.


    Joseph makes a name for himself in Potiphar's house. He is so loyal that there is nothing that Potiphar withholds from him. He is a strapping young man and Potiphar's wife takes a liking to him. She tries to seduce Joseph, but he denies her advances. He asks how he can sin against his lord. In one encounter, as he tries to flee, she grabs his outer garment and accuses him of attempted rape. Joseph is thrown into jail where he interprets the dreams of Pharaohs baker and cupbearer. The baker is executed, but the cupbearer is restored to his position.


    January 14: Genesis 41-42


    Two years after the cupbearer had been released from prison, Pharaoh had odd dreams, but none of his men cold interpret the dream. The cupbearer remembered Joseph and told Pharaoh about him. Joseph was brought before Pharaoh to interpret his dreams. Joseph explains that he cannot interpret the dreams, but God can. As believers, we should not be quick to take credit for God's power. God can do a lot of great things through us, but it should be for His glory, not our own.


    Seven years of good times are ahead. Egypt is going to do quite well. There will be abundance for seven years. However, after that seven year period, things are going to be so bad for the next seven years that the people will forget the times of abundance. Joseph recommends that they take this time of excess to prepare for the famine. Pharaoh is pleased with this proposal and puts Joseph in charge of this effort. Joseph marries and begins having children. Joseph had a difficult life, but he remained faithful to God and The LORD blessed him.


    Meanwhile, Joseph's brothers are back home and they are starving. Israel tells his sons to go to Egypt and get them some food. All of the sons departed for Egypt with the exception of Benjamin. When Joseph sees his brothers, he treats them like strangers since they do not recognize him. He begins a plot that will result in his father and the rest of his family will come to settle in Goshen. He allows all of them to go back to Israel with the exception of Simeon. Simeon is put in prison. Joseph promises to release him if they bring back their youngest brother. The boys take this news to their father. Israel is upset and throws a tantrum saying that "everything always happens to me!" Israel has done quite well for himself despite his deceitful acts. However, he forgets all of those blessings and instead focuses on one problem. As believers, we should strive to regularly remember our blessings even in times of struggle and despair.


  • JANUARY 15: GENESIS 41-42


    Two years after the cupbearer had been released from prison, Pharaoh had odd dreams, but none of his men could interpret the dream. The cupbearer remembered Joseph and told Pharaoh about him. Joseph was brought before Pharaoh to interpret his dreams. Joseph explains that he cannot interpret the dreams, but God can. As believers, we should not be quick to take credit for God's power. God can do a lot of great things through us, but it should be for His glory, not our own.


    Seven years of good times are ahead. Egypt is going to do quite well. There will be abundance for seven years. However, after that seven year period, things are going to be so bad for the next seven years that the people will forget the times of abundance. Joseph recommends that they take this time of excess to prepare for the famine. Pharaoh is pleased with this proposal and puts Joseph in charge of this effort. Joseph marries and begins having children. Joseph had a difficult life, but he remained faithful to God and The LORD blessed him.


    Meanwhile, Joseph's brothers are back home and they are starving. Israel tells his sons to go to Egypt and get them some food. All of the sons departed for Egypt with the exception of Benjamin. When Joseph sees his brothers, he treats them like strangers since they do not recognize him. He begins a plot that will result in his father and the rest of his family will come to settle in Goshen. He allows all of them to go back to Israel with the exception of Simeon. Simeon is put in prison. Joseph promises to release him if they bring back their youngest brother. The boys take this news to their father. Israel is upset and throws a tantrum saying that "everything always happens to me!" Israel has done quite well for himself despite his deceitful acts. However, he forgets all of those blessings and instead focuses on one problem. As believers, we should strive to regularly remember our blessings even in times of struggle and despair.


    January 15: Genesis 43-45


    Joseph’s brothers stretch their provisions as far as they possibly can. They run out of food and finally make the decision to go back to Egypt for more. I am curious what would have been going through Simeon’s mind. We do not know exactly how long they went back and stayed at home, but we know for sure that they did not return immediately with Benjamin so that he would be released!


    Judah takes responsibility and Israel finally allows Benjamin to travel back to Egypt with his brothers. They packed up gifts to take to Joseph. Upon their arrival, they were immediately taken to Joseph’s house. This caused terror to fall upon all of them. Joseph is friendly toward them, asking how their father is. They then settle in for a huge meal.


    Joseph orders that their sacks be filled with as much food as they can carry. He also has his silver cup placed into Benjamin’s bag. When the morning light came, the men set out. Now, I am not a smart man, but I think that after the last incident with the money I would have checked my bags before leaving. Joseph’s brothers do not. Joseph’s steward pursues them and overtake them.


    They are brought back to Joseph’s house where he inspects their bags. Judah pleads for Benjamin when the silver cup is found in his bag. He offers himself up to be Joseph’s slave if he will just allow Benjamin to return home.

    Joseph cannot take it any longer and confesses to his brothers that he is Joseph. They are all shocked. Joseph is not concerned with punishing his brothers. Instead, he is concerned with how his father is doing.


    God had sent Joseph ahead of them to Egypt so that their lives would be preserved. The brothers certainly acted evil toward him, but God used their actions for good.


    January 16: Genesis 46-47



    God appears to Jacob and tells him not to be afraid of going to Egypt. It sees odd that he would be worried about going to Egypt since he has learned the fantastic news of Joseph’s high position. However, I try to put myself in Jacob’s shoes and how I would have felt if I was presented such a story. He has believed his favorite son Joseph has been dead for a very long time. He had worked through that grief already, but now he finds out that his son is alive, well, and is an official in Egypt. I am sure it was a lot to take in all at once. God tells him to go and He will make him into a great nation. Jacob is obedient and takes his entire family with him.


    Judah had gone ahead of them to prepare for their arrival in Goshen. When Jacob (aka Israel) arrives, Joseph presents himself, throws his arms around Jacob, and weeps for a long time.


    Joseph tells Pharaoh that his family has arrived. He takes five of the brothers and presents them to Pharaoh. They are given the land of Goshen to live in since they were shepherds. Shepherds were detestable in the eyes of the Egyptians. Pharaoh also puts his flocks in their care.


    The years pass, the famine does not stop, nor does the need of the people. They sell their possessions and then their land to buy their food. Pharaoh winds up owning all of Egypt.

    Jacob lives 147 years. When the time of his death draws near, he sends for Joseph. He makes Joseph swear an oath to him that he will not be buried in Egypt, but will be taken back to the family burial place near Hebron in the cave at Machpelah.


    January 17: Genesis 48-50


    Jacob has Ephraim and Manasseh, Joseph’s sons, brought to him so that he can bless them. He gives the greater blessing to Ephraim, the younger son. Joseph, of course, tries to get his father to give the greater blessing to the older son Manasseh. Jacob refuses. Manasseh will still be great, but he will not be as great as his brother. It was certainly the social norm for the older son to receive the greatest portion of the blessing. However, throughout all of the Bible, we will often see the younger son grow in stature and prominence throughout Israel’s history. All that to say, God will do what He is going to do.


    Jacob gathers his sons and prophesies about their future. Upon giving them their suitable blessings, he once again reiterates that he does not want to be buried in Egypt. Instead, he wants to be buried in Hebron. With the last of the instructions given, Jacob dies. Joseph mourns. He has the physicians embalm his father for the journey to Hebron. Typically, the embalming was done by the Egyptian priests, so there is a significance in him having the physicians do it. Joseph does not follow the gods of the Egyptians, he follows the One True God. Jacob’s funeral procession consists of Pharaoh’s servants, the elders of his household, and all the elders of Egypt along with Joseph, his household, and his father’s household.


    Now that Jacob is gone, Joseph’s brothers are worried that he will mete out his retribution against them. They thought that he had only spared their lives because of their father. They send a messenger to plead for their lives. Joseph simply asks if he is in the place of God. They had meant their act for evil, but God used it for good. Joseph lives to a ripe age of 110. He is embalmed and placed in a coffin in Egypt.


    My friends, we are not in God’s place. When someone wrongs us, do we have a heart like Joseph? Or do we let the flesh take over and seek retribution?


    January 18: Exodus 1-3


    Exodus opens with the sons of Israel. We learn that the Israelites arrived in Egypt very few in number, but they have been fruitful and multiplied in the land of Goshen. Joseph and his brothers died and a new Pharaoh came to power that did not know Joseph. There is a shift in how the Israelites are viewed. It is most likely that Joseph came to power when the Hyskos


    Pharaohs were ruling Egypt. The Hyskos invaded Egypt and took control. At the time of Exodus one, the Hyskos have been thrown out and the ruling Pharaoh is Egyptian. He uses fear tactics to get his way. He warns his advisers and the others that the Israelites might get to be so powerful that they will overthrow Egypt.

    Pharaoh orders the Hebrew midwives to kill any sons born to the Hebrew women. The females are allowed to live, most likely because they would grow up and be married to Egyptian men. The midwives disobey Pharaoh’s command since they fear God more. Pharaoh summons them and they tell him that the Hebrew women are stronger and deliver the boys before they can get to them. The midwives are blessed for their obedience to God. However, Pharaoh now orders that the Hebrew boys be thrown into the Nile.


    A Levite man marries a Levite woman. She has a son and keeps him as long as she can. When she cannot keep him hidden anymore, she makes a little ark to put the boy in and float him down the Nile. Just as God had saved humanity with Noah’s ark, He will save the Hebrew nation through this little ark. Moses is sent down the river where Pharaoh’s daughter finds him.


    Having grown up in the Egyptian court, but knowing his Hebrew background, Moses had a sense that he was supposed to do something for his people. Unfortunately, he does not consult The LORD and takes matters into his own hands. When he sees an Egyptian abusing an Israelite, he kills the Egyptian and hides the body. The next day he sees two Hebrews fighting and intervenes.


    They ask if he will kill them the way he did with the Egyptian. Moses flees because he knows that Pharaoh will execute him when he finds out what he did.


    Moses flees to Midian where he finds a wife. He is tending to his father in law’s sheep. Moses had grown up in the royal court of Egypt and now he is tending sheep for his father in law. Let’s not miss the irony: Shepherds were abhorrent to the Egyptians. While he is working, Moses sees a bush burning, but it is not consumed by the fire. Moses approaches the bush where he is told by The LORD that he will return to Egypt and free the Israelites from Pharaoh’s hand.


    When Moses asks what he should say God’s name is, He responds, “I AM WHO I AM.” God always has been and always will be. He has no beginning and no end. He is the Great I AM.


    January 19: Exodus 4-6


    Moses is understandably reluctant to go back to Egypt and go up against Pharaoh. He asks what if they do not believe him. God explains that He will give him miraculous signs to show that he has been sent by God. God tells Moses to take his staff and throw it on the ground. When he does, the staff turns into a snake. However, when Moses picks it up, it returns to being a staff. God tells Moses to put his hand in his cloak. When he pulls his hand out, it is white and leprous.


    Despite these signs, Moses is still reluctant and asks that God would send someone else. He is concerned because he thinks he does not have the ability to speak well. God asks Moses who made the human mouth. God will equip Moses to do what He has called him to do. When God calls us to do something, God will equip us for the task! So when God tells us to go, we should obey Him and do His will. No need to fear, He will take care of us.


    God appoints Aaron, Moses’s brother, to go with him to be the spokesman. Moses unites with Aaron, and he goes willingly. I always find it incredible that Moses was talking with God that night and he pushed back, but when Aaron is told by his brother what God has tasked them to do, he willingly goes along with it. In this sense, Aaron shows more faith than Moses!


    Moses and Aaron go to Egypt where they gather the Israelites and explain what is about to happen. There is much rejoicing. Aaron and Moses confront Pharaoh, telling him that he must let the Israelites go so that they can worship Yahweh. Pharaoh asks who Yahweh is that he should obey Him. In those days, Pharaoh was believed to be a god himself. As far as Pharaoh is concerned, there is no one more powerful than him. He will not let the people go.


    Pharaoh has a problem on his hands now because the Israelites are expecting to be freed from their labor. To counter this desire for freedom, he imposes new challenges to their jobs. They must continue to make the same amount of bricks, but now straw will not be provided. The Israelites do not blame Pharaoh for their new plight. Instead, they turn their ire to Moses.


    Moses consults The LORD about it and He once again promises that they will be freed. It’s going to happen, but there will be struggle prior to their release.


    January 20: Exodus 7-9


    Moses and Aaron are commanded by God to confront Pharaoh and demand that he let the Israelites go. Pharaoh demands that Moses perform a miracle. Aaron takes his staff and throws it on the ground. It becomes a serpent. Pharaoh called his wise men and sorcerers and they are able to turn their staffs into serpents through their occult practices. Aaron’s serpent eats all of the other serpents. However, Pharaoh’s heart is hardened and he will not relent.


    The LORD sends Moses back to Pharaoh. Moses again warns him to let the people go, but he will not. So Moses turns the Nile to blood. All of the freshwater, even the water stored in containers turns to blood. However, Pharaoh calls his wise men and they are able to turn the water to blood themselves. Pharaoh’s heart remains hardened. The obvious question is: Where did they get the fresh water? Exodus 7: 24 answers that question. It explains that the Egyptians dug around the Nile to get their fresh water.


    The blood in the Nile lasts for seven days. God sends Aaron and Moses back to make His demands. Again, Pharaoh refuses, so God sends frogs upon the land this time. The frogs are everywhere! The last plague did not necessarily affect Pharaoh, however, this one causes him some inconvenience since he has to deal with frogs in his royal chambers. Pharaoh’s magicians are able to do the same thing. However, I have always been curious why Pharaoh did not have them remove the frogs. Pharaoh tells Moses and Aaron to ask God to remove the frogs. Moses asks when he wants them gone. When Pharaoh provides his answer, Moses assures him that the frogs will be removed at that time. The frogs all die and there are so many that they are in heaping piles throughout the land. With the nuisance gone, Pharaoh goes back to his old ways and will not let them go.


    God then sends gnats to the land. Pharaoh’s magicians are unable to produce gnats themselves and tell Pharaoh that this is “the finger of God”. After the gnats, God sends flies to the land. After that the Egyptian livestock all die suddenly. The Israelite livestock all remained. Despite this fact, Pharaoh’s heart still remained hardened.


    All of the Egyptians have painful boils break out all over. They are all in tremendous pain and agony. Pharaoh’s magicians cannot even stand before Moses. There are some theologians and medical folks that believe this outbreak might have been anthrax.


    The LORD tells Moses to go back to Pharaoh and tell him that hail is headed their way. If they want their crops and livestock to survive, they must bring them in or the hail will destroy them. The Egyptian livestock had been killed off earlier. Most likely this livestock was misappropriated from the Israelites. We see a shift in thinking. Some of the elders are starting to believe in God and they put their livestock away. Others are indignant and refuse to put their livestock and crops up. They have experienced all of these plagues, but they still refuse to believe God.


    January 21: Exodus 10-12


    Pharaoh’s heart is still hardened. Moses is sent with the message to let the Israelites go. Pharaoh again refuses and so locusts are sent to the land. All of the crops that had survived the hail are now consumed by the invasion. The land is invaded with more locusts than there had ever been or would ever be. They destroy all of the Egyptian crops. Pharaoh admits his sin to Moses, asks for his forgiveness, and asks that the locusts be taken away. Once the locusts have been removed, he goes back to his old ways. He paid lip service to get what he wanted, but once his needs were met, he went back to his old ways.


    After the locusts, God sends darkness on the land for three days. For three days one person could not see the other because it was so dark. To experience this kind of dark, we would have to lock ourselves in a room with absolutely no light source seeping in. Despite the fact that the Egyptians were covered in darkness, the Israelites had plenty of light. Again, eePharaoh summons Moses and Aaron. This time he says they can all go worship God, they just have to leave behind all of their livestock. Moses and Aaron explain that they have to take all of it with them since they do not know what they will use for a sacrifice until they get there. Pharaoh’s heart is hardened again, and he tells them to leave his presence. They will “not see” his face again.


    God tells Moses that He is going to bring the final plague on the Egyptians. After this plague, Pharaoh will let them go. At midnight, He will go through the Egyptian land and kill the firstborn male in the land. In order for the firstborn Israelite males to be spared, they are to tak an unblemished lamb and slaughter it at twilight. They are to take some of the blood and smear it on the two doorposts and lintel of the houses. When God sees the blood, He will pass over the house and the firstborn male will be spared.


    Just as God had said He would, at about midnight all of the Egyptian firstborn males were killed. In a fit of rage, Pharaoh kicked Moses and the rest of the Israelites out of Egypt. From there, the Israelites enter the exodus. They have finally been freed. It took a while, but God delivered on His promises. When God tells us He will do something, we can know that He will make it happen in His time.


    PRINT OUT

  • January 21: EXODUS 10-12


    Pharaoh’s heart is still hardened. Moses is sent with the message to let the Israelites go. Pharaoh again refuses and so locusts are sent to the land. All of the crops that had survived the hail are now consumed by the invasion. The land is invaded with more locusts than there had ever been or would ever be. They destroy all of the Egyptian crops. Pharaoh admits his sin to Moses, asks for his forgiveness, and asks that the locusts be taken away. Once the locusts have been removed, he goes back to his old ways. He paid lip service to get what he wanted, but once his needs were met, he went back to his old ways.

    After the locusts, God sends darkness on the land for three days. For three days one person could not see the other because it was so dark. To experience this kind of dark, we would have to lock ourselves in a room with absolutely no light source seeping in. Despite the fact that the Egyptians were covered in darkness, the Israelites had plenty of light. Again Pharaoh summons Moses and Aaron. This time he says they can all go worship God, they just have to leave behind all of their livestock. Moses and Aaron explain that they have to take all of it with them since they do not know what they will use for a sacrifice until they get there. Pharaoh’s heart is hardened again and he tells them to leave his presence. They will “not see” his face again.

    God tells Moses that He is going to bring the final plague on the Egyptians. After this plague, Pharaoh will let them go. At midnight, He will go through the Egyptian land and kill the firstborn male in the land. In order for the firstborn Israelite males to be spared, they are to tak an unblemished lamb and slaughter it at twilight. They are to take some of the blood and smear it on the two doorposts and lintel of the houses. When God sees the blood, He will pass over the house and the firstborn male will be spared.

    Just as God had said He would, at about midnight all of the Egyptian firstborn males were killed. In a fit of rage, Pharaoh kicked Moses and the rest of the Israelites out of Egypt. From there, the Israelites enter the exodus. They have finally been freed. It took a while, but God delivered on His promises. When God tells us He will do something, we can know that He will make it happen in His time.


    January 22: Exodus 13-15


    Moses and the Israelites are kicked out of Egypt. Before they depart, they collect jewelry from the Egyptians. God commands that every first born male be consecrated to Him. God gives instructions on eating unleavened bread for seven days and have a festival to The LORD on the seventh day. They are to do this so they can remember how God brought them out of their slavery in Egypt. As we go through life, it is good to remember all of the times that God has delivered us from our problems.


    God does not lead the people on the direct route to get to the Promised Land. He knew that if He led them on the road by the Philistines, then the people would want to go back to Egypt rather than face war. As a result, He takes them toward the Red Sea along the “road of the wilderness”. The irony is that they will still complain of hardship, even though God spared them from war.

    Pharaoh’s heart becomes hardened again and decides to pursue the Israelites. The Egyptians chase them with all of Pharaoh’s horses and chariots, his horsemen, and his army. The Israelites see this vast army coming after them. After briefly crying to God for deliverance, they turn to Moses and complain to him. As far as they can tell, it would have been better for them to stay in Egypt as slaves than to be killed in the wilderness.


    Moses tells them to stand firm and see The LORD’s salvation. The LORD tells Moses to have the Israelites break camp. Moses will take his staff, stretch his hand over the sea and divide it so that the Israelites could go through the sea on dry ground. Moses follows the command, the sea is divided, and the Israelites are delivered safely on the other side. When they were clear of the sea, God covered the path again, drowning the pursuing Egyptians. The Israelites sing a song praising God for His help. Three days later, though, they are complaining because they cannot find any water at Mara. God provides water for them. God just did this wonderful thing for them and suddenly, the blessing is forgotten. My hope and prayer is that regardless of what storm we are facing, we will focus on the blessings!


    January 23: Exodus 16-18


    The Israelites depart Elim and arrive at the Wilderness of Sin. At this point, they begin to grumble again. God provided them water, but now they are complaining about the lack of food. They bemoan the fact that they had what they needed while they were slaves in Egypt, but now they are going hungry. They would rather have died enslaved with full stomachs than free and hungry.

    God tells Moses that He is going to rain bread from heaven called manna. He gives the instructions on how they are to collect the manna. They can only collect what they need for the day. If they collect too much, then they will only have enough. If they collect too little, they will still have enough. If they try to save extra for the next day, then it will be bad. The only time they can collect more manna is the day before the Sabbath. Sure enough, those that tried to save some for the next day found that it had gone bad. Those that did not collect enough for the Sabbath the day before, went without. God is teaching them a lesson in relying on The LORD. It is no coincidence that when Christ presents the perfect prayer He asks that God give us the “daily bread”. The Israelites were learning how to trust and rely on God for daily provision.

    They leave the Wilderness of Sin. Though God continues to provide, the people get upset again and cry about not having any water. So, God tells Moses to take his staff and strike the rock to bring forth water.

    While they are at Rephidim, the Amalekites attack and fight against Israel. Moses, Aaron, and Hur go to the top of a hill to watch the battle. When Moses raises his hand, the Israelites begin winning the battle. When he drops his hand, the Amalekites begin winning. 


    Eventually, Moses gets tired holding his hands up. Hur and Aaron give him a stone to sit on and they prop his arms up. In our lives, we are going to run into situations where we need support. My hope and prayer is that everyone here has someone that will support them as we go through our battles.

    gets tired holding his hands up. Hur and Aaron give him a stone to sit on and they prop his arms up. In our lives, we are going to run into situations where we need support. My hope and prayer is that everyone here has someone that will support them as we go through our battles.

    Jethro, Moses’s father-in-law, shows up and sees all that Moses is doing. He warns Moses that he is doing too much, and he needs to appoint others to do some of the work. Otherwise, he is going to wear himself and the people out. We are NOT called to do it all on our own. There is no shame in asking for help as we go through life!


    January 24: Exodus 19-21


    The Israelites travel to Sinai where they set up camp. Moses goes up to the mountain to God. God gives Moses the words that he is to take back to the Israelites. This section begins the establishment of the Mosaic covenant. God promises them that they will be His possession out of all the peoples. They will be His kingdom of priests and His holy nation.

    Moses summons the elders and gives them the words of The LORD. On the third day, Mount Sinai is covered in a thick cloud. Lighting, thunder, and the sound of a trumpet is heard. All the people shudder. Moses goes up the mountain to receive the Ten Commandments. All of the people tell Moses that they will listen to him. They request that God does not talk to them because they know if He does they will die.


    God gives Moses additional laws about their conduct. If a Hebrew man is bought as slave, he can only be kept for six years. On the seventh year, he must be freed. God also gives instruction about personal injury. If someone strikes someone with malicious intent and the person dies, then the offender is to be put to death. However, if the person is killed by accident, then the person can flee to a sanctuary land where his life will be preserved.

    If a man’s ox injures another man’s ox and the ox dies, then the live ox must be sold and the profits shared. However, if the ox is known for goring animals and people, but the owner did not destroy the ox, then the owner owes full compensation to the person that lost his ox.


    January 25: Exodus 22-24


    If someone steals an ox or a sheep and butchers it, he owes more than he took. Instead of giving just one ox or sheep, the guilty party must repay five cattle or four sheep. If thieves are caught stealing money or goods, he must pay back double of what he stole.

    They are given instruction on how to treat the foreign resident. They are not to exploit them or oppress them since they were once foreigners in the land of Egypt. The widow and orphan should not be mistreated. If they are, God will hear their cry and His anger will burn against the guilty party. It is worth noting that care for the oppressed and less fortunate were God’s expectation of His people all along.

    They cannot spread false reports. They must be honest in all that they do. Honesty is important in the life of a believer. A person will not get in trouble for telling the truth!


    The people are given the command to use their fields for six years and on the seventh to give it a break. God has developed a restful period, not just for His people, but the land. As believers, it is important to take times of respite and rest.

    Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and 70 of Israel’s elders are commanded to go a distance with Moses and bow before The LORD. Only Moses is to approach Him. The people affirm that they will follow all of the commands that God has given them. Moses sets up an altar with 12 pillars for the 12 tribes. They offered burnt offerings and sacrificed bulls as fellowship offerings. Moses sprinkled some of the blood on the altar and some on the people. After the covenant ceremony, Moses goes up the mountain and remains there for 40 days and 40 nights.


    January 26: Exodus 25-27


    The LORD directs Moses to take an offering from anyone that is willing to give. The funds raised will go toward building the tabernacle. They need gold, silver, and bronze; blue, purple, and scarlet yarn; fine linen and goat hair. Though the tabernacle will be portable, it will also be ornate!

    God gives them directions on how to construct the ark that will house the two stone tablets with the Ten Commandments. On top of the ark, they are to build a mercy seat out of gold and put two cherubim facing the seat. This will be God’s throne.

    Moses is given specific instructions on how to build the tabernacle and the furnishings that are supposed to go in it. They follow them to the exact detail. When we want things to turn out right, we have to follow the directions exactly. When we deviate, we can expect that something will not turn out right!


    The tabernacle will be a center for worship and making sacrifice. This does not mean that God is contained to just the temple. God does not need a place to house Him. Likewise, we must remember that God is not contained to the church building. As believers, we shouldn’t put God in a box. Instead, He should inform how we live our lives throughout the week, not just for an hour or two on a Sunday morning.


    January 27: Exodus 28-29


    Aaron and his sons are identified as the ones that will serve as priests. He is instructed to make holy garments for them. They will have a turban or mitre, a plate of pure gold on the turban saying “HOLY TO THE LORD”. The shoulder straps for the breastplate are capped with two onyx stones with the names of Israel’s twelve sons in order of their birth. There are to be 12 gemstones on the breastplate bearing the name of the 12 tribes.


    From there, Aaron and his sons are to be consecrated to serve God as priests. Aaron is to put all of the priestly garments on. Then he and his sons are to bring a bull to the front of the tent of

    meeting, lay their hands on the bull’s head. Then they must slaughter the bull.

    What strikes me is that the priestly garments are very ornate and beautiful. Aaron and the other priests are to wear these beautiful garments while they are slaughtering the animals for sacrifice. Typically, if I am going to do any dirty work, I will put on clothes I do not mind getting messed up. I would not put on a suit to paint my house!


    Being a priest in those days was a bloody business since sacrifices had to regularly be performed to cover sin. Thankfully, Christ came to shed His blood once and for all. His blood removes the stain of sin and makes it look like it never even happened. He is the One that takes away our sins and reconciles us.


    January 28: Exodus 30-32


    Moses is given instruction on how to make the incense altar. He is also directed to take a census of the Israelites and register them. God directs Moses to make a bronze basin for washing and gives directions on how to make a special anointing oil. This oil is not supposed to be used for ordinary things!

    God commands Moses to observe the Sabbath. Then He gives Moses the two stone tablets containing the Ten Commandments.


    Meanwhile, down in the valley, the people are seeing that Moses is taking a while to get back. Rather than look to the mountain and see that God is still there, they decide that Moses must be dead. So they go to Aaron and demand that he make them a god to worship.


    Rather than do the right thing and tell them not to worry, that Moses is on his way, Aaron gives into the crowd. He tells them to take off their jewelry so that he can melt it down and create a god for them.

    I was reading a “deconstructionist” blog the other day. The individual was trying to say that there was no way that the Israelites would have had any jewelry with them since they were slaves in Egypt. Of course, we know that they did have jewelry and other nice things because they received precious metals and jewelry from the Egyptians before they departed Egypt. I bring this example up because on the surface, the deconstruction argument seems valid until we go back and see where they given this jewelry in Exodus 12:35-36. As believers, we need to know what all of the Bible says!


    Aaron takes the jewelry and makes a golden calf for them. The people begin worshiping this idol, giving it the credit for bringing them out of Egypt. All while Moses is just up on Mount Sinai. Moses comes back, sees the revelry being conducted because of the idol and becomes so outraged that he throws the stone tablets on the ground, shattering them. The Levites go through and kill 3,000 men that had worshipped the calf. Moses confesses the sin before The LORD and He inflicts a plague on the people for what they did with the calf Aaron had made.


    PRINT OUT


  •  

    January 28: Exodus 30-32

     

    Moses is given instruction on how to make the incense altar. He is also directed to take a census of the Israelites and register them. God directs Moses to make a bronze basin for washing and gives directions on how to make a special anointing oil. This oil is not supposed to be used for ordinary things! 

     

    God commands Moses to observe the Sabbath. Then He gives Moses the two stone tablets containing the Ten Commandments. 

     

    Meanwhile, down in the valley, the people are seeing that Moses is taking a while to get back. Rather than look to the mountain and see that God is still there, they decide that Moses must be dead. So they go to Aaron and demand that he make them a god to worship. 

     

    Rather than do the right thing and tell them not to worry, that Moses is on his way, Aaron gives into the crowd. He tells them to take off their jewelry so that he can melt it down and create a god for them. 

     

    I was reading a “deconstructionist” blog the other day. The individual was trying to say that there was no way that the Israelites would have had any jewelry with them since they were slaves in Egypt. Of course, we know that they did have jewelry and other nice things because they received precious metals and jewelry from the Egyptians before they departed Egypt. I bring this example up because on the surface, the deconstruction argument seems valid until we go back and see where they given this jewelry in Exodus 12:35-36. As believers, we need to know what all of the Bible says! 

     

    Aaron takes the jewelry and makes a golden calf for them. The people begin worshiping this idol, giving it the credit for bringing them out of Egypt. All while Moses is just up on Mount Sinai. Moses comes back, sees the revelry being conducted because of the idol and becomes so outraged that he throws the stone tablets on the ground, shattering them. The Levites go through and kill 3,000 men that had worshipped the calf. Moses confess the sin before The LORD and He inflicts a plague on the people for what they did with the calf Aaron had made.

     

    January 29: Exodus 33-35

     

    God tells Moses for them to get up and leave. They are to go to the land that He has promised them. This was always the plan. However, because of their sin with the idol, God will not go with them. They are stubborn and stiff necked. This might seem harsh, but God was doing this to protect the people, not to put them in harm’s way. Moses sets up the tent of meeting. When someone wanted to consult The LORD, they would have to approach Moses. When Moses went into the tent, the Glory of The LORD would come down in a cloud and cover the tent. Mose has an interesting request for God. He asks that God would teach him His ways if he has truly found favor in His sight. Moses also asks that if God’s presence does not go with them, that the people not go to the land. Moses also requests to see God’s glory. God will cause His glory to pass by Moses, but He forbids Moses from seeing His face. Moses cuts two more stones out and God again gives them the Ten Commandments. There is a covenant established between God and the people. This covenant is not unconditional like the one that He established what Abraham. Instead, this covenant is conditional. There are expectations placed on the people. They are not to make treaties with the other nations nor are they to make idols and bow down to them. Moses assembles the entire nation of Israel and gives them the command to work for six days and rest on the seventh. They begin building the tabernacle. I find that interesting. If I have a big project coming up, the last thing I am thinking about doing is taking a break before it is completed. However, breaks are built into their lives even during this period of construction. It took between 7-12 months to complete the tabernacle. All that to say, it is imperative that we take breaks even when there are deadlines. These periods of rest are so important that God commands them. It’s amazing what God does when we take a break!

     

    January 30: Exodus 36-38

     

    God placed wisdom to build in the hearts of some of the people. Others are bringing free will offerings for the construction project. All of the craftsmen came to Moses one by one to tell him that the people are bringing more than what is needed. As a result, Moses made a proclamation for everyone to stop bringing offerings for the sanctuary. Moses could have allowed the offerings to continue and kept the proceeds for himself and his family. However, he knows that is not right. The people stop bringing the offerings and there is still more than enough to complete the project!

     

    The skilled craftsmen build the tabernacle. From there they build the ark that will hold the stone tablets and act as God’s mercy seat. The text goes into detail on the measurements and how the tabernacle and its furniture were put together. They are following God’s orders to the letter when it comes to the direction He gave them. Do we follow God’s commands with the same level of detail?

     

    January 31: Exodus 39-40

     

    Chapter 39 details the priestly garments. They are fine and ornate. They are made the way that God commanded. These clothes are beautiful and covered with all kinds of gems and other precious material. Yet, these garments will also be worn while the sacrifices are made. The stain of sin will cover these beautiful garments, just like sin stains us. Thankfully, Christ came to atone for that sin. His sacrifice made it so that the stain of sin is taken away from us. 

     

    In the final chapter of Exodus, the tabernacle is put together. The cloud covered the tent of meeting and God’s glory filled the tabernacle. Whenever the cloud was gone, the Israelites would set out on their journey. If the cloud was not taken up, they would stay put. Their movement was based on God’s movement. My hope and prayer is that we will also base our movement on God’s direction. As an old friend of mine would put it, “Life’s a story, so give God the pen and let Him write!”

     

    February 1: Leviticus 1-4



    God gives commands about the offerings. The first offering mentioned is the burnt offering. There are five regular offerings that are to be made. The first three are voluntary. The burnt offering was made for the general sinfulness of the one bringing the sacrifice. The burnt offering is also referred to as the “whole burnt offering” because the entire sacrifice was consumed at the altar. 

     

    The grain offering was presented to acknowledge that God is the source of provision and prosperity. The one bringing the offering was to bring fine white flour for this offering. This offering typically accompanied animal offerings, but it could also be made independently. 

    The three types of fellowship offerings were thanksgiving, votive (fulfilling a vow), and free will. Part of the fellowship offering is given to The LORD on the altar. The animal offered can be either male or female. 

     

    The sin offering is mandatory offering. We could also call this offering the “purification offering” since it is meant to absolve the presenter of his sin. The sin offering addresses the consequences of sin. Sin rendered the sanctuary and its furnishings unclean. This meant that the relationship between the worshiper and God had been damaged. This offering permitted the sinner to receive God’s forgiveness and enter the sanctuary. 

     

    Sin costs us something. Sin over promises and under delivers.

     

    February 2: Leviticus 5-7

     

    The sin offering must be made when someone fails to respond to a public testimony. The fact that the word “unintentional” is not used most likely means that the failure could either have been intentional or unintentional. If someone touches anything unclean, the sin offering has to be made. If someone swears rashly to do either good or evil, the person must make a sin offering. The person must confess his or her guilt and bring a lamb or goat. If the person cannot afford an animal from the flock, two turtle doves or young pigeons can be brought. If the person cannot afford the turtle doves or pigeons, then two quarts of fine flour can be brought. 

     

    The last offering mentioned is the restitution offering. This offering is made when someone sins unintentionally in regard to any of The LORD’s holy things. 

     

    God then gives instructions for how long the various offerings are to remain on the altar. The sin offering is labeled as the most holy offering and the restitution offering is labeled as especially holy. 

     

    The Israelites are prohibited from eating the fat of an ox, sheep, or goat. Further, they are forbidden from eating an animal that dies naturally or is mauled by a wild beast. They are also told not to eat ay blood of any bird or animal. If they do this, they will be cut off from the people. A lot of these instructions make sense. If we came across an animal that died naturally, would we eat it? Probably not because we don’t know exactly what killed it. Later on there will be instructions on what birds can be eaten. The vulture and buzzard are on the list of unclean animals. Which begs the question; who looks a vulture and thinks, “that looks delicious”? Even if these animals did look appealing to eat, they are unclean because they feed off of dead animals.

     

    February 3: Leviticus 8-10

     

    Aaron and his sons are ordained to be priests in the tabernacle. The service is a public installation service for everyone to see. Aaron undergoes a ceremonial washing to show the moral purity that was required of priests. God's holiness demands the consecration of the tabernacle, the things in it, and the people that ministered before Him. 

     

    On the eighth day Moses summons Aaron, his sons, and the elders of Israel. He gives Aaron instructions on making sacrifice to God. Aaron approaches the altar and slaughters the calf as a sin offering for his sins. From there, he slaughters the animals that his sons have brought for their sins. As we read today, the sin sacrifice was a very bloody business. 

     

    Shortly after the ceremony, Aaron's firstborn son Nadab and his second son Abihu decided that they were going to play with fire literally. They took their firepans (a hand held censer that allowed transfer of hot coals) and incense (most likely from the altar of incense). They combined the coals and the incense and made a fire for The LORD. This fire was not authorized. God did not direct them to make this fire. As a result, He struck the both of them dead. This might sound harsh, but Nadab and Abihu were in a position of authority. Rather than approach that authority with solemn regard, they showed it off, going against God's mandates. If God could not trust them with the fire, then He certainly could not trust them with the other priestly duties. 

     

    What do we do with the responsibility God has given us?

     

    February 4: Leviticus 11-13

     

    God now begins giving instructions on what the people can and cannot eat. He gives a list of the clean and unclean land animals. He also tells them what fish they can and cannot eat. Looking at the aquatic creatures, the unclean are all "bottom feeders". They are a clean up crew in the waterways and there is no telling what they have ingested. It makes sense that God would forbid them from eating these things. 

     

    One thing worth noting is that in the original Hebrew tinshemet (תַּנְשֶׁמֶת) is used in Leviticus 11:18 for birds, but it is also used in Leviticus 11:30 discussing reptiles. 

     

    The Levitical Law is important because it shows how a holy and set apart people are supposed to live and interact with Yahweh. However, it can also be viewed as a health book. A lot of these instructions are given to protect people from eating something bad. It also gives instruction on how to determine if skin diseases are temporary or permanent. All that to say, the Levitical law was not given to the Israelites as a burden. Instead, it was given to them as a blessing! 

     

    How do we view God's word and commands in our lives today? Is it a burden or a blessing? 


    Print Out


  • Bible Reading for the Week of February 4

     

    February 4: Leviticus 11-13

     

    God now begins giving instructions on what the people can and cannot eat. He gives a list of the clean and unclean land animals. He also tells them what fish they can and cannot eat. Looking at the aquatic creatures, the unclean are all "bottom feeders". They are a clean up crew in the waterways and there is no telling what they have ingested. It makes sense that God would forbid them from eating these things. 

     

    One thing worth noting is that in the original Hebrew tinshemet (תַּנְשֶׁמֶת) is used in Leviticus 11:18 for birds, but it is also used in Leviticus 11:30 discussing reptiles. 

     

    The Levitical Law is important because it shows how a holy and set apart people are supposed to live and interact with Yahweh. However, it can also be viewed as a health book. A lot of these instructions are given to protect people from eating something bad. It also gives instruction on how to determine if skin diseases are temporary or permanent. All that to say, the Levitical law was not given to the Israelites as a burden. Instead, it was given to them as a blessing! 

     

    How do we view God's word and commands in our lives today? Is it a burden or a blessing? 

     

    February 5: Leviticus 14-15

     

    The LORD gives instructions on healing skin diseases and what the afflicted must do. From our vantage, it might seem harsh that these people afflicted with these diseases would have to stay outside the camp until they were deemed clean. Unfortunately, that imperfection threatened the sanctity of the holy site, so they were separated from the rest of the people. 

     

    These instructions did not just apply to people, but also to other objects. Instructions are given about what to do with a mildew problem in the walls of a house. After the stones have been replaced and replastered, the priest comes to inspect. If the mildew has come back, then it is considered a harmful mildew and the entire house must be torn down. These imperfections had to be taken seriously because they threatened the ceremonially cleanness of the community. 

     

    Leviticus 15: 14-18 almost seems to infer that God considers marital intercourse sinful. However, that is not the case. This law is included to prevent intercourse from becoming a part of the sanctuary rites. This is a clear contrast to other Ancient Near East religions at that time that portrayed gods and goddesses engaging in relations and their followers imitating them as part of pagan temple worship. 

     

    In the case of all of these issues, offerings must be made to cover the sin. Thank The LORD for sending Christ to erase our sins!

     

    February 6: Leviticus 16-18


    God gives instructions about the Day of Atonement. God tells Moses that Aaron is not allowed to come into the holy place whenever he wants to. I am curious if things would have been different had Aaron’s sons NOT made the unauthorized fire, since the text leads with “after the death of two of Aaron’s sons”. Aaron will have to undergo a ritual cleansing before he can enter. He must bring a young bull for a sin offering and a ram for a burnt offering. 

     

    After Aaron makes atonement for himself and his family, he will take two goats and place them before The LORD. He will cast lots to see which one will be slaughtered and which one will be set free in the wilderness. We come across the word “azazel” regarding the goats. There are three interpretations that have been offered for azazel: that it translates to “the one carrying away evil” where we get the term “scapegoat” from, it means “a rough and difficult place”, or it is the name of a demon that inhabited the desert. Most people agree that it means scapegoat. 

     

    God forbids sacrifices to take place anywhere outside the entrance to the tent of meeting. Sacrifice was to be made in one location. The people are also forbidden to eat the blood of any animals. Further, they are not to eat anything that died naturally or was mauled by another animal or wild beast. The reasoning behind this is that they could not tell if the animal was sick or not. There was a good possibility that the meat could be tainted. 

     

    Yahweh speaks to Moses and forbids them from following the pagan practices of the Egyptians and Canaanites. The forbidden practices that follow His command to keep His statutes give us an idea of what the Egyptians and Canaanites were doing.

     

    February 7: Leviticus 19-21

     

    The LORD gives Moses His command for holiness. The Israelite people are to be holy and set apart, different from the nations around them. They are to keep the Sabbath and not turn to idols. They are further instructed on charity and fairness. When they harvest their land, they are not to reap to the very edge of their fields so that the poor and foreigner can glean from the harvest. They are not to steal, lie, or act deceptively toward one another. They also cannot show favoritism to the rich or the poor when it comes to cases of law. This direction is not just directed at judges, but at the people in general. 

     

    God condemns the worship of Molech and giving their children to him. If someone does it, then he is cut off from the people. God also condemns those that turn a blind eye to the practice. He also forbids consulting any mediums or spiritists. God has the answers that they need. They are to consult Him and Him alone, they are to rely on Him and Him alone. Rather than look to other sources of help and hope, like the neighboring nations, the Israelites are to look to God Almighty. If they turned to the other gods of the other nations, that makes them no different than their neighbors. Do we try to live lives that emulate the world around us, or the one that God has called us to? 

    The LORD also gives guidance on the holiness of the priests. He is not to make himself ceremonially unclean for someone outside of his immediate family. Further, certain physical defects will prevent some of them from brining the sacrifices to God. However, God still provides for them.

     

    February 8: Leviticus 22-23

    The priests lead corporate worship, so they must be ceremonially pure. God gives a list of things that will defile them in order of severity. During Christ’s time the religious leaders became angry when He touched things that would render Him as unclean. However, when Jesus touched an unclean person, that person became clean. The leaders of Christ’s day could not understand that. Jesus is what makes someone clean. It does not matter how defiled or dirty we are, Jesus can (and will) make us white as snow, wiping away our sins like they never even happened. 

     

    God lists the acceptable sacrifices for the priests to bring Him. He also gives the list of the holy days. Out of the days listed, the Sabbath is the only holy day commanded in the Ten Commandments. During these holy days, they are not to do any work. Examples of work included plowing and reaping, kindling a fire, and gathering wood. As time went by, more restrictions would be placed on what constituted work, leading to the point that they could only walk 2/3 of a mile before it was considered “work”. 

     

    The tenth day of the seventh month was the Day of Atonement. On that day, they were not to do any work. They are to present a fire offering to the LORD and practice self denial. This day was a day of celebration, but it was the only day of celebration that called for fasting. The practice of fasting was supposed to be an expression of remorse over personal and corporate sin.

     

    February 9: Leviticus 24-25

     

    The LORD commands Moses to bring our oil from crushed olives to keep the lamp burning. Aaron is to tend to the lamp from evening until morning. The people then have to deal with a problem of blasphemy. A son of Shelomith, a daughter o Dibri from the tribe of Dan had blasphemed the name of The LORD. To blaspheme the name was just as bad as blaspheming God. His punishment is meted out and then The LORD gives further instructions about injury and restitution. If someone harms someone permanently, then he is to be injured in the same way. An eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. Jesus will later rescind this in Matthew 5: 38-42. 

     

    God then gives instructions on the Jubilee and Sabbath years. A field can be used for farming for six years. On the seventh year, it is given rest for a year. After fifty years, they will celebrate their Jubilee. God also gives directions on how they are to engage in business during the Jubilee year. During this year, people that sold themselves into slavery are to be granted their freedom.

     

    February 10: Leviticus 26-27.

     

    Leviticus 26 marks a conditional covenant God makes with the people. If they follow His statutes and faithfully observe His commands, He will give rain at the right time, ensuring that the land gives good produce. However, if they turn from God, make idols, and chase down the detestable things He has warned them against, then He will discipline them seven times for their sins. Their strength will be used up and their land will not yield any crop. 


    Chapter 27 deals with vows made to The LORD. People would dedicate their children to God's service with a vow. If they wanted to redeem the person they dedicated, then they would have to pay a fee. If someone dedicated their house to The LORD, they could redeem it, but there would be a fee. The firstborn could not be consecrated to The LORD because the firstborn already belonged to God. The practice may seem odd to us today. However, it does show us that they took their vows VERY seriously.

     

    February 11: Numbers 1-2

     

    Numbers opens at Mount Sinai and ends at Mount Nebo. Nebo is 4,000 feet above the Dead Sea and gives excellent views of the surrounding areas. 

     

    God commands Moses to take a census of all the males, one by one. Those that are 20 years or older are to be registered by their military divisions. Moses and Aaron are dutiful and register 603,550 fighting men from the tribes of Reuben, Simeon, Gad, Judah, Isssachar, Zebulun, Ephraim, Manasseh, Benjamin, Dan, Asher, and Naphtali. The men in the tribe of Levi are not registered for the military since their duties consist of taking care of the tabernacle. Their duties included putting it up when they settled to camp and taking it down when it was time to move. 

     

    The LORD directs them on how they are to set up their camp.  When we sketch out how the camps would have surrounded the tabernacle, it looks a lot like a cross! 


    Print Out

     

     

  • February 11: Numbers 1-2

     

    Numbers opens at Mount Sinai and ends at Mount Nebo. Nebo is 4,000 feet above the Dead Sea and gives excellent views of the surrounding areas. 

     

    God commands Moses to take a census of all the males, one by one. Those that are 20 years or older are to be registered by their military divisions. Moses and Aaron are dutiful and register 603,550 fighting men from the tribes of Reuben, Simeon, Gad, Judah, Isssachar, Zebulun, Ephraim, Manasseh, Benjamin, Dan, Asher, and Naphtali. The men in the tribe of Levi are not registered for the military since their duties consist of taking care of the tabernacle. Their duties included putting it up when they settled to camp and taking it down when it was time to move. 

    The LORD directs them on how they are to set up their camp. When they set up camp, it forms what looks like a cross! 

     

    February 12: Numbers 3 and 4

     

    We are reminded about the fate of Nadab and Abihu.  They had made unauthorized fire before The LORD and died, leaving behind no sons.  The tribe of Levi are to care for the tabernacle and all of the furnishings in the tent of meeting.  God commands that Moses takes a census of the Levites.  They had been left out of the earlier census.  This one directed at the Levites will help determine the individual duties of each family.  

     

    The Kohathites were given responsibility to care for the most holy items.  The Gershonites are given transportation duties and the Merarites care the supports for the Tabernacle.  All in all, there were 2,750 Levite men that were identified for service to the Tabernacle.  Each had a role to play in serving The LORD and they were all reliant upon the others to do their job.  We see the same thing today.  It takes a lot to make a worship service happen on a Sunday morning. 

     

    February 13: Numbers 5-6

     

    God instructs them to isolate the unclean from among them.  This isolation was not meant to be cruel; it was meant to protect the rest of the people.  A long time ago, we were transferred to England, and we had to put our dog in quarantine for six months.  It was not meant to be cruel to the dog, but from my ten-year-old perspective it seemed horrible!  This was done to keep any foreign diseases away from the rest of the population.  

     

    God also orders those guilty of sinning against another person to confess their sin and pay the full compensation plus one fifth of its value to the person sinned against.   The Nazirite vows are explained.  Aaron and his sons had been marked for service to God in the Tabernacle.  However, anyone could dedicate his or her life in service to The LORD for a specific period of time.  A Nazirite could not consume anything that derived from grapes.  No wine, no raisins, or anything that came from the vine.  They also were not to cut their hair.  When we get to judges, we will look at one of the most famous Nazirites, Samson.  

    February 14: Numbers 7

     

    This chapter explains the offerings that had to be given by leaders.  Each of the 12 tribal representatives presented the given number of items for use in the Israelite celebration.  There is a LOT of repetition in this chapter.  This is to highlight that every tribe participated in ritual worship of The LORD, not just the Levites.  

     

    Numbers 7:84-89 marks the fulfillment of God’s promise of Exodus 25:22.  The tent of meeting used to be located outside of the camp.  Now, that the tabernacle is complete, it was placed in the area of the ark of the covenant.  Moses was unable to enter because of the smoke from the cloud of The LORD that descended in Exodus 40:34-38.  Now that the tabernacle is dedicated, Moses can go to seek counsel from God once more. 

     

    February 15: Numbers 8-10

     

    The lampstand, also known as the menorah, was a symbol of God’s presence and glory.  The Levites are consecrated by placing their hands on the two bulls, which were sacrificed later to cover their sins. 

     

    In chapter nine, they celebrate the second Passover.  They observe it in the first month of the fourteenth day at twilight while in the Wilderness of Sinai.  The Israelites are being faithful in remembering what God had done for them.  We learn about their movements in the wilderness.  When the tabernacle is set up, the cloud covered the tabernacle, and it appeared like fire from night until morning.  During the day, it looked like a cloud.  Whenever the cloud was lifted above the tabernacle, the Israelites knew it was time to take everything up and get moving.  God still directs our steps, are we obedient?

     

    February 16: Numbers 11-13

     

    The people begin openly complaining about their situation. The LORD’s anger burns against them, but Moses prays on their behalf and His anger subsides.  However, they do not learn their lessons and move into more complaining.  Rather than look at the manna as a wonderful gift, they turn to agonizing about not having any meat.  Unfortunately, it is easy to forget the blessings and decide that we do not have enough of what we want.  On one of my deployments, we ran out of food, with the exception of ravioli.  So we had ravioli for all three meals for over a week.  Rather than be thankful there was food, many took to complaining about it.  The challenge is to be thankful for what God has given us! 

     

    Aaron and Miriam rebel as well. They criticize Moses because he married a Cushite.  They are upset because Moses is God’s spokesman.  Miriam and Aaron believe that God also speaks through them.  They are not happy with their level of leadership.  I would tend to think Aaron would be happy that he was not killed after the entire golden calf fiasco, but apparently, he felt emboldened to challenge Moses’s leadership.  God confronts the two of them, asking why they have no fear of speaking poorly about His servant.  Miriam is struck with a disease.  The description of her skin indicates the possibility of a variety of diseases such as skin cancer, psoriasis, or leprosy.  Moses intervenes on her behalf and God removes the illness.

    The scouts go to look at Canaan.  They come back with the report that the milk is indeed flowing with milk and honey just as God had promised.  However, their fear takes over because they complain about the giants in the land.  All they need to do is go into Canaan and take the land that God had promised them, but their fear prevents them from going in.  They had no reason to fear these people.  God made a promise to them, and He always keeps His promises.  Their fear kept them out of the land longer than they had to be.  In life, when we come upon a giant, we do not need to worry about how big that giant is.  Instead, we remember how much bigger the God we serve is.  He is strong and mighty to save!

     

    February 17: Numbers 14-15

     

    Israel refuses to enter Canaan because of their fear.  It was not just a few of them that were afraid, but the majority of them were terrified.  The fear was so great that the whole community broke into loud cries and they wept that night.  They turn on Moses and Aaron and blame them for the position they find themselves in.  They wish that they had died while they were in Egypt or in the wilderness.  Rather than looking at how God has saved them before and putting their trust in Him, they put their trust somewhere else.  

     

    God is understandably upset.  He asks how long they will despise Him and not trust Him.  He then decides that they should be struck with a plague and be destroyed.  Moses is dutiful and intervenes for the people.  Moses argues that if God destroys the Israelites, then the Egyptians will hear about it along with all of the other nations.  The other nations will not see the destruction of the Israelites as their failure.  Instead, they will think that God had failed.  God pardons the people.  I wish that we could say this would be the last moment of disobedience and doubt, but there will be more.  

     

    February 18: Numbers 16-17

     

    There is more rebellion.  This time it is not from Aaron, but from Korah.  Korah gathers 250 prominent Israelite men.  These community leaders rebel against Moses.  They accuse Moses of elevating himself above everyone else.  As far as they can tell, they are holy as well, so Moses should not be above The LORD’s assembly.  Korah and this group fail to realize that it is God that put this leadership role on Moses.  Moses was hesitant when he was first called out to go and lead the people out of Egypt.  Moses probably would have been content to live the rest of his life herding his father in law’s sheep.  God thrust him into the leadership position and Moses was obedient.  

     

    Moses, rather than intervene for these 250, goes to The LORD and asks that He not respect their offering.  He has not mistreated any of them.  Moses then goes to Korah and tells him that he and his people are to appear before The LORD.  Each one of them is to take their fire pan.  After Korah assembles the whole rebellious group in front of the tent of meeting, God tells Moses and Aaron to separate themselves so that He can consume them instantly.  Moses warns the rest of the community to avoid the gathered assembly.  Moses tells the people that if God has not sent him, then the followers of Korah will die natural deaths.  However, if God brings about something unprecedented and they all die, then they will know that God has sent them.  As soon as he is done speaking, the ground opens up and swallows the rebellious group.  


    To keep the rebellion to a minimum, God has all of the tribal leaders take their staffs, write their names on them and put them in the tent of meeting.  The staff that sprouts will identify who is chosen to lead.  Moses does as he is instructed.  All of the staffs are placed in the tent.  The following day, Moses goes in and sees that Aaron’s staff has sprouted and has produced almonds!  The staff is put in front of the testimony to show the rebels that the Levites are chosen.  This puts the rebellion to rest, but now the people are complaining to Moses and Aaron about how they are perishing and lost.  They still do not trust God and what He is doing. 


    Print Out

  • February 18: Numbers 16-17

     

    There is more rebellion. This time it is not from Aaron, but from Korah. Korah gathers 250 prominent Israelite men. These community leaders rebel against Moses. They accuse Moses of elevating himself above everyone else. As far as they can tell, they are holy as well, so Moses should not be above The LORD’s assembly. Korah and this group fail to realize that it is God that put this leadership role on Moses. Moses was hesitant when he was first called out to go and lead the people out of Egypt. Moses probably would have been content to live the rest of his life herding his father in law’s sheep. God thrust him into the leadership position and Moses was obedient. 

     

    Moses, rather than intervene for these 250, goes to The LORD and asks that He not respect their offering. He has not mistreated any of them. Moses then goes to Korah and tells him that he and his people are to appear before The LORD. Each one of them is to take their fire pan. After Korah assembles the whole rebellious group in front of the tent of meeting, God tells Moses and Aaron to separate themselves so that He can consume them instantly. Moses warns the rest of the community to avoid the gathered assembly. Moses tells the people that if God has not sent him, then the followers of Korah will die natural deaths. However, if God brings about something unprecedented and they all die, then they will know that God has sent them. As soon as he is done speaking, the ground opens and swallows the rebellious group. 

     

    To keep the rebellion to a minimum, God has all the tribal leaders take their staffs, write their names on them and put them in the tent of meeting. The staff that sprouts will identify who is chosen to lead. Moses does as he is instructed. All the staffs are placed in the tent. The following day, Moses goes in and sees that Aaron’s staff has sprouted and has produced almonds! The staff is put in front of the testimony to show the rebels that the Levites are chosen. This puts the rebellion to rest, but now the people are complaining to Moses and Aaron about how they are perishing and lost. They still do not trust God and what He is doing.

     

    February 19: Numbers 18-20 

     

    The LORD explains to Aaron that he and his sons will be responsible for sin against the sanctuary and sin involving their priesthood.  They are charged with guarding the sanctuary and the altar so that God’s wrath does not fall on the Israelites.  Moses and Aaron are commanded to have the Israelites bring an unblemished red cow that has never been yoked.  Since it had never been yoked, the cow was most likely young and strong.  The cow is to be given to Eleazar, Aaron’s son to be slaughtered and burned in front of the tent of meeting.  

     

    The people are complaining about lack of water.  We read the common refrain of “if only we had stayed in Egypt” from the group.  Moses and Aaron do the right thing and ask God for help.  God instructs Moses and Aaron to speak to the rock while the people are assembled, and the rock will provide them water.  Unfortunately, Moses gets a little too headstrong, assembles the group, calls them rebels, and asks if “we” must bring water from the rock.  Moses does not talk to the rock, instead, he strikes it with his staff and water flows.  This was a terrible mistake for Moses.  Because of his disobedience, he will not be allowed into the promised land.  The issue is that Moses put himself on equal footing with God.  Rather than do what God had instructed, he made it seem as if he was bringing water under his own power.  He did not give credit to God.  

     

    Moses sends a request to the king of Edom to travel through their land.  The Edomites trace their ancestry back to Esau.  Even though Moses promises that they will only travel on the king’s highway and take nothing from the land, not even well water, the king still denies the request.  The Israelites set out from Kadesh.  Moses is instructed to bring Aaron and Eleazar up to Mount Hor because Aaron is going to die there.  Moses brings them both up, Eleazar dons his father’s clothes, and Aaron dies on top of the mountain.  The Israelites mourn for 30 days. 

     

    February 20: Numbers 21-22

     

    The Canaanite king learns that the Israelites are nearby, so he wages a battle against them and takes some prisoners.  The Israelites make a vow that if God delivers them, they will completely destroy the city.  The LORD listened to them and they completely destroyed the city and named it Hormah which means destruction.

     

    God delivered the people, but fresh off of this rescue, they continue to complain.  The common “why have you led us away from Egypt to die?” is heard.  They complain about the food, they complain about everything.  Then God sends poisonous snakes among them and the people that were bit died.  The Israelites realize they have messed up and they go to Moses to confess their sin.  Moses intervenes on their behalf.  God tells Moses to make a bronze snake and lift it up on a pole.  When the people look at the snake they will not die.  One thing to note here is that God does not take away the snake bite.  There is still the pain of the bite.  Sin works like that in our lives.  God forgives us of our sins, but the natural consequences of that sin remain.  

     

    The Israelites continue traveling.  They are developing quite the reputation in the land.  As they get closer to Moab, the Moabite leaders become terrified.  Balak, the Moabite king, sends messengers to Balaam asking him to come and place a curse on the Israelites. God confronts Balak and tells him to go with the men that have come to summon him, but he is only to do what God commands of him. 

     

    February 21: Numbers 23-25.

     

    We read about the oracles of Balaam (we read about him and his donkey in chapter 22).  In these oracles, Balaam explains that Balak asks how he can put a curse on someone that God has not cursed.  If the LORD has not denounced someone then how can he denounce them?  The answer is that he cannot.  In Balaam’s second oracle, we see that his attempts to curse the Israelites still fail.  In Balaam’s final oracle, he admits that even though Amalek was first among the nations, it is bound for destruction.  He has gone from fighting against God and what He is doing to accepting that God is in charge and there is nothing he can do to defeat the Israelites.  

     

    We would think that the Israelites would be happy and throw themselves fully into worshipping God, but that is not what happens.  Instead, they throw themselves into worship of Baal.  God’s anger burns against those that bowed to Baal.  Moses tells the judges to kill the men that aligned themselves with Baal.  

     

    An Israelite man brings a Midianite woman to his relatives and tries to present her at the tent of meeting.  Phinehas, Aaron’s grandson, executes them both.  The man bringing the Midianite was guilty of profaning the tabernacle.  He was trying to present his Midianite seductress to his family in front of the place that was reserved for the sacred presentation of offerings to God. 

     

    February 22: Numbers 26-27

     

    Another census is conducted.  Moses and Eleazar are to count everyone 20 year or older that can serve in the military.  It has been over 38 years since the last census.  This one results in 601,730 men registered for military service.  That is a decrease of 1,820 warriors from the first!  

     

    The daughters of Zelophehad approach Moses, Eleazar, the leaders, and the entire community with a request.  Their father died in the wilderness because of his own sin.  However, he had no sons to give his inheritance to.  His daughters make a formal appeal to be given property among their uncles.  Moses takes this case to The LORD and He agrees that they should receive the inheritance.  

     

    God tells Moses to go up the mountain and gaze at the land He promised.  When Moses sees it, he will be “gathered to his people” a euphemism for death.  Moses knows that God appoint a successor to lead the people, so they are not like lost sheep.  Moses is not just concerned about his life and what is happening in the present, he is also concerned about the future.  It is imperative that we do the same today! 

     

    February 23: Numbers 28-30. 

     

    Chapter 28 prescribes the daily offerings, Sabbath offerings, monthly offerings, offerings for Passover, and offerings for the festival of weeks.  Chapter 29 explains the offerings for the festival of trumpets.  On this day of joyful shouting the collective offerings presented were three bulls, two rams, 16 male lambs, 1.6 bushels of fine flour, six gallons of oil, and six gallons of wine.  On this day, the ram’s horn is blown, sounding a call to repentance.  The offerings for the Festival of Booths are also explained in this chapter.  Verses 12-28 describe the daily offerings.  

     

    We read about vows in chapter 30.  When a man makes a vow to the LORD or swears an oath to put himself under an obligation, he must not break his word and must do what he has promised.  When a young woman makes a vow in her youth and her father finds out about it, if he says nothing about it, she is bound to the vow.  However, if the father prohibits her, then she is no longer bound to the obligation.  Vows were taken seriously back then and they should be taken seriously now.  As believers, our yes should be yes and our no should be no.  When we say we are going to do something, especially when we vow to do it, then we should fulfill that obligation! 

     

    February 24: Numbers 31-32.

     

    Moses is instructed to execute vengeance against the Midianites.  After that, he will be gathered to his people.  They waged war against Midian, just as God had commanded.  They have been charged with waging a holy war.  The point of this was to eradicate impure elements from society.  This meant that everything had to be destroyed, there would be no plunder.  

     

    The Reubenites and Gadites had a lot of livestock.  When they surveyed the lands across the Jordan, they realized that the land would not support all of their animals.  They went with a request to stay on their current side of the Jordan.  At first, Moses thinks they are trying to get out of fighting alongside the other tribes.  However, the Reubenites and Gadites promise to go across the Jordan and fight.  Their request is to return to the land they are currently in when the battle is over.  

     

    February 25: Numbers 33-34

     

    Numbers 33 catalogs the movement of the Israelites from Egypt and all of their subsequent travel.  They depart Ramses, camp at Succoth, then Etham.  From Etham, they turn back to Pi-Hahiroth and camped at Migdol.  One thing that is interesting in this list is that the wilderness of Sinai is mentioned, but Mount Sinai is not.  This seems to be an exhaustive list of the places the Israelites camped on their journey through the Wilderness.  This journey was forty years in the making.  Of course, it would have been a LOT shorter if they had simply entered the land when God originally told them to! 

     

    Print Out

  • February 25: Numbers 33-34

     

    Numbers 33 catalogs the movement of the Israelites from Egypt and all of their subsequent travel. They depart Ramses, camp at Succoth, then Etham. From Etham, they turn back to Pi-Hahiroth and camped at Migdol. One thing that is interesting in this list is that the wilderness of Sinai is mentioned, but Mount Sinai is not. This seems to be an exhaustive list of the places the Israelites camped on their journey through the Wilderness. This journey was forty years in the making. Of course, it would have been a LOT shorter if they had simply entered the land when God originally told them to!

     

    February 26: Numbers 35-36

     

    God makes provision for the Levites to have cities.  The other tribes are to give to them out of their hereditary property.  God also gives commands about the sanctuary cities.  These cities were developed so that people could flee to them in the event they committed manslaughter.  If someone committed murder intentionally, then the murderer was to be put to death.  However, if a person accidentally killed someone, then they would not be put to death.  However, the bereft family member might decide to take vengeance into his or her own hands.  To ensure the person would be safe, they could flee to the sanctuary city and could not be harmed.  However, if the person leaves that city, then a family member could seek revenge.  


    Further instruction is also provided about the inheritance of Zelophehad’s daughters.  They had gained approval inherit their father’s land since he had no sons to give it to.  The statute is still in effect, but when (or if) a daughter marries a man from a different tribe, their inheritance would be taken away and added to that tribe.  So, the order is given that the daughters take a husband from within the tribe they belong to.  

     

    With that, we have finished up the book of Numbers! 

     

    February 27: Deuteronomy 1-2

     

    Deuteronomy is the last gook written by Moses.  The title of this book comes from the Pentateuch, the Greek translation of the Old Testament.  The title means “repetition of the law”.  Repetition is key to learning and understanding things, so it is worth our time and effort to go through Deuteronomy and see what The LORD has to say to us! 

     

    The first chapter recounts the Israelites’ departure from Horeb and the selection of the tribal leaders.  Their fear of conquering the land as soon as they arrived at Kadesh-Barnea.  Instead of going into the land immediately, they suggested sending men ahead of them.  However, the fear of the inhabitants terrified the Israelites and they refused to go.  This extended their journey by about 40 years! There might have been giants in the land, but God had given them victory over mighty Egypt, He surely would have delivered them from this group as well.  

     

    It is important as believers to trust in The LORD and not lean on our own understanding.  Sometimes God is going to direct us that from our own perspective does not make sense.  This is when we can lean into Him and put our trust in Him.  God always keeps His promises. 

     

    February 28: Deuteronomy 3-4

     

    Chapter three recounts their journey to Bashan where Og, the king of Bashan came to make war against them.  The LORD told Moses not to fear because He had handed them over to Moses.  From there, they took land from the two Amorite kings across the Jordan.  At this point, the Reubenites and Gadites are authorized to keep their families on the western side of the Jordan.  However, they would still have to cross the Jordan and fight for the land.  Since it is time for them to journey across, Moses appoints Joshua to take over the leadership role.  Moses begs The LORD to allow him to cross over the Jordan.  God will not allow it because of the incident where Moses put himself on the same level as God.  Moses will only be able to see the land, but he will never inhabit it.  It was a momentary lapse of judgment, but it led to detrimental consequences.  That’s the thing about life.  Some decisions we make will have consequences that last a lifetime.  My hope and prayer is that we will choose wisely!

     

    Chapter 4 outlines the statutes and ordinances relating to their covenant with God.  They are being taught so that they can live, enter, and take possession of the land God is giving them.  They are warned against making idols.  They did not see a form when The LORD spoke out of the fire at Horeb.  They are warned not to bow down to the stars, sun, and moon like the other nations around them.  Instead, they are to bow to the One that created the heavens and the earth. 

     

    February 29: Deuteronomy 5-7

     

    Moses reminds them of the Ten Commandments God gave them when he went up the mountain.  He reminds the people that they were afraid of the fire.  The Ten Commandments direct the people to have no other gods, to not make idols, not take His name in vain, and to keep the Sabbath.  They are to honor their father and mother, not murder, not commit adultery, not steal, not lie, and not covet.  Moses reminds them that the greatest commandment is to “love The LORD your God with all your heart, soul, and strength.  If we love God like that then the rest of the commandments will follow. 

     

    The Israelites are given instruction on holy war.  When they enter a land, they are to destroy everything, they are not to keep any plunder for themselves.  The enemy is to be completely destroyed.  This sounds harsh from our perspective. However, it was meant to preserve them.  The concern was that if a treaty was made and remnants of the enemy were left, they would steer the younger Israelites away from God Almighty and turn them to idolatry.  The thought here is that it is easier to avoid idolatry by removing the idolaters.  In a similar way, we could say that it is easier to avoid sin by keeping the things that tempt us far away.   

     

    March 1: Deuteronomy 8-10

     

    The Israelites are called to carefully follow every command from The LORD.  These commands are given for their benefit.  They are reminded that during their 40-year journey, God provided manna for them, something they had never seen before.  Their clothes also did not wear out and their feet did not swell.  Throughout chapter 8, the Israelites are reminded that God did something to humble them, such as letting them go hungry, and then giving them what they needed.  They would not have been able to sustain themselves in the wilderness for those 40 years, God is the One that brought them through.

     

    They are reminded that they are not being delivered because they are righteous.  There is concern that some will think that God is blessing them because they are holy, but that is not the case.  God is giving the lands over to the Israelites because of how wicked the other nations are.  The Israelites are then reminded of their rebellion in the wilderness.  While Moses was on the mountain receiving the Ten Commandments, the people were down below worshipping an idol they had made.  The Israelites are not righteous; they have been rebelling against The LORD.  

     

    The people are told what God requires.  It is simple.  They are to fear The LORD by walking in all His ways, to love Him, and to worship The LORD with all their hearts and souls.  

     

    March 2: Deuteronomy 11-13

     

    The Israelites are directed to love The LORD and always keep His mandate, statutes, ordinances, and commands.  These people have seen the great work The LORD has done, and they are to ensure that His work is passed down to the younger generations.  They are to imprint His words on their hearts and minds, bind them as a sign on their hands, and as a symbol on their foreheads.  The practice of binding Scripture to the hand and on the forehead is still practiced today by some Israelites.  When I visited Jerusalem, I was offered the opportunity to participate in this practice when we visited the Western Wall. 

     

    The people are told that they will worship in one specific place.  Their sacrifices will be brought to one specific place.  The other nations would set up altars to their gods anywhere and make sacrifice.  Israel is to be different.  They will bring their offerings to one place.  Prior to this, the Tabernacle was the place for making sacrifice and worshipping.  Since it was mobile and they were on the move regularly, the permanence of one location was not established.  

     

    They are warned against false prophets.  If someone promises a sign or wonder and it comes to pass and then uses this event to lead the people away from God, he or she is a false prophet.  The Israelites have to be very careful.  If we think back to the Exodus when God is delivering plagues to the Egyptians, Pharaoh’s magicians were able to replicate some of the signs and wonders God was doing. Today, we must be on the lookout for those that would draw us away from The LORD.  

     

    March 3: Deuteronomy 14-16

     

    God commands that they do not act the way that other nations do.  The Israelites are commanded not to cut themselves or make a bald spot.  This was a common practice when other nations in the Ancient Near East mourned.  The Israelites should not act in such a way.  I have a bald spot that continues to grow, but it is naturally occurring, so it does not count!

     

    They are reminded of the clean and unclean animals and birds.  I still cannot get over the fact that they had to be told not to eat the vulture.  Those things are hideous.  I have never looked at one and thought “wow, that looks appetizing”.  

     

    After seven years, debts are to be canceled.  Every creditor is to cancel what he has lent his neighbor.  Anyone that has had a servant for six years must release him or her in the seventh year.  Further, the former servant is not to leave empty handed.  The former owner is directed to give generously from the flock and threshing floor.  If the servant particularly loves the person that owns him or her, he or she can remain on.  To symbolize this agreement to stay on, the servant is to have an awl pierce the ear into the door.  

     

    They are directed to observe the month of Abib (meaning “ears of grain”) early in the spring.  The Passover festival would begin on the 14th day of Abib and continue through twenty-first as the Festival of Unleavened Bread.  In addition to these celebrations, they are also to observe the Festival of Weeks, and the Festival of Booths.  

     

    The Asherah and sacred pillar were cult objects representing the chief goddess and god (Baal).  In this text, they are forbidden from erecting these objects next to the altar of The LORD.  There have been discoveries in the Negev that confirm the LORD was worshiped along with Asherah.  Given that discovery, it makes sense that God would put this command in here. 

     

    God alone is worthy of worship and praise.  My hope and prayer is that we will follow and serve The LORD all the days of our lives.


    print out

  • March 3: Deuteronomy 14-16

    God commands that they do not act the way that other nations do. The Israelites are commanded not to cut themselves or make a bald spot. This was a common practice when other nations in the Ancient Near East mourned. The Israelites should not act in such a way. I have a bald spot that continues to grow, but it is naturally occurring, so it does not count! 

    They are reminded of the clean and unclean animals and birds. I still cannot get over the fact that they had to be told not to eat the vulture. Those things are hideous. I have never looked at one and thought “wow, that looks appetizing”. 

    After seven years, debts are to be canceled. Every creditor is to cancel what he has lent his neighbor. Anyone that has had a servant for six years must release him or her in the seventh year. Further, the former servant is not to leave empty handed. The former owner is directed to give generously from the flock and threshing floor. If the servant particularly loves the person that owns him or her, he or she can remain on. To symbolize this agreement to stay on, the servant is to have an awl pierce the ear into the door. 

    They are directed to observe the month of Abib (meaning “ears of grain”) early in the spring. The Passover festival would begin on the 14th day of Abib and continue through twenty-first as the Festival of Unleavened Bread. In addition to these celebrations, they are also to observe the Festival of Weeks, and the Festival of Booths. 

    The Asherah and sacred pillar were cult objects representing the chief goddess and god (Baal). In this text, they are forbidden from erecting these objects next to the altar of The LORD. There have been discoveries in the Negev that confirm the LORD was worshiped along with Asherah. Given that discovery, it makes sense that God would put this command in here. 

    God alone is worthy of worship and praise. My hope and prayer is that we will follow and serve The LORD all the days of our lives. 

    March 4: Deuteronomy 17-20

     

    The LORD gives guidance on what must happen if someone is caught bowing down to the sun, moon, stars, or engaging in any other gods.  They are to maintain their loyalty to God and God alone.  In the event they are unable to solve the case themselves, they are directed to go to a place the LORD shows them and allow the Levitical priests and the judge that presides at the time.  They will adjudicate and whatever decision they come to must be carried out by the people. 

     

    One thing to note is that God gives them instructions on how to appoint a king.  The first king of Israel is Saul.  We will read a lot more about that in 1 and 2 Samuel.  The reason it is noteworthy now is that later, Samuel will be upset when the people decide they want a king instead of a judge leading them.  God has given them instructions on how to appoint a king, so it begs the questions why Samuel will later be upset by their request.  God has criteria for these kings and when we get into the kings of Israel and Judah, we will see that many of the kings, even the good ones, will fall short of God’s expectations. 

     

    The people are warned again against having their children “walk through the fire”.  This detestable act was a child sacrifice to a foreign god.  God promises that He will raise a prophet up among them.  God again reminds them of the need for refuge cities and explains the rules for war.  When they go up against an enemy, they are not to be afraid of them.   

     

    March 5: Deuteronomy 21-23

     

    The LORD tells them what to do in the case of an unsolved murder.  In the event there is a murder victim, but no witnesses, they are to measure the distance of the body to the surrounding towns.  The town closest to the victim is deemed the one that is harboring the criminal.  The ritual that they are to undertake in this event is not to absolve the murderer, but the town itself.  

     

    The right of the firstborn son is explained.  In the hypothetical situation, a husband has one wife that he loves and another wife that he does not love.  If the unloved wife has a son first and the loved wife has a son second, the first-born son cannot be discriminated against.  The son from the loved wife should not have any favoritism shown to him.

     

    In the event they see property that belongs to their neighbor, such as livestock, straying from their property, they cannot ignore it.  They are called to help their neighbor out and take the animal into their care until the neighbor comes looking for it.  “Finders keepers” is not a Biblical principle.  

     

    Deuteronomy 23 gives a list of who should be excluded from the assembly.  It also gives guidance on fugitive slaves. If a slave is able to escape his master and they are to let him live among them and not mistreat them.  When they loan each other money, food, etc., they are not to charge interest on the loan. 

     

    March 6: Deuteronomy 24-27

     

    Deuteronomy 24 gives instruction on marriage and divorce laws.  When a man marries a woman, he is pardoned from military service for one year, preventing him from being deployed.  When someone makes a loan to their neighbor, they are not to enter the house to collect what the person is giving as collateral.  Instead, the person loaning must stand outside and wait for them to bring the collateral.  It makes sense to keep them outside of the house.  Otherwise, they might come into the house and decide they want something else as collateral.  

     

    They are not to have two different weights, one heavy and one light.  God expects the people to be fair and upright, not cheating anyone.  Instructions are given on offering the firstfruits.  The people are reminded that they must follow the commands and statutes that God is giving them.  God has affirmed that they are His special people and they must act accordingly.  

     

    Moses gives instruction on their behavior when they cross the Jordan.  He pronounces curses for poor behavior.  If a person makes an idol, they are cursed.  If a person dishonors their mother or father, they are cursed.  If they move their neighbor’s boundary marker, they are cursed.  If they lead a blind person astray on the road they are cursed.  The one who denies justice to a foreigner, a fatherless child, or a widow is cursed.  

     

    March 7: Deuteronomy 28-29

     

    Earlier, the Israelites are told what they must not do, lest they be cursed.  Deuteronomy 28 instructs them on their blessings for obedience.  If they faithfully obey The LORD, they will be placed far above the other nations.  Their blessings will overtake them.  However, there will be curses for disobedience.  There will be confusion.  They will be overtaken for their disobedience.  They will become an object of horror to the surrounding nations. 

     

    The Levitical law was supposed to keep the people safe and in fellowship with God.  However, there was another reason behind it.  By following the Levitical law, the other nations would look at Israel and they would see how a holy and set apart people interacted with and followed the Most High God.  Their behavior was supposed to draw other nations to God, not turn them away.  No wonder God is warning them that they will be looked upon in horror by other nations if they are disobedient! My hope and prayer is that we will walk in His word regularly, remembering that we are ambassadors for Christ.  We don’t just represent ourselves; we represent Christ!  Let’s make sure we live in a way that brings Him glory. 

     

    In chapter 29, The LORD’s covenant is renewed.  We see some frustration in Moses’s words to the people.  They have seen God’s might hand deliver them.  For the forty years they have been wandering the wilderness, but still the Israelites do not have full confidence in The LORD.  Moses implores them to ensure that they do not turn to idol worship or to stray from The LORD.  Nothing good will come from abandoning God.

     

    March 8: Deuteronomy 30-31

     

    God explains that when all of the things happen to them, whether they are blessings or curses, the people will be brought back to The LORD.  They will “come to their senses” and return to Him.  He will not banish them when they return to Him, nor will He shame them. 

     

    Moses encourages the people to choose life.  If they will follow God and His statutes, then they will live well.  However, if they turn from Him and give their allegiance to another god, then they will perish.  

     

    Due to his advanced age and inability to cross the Jordan into the promised land, Moses turn his leadership responsibilities over to Joshua.  Moses lived to a ripe age of 120.  Moses explains to Joshua that God will cross ahead of them and He will deal with them, just as He did with the kings of the Amorites.  Joshua is encouraged to be strong and courageous.  

     

    God has Moses bring Joshua to the tent of meeting.  The LORD tells Moses that the people are about to rebel against Him.  Soon, they will commit adultery with the foreign gods of the land they are entering.  God commissions Joshua as the next leader and Moses delivers a warning to the people about their impending idolatry.  He knows that they will become even more corrupt after he is gone.  After all of that leadership and all of the times The LORD took care of them and brought them through disaster, there were still some that were bent on turning from God Almighty. 

     

    March 9: Deuteronomy 32-34

     

    We read the song of Moses in Deuteronomy 32.  Moses’s prayer is that Israel would not be hardened to God and His word.  God is righteous and true.  Nevertheless, His people have acted corruptly.  They are deceitful.  In verses 15-18 Moses looks to a future time when Israel would rebel against The LORD and break their fellowship with Him.  By their idolatry, they will provoke God to jealousy.  In verse 26, God explains that He would have wiped them out if it had not been for His reputation.  If He had done that, then an enemy could have claimed responsibility for the act.  

     

    After Moses’s song, he gives a blessing to the Israelites.  When he is done reciting the blessings for the Israelites, Moses goes up from the plains of Moab to Mount Nebo to the top of the Pisgah.  Moses faced Jericho, and God showed him all the land that He was about to give the Israelites.  After seeing the land, Moses died there in Moab.  His exact burial place is unknown even today.  No prophet has arisen like Moses.  Moses was different from the other prophets we will read about in other books because God talked to him face to face.  

     

    March 10: Joshua 1-4

     

    Joshua describes the history of the generation that crossed the Jordan and entered the Promised Land.  

     

    The LORD spoke to Joshua and told him that Moses has passed and it is time for the people to enter Canaan. God is giving them wherever the soles of their feet touch.  No one will be able to stand against them because God is with him just as He was with Moses and He will not leave or forsake him.  Joshua prepares the people to cross the Jordan, giving them three days to prepare.  

     

    Spies are sent to Jericho.  The spies came to the house of a prostitute named Rahab. The king of Jericho was told that spies had infiltrated the land and sent word to Rahab to bring the spies out.  Rahab explains that the men had come to her, but that they had escaped at nightfall just before the gate closed.  The king’s men went after the spies.  However, they had not escaped.  Instead, Rahab had hidden them on her roof.  

     

    Before the men went to sleep, Rahab came up to the roof to talk with them.  She explains that when the people of Jericho had heard that God had dried up the Red Sea for them to walk over, they had lost heart and courage.  The irony here is that the Israelites were terrified when the initial reports came back about the people in Jericho!  That is why they spent 40 years wandering in the wilderness!  The men promise her that she and her family will be spared when the city is sieged.

     

    Joshua begins leading them across the Jordan.  God again dries up the water as the people cross over this body of water.  When the priests carrying the ark of the covenant reached the Jordan, their feet touched the edge and the water flowing downstream stood still. The priests stood firmly on the dry ground while all of the Israelites crossed over. 

     

    Upon crossing over, Joshua gives the command for one man from each tribe to take 12 stones from the Jordan and carry them with them until they settle for the night.  The people camped at Gilgal on the eastern limits of Jericho.  Joshua set up the stones as a memorial for all that God had done.  


    print out

  • March 10: Joshua 1-4

     

    Joshua describes the history of the generation that crossed the Jordan and entered the Promised Land.  

     

    The LORD spoke to Joshua and told him that Moses has passed and it is time for the people to enter Canaan. God is giving them wherever the soles of their feet touch.  No one will be able to stand against them because God is with him just as He was with Moses and He will not leave or forsake him.  Joshua prepares the people to cross the Jordan, giving them three days to prepare.  

     

    Spies are sent to Jericho.  The spies came to the house of a prostitute named Rahab. The king of Jericho was told that spies had infiltrated the land and sent word to Rahab to bring the spies out.  Rahab explains that the men had come to her, but that they had escaped at nightfall just before the gate closed.  The king’s men went after the spies.  However, they had not escaped.  Instead, Rahab had hidden them on her roof.  

     

    Before the men went to sleep, Rahab came up to the roof to talk with them.  She explains that when the people of Jericho had heard that God had dried up the Red Sea for them to walk over, they had lost heart and courage.  The irony here is that the Israelites were terrified when the initial reports came back about the people in Jericho!  That is why they spent 40 years wandering in the wilderness!  The men promise her that she and her family will be spared when the city is sieged.

     

    Joshua begins leading them across the Jordan.  God again dries up the water as the people cross over this body of water.  When the priests carrying the ark of the covenant reached the Jordan, their feet touched the edge and the water flowing downstream stood still. The priests stood firmly on the dry ground while all of the Israelites crossed over. 

     

    Upon crossing over, Joshua gives the command for one man from each tribe to take 12 stones from the Jordan and carry them with them until they settle for the night.  The people camped at Gilgal on the eastern limits of Jericho.  Joshua set up the stones as a memorial for all that God had done.  

     

    March 11: Joshua 5-8

     

    Across the Jordan, the Amorites have lost heart because they have heard about what God has done.  He dried up the waters of the Jordan, just as He had the Red Sea.  The LORD commands Joshua to circumcise the Israelites again.  The covenant the God had established with Abraham was still in effect. However, due to the travel through the wilderness, there were some generations of Israelites that had not gone through the ritual.

     

    The Israelites start eating from the produce of the land.  God stops sending the manna.  That is not to say that God has stopped blessing them, but those blessings come in a different form now.  Joshua heads toward Jericho.  He looks up and sees the commander of the LORD’s army.  Joshua asks Him if He is for the Israelites or their enemies. The angel replies that he is for neither.  As believers, first and foremost our loyalties should be with God Almighty first.

     

    The Israelites head to the city.  They are given instructions on how to defeat Jericho.  Seven priests holding seven trumpets march in front of the ark of the covenant while marching around the city. As they march, they blow trumpets.  They march around the city once a day for six days.  I am sure this caused a lot of confusion for the people of Jericho.  On the seventh day, they march around the city, but this time when the trumpets sound, the people give a shout, and the wall collapsed.  God is true to His word and spares Rahab and her family. 

     

    God gives the Israelites victory over Ai.  However, the Israelites do not follow God’s commands about the things “set apart for destruction.”

     

    March 12: Joshua 9-11

     

    Word of Joshua’s conquest is spreading throughout the land.  The Gibeonites heard what has happened and they decide to act deceptively toward the Israelites.  They gather provisions and put worn out sack cloth on their donkeys.  They approach the Israelites asking for a treaty.  The men are suspicious at first.  However, the Gibeonites/Hivites show their worn-out sack cloth and their meager provisions to “prove” they are from far away.  The Israelite men take some of the provisions, but they do not seek The LORD’s guidance.  Rather than verifying with The LORD, they rush to make a treaty.  When the deception is uncovered, the Israelites are frustrated because they made a treaty and now cannot touch them.  Since they are untouchable, Joshua makes them servants.  They become woodcutters and water carriers.

     

    Adoni-zedek, the king of Jerusalem hears that Joshua had captured Ai.  He gathers four other kings to help him attack Gibeon.  The Gibeonites send word of this to Joshua at Gilgal asking that he not forget them.  Joshua and the entire military force head back to Gibeon to fight. Joshua catches the five kings by surprise.  The LORD throws the enemy into confusion.  After a huge loss, the enemy flees, and God throws large hailstones at them.  The five kings are gathered and executed, and the southern territories are claimed.  

     

    Chapter 11 tells us about the conquest of the northern cities.  Then we are treated to a summary of the conquests carried out by the Israelites.  God gave these lands over to them, just as He promised.  God keeps His promises today. 

     

    March 13: Joshua 12-15

     

    Attention turns to the territories conquered to the east and west of the Jordan. The kings are listed by name, which is important for establishing historic accuracy.  Joshua is now old and getting on in years.  The LORD tells him that a lot more land remains to conquer.  God promises that He will drive them out before the Israelites.  Joshua is told to divide these lands for the nine tribes and half the tribe of Manasseh.  The tribes excluded from this inheritance are Reuben, Gad, and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. These tribes received their inheritance on the other side of the Jordan.  While they were still west of the Jordan, they requested they inherit that land since it was suitable to take care of their flocks and families. 

    Caleb approaches Joshua about his inheritance.  He was one of the scouts that initially went into the land during Moses’s time.  Even though his brothers were shaken with fear, Caleb remained loyal to The LORD.  This was at the tender age of 40.  Caleb is now 85 years old and just as strong as he was on the day that Moses sent him out. Joshua blesses him and gives Caleb Hebron as an inheritance. 

     

    Judah’s inheritance is in the southernmost region, south of the Wilderness of Zin.

     

    March 14: Joshua 16-18

     

    We read about the inheritance of Joseph and Ephraim.  We also read in 16:10 about the Canaanites that live in Gezer.  They were not driven out like the other people.  Instead, they are forced laborers.  This practice existed before the arrival of the Israelites.  Solomon uses this practice to build the temple later in Israel’s history. 

     

    The entire Israelite community gathers together at Shiloh. The tent of meeting is set up.  Seven tribes had still not divided up their inheritance.  They have delayed in taking possession.  So Joshua has them send three men out to survey the land and report back to him.  Benjamin receives the land between Judah’s descendants and Joseph’s descendants.  

     

    March 15: Joshua 19-21

     

    Simeon’s allotment has not boundaries.  Instead, it is a list of towns within the southern territory of Judah.  Simeon received this because the share of Judah’s descendants was too large for them.  Zebulun, Issachar, Asher, Naphtali, Dan, and Joshua receive their inheritance. 

     

    Again, cities of refuge are established.  These are the territories that people fled to when they were guilty of manslaughter.  The Israelites have moved into the land God had promised Abraham all the way back in Genesis.  Still, His requirements for the cities of refuge remain.  Kedesh in the hill country of Naphtali, Shechem in the hill country of Ephraim, and Kiriath-arba in the hill country of Judah are designated as cities of refuge.  Across the Jordan east of Jericho, Bezer, Ramoth, and Golan.  

     

    The Levites approach Eleazar about their inheritance.  They remind him of God’s direction to give the Levites cities to live in with pasturelands for livestock.  Aaron’s descendants are given Hebron, Libnah, Jatir, Eshtemoa, Holon, Debir, Ain, Juttah, and Beth Shemesh.  Benjamin’s descendants receive Gibeon, Geba, Anathoth, and Almon. 

     

    March 16: Joshua 22-24

     

    The Reubenites, Gadites, and half the tribe of Manasseh are summoned by Joshua.  He allows them to head back to the lands east of the Jordan.  They have upheld their end of the bargain.  They came in and fought alongside their brothers to conquer these lands.  Joshua tells them to “carefully obey the command and instruction that Moses the LORD’s servant gave you: to love the LORD your God, walk in all His ways, keep His command, remain faithful to Him, and serve Him with all of your heart and all your soul.”  Do we love God with all our hearts and souls?  

    When the eastern tribes get there, they build an altar.  The altar is very large and on beside the Jordan, so the other ten tribes could easily see it.  When the tribes on the west of the Jordan see it, they are enraged and make ready for war!  They reject this altar because it was considered a competitor to the true altar of The LORD their God.  The eastern tribes explain that they set the altar up, not as competition with God’s true altar, but as a reminder to the western tribes that they too belonged to God Almighty.  The concern is that the western tribes will forget as generations go by that they are also God’s people because the Jordan separates them.  After hearing that they did not build the altar out of treachery, the conflict is resolved. 

     

    God has given the Israelites rest from their enemies.  Joshua is much older now and ready to be gathered to his people.  Joshua gives the people a farewell address, reminding them to continue obeying all that is written in the law of Moses.  He reminds them that God has driven out great and powerful nations before them. They should remain in Him.  If they do not and they cling to the pagan practices of the nations surrounding them and intermarry with them, it will not bode well. God will no longer drive these nations from them. 

     

    Joshua closes out his life with a summary of Israel’s history and the renewal of the covenant.  He tells the Israelites to choose who they are going to follow.  In life, we make choices.  Even if we make the decision not to choose, it is still a choice.  Indifference and indecisiveness is a sure path to ruin.

     

    March 17: Judges 1-2

     

    We move on to Judges!  This is an interesting period.  The Israelites do not have a man over them as king.  God is their King and leader.  The book opens after the death of Joshua, giving the impression these events happened shortly after the allotment of lands and Joshua’s subsequent passing.  The Israelites ask who will be the first to go up against the Canaanites.  God tells them that Judah will go.  Judah battles the Canaanites and gives Hebron to Caleb.  

     

    Judah is successful, but Benjamin fails.  They did not drive out the Jebusites living in Jerusalem.  Joseph does what is commanded of them, but the other tribes fail.  

     

    In Chapter two vv.6-13, there is a flashback summarizing the beginning of the book of Judges.  Baal was the god of the Canaanites that controlled storms and rain.  Ashtoreth was the goddess of love and fertility, and his consort.  The Israelites begin worshiping these gods abandoning the One True God that had brought them to this land.  As a result, God’s anger burned against them and His hand was against them. The LORD raised up judges among them to save them from their enemies, but only after a time of suffering.  God is trying to get their attention, but the things of the world captivate them and they chase after them.  My hope and prayer is that the things of the world to not take our focus off of The LORD. God deserves all our attention and worship.  The things of the earth pale in comparison to Our LORD! 


    print out

  • MARCH 17:  JUDGES 1-2

     

    WE MOVE ON TO JUDGES!  THIS IS AN INTERESTING PERIOD.  THE ISRAELITES DO NOT HAVE A MAN OVER THEM AS KING.  GOD IS THEIR KING AND LEADER.  THE BOOK OPENS AFTER THE DEATH OF JOSHUA, GIVING THE IMPRESSION THESE EVENTS HAPPENED SHORTLY AFTER THE ALLOTMENT OF LANDS AND JOSHUA’S SUBSEQUENT PASSING.  THE ISRAELITES ASK WHO WILL BE THE FIRST TO GO UP AGAINST THE CANAANITES.  GOD TELLS THEM THAT JUDAH WILL GO.  JUDAH BATTLES THE CANAANITES AND GIVES HEBRON TO CALEB. 

     

    JUDAH IS SUCCESSFUL, BUT BENJAMIN FAILS.  THEY DID NOT DRIVE OUT THE JEBUSITES LIVING IN JERUSALEM.  JOSEPH DOES WHAT IS COMMANDED OF THEM, BUT THE OTHER TRIBES FAIL.  

     

    IN CHAPTER TWO VV.6-13, THERE IS A FLASHBACK SUMMARIZING THE BEGINNING OF THE BOOK OF JUDGES.  BAAL WAS THE GOD OF THE CANAANITES THAT CONTROLLED STORMS AND RAIN.  ASHTORETH WAS THE GODDESS OF LOVE AND FERTILITY, AND HIS CONSORT.  THE ISRAELITES BEGIN WORSHIPING THESE GODS ABANDONING THE ONE TRUE GOD THAT HAD BROUGHT THEM TO THIS LAND.  AS A RESULT, GOD’S ANGER BURNED AGAINST THEM, AND HIS HAND WAS AGAINST THEM. THE LORD RAISED UP JUDGES AMONG THEM TO SAVE THEM FROM THEIR ENEMIES, BUT ONLY AFTER A TIME OF SUFFERING.  GOD IS TRYING TO GET THEIR ATTENTION, BUT THE THINGS OF THE WORLD CAPTIVATE THEM, AND THEY CHASE AFTER THEM.  MY HOPE AND PRAYER IS THAT THE THINGS OF THE WORLD TO NOT TAKE OUR FOCUS OFF OF THE LORD. GOD DESERVES ALL OUR ATTENTION AND WORSHIP.  THE THINGS OF THE EARTH PALE IN COMPARISON TO OUR LORD! 

     

    MARCH 18:  JUDGES 3-5

     

    ISRAEL HAS FALLEN AWAY FROM THE LORD.  THEIR DAUGHTERS MARRY INTO THE OTHER NATIONS AND THEIR SONS TAKE BRIDES FROM THESE GROUPS.  THEY WORSHIP THE GODS OF THESE NATIONS, NOT THE GOD THAT DELIVERED THEM FROM EGYPT AND BROUGHT THEM TO THE PROMISED LAND.  AS A RESULT, GOD SENDS PUNISHMENT TO THEM.  HE DELIVERS THE ISRAELITES TO THE KING OF ARAM-NAHARAIM. THEY CRY OUT TO THE LORD AND HE DELIVERS THEM THROUGH OTHNIEL, THE FIRST JUDGE.  THERE ARE 40 YEARS OF PEACE.  

     

    UNFORTUNATELY, THE ISRAELITES GO BACK TO THEIR OLD WAYS AND BOW DOWN BEFORE THE FALSE GODS.  AGAIN, THE LORD’S ANGER IS STIRRED UP AGAINST THEM AND THEY ARE TAKEN BY EGLON.  THE ISRAELITES SERVED THIS KING FOR 18 YEARS.  WHEN THE ISRAELITES CRY OUT TO GOD FOR HELP, HE GIVES THEM EHUD AS THEIR JUDGE.  EHUD IS LEFT-HANDED, WHICH HELPS EXPLAIN HOW HE WAS ABLE TO ASSASSINATE EGLON.  EHUD APPROACHES THE KING WHILE HE IS IN THE UPSTAIRS ROOM, DRAWS THE SWORD FROM HIS RIGHT THIGH, AND PLUNGES THE SWORD INTO EGLON’S BELLY.  EGLON IS SO FAT THAT THE SWORD GOES ALL THE WAY INTO THE MAN AND EHUD CANNOT RETRIEVE IT.  EHUD IS ABLE TO ESCAPE OFF THE BALCONY SINCE THE SERVANTS BELIEVE EGLON IS IN THE COOL ROOM DESIRING PRIVACY.

     

    SHAMGAR IS THE NEXT JUDGE AND HE DELIVERS ISRAEL BY STRIKING DOWN 600 PHILISTINES WITH AN OXGOAD.  AN OXGOAD IS A SHARP STICK THAT MEASURED UP TO EIGHT FEET LONG.  THE SHARP TIP MAY HAVE BEEN COVERED IN METAL.

     

    THE ISRAELITES AGAIN DO WHAT IS EVIL IN GOD’S SIGHT AND DEBORAH RISES AS JUDGE OVER THE ISRAELITES.  SHE SUMMONS BARAK AND ASKS HIM ABOUT GOD’S COMMAND FOR HIM TO DEPLOY TROOPS.  BARAK AGREES TO DO THIS AS LONG AS SHE WILL GO WITH HIM.  

     

    SISERA, THE COMMANDER OF THE OPPOSING ARMY, IS THROWN INTO CONFUSION ALONG WITH THE REST OF HIS TROOPS.  HE FLEES ON FOOT TO THE TENT OF JAEL, THE WIFE OF HEBER.  SHE WELCOMES SISERA IN.  HE ASKS FOR WATER, BUT SHE GOES ABOVE AND BEYOND BY GIVING HIM MILK.  SHE SEEMS TO BE TAKING CARE OF HIM AND NURTURING HIM, UNTIL HE FALLS ASLEEP.  THEN SHE TAKES A TENT PEG AND DRIVES IT THROUGH HIS TEMPLE INTO THE GROUND.  IN JUDGES FIVE, THE PEOPLE GATHER TO SING A SONG ABOUT THIS VICTORY. 

     

    MARCH 19:  JUDGES 6-7

     

    WE MOVE ONTO THE STORY OF GIDEON.  THINGS ARE NOT GOING WELL FOR THE ISRAELITES.  THEY ARE IN HIDING.  THEY CANNOT GET OUT AND THRESH THEIR WHEAT, OTHERWISE THE NEIGHBORING TOWNS WILL COME AND STEAL IT.  SO, GIDEON IS HIDING IN A WINEPRESS TO THRESH THE WHEAT.  WHILE HE IS IN THERE, GOD CALLS HIM.  GIDEON’S RESPONSE IS INTERESTING.  HE ASKS, “IF THE LORD IS WITH US, WHY HAS ALL THIS HAPPENED?”  HE DOES NOT SEE THAT THIS HAS HAPPENED BECAUSE THEY HAVE ABANDONED GOD.  HE DOES NOT RECEIVE AN ANSWER TO THIS QUESTION.  INSTEAD, HE IS TOLD THAT HE WILL BE THE ONE TO DELIVER ISRAEL.  GIDEON ASKS THAT HE BE ALLOWED TO BRING A GIFT AND SET IT BEFORE HIM.  WHEN GIDEON IS ASSURED THAT HE IS IN FACT RECEIVING A CALL, HE TEARS DOWN THE ALTAR TO BAAL AND THE ASHERAH POLE, CAUSING QUITE THE CONTROVERSY.  

     

    GIDEON AGAIN ASKS FOR A SIGN, BUT THIS TIME IT IS IN THE FORM OF A FLEECE.  FROM THERE, HE GOES AND GATHERS HIS ARMY.  INITIALLY, 32,000 MEN GATHER TO FIGHT, BUT 22,000 OF THEM LEAVE WHEN THEY ARE TOLD THEY CAN RETURN IF THEY ARE SCARED.  GOD WHITTLES DOWN THE REMAINING MEN FROM 10,000 TO 300!  GOD DOES THIS TO SHOW THAT HE IS THE ONE THAT IS DELIVERING THEM, NOT THE STRENGTH OF THEIR ARMY.  GOD CAN DO A LOT WITH A LITTLE.  GIDEON THOUGHT THAT HE WAS TOO WEAK AND TOO YOUNG TO LEAD THE ISRAELITES.  WE MIGHT FEEL THE SAME WAY WHEN IT COMES TO OUR JOURNEY THROUGH LIFE.  WHEN GOD CALLS US TO DO SOMETHING, REST ASSURED THAT HE WILL EQUIP US WITH WHAT WE NEED TO ACCOMPLISH IT. 

     

    MARCH 20:  JUDGES 8-9

     

    WE READ MORE ABOUT THE BATTLE BETWEEN GIDEON AND THE MIDIANITES.  CHAPTER EIGHT OPENS WITH A COMPLAINT FROM THE MEN OF EPHRAIM.  THEY ARE UPSET THAT THEY HAD NOT BEEN CALLED TO FIGHT AGAINST THE MIDIANITES.  THIS IS AN INTERESTING TURN, CONSIDERING THERE ARE OTHER INSTANCES OF HAVING TO CONVINCE OTHER TRIBES TO JOIN THE FIGHT.  

     

    UPON VICTORY, GIDEON IS HAILED AS A HERO AND THE PEOPLE WANT TO MAKE HIM KING.  GIDEON REFUSES, EXPLAINING THAT GOD IS THEIR KING.  GIDEON COULD HAVE USED HIS ACCOLADES TO RULE OVER THE ISRAELITES AND MAKE A COMFORTABLE LIFE FOR HIMSELF.  HOWEVER, HE KNOWS THAT IS NOT RIGHT AND PUSHES THEM TO FOLLOW GOD’S AUTHORITY.  

     

    THE ACCOUNT OF ABIMELECH IS A DEVIATION FROM THE MAIN STORYLINE OF JUDGES.  THIS STORY SHOWS THE COMPLETE CANAANIZATION OF THE LAND DURING THIS TIMEFRAME.  GIDEON HAD DENIED KINGSHIP, BUT ABIMELECH HAD NO PROBLEM RUSHING IN AND TRYING TO TAKE A NONEXISTENT THRONE.  TO PROTECT HIS CLAIM TO LEADERSHIP, ABIMELECH HAS HIS BROTHERS SLAUGHTERED, THE ONLY ONE THAT SURVIVES IS JOTHAM BECAUSE HE HID HIMSELF.  JOTHAM TELLS THE PARABLE OF THE TREES.  VARIOUS TREES AND THE GRAPEVINE ARE OFFERED THE THRONE, AND THEY DENY THE POSITION BECAUSE THEY WANT TO CONTINUE SERVING GOD AND MAN.  HOWEVER, THE TREES AND GRAPEVINE APPROACH THE BRAMBLE AND ASK IT TO RULE OVER THEM.  THE BRAMBLE HAD NO USE UNLIKE THE OLIVE AND FIG TREE.  INSTEAD, IT WAS A NUISANCE TO FARMERS.  JOTHAM EXPLAINS THAT IF THEY HAVE MADE ABIMELECH KING FAITHFULLY AND HONESTLY THEN THEY HAVE DONE WELL.  IF NOT, HE PRONOUNCES, “MAY FIRE COME FROM ABIMELECH AND CONSUME THE LORDS OF SHECHEM AND BETH-MILLO”.  

     

    AFTER THREE YEARS OF HIS REIGN, GOD SENDS AND EVIL SPIRIT BETWEEN ABIMELECH AND THE LORDS OF SHECHEM.  FROM THERE, FIGHTING ENSUES.  ABIMELECH HAS SOME SUCCESS, BUT WHEN HE WENT TO ATTACK THE TOWER AT THEBEZ, A WOMAN THREW THE UPPER PORTION OF A MILLSTONE AND HIT HIM IN THE HEAD, FRACTURING HIS SKULL.  ABIMELECH COMMANDS HIS SERVANT TO KILL HIM SO THAT NO ONE CAN SAY A WOMAN KILLED HIM.  HIS AMBITION LED TO HIS DEMISE, FULFILLING JOTHAM’S CURSE.

     

    MARCH 21:  JUDGES 10-12

     

    THERE IS RELATIVE PEACE FOR A BIT AFTER ABIMELECH’S PASSING.  HOWEVER, THE ISRAELITES WIND UP DOING WHAT IS EVIL IN GOD’S SIGHT AND HE HANDS THEM OVER TO THEIR ENEMIES.  THEY ONCE AGAIN WERE FOLLOWING THE BAALS AND ASHTORETHS, NOT THE ONE TRUE GOD THAT PROVIDED FOR THEM.  THE ISRAELITES CRIED OUT IN ANGUISH, ASKING GOD TO DELIVER THEM.  HE ANSWERS THAT THEY SHOULD TURN TO THE GODS THEY HAVE BEEN FOLLOWING AND GET THEM TO DELIVER THEM.  THE ISRAELITES REALIZE THAT THIS IS FOLLY, AND THESE GODS CANNOT DELIVER THEM.  SO, THEY PUT THEMSELVES IN THE HANDS OF THE LORD.  GOD DELIVERS THEM BECAUSE HE BECOMES “WEARY OF THEIR MISERY.”

     

    THE ISRAELITES ARE LOOKING FOR A LEADER NOW.  JEPHTHAH, A GILEADITE IS IDENTIFIED AS A GREAT WARRIOR.  HOWEVER, HE IS ALSO A SOCIAL OUTCAST BECAUSE HE IS THE SON OF A PROSTITUTE.  GIVEN HIS LINEAGE, HE FLEES FROM HIS BROTHERS WHERE HE IS JOINED BY LAWLESS MEN.  THEN PROBLEMS ARISE FOR THE ISRAELITES, PROMPTING THEM TO ASK JEPHTHAH TO BE FIGHT WITH THEM.  HE ASKS WHY THEY WANT HIM NOW, SINCE THEY REJECTED HIM BEFORE.  THEY ANSWER THAT HE WILL BE MADE LEADER IF HE COMES TO FIGHT WITH THEM.  

     

    JEPHTHAH MAKES A HARSH VOW.  HE PROMISES THAT IF HE IS GIVEN VICTORY, THAT HE WILL GIVE WHATEVER COMES OUT OF HIS HOUSE TO GREET HIM AS A BURNT OFFERING.  ODDS ARE THAT HE HAD HUMAN SACRIFICE IN MIND.  MOLECH AND CHEMOSH WERE COMPETING DEITIES AT THE TIME AND HUMAN SACRIFICE TO THEM OCCURRED REGULARLY.  FURTHER, IT IS TYPICAL FOR HUMANS TO COME OUT OF THE HOUSE TO GREET SOMEONE, NOT ANIMALS.  I KNOW THAT MY DOGS WOULD RUN OUT TO GREET PEOPLE IF THEY COULD, BUT THEY ARE UNABLE TO OPEN THE DOOR.  

     

    SADLY, JEPHTHAH’S ONLY DAUGHTER COMES TO GREET HIM AFTER HIS VICTORY.  HE IS HEARTBROKEN, BUT SHE RESPONDS WITH FAITH SAYING THAT HE MUST DO WHAT HE SAID HE WOULD SINCE GOD HAD DELIVERED THEM VICTORY.  GOD DOES NOT DEMAND HUMAN SACRIFICE.  HE FINDS IT DETESTABLE AND THERE ARE SEVERAL INSTANCES WHERE HE INSTRUCTS THEM NOT TO MAKE THEIR CHILDREN “WALK THROUGH FIRE” A COMMON EUPHEMISM FOR CHILD SACRIFICE.  JEPHTHAH DID NOT NEED TO MAKE SUCH A HARSH VOW.  GOD WOULD HAVE GIVEN THEM THE VICTORY WITHOUT IT. 

     

    MARCH 22:  JUDGES 13-15

     

    AGAIN, THE ISRAELITES DO EVIL IN GOD’S SIGHT, AND THEY ARE HANDED OVER TO THE PHILISTINES.  WE COME TO THE STORY OF SAMSON, PROBABLY THE MOST FAMOUS NAZIRITE IN HISTORY.  NAZIRITE VOWS WERE TYPICALLY TAKEN FOR A PERIOD OF TIME.  DURING THIS TIME, THE INDIVIDUAL DID NOT EAT OR DRINK ANYTHING THAT CAME FROM THE VINE, AND THEY DID NOT CUT THEIR HAIR.  MANOAH, FROM THE FAMILY OF DAN, AND HIS WIFE ARE UNABLE TO HAVE CHILDREN.  THE ANGEL OF THE LORD APPEARS TO HIS WIFE AND INFORMS HER THAT SHE WILL GIVE BIRTH TO A SON.  THE ANGEL FURTHER INSTRUCTS THAT SHE IS NOT TO CUT HIS HAIR BECAUSE HE WILL BE A “NAZIRITE TO GOD FROM BIRTH”.  THE WOMAN TELLS HER HUSBAND, AND HE PRAYS THAT GOD WOULD SEND THE ANGEL BACK TO GIVE FURTHER INSTRUCTION ON WHAT THEY ARE SUPPOSED TO DO FOR THE BOY THAT WILL BE BORN TO THEM.  

     

    THE ANGEL OF THE LORD COMES BACK.  MANOAH ASKS HIM WHAT THE BOY’S RESPONSIBILITY AND MISSION WILL BE.  THE ANGEL GIVES INSTRUCTIONS ON WHAT HIS WIFE CANNOT EAT OR DRINK DURING THE PREGNANCY.  SHE LATER GIVES BIRTH TO SAMSON, THE LAST JUDGE. 

     

    WHEN SAMSON GROWS UP, HE GOES TO TIMNAH AND FALLS IN LOVE WITH A PHILISTINE WOMAN.  HE GOES BACK TO HIS PARENTS AND DEMANDS THAT THEY GET THIS WOMAN FOR HIM AS HIS WIFE.  HIS PARENTS RECOMMEND THAT HE FIND A WIFE FROM AMONG THE ISRAELITES, NOT FROM THE PAGAN NATION.  HOWEVER, SAMSON IS SET ON THIS WOMAN.  HE AND PARENTS HEAD TO TIMNAH TO SEE ABOUT THIS GIRL. THE TEXT INFORMS US THAT THIS WAS THE LORD’S DOING BECAUSE HE WAS SETTING UP AN OCCASION FOR SAMSON TO ATTACK THE PHILISTINES. ON THIS TRIP TO TIMNAH, A YOUNG LION JUMPS OUT AND SAMSON KILLS IT WITH HIS BARE HANDS.  THE MARRIAGE IS SET.  AFTER A WHILE, SAMSON GOES BACK TO TIMNAH TO GET THE WOMAN AND SEES THAT BEES ARE MAKING HONEY IN THE CARCASS OF THE LION HE KILLED EARLIER.  HE USES THIS TO DEVELOP A RIDDLE FOR THE GUESTS AT THE WEDDING FEAST.  NO ONE IS ABLE TO GUESS THE ANSWER TO THE RIDDLE.  HOWEVER, SAMSON’S WIFE INFORMS THE MEN OF THE ANSWER, WHICH SETS SAMSON OFF ON A KILLING SPREE.  

     

    LATER, SAMSON GOES TO RETRIEVE HIS WIFE, BUT HIS FATHER-IN-LAW HAS ALREADY GIVEN HER TO SOMEONE ELSE SINCE HE THOUGHT SAMSON HATED HER.  TO TAKE HIS REVENGE, SAMSON CATCHES 300 FOXES, TIES THEIR TAILS TOGETHER, FIXES TORCHES BETWEEN THEIR TAILS, LIGHTS THE TORCHES, AND SETS THE FOXES FREE IN THE GRAIN OF THE PHILISTINES.  THE FIRE DESTROYS THE CROP, THE VINEYARD, AND THE OLIVE GROVES. SAMSON IS THEN CAPTURED AND HANDED OVER TO THE PHILISTINES.  HE GRABS THE JAW OF A DONKEY AND SLAUGHTERS 1,000 MEN WITH IT. 

     

    MARCH 23:  JUDGES 16-18

     

    SAMSON IS NO SAINT.  HE GOES TO GAZA AND VISITS A PROSTITUTE.  WHEN THE GAZITES FIND OUT HE IS THERE, THEY PLAN TO MURDER HIM.  HOWEVER, THEY ARE UNSUCCESSFUL.  LATER, SAMSON FALLS IN LOVE WITH DELILAH.  THE PHILISTINES TELL HER TO PERSUADE SAMSON INTO TELLING HER THE SOURCE OF HIS STRENGTH. 

     

    DELILAH ASKS HIM WHERE HIS STRENGTH COMES FROM.  SAMSON RESPONDS WITH A LIE, TELLING HER THAT IF HE IS BOUND WITH SEVEN FRESH BOWSTRINGS, HE WILL BE AS WEAK AS ANYONE ELSE.  WHILE HE SLEEPS, DELILAH TIES HIM UP IN THE STRINGS, THEN CALLS OUT TO HIM THAT THE PHILISTINES ARE THERE.  SAMSON WAKES UP AND BREAKS THE STRINGS.  DELILAH CRIES BECAUSE HE HAS MOCKED HER BY LYING TO HER.  SHE ASKS AGAIN.  THIS TIME SAMSON TELLS HER THAT IF HE IS TIED WITH NEW ROPES THAT HAVE NEVER BEEN USED BEFORE, HE LOSES HIS STRENGTH.  AGAIN, SHE TIES HIM UP WHILE HE SLEEPS AND CALLS THAT THE PHILISTINES ARE THERE.  SAMSON GETS UP AND BREAKS THE ROPE.  DELILAH CRIES ABOUT HOW SHE HAS BEEN LIED TO AND DEMANDS TO KNOW HOW TO TAKE HIS STRENGTH.  SAMSON AGAIN LIES AND TELLS HER THAT IF SHE WEAVES THE SEVEN BRAIDS OF HIS HEAD WITH THE WEB OF A LOOM, HE WILL BE AS WEAK AS ANY OTHER MAN.  UNSURPRISING TO US, SHE DOES JUST THAT AND CALLS OUT THAT THE PHILISTINES ARE THERE.  HE GETS UP AND PULLS OUT THE PIN, WITH THE LOOM AND WEB.  

     

    I AM NOT A SMART MAN.  HOWEVER, I DO NOT KNOW HOW SAMSON COULD HAVE THOUGHT NOTHING BAD WAS GOING TO COME OF THIS.  I AM CURIOUS WHY HE DIDN’T THINK IT WAS ODD THAT SHE ASKED HOW TO MAKE HIM WEAK AND THAT VERY NIGHT, SHE TRIED TO MAKE HIM WEAK.  THE FIRST TIME IS UNDERSTANDABLE.  THE OLD ADAGE IS “FOOL ME ONCE, SHAME ON YOU.  FOOL ME TWICE, SHAME ON ME.”  SAMSON DID NOT GET THE MEMO.  SHE NAGS AND NAGS UNTIL SHE WEARS HIM DOWN AND HE INFORMS HER THAT THE SOURCE OF HIS STRENGTH IS HIS HAIR.  WHILE HE IS SLEEPING, SHE CUTS HIS HAIR AND CRIES THAT THE PHILISTINES ARE THERE.  

     

    SAMSON GETS UP AND TRIES TO BREAK FREE.  “BUT HE DID NOT KNOW THAT THE LORD HAD LEFT HIM.”  IN MY OPINION, THAT IS ONE OF THE SCARIEST PIECES OF SCRIPTURE.  THE PHILISTINES TAKE HIM GOUGE OUT HIS EYES AND BRING HIM TO GAZA WHERE HE GROUND GRAIN IN PRISON.  THE PHILISTINE LEADERS GATHERED TO GIVE WORSHIP TO DAGON, ANOTHER PAGAN ENTITY.  DURING THE REVELRY, THEY DECIDE TO BRING SAMSON OUT TO ENTERTAIN THEM.  HOWEVER, THEY HAD FORGOTTEN TO TRIM HIS HAIR WHILE HE WAS IN PRISON.  AS HIS LAST ACT, HE GETS BETWEEN TWO PILLARS OF THE TEMPLE AND PUSHES AGAINST THEM, BRINGING THE TEMPLE DOWN. 

     

    MARCH 24:  JUDGES 19-21

     

    THERE IS STILL NO KING IN ISRAEL.  PEOPLE CONTINUE DOING WHAT THEY WANT.  A LEVITE LIVING IN EPHRAIM ACQUIRED A WOMAN FROM BETHLEHEM.  SHE WAS UNFAITHFUL TO HIM AND SHE FLED TO HER FATHER’S HOUSE BACK IN BETHLEHEM.  THE HUSBAND SET OUT TO RETRIEVE HER AND “SPEAK KINDLY TO HER” AFTER FOUR MONTHS.  THE MAN’S FATHER-IN-LAW CONTINUES TO DETAIN HIM, DELAYING THEIR DEPARTURE.  AFTER SEVERAL DAYS, THEY DEPART AND SPEND THE NIGHT IN GIBEAH.  AN OLD MAN APPROACHES THEM AND TELLS THEM NOT TO STAY IN THE SQUARE.  THEY STAY THE NIGHT IN THE MAN’S HOUSE, BUT THE MEN OF THE CITY SURROUNDED THE HOUSE, DEMANDING THE MAN BE SENT OUT.  THE OWNER OF THE HOUSE ASKED THEY NOT DO THIS AND THE MAN’S CONCUBINE IS PLACED OUTSIDE THE HOME WHERE SHE IS TORTURED AND KILLED.  WHEN THE MAN REALIZES THAT SHE IS DEAD, HE TAKES A KNIFE AND CUT HER INTO 12 PIECES.  EACH TRIBE OF ISRAEL RECEIVED ONE PART OF HER BODY.  THIS WAS A CALL TO ARMS AGAINST BENJAMIN, THE GROUP RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS HEINOUS BEHAVIOR.  

     

    ALL THE ISRAELITES FROM DAN TO BEERSHEBA CAME OUT TO FIGHT.  THE MAN TELLS THE STORY OF HIS KILLED CONCUBINE TO THE MEN ASSEMBLED AND THEY UNITE AGAINST BENJAMIN.  THE BATTLE IS INTENSE.  BENJAMIN KILLS 22,000 AT GIBEAH.  ON THE SECOND DAY 18,000 ARE SLAUGHTERED.  THE ISRAELITE ARMY DEPARTS TO BETHEL WHERE THEY MOURN AND FAST.  THEY THINK ABOUT GIVING UP, BUT GOD TELLS THEM TO GO FIGHT SINCE HE WILL DELIVER THEM.  THE BENJAMINITES ARE SUMMARILY DEFEATED. 

     

    THE MEN OF ISRAEL SWEAR AN OATH THAT THE NONE OF THEIR DAUGHTERS WOULD BE GIVEN IN MARRIAGE TO A BENJAMINITE.  HOWEVER, THEY BEGIN TO FEEL BAD ABOUT THIS OATH THEY HAVE MADE.  SO THEY COME UP WITH AN IDEA ON HOW TO GET WIVES FOR THE BENJAMINITE MEN.  

     


    THE BOOK OF JUDGES CLOSES WITH THE OMINOUS REMINDER THAT THERE WAS NO KING IN ISRAEL IN THOSE DAYS.  EVERYONE DID WHAT THEY WANTED.  AS BELIEVERS, GOD IS OUR KING AND WE SHOULD STRIVE TO FOLLOW HIM AND DO HIS WILL DAILY.  THE ISRAELITES’ BIGGEST PROBLEM STEMMED FROM THE FACT THAT THEY DID NOT COMPLETELY SURRENDER THEMSELVES TO GOD ALMIGHTY AND FOLLOW HIS LAW.  MY HOPE AND PRAYER IS THAT WE SUBMIT TO HIM DAILY AND WE LET HIM LEAD. 


    PRINT OUT

  • March 24: Judges 19-21.

     

    There is still no king in Israel. People continue doing what they want. A Levite living in Ephraim acquired a woman from Bethlehem. She was unfaithful to him and she fled to her father’s house back in Bethlehem. The husband set out to retrieve her and “speak kindly to her” after four months. The man’s father-in-law continues to detain him, delaying their departure. After several days, they depart and spend the night in Gibeah. An old man approaches them and tells them not to stay in the square. They stay the night in the man’s house, but the men of the city surrounded the house, demanding the man be sent out. The owner of the house asked they not do this, and the man’s concubine is placed outside the home where she is tortured and killed.  When the man realizes that she is dead, he takes a knife and cut her into 12 pieces. Each tribe of Israel received one part of her body. This was a call to arms against Benjamin, the group responsible for this heinous behavior.

     

    All the Israelites from Dan to Beersheba came out to fight. The man tells the story of his killed concubine to the men assembled and they unite against Benjamin. The battle is intense. Benjamin kills 22,000 at Gibeah. On the second day 18,000 are slaughtered. The Israelite army departs to Bethel where they mourn and fast. They think about giving up, but God tells them to go fight since He will deliver them. The Benjaminites are summarily defeated.

     

    The men of Israel swear an oath that the none of their daughters would be given in marriage to a Benjaminite. However, they begin to feel bad about this oath they have made. So they come up with an idea on how to get wives for the Benjaminite men.

     

    The book of Judges closes with the ominous reminder that there was no king in Israel in those days. Everyone did what they wanted. As believers, God is our King and we should strive to follow Him and do His will daily. The Israelites’ biggest problem stemmed from the fact that they did not completely surrender themselves to God Almighty and follow His law. My hope and prayer is that we submit to Him daily and we let Him lead.

     

    March 25: Ruth 1-4

     

    Ruth is named for the main character of this book.  Ruth is a Moabite woman, an ancestor of David and Jesus.  Judges ends with a rather dark and depressing theme.  Ruth gives some relief to the reader.  This book is relatively short, but there are several examples of kindness, faith, and patience.  

     

    The book starts with Elimelech, a man from Bethlehem that settled in Moab with his wife Naomi.  He died and their two sons married Moabite women.  Sadly, both sons died within ten years of moving to Moab.  Naomi now has no husband or sons to care for her, which was the custom of the time.  Naomi tells her daughters in law to go back and find husbands for themselves.  They are still relatively young and should find security in a new husband.  At first, both daughters in law refuse, but Naomi persists.  Eventually Orpah goes back home, but Naomi refuses to leave her mother-in-law.  They traveled to Bethlehem.  

     

    Boaz was a prominent man from Elimelech’s (Naomi’s late husband) family.  Ruth requests permission from Naomi to glean in the fields and gather fallen grain.  Permission is granted and Ruth winds up gleaning in part of the land that Boaz owns.  Boaz arrives and pronounces a blessing on the people gleaning.  He shows interest in Ruth.  He asks that she only glean from his fields and no others.  Boaz shows great generosity toward her.  

     

    Naomi sees this kindness from Boaz.  Since he is from Elemelech’s family, he is a qualified “family redeemer.”  The family redeemer had the responsibility to act on behalf of a relative that was in danger, trouble, or need.  By making Ruth his wife, Boaz demonstrated one of the duties of the family member.  Marrying Ruth ensured that she would be taken care of.  Boaz and Ruth have a son named Obed.  Obed is the grandfather of David, the second Israelite king.  

     

    March 26: 1 Samuel 1-3

     

    First and Second Samuel highlight a huge transition in the nation of Israel.  So far, we have seen them transition from a people that settle in Egypt to survive famine, then slaves to the Egyptians, from there they are given freedom and wander the wilderness.  In the time of the Judges, they lived with no king in the promised land.  Eventually, they will transition to having an earthly king. 

     

    Samuel’s mother Hannah was unable to conceive.  Hannah made a vow to The LORD, promising that if He gives her a son, she will give the boy to The LORD all the days of his life.  After making this vow, The LORD answered her prayer, and she conceived Samuel.  Hannah responds with praise and joy in the news that she will give birth.  Do we stop to give praise and adoration when The LORD answers our prayers?  

     

    Eli was priest at the time, but his sons had zero regard for The LORD.  The text describes them as wicked men.  They would regularly steal from The LORD’s portion of the sacrifice and treated the offerings to Him with contempt.  Meanwhile, Samuel serves in God’s presence.  Every year, his mother would make him a new Ephod and deliver it to the temple.  God sees that Hannah was faithful in her vow to Him and she conceived three sons and two daughters.  

     

    Samuel is lying down in the tabernacle.  He hears someone calling him.  Samuel cries out, “Here I am.” He runs to Eli, but Eli says he did not call him and sends him back to lie down.  Samuel again hears someone calling him and he runs to Eli.  Eli again explains that he has not called the boy.  After the third time, Eli realizes what is going on.  He tells Samuel to lie down and if he hears it again, he is to say, “Speak, Lord, for your servant is listening.”  The LORD calls to Samuel again and He explains that He is about to do something in Israel that will cause anyone that hears it to shudder.  Samuel grows up and becomes a prophet.  His stature is known far and wide throughout the land. 

     

    March 27: 1 Samuel 4-8

     

    Israel goes to battle the Philistines.  The Philistines lined up in battle formation.  Israel is summarily defeated, losing 4,000 of their men.  They go back to gripe about the defeat and hatch a plan to take the ark of the covenant with them.  When the ark entered the camp of the Israelites, they gave quite the battle cry.  The Philistines hear the sound.  They attribute the Israelite victory over Egypt to the ark and encourage one another to have courage to fight.  The Philistines went into battle and again defeat Israel.  This time, they take the ark with them.  

     

    The Philistines bring the ark to the temple of Dagon, one of the gods worshiped at the time.  They placed the ark next to the statue of Dagon.  When they went in the next morning, they found the statue fallen over with its face to the ground before the ark.  The set the statue back up.  When they came in the following day, they found the statue fallen over again, but this time the statue’s head and hands were broken off.  The statue was not the only thing affected.  Some of the men died because of the ark and others were afflicted with boils.

     

    After seven months, the Philistines summon the priests and diviners and ask how they can send the ark of the covenant back to its rightful place.  The priests explain that if they send it away, an offering must accompany it.  The ark is taken to Kiriath-jearim.  After 20 years, the whole house of Israel begins to seek The LORD.  Samuel explains that if they are truly repentant, they must rid themselves of the foreign gods and dedicate themselves fully to God.  

     

    Samuel grows old and the people decide that they want a king.  They want a king to judge them and so that they can be like the other nations around them.  Samuel warns them that if they have a king, he can go in and take their best fields and land and take ten percent of their grain and vineyards, along with their male and female servants.  The Israelites will not relent.  Samuel is upset, but he takes his concern to God.  The LORD tells him to appoint a king for them. 

     

    March 28: 1 Samuel 9-12

     

    Kish, from the tribe of Benjamin, has an impressive son in stature.  There is no man as impressive as him in all of Israel.  He is a head taller than every other man.  This impressive man named Saul will become the first king of Israel. 

     

    One of Kish’s donkeys wandered off and Saul was dispatched to return it.  Saul comes to the land of Zuph.  His attendant explains that there is a man of God nearby and advises that they seek out this man’s guidance.  This man might be able to tell them where they should go.  Saul asks what they will take if they go see this man.  The attendant has a piece of silver to give the man of God. 

     

    Meanwhile, God told Samuel that He was going to send a man from the land of Benjamin to him.  This man will save the Israelites from the hand of the Philistines and will become their king.  Saul approaches Samuel asking where the seer is and Samuel explains that it is him.  Samuel anoints Saul as king.  As Saul is leaving to return, Samuel informs him that he will meet two men at Rachel’s grave.  From there, he is to go to oak of Tabor.  Three men will meet him there.  One will have three goats, another three loaves of bread, and another bringing a skin of wine.  They will ask how he is and give him two loaves of bread which he must accept. From there he will go to the Hill of God where he meets a group of prophets coming down from the high place.  The Spirit of God will transform Saul and he will be different, prophesying to these prophets.  After that, he is to wait seven days for Samuel to come to him.  When Saul leaves Samuel, his heart is changed.  

    Saul is received as king by the Israelites.  The Ammonites lay siege to Jabesh-gilead.  The men of Jabesh ask that a treaty be made.  Nahash the Ammonite agrees to make a treaty on the condition that he gouges out everyone’s right eye and humiliates Israel.  The elders of Jabesh call for a truce for seven days while they send word to the surrounding territories.  Saul receives word of what is happening in Jabesh and the Spirit of God empowers him to take decisive action.  He gathers an army and slaughters the Ammonites.  Saul is finally confirmed as king and Samuel makes his final public speech. 

     

    March 29: 1 Samuel 13-14

     

    Saul is doing great as king, until he is not.  He gathers the troops of Israel at Gilgal for a fight against the Philistines.  Saul and his troops wait for seven days in the garrison.  They wait because a sacrifice must be made to God before they go into battle.  Saul’s troops are gripped with fear.  After the appointed time of waiting for Samuel, Saul decides that he will take matters into his own hands.  He tells them to bring the burnt offerings to him and he will make sacrifice.  

     

    Just as he finished making the offering, Samuel arrives.  The smell of burning meat is still in the air.  Saul goes to greet him, but Samuel simply asks, “what have you done?”  Saul explains that he was scared and so was everyone else.  So he went ahead and made the sacrifice to ensure their victory.  Saul violated God’s command out of fear.  Only the priests were allowed to make sacrifice in those days.  He should have waited on Samuel.  Things would have gone much better for him if he had.  However, he loses his favor in God’s sight because of his disobedience.  In life, it is better for us to wait on The LORD rather than take matters into our own hands.  The challenge is to let God do what He is going to do in His own time and trust His results.  God has it all figured out.  We can trust that His timing is perfect.  My hope and prayer is that we will trust Him and His timeline.

     

    Saul’s son Jonathan decided to take up arms and cross over the Philistine garrison without telling his father.  The two strike down 20 Philistines in a half-acre field.  The Philistine camp is terrified.  Saul calls for a muster to see who has fled.  The only two missing were Jonathan and his armor bearer.  Saul assembles the troops and makes an oath that whoever eats before the evening when he has his vengeance on his enemies is cursed.  They go into the forest and see that there is honey on the ground.  Unfortunately, Jonathan had not heard about the oath his father made, so he begins to eat.  He feels a renewed energy, but that fades quickly when one of the other soldiers informs him about the oath Saul made.  This begs the question of why the soldier did not stop him from eating BEFORE he put the honeycomb in his mouth.  

     

    Saul finds out that Jonathan has disobeyed his oath and declares that Jonathan will die because of it.  This leads to another question.  Why would Saul be okay violating God’s law about sacrifice, but be willing to kill his own son for violating his oath?  Saul’s poor leadership has been on display in these two chapters.  His time as king is coming to a close.  

     

    March 30: 1 Samuel 15-17

     

    Samuel reports to Saul that he is to go to the Amalekites and completely destroy everything they have.  This is a command from God for holy war.  One mark of holy war is that the enemy is completely wiped out including the livestock.  Saul raises his army and sets out to fight the Amalekites.  He once again disobeys God’s commands and decides to keep the best of the livestock alive.  God tells Samuel that He regrets making Saul king.  Samuel gets up early in the morning to confront Saul.  Samuel receives word instead that Saul has gone to Carmel to set up a memorial for himself.  Samuel finds him there and Saul thinks he has done nothing wrong.  Instead, he looks to Samuel and claims he has done everything the LORD commanded.  Samuel’s response is a simple, “What’s this sound of sheep and cattle?”  From there Saul justifies not following God’s command.  He asserts that he was keeping the finest animals for the flock so that he could sacrifice them to The LORD.  If God wanted Saul to take the choice animals and sacrifice them to Him, He would have given that direction.  When God gives a command, we should follow it!

     

    This is the final straw and Saul has lost God’s favor as king.  It is time for Samuel to find a new one.  Samuel approaches Jesse in Bethlehem.  He looks over the older brothers but does not find one suitable as king.  He asks Jesse if these are the only sons he has.  Jesse informs him that there is a younger brother.  Notice the difference between how Saul and David and how they were identified.  Saul was in high stature and taller than everyone else.  David is the youngest of his brothers, he has no stature.  Yet David, despite his faults, is a much better king than Saul. Don’t underestimate what God can do in the lives of the people He has called for a task!

     

    David winds up playing the lyre in Saul’s court.  One day, he goes to the front line to see what is happening with the battle.  He sees Goliath taunting the Israelites and agrees to fight the uncircumcised Philistine.  David goes into battle with just his sling and five rocks.  He sinks a rock in the giant’s forehead and then cuts off Goliath’s head with his own sword.  In life, God gives us the strength to stand up to our giants.  David could not fight goliath under his own strength, he relied on God to deliver the victory.  We do not have to fight our battles alone either, God is there with us. 

     

    March 31: 1 Samuel 18-20

     

    After David’s victory, he no longer goes back to his father’s house.  Instead, Saul keeps him in his court.  Jonathan, Saul’s son, makes a covenant with David.  The two are like brothers.  David marches out with the army and is successful in all his endeavors.   An evil spirit comes upon Saul, and he tries to kill David.  He has no luck.

     

    Michal, Saul’s daughter, loved David, and the two marry.  Saul sends his son Jonathan to kill David.  The two hatch a plan to let David know whether he is safe from Saul or not.  David is not safe.  Saul sends agents to David’s home with the intent to kill him.  His wife Michal sends the agents away, stating that David is sick. David escapes and Saul confronts Michal over her deceit.  

     

    David remains on the lam.  He comes to Jonathan.  He asks what he has done to deserve such treatment from Saul.  Jonathan tells David that Saul always tells him when he is going to do something, so odds are he will tell him if he is going to kill David.  The two hatch a plan to let David know Saul’s intent. 

    Print out

  • March 31: 1 Samuel 18-20

     

    After David’s victory, he no longer goes back to his father’s house. Instead, Saul keeps him in his court. Jonathan, Saul’s son, makes a covenant with David. The two are like brothers. David marches out with the army and is successful in all his endeavors. An evil spirit comes upon Saul, and he tries to kill David. He has no luck.

     

    Michal, Saul’s daughter, loved David, and the two marry. Saul sends his son Jonathan to kill David. The two hatch a plan to let David know whether he is safe from Saul or not. David is not safe. Saul sends agents to David’s home with the intent to kill him. His wife Michal sends the agents away, stating that David is sick. David escapes and Saul confronts Michal over her deceit.

     

    David remains on the lam. He comes to Jonathan. He asks what he has done to deserve such treatment from Saul. Jonathan tells David that Saul always tells him when he is going to do something, so odds are he will tell him if he is going to kill David. The two hatch a plan to let David know Saul’s intent.

     

    April 1: 1 Samuel 21-24

     

    David flees to Nob and speaks with Ahimelech the priest.  Ahimelech was afraid since David was alone.  David explains that his men are with him, they are just stationed at a certain place.  He also tells Ahimelech that he and his men are hungry.  The priest explains that there is no bread, but the special bread of the presence.  He allows David and his men to eat the bread as long as they are consecrated.  David explains that they are always consecrated before missions, even the ordinary ones.  After this, David and his men flee to Gath where he finds that he is already a well-known man.  To avoid any danger, he acts insane, drooling over his beard to further prove his craziness. 

     

    David leaves Gath and stays in a cave in Adullam for a bit.  David’s entire family joined him there, along with every other man that was desperate, in debt, or discontented.  Approximately 400 men joined David there to rally behind him.  This leads to Saul becoming more concerned about the threat to his reign.  Saul sends messengers to summon the priests from the surrounding territories.  Because their loyalty is with David, Saul sends Doeg the Edomite to slaughter them all. 

     

    The LORD confirms that David should launch an attack against the Philistines that are attacking Keilah.  There is a stark contrast between David and Saul.  Saul is doing what he can to protect his throne.  David, even while he is fleeing the wicked king and his plots, still seeks to do God’s will and protect the Israelites. 

     

    While in Engedi, David and his men stay in a cave.  Saul and his men come along.  Saul sees the cave and decides to go in to relieve himself.  Some translations say “cover his ankles” which was a Hebrew euphemism for using the bathroom.  While he is in there, David’s men see this as God delivering the king over to David.  David shows great restraint and merely cuts off the corner of Saul’s robe.  David was truly seeking God’s will.  The rest of his men probably thought he was crazy.  David knew better.  He confronts Saul, asking why he was chasing after him.  David shows that he could have easily killed Saul by presenting a corner of the robe.  

     

    Are we in tune with God’s will?  Can we discern His direction? 

     

    April 2: 1 Samuel 25-27

     

    Samuel dies and all of Israel gathers to mourn his passing.  Nabal was shearing his sheep in Carmel.  Nabal was harsh and evil, but his wife Abigail was intelligent and beautiful.  David’s men approach Nabal about sustenance.  Nabal responds harshly.  Word is then sent to his wife, who quickly ensures that David and his men have enough provision.  Nabal is struck down by The LORD.  David sends his men to retrieve Abigail to be his wife.  He also marries Ahinoam.  Meanwhile, Saul gives his daughter Michal, who is already married to David, as a wife to Palti.  It is unclear whether Saul was punishing her for supporting David or because she had requested it. 

     

    David again has the chance to kill Saul, but he spares his life.  This time David is traveling with Abishai.  They come upon Saul’s camp and see him sleeping with his spear dug into the ground.  Abishai tells David that The LORD has handed Saul over to him.  David chooses to spare Saul, but he takes the king’s spear and water jug.  He then calls to the king but is confronted by Abner.  David presses Abner, asking why he has not protected the king.  Saul wakes up and hears David’s voice.  Again, David explains how he could have killed him, but chose not to.  Saul proclaims a blessing on David.

     

    Despite the blessing David heads to Ziklag.  He knows that Saul will not stop until David is dead.  David and his men raid the Geshurites, Girzites, and the Amalekites.  He completely eradicates them and returns to Achish in Gath.  Achish thinks he can trust David since he has made himself detestable to the Israelites and assumes that David will be his servant.  

     

    April 3: 1 Samuel 28-31

     

    The Philistines bring their military units together with the intent to fight against Israel.  Achish reminds David that he and his men must go and fight with him.  David simply responds that it is good so that he can see how well he and his men fight.  

     

    Meanwhile, Saul has become fearful of the gathering Philistines.  Samuel is dead and cannot help.  Previously, Saul had killed the mediums and spiritists in the land.  His men find one woman that can summon the dead.  He disguises himself and goes to talk to the woman.  He asks her to bring up Samuel. When Samuel appears, Saul explains that he is in serious trouble.  Samuel asks Saul why he is asking him for advice.  The LORD has turned away from Saul and has become his enemy.  Saul did not obey The LORD and now God is doing exactly what He said He would. 

     

    The Philistine military gathers at Aphek.  They conduct a muster and see that David and his men are among the military units.  Achish explains that David and his men have been with him for a while.  The Philistines are enraged, and demand David and his men be sent away.  They do not want the Hebrews with them.  

     

    From there, David and his men go to Ziklag.  The Amalekites had raided the Negev and attacked Ziklag.  The men see that their wives, sons, and daughters had been kidnapped by the Amalekites.  They form up and go to battle as the Amalekites, slaughtering them and recovered all the stolen property.  

     

    The battle between the Philistines and the Israelites rages on.  The Philistines overtake Saul and his sons.  His sons, Jonathan, Abinadab, and Malchishua are killed.  Saul is severely wounded by the archers.  Saul asks his armor bearers to kill him off before the Philistines get to him.  He figures it is better to be killed by his servant than be tortured by the Philistines.  The armor bearer refuses, so Saul falls on his own sword.  

     

    April 4: 2 Samuel 1-3

     

    David returns to Ziklag.  An Amalekite presents himself to give David the news of Saul and his sons.  David asks how this man knows the fate.  The Amalekite claims to be the one that killed Saul.  The previous chapter has Saul falling on his own sword after telling his armor bearer to kill him.  This man brings a different report.  There are two explanations for the differing stories.  1. Saul did not die immediately after falling in his sword and the Amalekite came upon him and killed him. 2. The Amalekite arrived after Saul died, but before the Philistines arrived.  He saw an opportunity to gain favor with David, so he took the crown and armband and lied to David about his part in Saul’s death.  

     

    The second explanation is the most likely what happened.  This man saw an opportunity and took the armband and crown to David thinking he would find favor in his sight.  However, it would have been better if he had told the truth.  In that scenario, he would have brought the armband and crown stating, “I found the king dead and wanted to make sure the Philistines did not get these.”  Instead, he claims to have killed the king himself.  David is not pleased that Saul and his sons are dead.  He has the Amalekite executed and sings a song of mourning for Saul and Jonathan.  

     

    After a while, David asks God if he should go to one of the towns of Judah.  God tells him to go to Hebron.  At the time, Hebron was the natural capital, located about 19 miles south of Jerusalem in the hill country.  Though David is the rightful king, there is the expected contention from the house of Saul.  As a result, civil war breaks out between the house of Saul and the house of David.  

     

    David sends word to Ishbosheth to send back his wife Michal.  Michal was given to another man as a wife by Saul while she was still married to David.  David has not legally divorced her, so he wants her back.  This might seem odd to us since she has been married to the other guy for a few years now.  However, there are political implications with this.  Michal is Saul’s daughter, by bringing her back as his wife, David establishes himself as a legitimate relative to Saul.  

     

    April 5: 2 Samuel 4-7

    There are more acts of treachery in David’s early reign.  Two members of Saul’s raiding parties take it upon themselves to mete out vengeance against David’s supposed enemies.  They enter into Ishbosheth’s house and stab him in the stomach.  They behead him and take him to king David.  David is not pleased.  He explains that after he discovered Saul’s death, he put the man that claimed responsibility to death.  These two went into an innocent man’s house and killed him while he slept.  Why would they expect to be treated better than the man that claimed to kill Saul?  David takes no delight in watching his enemies fall.  He sees them as humans, loved by God.  We are going to come across people that rub us the wrong way or are flat out terrible to us.  How will we respond if they run into trouble?  Do we respond like David?  Or do we take delight in their misery?  

     

    All the tribes of Israel come to David and confess that he was their leader even while Saul was king.  David was reliable even before he became king.  I have learned that people do not just magically become good leaders when they are put in a leadership position.  Instead, they were good leaders before taking the position. 

     

    David gathers 30,000 choice men to go and bring the ark of the covenant back from Baal-judah.  However, when they try to move the ark, they completely disregard the transportation instructions God gave Moses.  They place it on a new cart.  Uzzah and Ahio were guiding the cart.  David and the whole assembly were celebrating before the Lord with lyres, harps, tambourines, sistrums, and cymbals.  As they go, the ox stumbles and Uzzah takes a hold of the ark, attempting to keep it steady.  He falls down dead from this simple act.  The ark remains at Obed-edom’s house for three months until David decides to move it again.  This time, he moves the ark with more reverence, offering sacrifice and dancing before The LORD.  Upon his return, Michal greets him with sarcasm, complaining of him looking like a fool before the slave girls.  David responds that he was dancing before The LORD.  He was worried about how he looked in front of others, he was giving himself fully to God in worship.  I hope and pray that we BRING IT! Every time we give worship to God.  

     

    David wants to build a house for God.  Nathan, his trusted advisor, gives him the go ahead, until God says that He does not want David to build Him a house.  David will not construct the temple, but his son Solomon will.  

     

    April 6: 2 Samuel 8-12

     

    David has considerable victories in his conquests against the enemies of Israel.  He defeats the Philistines, the Moabites, Hadadezer the king of Zobah, and the Arameans.  God made David victorious wherever he went.  

     

    With this feeling of accomplishment, David asks if there is anyone remaining from the house of Saul.  He is not looking to harm the person, but he wants to bless him.  Jonathan’s son Mephibosheth is still alive.  Mephibosheth has bad feet.  Mephibosheth presents himself to David, presumably with a great amount of fear in him.  David tells him to fear not because he is going to bless him.  David gives back Saul’s fields to Mephibosheth and promises that he will eat his meals at the king’s table.  

     

    David goes against the Ammonites and summarily defeats them.  Peace is in the land.  Things are going great, until they are not.  In the springtime, kings march out to war.  David chooses not to go this year.  He sends his fighting troops out but decides to remain home.  If he had done the right thing and gone out with his men, the following would not have happened.  David is walking on his roof one night when he sees a beautiful woman bathing.  The woman named Bathsheba must have been very beautiful because the Bible seldom describes someone’s looks and it makes a point of saying that she is.  David is overcome with lust and has her brought to him knowing full well that she is the wife of Uriah.  He has his way with Bathsheba and a while later she sends word that she is pregnant. 

     

    Rather than own up to the situation, David tries to cover it up.  He has Uriah brought back from the fighting line.  I am curious why Uriah did not think something weird was going on since he was being brought back while his brothers in arms remained behind.  David finds Uriah camping outside of his palace.  When asked why he does not go home, Uriah explains that he cannot go home and enjoy the company of his wife while his fellow soldiers are camping in tents.  It is not right.  David brings him in the following night, gets him really drunk, and tries to send him home.  Much to his chagrin, David finds Uriah camping outside again.  David gives Uriah a sealed letter.  The letter gives instructions to Uriah’s commander.  They are to charge in and in the heat of battle, he and the rest of the troops are to pull away, leaving Uriah behind to be killed.  

    Uriah showed complete trust in David.  Not once did he doubt his leader.  He had way more faith than David.  

     

    Nathan calls David out on his sin.  David’s heart is broken.  In life, we need friends that are going to call us out on our garbage.  We all need a Nathan in our lives that will call us out when we are doing stupid stuff that goes against God’s commands.  If you do not have an accountability partner, I highly recommend you find one. 

     

    April 7: 2 Samuel 13-15

     

    There is more treachery and deceit in these chapters.  I do not understand how anyone can think the Bible is a boring book!  

     

    David’s daughter Tamar was a beautiful woman.  Amnon, a son of David, was infatuated with her.  Tamar was the daughter of Maacah and Amnon was the son of Ahinoam.  Amnon was sick over his half-sister, wanting to marry her, but knowing that he could not because they are related, and Levitical law forbids it.  His friend is shrewd and concocts a scheme for Amnon to take advantage of Tamar.  He claims to be sick and requests that she be the one to feed him.  While she is in his bed chamber, he forces himself upon her.  Immediately after the heinous offense, Amnon sees her as an object of scorn and hates her.  

     

    Absalom, Tamar’s full brother, is understandably mad.  He murders Amnon and goes to Geshur.  He remains there for three years.  Absalom is eventually restored to David.  However, he is not content with this.  Instead, he launches a revolt.  The revolt is relatively clandestine at first.  He simply sits outside the gate.  Anytime anyone came to make a grievance to the king, Absalom intercepted them.  He flattered them by saying that the grievance was right and good, but David would not hear it because he did not have enough personnel.  Then Absalom bemoaned the fact that he was not judge.  This bolstered his popularity among the other tribes of Israel.  He gains such popularity that one of his trusted advisors, Ahithophel, becomes one of Absalom’s coconspirators.  David prays to The LORD that Ahithophel’s counsel becomes foolishness.  This is a prayer of great faith because Ahithophel ‘s advice was taken like it was advice directly from God.

     

    print out

     

  • April 7: 2 Samuel 13-15

     

    There is more treachery and deceit in these chapters.  I do not understand how anyone can think the Bible is a boring book!  

     

    David’s daughter Tamar was a beautiful woman.  Amnon, a son of David, was infatuated with her.  Tamar was the daughter of Maacah and Amnon was the son of Ahinoam.  Amnon was sick over his half-sister, wanting to marry her, but knowing that he could not because they are related, and Levitical law forbids it.  His friend is shrewd and concocts a scheme for Amnon to take advantage of Tamar.  He claims to be sick and requests that she be the one to feed him.  While she is in his bed chamber, he forces himself upon her.  Immediately after the heinous offense, Amnon sees her as an object of scorn and hates her.  

     

    Absalom, Tamar’s full brother, is understandably mad.  He murders Amnon and goes to Geshur.  He remains there for three years.  Absalom is eventually restored to David.  However, he is not content with this.  Instead, he launches a revolt.  The revolt is relatively clandestine at first.  He simply sits outside the gate.  Anytime anyone came to make a grievance to the king, Absalom intercepted them.  He flattered them by saying that the grievance was right and good, but David would not hear it because he did not have enough personnel.  Then Absalom bemoaned the fact that he was not judge.  This bolstered his popularity among the other tribes of Israel.  He gains such popularity that one of his trusted advisors, Ahithophel, becomes one of Absalom’s coconspirators.  David prays to The LORD that Ahithophel’s counsel becomes foolishness.  This is a prayer of great faith because Ahithophel ‘s advice was taken like it was advice directly from God.

     

    April 8:  2 Samuel 16-18

     

    Mephibosheth’s servant Ziba takes provisions to David and his troops.  David asks where Mephibosheth is.  Ziba responds that he has stayed behind because he believes the kingdom is being restored to his family.  As a result, David gives Ziba Mephibosheth’s possessions.  David had done something nice for Mephibosheth, but his kindness was abused.  

     

    Absalom, one of David’s sons, plots against the king with some advisers.  The plan is to go into battle with David while he is confused.  Their belief is that David will be easily defeated since he is already tired from previous battles.  David catches wind of Absalom’s plan and makes his troops ready.  He was going to go into battle with the troops, but they ask him to stay behind.  They are concerned for his safety and want to preserve his life.  David agrees to stay behind. 

     

    The battle is rough.  There are 20,000 casualties.  Absalom rides along on his mule and gets his head caught in a tree.  The mule keeps moving and he is suspended in the tree.  An observer approaches Joab and tells him what he has seen.  Joab asks him why he did not kill him there.  The witness answers that he would not dare raise his hand against the king’s son. Joab has no such scruples and plunges three spears into Absalom’s heart while he hangs defenseless.  

     

    Ahimaaz asks for permission to go and tell the king the good news.  Joab responds that he will not be taking good news since the king’s son is dead.  David has won the victory, but at the cost of his son.  Chapter 18 closes with David working through his grief.  When it comes to grief, there are five stages, 1. Denial, 2. Anger, 3. Bargaining, 4. Depression/sadness, 5. Acceptance.  David is on the bargaining stage of his grief. 

     

    April 9:  2 Samuel 19-21

     

    The troops return in silence.  Rather than celebrate the victory over the traitor Absalom, they return as if they had lost the battle.  David covered his face and went into the city where he continued to mourn and weep.  Joab realizes this is a serious problem.  The troops put their lives on the line for David, but rather than giving them accolade for their devotion, he is mourning the traitor.  If David continued in this, it would lead to a serious public relations problem.  Since the troops see that David cares more for his enemy than he does them, why would they want to march into battle for him ever again?  Joab did the hard work of correcting the head person in charge for his failures.  I am certain that it was terrifying, but it needed to be done. 

     

    David’s kingdom is restored, which leads to an uprising from Bichri the Benjaminite.  He blows the ram’s horn and proclaims “we have no portion in David, no inheritance in Jesse’s son.  Each man to his tent.” The men of Israel desert David.  David orders Amasa, the army’s new leader, to gather the troops.  While they are at the great stone of Gibeon, Joab approaches him.  Joab had a sword in his belt.  As Joab approaches Amasa, the sword falls out.  Joab asks how he is and grabs his beard to give a greeting.  Amasa was not on guard since everything seems friendly.  Joab runs the sword into Amasa’s stomach.  His intestines spill out on the ground.  

     

    The kingdom is hit with a three-year famine.  David asks The LORD why and he receives the response it is from the bloodshed of Saul and his family.  The Gibeonites approach David and he asks what he can do for them.  They respond that they cannot kill anyone in Israel, and they are not asking for money.  Instead, they ask that seven of Saul’s male descendants be given to them so they can execute them in Gibeah.  David agrees to hand them over.  He spares Mephibosheth because he made an oath with him earlier.  

     

    After a period of silence, the Philistines wage war against the Israelites again.  The Philistines have giants that are ready to kill David and his descendants.  The giants are killed by David’s soldiers.  

     

    April 10: 2 Samuel 22-24

     

    David composes a song because of God’s deliverance from his enemies.  God has brought him through some very dark times and now he rests unopposed as king.  He proclaims that God is his rock and fortress.  He is his Savior, rescuing him from violence.  David has a very appropriate response to God’s work in his life.  Are we quick to give praise when God delivers us out of our problems?  

     

    We read of the exploits of David’s warriors.  The warriors were David’s elite fighting men.  The list includes three famous heroes that changed the course of battle and the thirty warriors that served in a special detachment.  

     

    Sadly, The LORD’s anger burns against Israel.  We are not told what sin caused His wrath.  David orders his people to count the people of Israel and Judah.  From our vantage, we probably wonder what was so wrong with this.  The issue is that David has them counting all of these people because he is showing that he has faith and trust in his army.  His trust should have been in The LORD.  The LORD is the One that delivered David through his battles.  God allowed David, the youngest son of his father to slay the giant Goliath and become king over Israel.  God has the power and that is where David’s trust should have been.  I hope and pray that our trust is in God alone.  He is strong to save and will deliver us from our enemies. 

     

    April 11:  1 Kings 1-2

     

    David was a successful king and Israel had great victory under his leadership.  As he got near the end of his life, Abishag tended to him and kept him warm at night.  Unfortunately, there was division in the land.  David had several sons.  Even though David had promised the kingdom to Solomon, Bathsheba’s son, Adonijah claims the throne for himself.  Nathan gets word to Bathsheba that Adonijah has appointed himself king and the two develop a plan to inform David.  When David hears what Adonijah has done, he confirms Solomon as king.  

     

    There is some fear now that Adonijah might be killed because of his uprising, but Solomon promises to keep him alive as long as he is an upright man.  David draws nearer to death and gives his parting instructions to Solomon.  After David passes away, Adonijah goes to Bathsheba with what seems like a relatively innocent request.  Since he is no longer going to be king, he asks that Abishag be given to him as a wife.  When Bathsheba brings this up to Solomon, he is incensed and vows to destroy Adonijah.  The request was one final attempt to gain the throne for himself.  Abishag had belonged to David while he was still alive.  By taking her as wife, it would give Adonijah a claim to the throne.  In those days, it was common for a conquering king to take the wives of the defeated king as a mark that he was in charge.  Adonijah is doing the same thing here.  Solomon is wise enough to see through the ruse.  

     

    April 12:  1 Kings 3-5

     

    Solomon marries Pharaoh’s daughter to ensure an alliance with Egypt.  At the time, there is no temple, so people make sacrifices on the high places.  Solomon habitually makes sacrifice on the high place in Gibeon.  The LORD appears to Solomon and asks what He should give Solomon.  Rather than ask for riches and a long life, Solomon asks for wisdom in leading the people.  This request pleases The LORD, so He gives the wisdom to Solomon along with riches and a long life.  

     

    His wisdom is put to the test when two women approach him about a heated custody issue.  Both women claim to be the mother of a baby.  Solomon tells his men to cut the child in two so that they both can have a piece of the child.  The actual mother asks Solomon to just give the child to the other woman.  Her worry for the child convinces Solomon that she is the mother.  

    Solomon’s wisdom is known far and wide and many come to hear his wisdom.  Hiram, the king of Tyre sent his servants to Solomon after his anointing as king.  Hiram was friendly with David, so it made sense to keep the political alliance alive.  Solomon sent word back to Hiram that his father was unable to build a temple for The LORD.  Now that he is king, Solomon will build the temple.  Hiram and Solomon make an exchange.  Hiram will give Solomon cedar from Lebanon and Solomon will give Hiram oil and wheat.  Solomon brings on forced labor to ensure his construction projects are accomplished.  

     

    April 13:  1 Kings 6-7

     

    After 480 years from Israel’s freedom from Egypt, and in the fourth year of Solomon’s reign, work finally begins on the temple.  The temple was 90 feet long, 30 feet wide, and 45 feet high.  The word of The LORD came to Solomon.  If Solomon walks in God’s ways, observes His ordnances, and keeps His commands, God will fulfill the promise He made to David.  God says He will live among the Israelites and not abandon them.  

     

    Solomon also constructed an ornate palace.  It took 13 years to complete! 

     

    April 14:  1 Kings 8-9

     

    Solomon assembles the elders of Israel, all the tribal heads, and all the ancestral leaders of the Israelites to dedicate the temple.  Countless sheep and cattle were sacrificed at the dedication.  The priests brought the ark of the Lord, the tent of meeting, and the holy utensils into the inner sanctuary of the temple.  The poles of the ark were so long that their ends were seen from the holy place in front of the inner sanctuary.  At the time of placing these items, we learn that only the two stone tablets containing the Ten Commandments are in the ark.  Prior to this, the ark also contained a sample of manna and Aaron’s staff.  Both items were lost.  Many years ago, I went to Istanbul (formerly Constantinople).  While we were visiting the Sultan’s quarters, we found a display of Muslim artifacts on display.  Of the items up for viewing was a sample of “manna”, “Aaron’s staff”, and “Moses’s staff”.  I use quotations because they were clearly not the authentic items.  

     

    When the priests clear out of the inner sanctuary, aka the holy of holies, the glory of The LORD filled the temple.  

     

    The LORD again appears to Solomon and promises that He will be with him as long as he follows God’s statutes and ways.  If Solomon’s sons go a different way, serving other gods and worshipping them, then he will cut Israel off from the land He promised them.  He will reject the temple and the Israelites will become an object of scorn.  Sadly, Solomon and his sons will fall into pagan practices later.  The peace and unity they enjoy now will be destroyed after Solomon’s reign. 


    Print out

     


  • April 14:  1 Kings 8-9

     

    Solomon assembles the elders of Israel, all the tribal heads, and all the ancestral leaders of the Israelites to dedicate the temple.  Countless sheep and cattle were sacrificed at the dedication.  The priests brought the ark of the Lord, the tent of meeting, and the holy utensils into the inner sanctuary of the temple.  The poles of the ark were so long that their ends were seen from the holy place in front of the inner sanctuary.  At the time of placing these items, we learn that only the two stone tablets containing the Ten Commandments are in the ark.  Prior to this, the ark also contained a sample of manna and Aaron’s staff.  Both items were lost.  Many years ago, I went to Istanbul (formerly Constantinople).  While we were visiting the Sultan’s quarters, we found a display of Muslim artifacts on display.  Of the items up for viewing was a sample of “manna”, “Aaron’s staff”, and “Moses’s staff”.  I use quotations because they were clearly not the authentic items.  

     

    When the priests clear out of the inner sanctuary, aka the holy of holies, the glory of The LORD filled the temple.  

     

    The LORD again appears to Solomon and promises that He will be with him as long as he follows God’s statutes and ways.  If Solomon’s sons go a different way, serving other gods and worshipping them, then he will cut Israel off from the land He promised them.  He will reject the temple and the Israelites will become an object of scorn.  Sadly, Solomon and his sons will fall into pagan practices later.  The peace and unity they enjoy now will be destroyed after Solomon’s reign. 

     

    April 15: 1 Kings 10-11 

     

    Solomon receives the Queen of Sheba as a visitor.  She had heard tales of his knowledge and wealth, but she did not believe it.  She went on a fact-finding mission and found that Solomon was even more knowledgeable and wealthy than the reports she had heard!  She gave him four and a half tons of gold, along with an abundance of almug wood and spices.  The queen departs to her native land.  

     

    The kingdom of Solomon is thriving.  It has a lot of wealth.  There is so much treasure in the land that there is silver is as common as stone.  Solomon has hammered gold placed on 200 large shields and 300 small shields.  Solomon’s kingdom is the richest.  The kingdom is doing very well, and their notoriety is known far and wide!  What could possibly go wrong?

     

    Sadly, Solomon is drawn away from The LORD by his many wives.  He had 700 wives and 300 concubines.  As he got older, these women enticed him to worship Ashtoreth and Milcom.  Solomon did what was evil in The LORD’s sight unlike his father David.  David certainly did evil things in God’s sight.  There was the entire issue with Bathsheba.  The difference is that David was repentant of his sin.  Solomon is not.  He continues with his sinfulness.

     

    Jeroboam, a capable leader, is in charge of Solomon’s work force.  He is confronted by the prophet Ahijah.  The prophet tears his cloak into 12 pieces and hands 10 to Jeroboam.  He explains that God is going to divide the kingdom.  Ten of the tribes will go to Jeroboam and two will remain with Solomon.  The reason the two remain with Solomon is because of the covenant God had made with David.  Even in Solomon’s unfaithfulness, God is still faithful to His promise. 

     

    April 16: 1 Kings 12-14

     

    Solomon passes away and his son Rehoboam takes over.  Rehoboam asks the elders what he should do to lead the people.  The elders explains that Solomon had worked his people very hard.  They suggest that he lighten the load of the people.  This was sound advice.  These men had been around and seen a lot.  When an older person gives advice, it typically behooves us to follow it since the elder has experience.  Rehoboam does not like this advice, though, so he goes to another group to get the advice he wants.  His friends tell him to double down on the cruelty.  Solomon was harsh with them, so they explain he should be even more harsh with the people.  That’s exactly what Rehoboam does.  

     

    Jeroboam and the workers approach Rehoboam.  The king answers them harshly.  The Israelites that lived outside of Judah ask what portion they have in David.  Their loyalty now lies with Jeroboam.  This marks the split of the kingdom.

     

    Unfortunately, Jeroboam is not faithful to God either.  He is concerned that the people in his kingdom will go to the city of David to make their sacrifices since the temple is located in Jerusalem.  To prevent their loyalty shifting to Rehoboam and the kingdom of David, he decides to make two golden calves.  Jeroboam tells the people that it is too difficult for them to travel to Jerusalem.  He then tells them the same thing Aaron did when he made the golden calf in Exodus, “Israel, here is your God who brought you out of Egypt.”  I guess Jeroboam did not remember the lessons of the past! 

     

    A man of God pronounces judgment against Jeroboam.  He cries out that one day a son from the house of David will sacrifice the priest of the high places on the altar.  Jeroboam hears about this proclamation and demands the man be arrested.  However, his hand withers when he gives the command, which prompts a request that the man plead with God on his behalf.  Jeroboam reigns over Israel (the northern kingdom) for 22 years. 

     

    Rehoboam reigned in Judah (the southern kingdom) reigned for 17 years.  He led the people into sin and provoked God to jealous anger. In the fifth year of his reign, the king of Egypt waged war against Jerusalem and seized the treasuries of the Lord’s temple and palace.  To replace the gold shields that had been taken, Rehoboam has bronze shields made, signifying the kingdom’s degradation. 

     

    April 17: 1 Kings 15-17

     

    Abijam becomes king over Judah, the southern kingdom.  He only reigns for three years.  He walked in the sinful ways of his father.  Asa took the leadership from him.  Asa did what was right in God’s eyes.  He removed the cult prostitutes and removed all of the idols.  

     

    Nadab take the throne in Israel after Jeroboam dies.  He was only king for two years.  He did what was evil in God’s sight and followed his father’s example.  Nadab is struck down by Baasha who then takes the throne for himself.  Baasha killed the entire house of Jeroboam, ensuring that none of Jeroboams heirs could make a claim on the throne.  Baasha too does what is evil in God’s sight and followed Jeroboam’s example.  The word of the LORD comes against Baasha.  God will sweep away Baasha and his house because of the evil he has done. 

     

    Elah becomes king of Israel.  His servant Zimri conspires against him.  While Elah is drunk, Zimri strikes him down and takes the throne.  Zimri then has the entire house of Baasha slaughtered.  Zimri is on the throne for only seven days.  The troops learn that Zimri had conspired against Elah, which leads to them putting Omri on the throne.  

     

    Omri reigns 12 years.  He too does what is evil in The LORD’s sight.  In fact, he did more evil than his predecessors!  Ahab becomes king after Omri dies.  

     

    Elijah the Tishbite pronounces famine to Asa, the king of Judah.  There will be no dew or rain.  After proclaiming this the LORD directs Elijah to the Wadi Cherith where it enters the Jordan.  From there, he follows God’s lead to Zarephath where he encounters a widow and her son.  The son gets sick and dies.  Elijah cries out to God to save the boy.  God listens to Elijah’s voice and the son is brought back to life. 

     

    April 18: 1 Kings 18-20

     

    God directs Elijah to present himself to Ahab because He is going to send rain.  Elijah is a wanted man at this point.  He approaches Obadiah and tells him to let Ahab know he is there.  Obadiah responds with fear.  If he brings the news of Elijah being in the kingdom, he is afraid he will be put to death.  When Ahab and Elijah meet up, Ahab wants to know why Elijah has destroyed the land.  Elijah responds that it is not he that has destroyed the land, but Ahab.  Ahab’s refusal to follow God’s law has led to the problems the kingdom is having. 

     

    Elijah tells Ahab to summon the 450 prophets of Baal and 400 prophets of Asherah at Mount Carmel.  They are going to have a competition to see who follows the one true God.  Whoever answers by fire is the true God.  The prophets of Baal construct an altar and place a sacrifice on it.  Then they wait. And they wait.  They continue waiting, but in their frustration, they begin to scream out and wail because Baal is not answering them with fire.  Instead, the altar remains, untouched.  Elijah begins to poke fun at them, telling them to yell louder so that Baal can hear them.  He also indicates they might need to yell louder because he might “be busy” a euphemism for using the bathroom.  

     

    Elijah takes builds his altar, places his sacrifice on it, and wets the altar so that it is saturated with water.  He prays to God Almighty and He answers with fire.  Elijah orders that the prophets of Baal be seized.  They are carried down to the Wadi Kishon where he slaughters them all.  

    Ahab is upset by this and goes to tell Jezebel.  Jezebel sends word to Elijah, promising to kill him.  Elijah becomes afraid and flees for his life.  Elijah is exhausted and hungry as he flees.  He prays to God that he would die.  An angel approaches him and tells him to get up and eat.  Elijah ate the bread that God provided, had something to drink, and went back to sleep.  When he wakes up, he feels a lot better.  Sometimes things in our life will make us destitute.  Do not underestimate the power of some food, water, and a good nap!  

     

    Ben-hadad, king of Aram assembles his army against Israel.  Even though the king of Israel knows that this army is stronger than the one he has, God promises that Israel will be victorious.  They are not guaranteed the victory because of anything they have done, but because of what the people of Aram had done.    

     

    April 19: 1 Kings 21-22

     

    Time passes and Ahab decides that he wants a vineyard that belongs to Naboth so that he can make it a vegetable garden.  He offers Naboth better land for a vineyard or the value of it in silver.  Naboth declines.  Ahab is upset by this and throws a bit of a hissy fit in front of his wife.  He refuses to eat because he is so upset about not getting this land.  Jezebel asks why he did not just exercise his right as king to forcibly take the land.  She tells him to eat and be happy because she is going to get that vineyard for him.  Jezebel sends letters in Ahab’s name with his seal on them.  The letters directed the elders to proclaim a fast and seat Naboth at the head of the people.  Two wicked men are to be positioned opposite of him to bring accusations against him.  There had to be two witnesses because they were going to use the testimony to execute Naboth by stoning.  This does beg the question why he did not just take the land since he was king anyway.  It seems like that would have been the easier thing to do rather than have this contrived plot to have him stoned. 

     

    Ahab and Jezebel’s deceit catch up with them.  God is not happy with them and proclaims that all of Ahab’s males will be eliminated.  As for Jezebel, the dogs will eat her in the plot of land at Jezreel.  Ahab forms an alliance with Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah.  They go up to Ramoth- gilead.  Ahab tells Jehoshaphat that he will disguise himself, while Jehoshaphat goes into battle in his royal garments.  Ahab assumed that this would protect him while all of the shots would be launched toward Jehoshaphat.  A man takes his bow and without aiming, sends an arrow that pierces through the joints of Ahab’s armor.  He is taken out of the battle.  While his chariot is being washed, the dogs lick up his blood and the prostitutes bathe in it, just as The LORD had spoken.

     

    April 20: 2 Kings 1-3  

     

    Moab rebels against Israel after Ahab’s death.  Ahaziah had fallen through a latticed window of his upper room and was injured.  He sent his messengers to ask the god of Ekron if he will recover.  Meanwhile, God sends Elijah to intercept these messengers to ask them if there is no God in Israel and that is why they are asking the god of Ekron.  Elijah confronts them, just as he is directed, and lets them know that Ahaziah will surely die because he has abandoned the One true God.  

     

    Elijah is on in his years and it is time for him to pass.  Elisha, his relief, asks that he be given two shares of his spirit.  Elijah states that what he has asked for is difficult.  He explains that if Elisha sees him being taken, then he will have it. As the two walk along, a chariot of fire suddenly appears and carries Elijah off.  

     

    Elisha takes the mantle that had fallen off Elijah.  He is now recognized by the people as having the power of Elijah on him.  

     

    Ahab’s son Joram becomes king of Israel.  He did what was evil in God’s sight.  However, he was not as bad as his mother and father.  He removed the sacred pillar of Baal that his father had made.  However, he clung to the sins of Jeroboam.  

     

    April 21: 2 Kings 4-5

     

    A woman cries out to Elisha that her husband has died, and she has no way to support herself.  She is worried because the creditor is on his way to take her children away as slaves.  Elisha tells her to gather as many empty containers as she can from her neighbors.  She is to fill all of the containers with the oil she has in a jar at her home.  The woman is obedient.  She pours the oil until all of the containers she borrowed are full.  From there, she sells the oil to pay off her debt.  

     

    Elisha goes to Shunem where he is persuaded by a prominent woman to have some food.  She and her husband make a little room upstairs for him so that anytime he comes to town, he has a place to stay.  One day he came and stopped to lie down in the upper room.  He ordered the attendant to call the Shunammite woman.  Her husband is old and she has no son, so Elisha informs her that she will have a son within the year.  True to his word, The LORD delivers a son to the woman.  The child grows, but one day he dies.  The Shunammite woman has a servant go and retrieve Elisha to come help.  Elisha arrives and prays for the boy.  He is brought back to life.  

     

    Naaman, a great military leader, is suffering from a skin disease.  A young girl that serves Naaman’s wife tells her that they should summon the man of God because he can cure the disease.  Naaman approaches Elisha about his skin disease.  Elisha tells him to wash seven times in the Jordan.  If he does this, his flesh will be restored.  Naaman is angry when he hears this.  He figures he can wash in any river and be clean.  His servants talk some sense into him and encourage him to wash in the Jordan.  He follows the directions and is healed.  Naaman is so pleased to be healed that he takes a gift to Elisha.  Elisha refuses to accept it.  Naaman now believes in Yahweh and vows to only offer sacrifices to Him. 


    print out

  • April 21: 2 Kings 4-5


    A woman cries out to Elisha that her husband has died, and she has no way to support herself. She is worried because the creditor is on his way to take her children away as slaves. Elisha tells her to gather as many empty containers as she can from her neighbors. She is to fill all of the containers with the oil she has in a jar at her home. The woman is obedient. She pours the oil until all of the containers she borrowed are full. From there, she sells the oil to pay off her debt. 

    Elisha goes to Shunem where he is persuaded by a prominent woman to have some food. She and her husband make a little room upstairs for him so that anytime he comes to town, he has a place to stay. One day he came and stopped to lie down in the upper room. He ordered the attendant to call the Shunammite woman. Her husband is old and she has no son, so Elisha informs her that she will have a son within the year. True to his word, The LORD delivers a son to the woman. The child grows, but one day he dies. The Shunammite woman has a servant go and retrieve Elisha to come help. Elisha arrives and prays for the boy. He is brought back to life. 


    Naaman, a great military leader, is suffering from a skin disease. A young girl that serves Naaman’s wife tells her that they should summon the man of God because he can cure the disease. Naaman approaches Elisha about his skin disease. Elisha tells him to wash seven times in the Jordan. If he does this, his flesh will be restored. Naaman is angry when he hears this. He figures he can wash in any river and be clean. His servants talk some sense into him and encourage him to wash in the Jordan. He follows the directions and is healed. Naaman is so pleased to be healed that he takes a gift to Elisha. Elisha refuses to accept it. Naaman now believes in Yahweh and vows to only offer sacrifices to Him. 


    April 22: 2 Kings 6- 8

     

    Elisha lived among the prophets.  They were fairly mobile and were in the habit of moving when the community got too crowded.  Elisha agrees that they should move further down the Jordan.  They go and begin building a community, but one of the workers winds up losing his axe head in the river.  The man approaches Elisha for help since the axe did not belong to him.  Elisha cuts a stick and throws it in the water where the axe head fell in.  The iron axe head floated to the top.

     

    Things in the kingdom are terrible.  The king is walking one day when he is approached by a woman asking for help.  She and another woman had resulted to cannibalism.  They killed and ate the woman’s son one day with the intent to eat the other son the next day.  However, the other woman had hidden her son away.  The king responds appropriately with moral revulsion.  However, he puts the blame on the wrong person.  He blames Elisha and God for the kingdom’s problems, not his own sin.    

     

    Elisha makes a proclamation that food will be available at bargain prices.  Later that day, four diseased men go to the Aramean camp and find that it is empty.  They feed themselves and gather plunder.  Then they bring news of victory to the king.  The Arameans are no longer there.  The king sends scouts to verify.  

     

    In Damascus, Elisha is asked about Ben-hadad, the king of Aram.  Hazael, his servant, is sent to ask Elisha whether the king will recover or not.  Elisha informs him that the king will recover, but that he is sure to die.  Then Elisha weeps because he sees that Hazael will take the throne and he will be cruel to the people of Israel.  When Hazael learns that he is going to become king, he hurries home and kills the king by suffocating him.  

     

    In Judah, Jehoram becomes king at the age of 32.  During his reign Edom rebels against Israel. Jehoram dies and Ahaziah becomes king in his place.  He reigns for only one year. 

     

    April 23: 2 Kings 9-11

     

    Elisha sends a messenger to Jehu to anoint him as king over Israel.  He will take the kingdom by force to avenge the blood shed by the hand of Jezebel.  Jehu travels to Jezreel where he finds Joram.  Joram asks if he comes in peace.  Jehu simply asks how there can be peace as long as there is so much prostitution and witchcraft from his mother.  Jehu kills him.  When Ahaziah, king of Judah, sees what happened, he flees.  However, Jehu kills him as well.  

     

    Upon Jehu’s arrival at Jezreel, Jezebel paints her eyes and adorns her head.  She looks out the window and asks if he comes in peace.  Jehu responds by asking who is on his side and then tells the eunuchs attending Jezebel to throw her down.  They throw her down and her blood splattered on the wall.  Because she is a king’s daughter, the decision is made to give her proper burial rites.  However, when they go to retrieve her body, they find that it has been consumed by dogs. Only her head, hands, and feet remain. 

     

    Jehu continues on his rampage.  Ahab has 70 sons.  Rather than try to fight them all on his own, he sends letters to the guardians of Ahab’s sons.  The letter tells them to take the most qualified son, put him on the throne, and fight for their master’s house.  The servants are too afraid to do anything.  They send word back to Jehu that they will support him, but they will not make anyone king.  Jehu responds that if they are on his side, then they will bring him the heads of their master’s sons in Jezreel.  He offers them a difficult choice, either install a king and fight for him, or kill all of Ahab’s sons and grandsons.  The people choose to kill the sons and send their heads in baskets back to Jehu. 

     

    From there Jehu has the Baal worshipers killed.  Jehu deceives them by saying that he will follow Baal even more than Ahab.  He has them gather all the servants, prophets, and priests of Baal.  When they all gather in the temple of Baal, they verify that no servants of The LORD are in the temple.  Jehu stations 80 men outside the temple and has his guards and officers kill all of the people in the temple.  

     

    Athalia, the mother of Ahaziah, was introduced back in 2 Kings 8:26 as Omri’s granddaughter.  She seeks to rule the kingdom and kills all of the males in the royal house, attempting to get rid of any legitimate Davidic heirs.  However, Joash was hidden by Jehosheba in the LORD’s temple for six years.  Athalia is overthrown.  Joehoiada the priest makes a covenant between the LORD, the king, and the people. The temple of Baal is torn down. Its altars and images are broken to pieces and the priest of Baal is killed at the altar. 

    April 24: 2 Kings 12-14

     

    Joash becomes king at the age of seven.  He did what is right in the LORD’s sight, but the high places remain, and people continue to make sacrifice and burn incense there.  Joash orders the priests to repair whatever damage they find to the temple.

     

    Hazael, the king of Aram, marches against Gath and captures it.  His intent is to attack Jerusalem afterwards.  To placate the Aramean king, Joash sends all the consecrated items and all the gold found in the treasuries of the LORD’s temple and the king’s palace and sends them to Hazael. Hazael withdraws.  Joash is assassinated by his servants.

     

    Jehoahaz becomes king in Israel.  He does what is evil in God’s sight and follows the sins that Jeroboam had caused Israel to commit.  He dies and his son Jehoash becomes king. He too does what is evil in The LORD’s sight. 

     

    Elisha becomes sick.  On his deathbed, he proclaims to Jehoash that he will have victory of Aram.  Hazael, king of Aram, dies and his son Ben-hadad takes his place.  Jehoash takes back all of the cities that Hazael had seiged during his reign.  

     

    Amaziah becomes king of Judah at the age of 25.  HE did what was right in God’s sight, but not like David, the good king.  Instead, he did what his father did.  He was still good but allowed the high places to remain.  Amaziah kills the servants that assassinated his father.  Amaziah kills 10,000 Edomites.  Jehoash, king of Israel sends word to Amaziah warning him that he has become over confident. He encourages Amaziah to stay home and enjoy his glory.  Amaziah does not listen, so Jehoash advanced.  Judah is routed.  Jehoash breaks down 200 yards of wall from the Ephraim Gate to the Corner Gate and takes all the gold, silver, and articles found in the LORD’s temple and in the treasuries of the king’s palace. 

     

    April 25: 2 Kings 15-17

     

    Azariah becomes king of Judah at the age of 16.  He reigns for 52 years.  He too does what is right in God’s sight, but continues to allow the high places to remain.  Azariah is afflicted with a serious skin disease by the LORD.  As a result, Azariah lives in a separate house while his son Jotham governed the people.  Azariah dies and Jotham becomes king.

     

    Zechariah becomes king of Israel.  His reign lasts for six months.  He is a bad king and does what is evil in God’s sight. Zechariah was struck down publicly by Shallum.  Shallum then takes the throne.  He reigned in Samaria for one month.  His reign was abruptly ended by Menahem, who killed him and proceeds to take the throne.  Menahem reigns for ten years.  He too does what is evil in God’s sight.  The king of Assyria invades the land.  Menahem gives him 75,000 pounds of silver for the Assyrian king’s support.  Menahem also takes 20 ounces of silver from the wealthy men to give to the king of Assyria.  

     

    Pekahiah becomes king after Menahem.  He also does what is evil in The LORD’s sight.  His officer, Pekah son of Remaliah, conspires against him and strikes him down.  Pekah becomes king and does what is evil in God’s sight.  During his reign, the Assyrians take control over several cities and deport the people to Assyria.  

     

    Jotham becomes king of Judah. He does what is right in God’s sight.  He builds the Upper Gate of the LORD’s temple.  He dies and Ahaz takes his place.  Ahaz does NOT do what was right in the sight of The LORD.  He even sacrifices his children to the false gods by making them walk through fire.  Ahaz goes even further by having Uriah the priest to construct an altar fashioned after the one in Damascus.  Ahaz then orders Uriah to make all sacrifices on that altar.  Uriah the priest obeys.  At some point, Uriah should have stood up for The LORD, but he is complicit in the sins of the king.  

     

    Hoshea takes the throne in Israel.  He is also an evil king.  During his reign the Assyrians attack.  Hoshea becomes the king of Assyria’s vassal and pays tribute money to the king.  This does not placate the Assyrian king since he discovers that Hoshea had been paying money out to the king of Egypt previously.  In Hoshea’s ninth year as king, Samaria falls and the Israelites are deported to Assyria. Israel is fallen.  It is not because their enemies were stronger or better than them.  They fall because they did not obey God and follow His commands.  They spent their times chasing down the foreign gods and worshiping them. 

     

    April 26: 2 Kings 18-19

     

    Hezekiah becomes king of Judah at the age of 25.  His reign will. Last 29 years.  Hezekiah is a good king and does what is right in God’s sight just as David had done.  He removed the high places, destroyed the sacred pillars, and cut down the Asherah poles.  He even went as far as smashing up the bronze snake that Moses had made.  The bronze snake was not a bad thing.  God had ordered Moses to make it.  It should have been a wonderful relic to remind the people of Judah the deliverance God gave them during the Exodus.  However, it became an object of worship.  As believers, we must ensure that we worship God and God alone!

     

    Hezekiah’s faith ensures that Judah prospers.  Israel is fallen and Sennacherib, the king of Assyria sets his sites on Judah and attacks all its fortified cities.  Hezekiah sends word to Sennacherib promising that he will pay whatever ransom so that he will withdraw.  Hezekiah begins to loot from the LORD’s temple and the king’s palace to pay the king of Assyria. 

     

    Sennacherib sends the Rabshakeh along with a giant army to the aqueduct of the upper pool, located close to the road to Fuller’s Field.  They summon the king, but Eliakim comes out to them.  The Rabshakeh then proceeds to argue that they should not rely on Egypt because they are weak.  That statement was true.  The Rabshakeh mistakenly thinks that God is mad at Hezekiah for removing the high places and altars.  He claims that God has sent them to punish the people of Judah.  He asks if God will deliver Jerusalem.  The people remain silent.  

     

    When Hezekiah learns about this interaction, he tears his clothes and puts on sackcloth as a sign of mourning.  He sends Eliakim to Isaiah.  Isaiah tells them not to be afraid because the king of Assyria has blasphemed God.  God is going to put a spirit on him that makes him go back where he came from. 

     

    Undeterred, the Rabshakeh makes a final threat.  He asks where the other kings of the other nations are.  The answer, of course, is that they have all been destroyed by Assyria.  When Hezekiah receives this threat, he prays to God about it.  He is up against a seemingly undefeatable nation.  When we are up against things out of our control and up against things that are bigger than us, we can take those concerns to God.  As believers, we don’t have to tell God how big our challenge is.  Instead, we can tell the challenge how big our God is! 

     

    April 27: 2 Kings 20-22

     

    Isaiah tells Hezekiah to get his affairs in order.  Hezekiah is terminally ill.  Hezekiah turns and prays to God that He would remember all that he had done to be faithful to God.  The LORD tells Isaiah to tell Hezekiah He has heard his prayer and will add 15 years to his life.  The question is: Did God change His mind or was that His plan all along? 

     

    Hezekiah, as good as he is, makes a terrible blunder.  He receives Babylonian travelers.  He shows them everything that they have in the treasure house.  They saw all the spices, the gold, the silver, precious oil, the armory.  Hezekiah showed all that he had.  Isaiah confronts him about this, asking what he has done.  Isaiah informs him he has made a grave mistake, and his descendants will pay dearly for it.  He will have peace during his time.  Hezekiah responds that what he has heard is good because it means he will not have any trouble.  Rather than look to the future, Hezekiah is only concerned about the here and now. 

     

    Manasseh takes over as king upon Hezekiah’s death.  He is 12 years old and reigns 55 years.  This king does what is evil in God’s sight.  He rebuilds the high places, puts the Asherah poles back up.  He also had altars to the whole heavenly host built in the courtyards of The LORD’s temple, an act detestable to God.  Manasseh went so far as to sacrifice his children by making them walk through the fire. God promises judgment and disaster upon Judah so fierce that everyone who hears about it will shudder.  

     

    Manasseh dies and Amon takes over as king.  He was just as bad as Manasseh.  His servants conspired against him and killed him.  Josiah takes over the throne at the age of eight and reigns 31 years.  Josiah repairs the temple.  During the construction time, the high priest Hilkiah finds the book of the law.  Josiah hears the words of the law and tears his clothes.  He knows that they have kindled God’s wrath against them because their ancestors have not followed God’s word.  

     

    April 28: 2 Kings 23-25

     

    Josiah sends messengers to gather the elders of Jerusalem and Judah.  The king takes them into the LORD’s temple and reads the book of the law to them.  Josiah then makes a covenant to follow the LORD and to keep His commands, decrees, and statues with all of his mind and heart.  All the people in attendance agree to this covenant. 

     

    From there, Josiah begins to make reforms.  He orders all the items built for Baal, Asherah, and the whole heavenly host to be brought out of the LORD’s temple.  He destroyed the Topheth, an altar that served Baal, so that no one could sacrifice their child on it.  Josiah makes a great effort in stamping out the worship of pagan deities.  He also brings back the observation of Passover, a meal that God had ordered Moses and the Israelites to observe annually.  Despite all their efforts it is not enough to quench God’s fury.  Manasseh did some truly detestable and wicked things.  Unfortunately, the people of Judah will pay for it.  

     

    Josiah passes away and Jehoahaz takes the reign for three months. Pharaoh Neco imprisoned him at Riblah.  Neco makes Eliakim, son of Josiah king and changes his name to Jehoiakim.  Jehoiakim reigns for 11 years.  

     

    During Jehoiakim’s reign, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, attacked.  Jehoiakim becomes Nebuchadnezzar’s vassal for three years.  He rebels against Babylon, but the LORD Chaldean, Aramean, Moabite, and Ammonite raiders against him.  Jehoiakim dies and Jehoiachin takes over for three months.  

     

    The servants of Nebuchadnezzar march up against them.  They begin deporting people to Babylon.  Zedekiah becomes king.  Zedekiah rebels against Babylon.  So Nebuchadnezzar marches against Judah in the ninth year of Zedekiah’s reign.  Jerusalem is destroyed.  The LORD’s temple is burned along with the king’s palace.  The walls surrounding Jerusalem are torn down, all of the things in the temple are either destroyed or taken as plunder. The majority of the people are exiled to Babylon.  For the few that are left behind, Nebuchadnezzar appoints Gedaliah to govern over them.  Ishmael, son of Nethaniah, enters the land and kill the Judeans and Chaldeans that were with Gedaliah.  All the people, from youngest to oldest flee to Egypt.  Both Israel and Judah are no more.


    Print out

  • April 28: 2 Kings 23-25.

     

    Josiah sends messengers to gather the elders of Jerusalem and Judah. The king takes them into the LORD’s temple and reads the book of the law to them. Josiah then makes a covenant to follow the LORD and to keep His commands, decrees, and statues with all of his mind and heart. All the people in attendance agree to this covenant.

     

    From there, Josiah begins to make reforms. He orders all the items built for Baal, Asherah, and the whole heavenly host to be brought out of the LORD’s temple. He destroyed the Topheth, an altar that served Baal, so that no one could sacrifice their child on it. Josiah makes a great effort in stamping out the worship of pagan deities. He also brings back the observation of Passover, a meal that God had ordered Moses and the Israelites to observe annually. Despite all their efforts it is not enough to quench God’s fury. Manasseh did some truly detestable and wicked things. Unfortunately, the people of Judah will pay for it.

     

    Josiah passes away and Jehoahaz takes the reign for three months. Pharaoh Neco imprisoned him at Riblah. Neco makes Eliakim, son of Josiah king and changes his name to Jehoiakim. Jehoiakim reigns for 11 years.

     

    During Jehoiakim’s reign, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, attacked. Jehoiakim becomes Nebuchadnezzar’s vassal for three years. He rebels against Babylon, but the LORD Chaldean, Aramean, Moabite, and Ammonite raiders against him. Jehoiakim dies and Jehoiachin takes over for three months.

     

    The servants of Nebuchadnezzar march up against them. They begin deporting people to Babylon. Zedekiah becomes king. Zedekiah rebels against Babylon. So Nebuchadnezzar marches against Judah in the ninth year of Zedekiah’s reign. Jerusalem is destroyed. The LORD’s temple is burned along with the king’s palace. The walls surrounding Jerusalem are torn down, all the things in the temple are either destroyed or taken as plunder. The majority of the people are exiled to Babylon. For the few that are left behind, Nebuchadnezzar appoints Gedaliah to govern over them. Ishmael, son of Nethaniah, enters the land and kill the Judeans and Chaldeans that were with Gedaliah. All the people, from youngest to oldest flee to Egypt. Both Israel and Judah are no more.

     

    April 29: 1 Chronicles 1-2

     

    We start on the Chronicles today.  These two books are essentially the retelling of First and Second Kings.  However, First and Second Chronicles are written from a different perspective.  The two books of Kings were written from the perspective of “these are the things the kings did that led to Judah and Israel falling”.  The two books of Chronicles is written from a perspective of “here are the good things the kings did that led to God having mercy on Israel and Judah”. 

     

    First Chronicles opens with the genealogy going all the way back to Adam.  Even though the Chronicler is writing specifically for the Jews during his day, he starts with the reminder that all people are God’s creation.  The author also details the family line of Abraham, the first Hebrew.  Abraham fathered both Isaac and Ishmael.  Isaac was born to his wife Sarah and Ishmael was born to Hagar, Sarah’s concubine. 

     

    The Edomites had kings before the Israelites installed Saul as their first king.  This detail about them might seem out of place.  However, this gives account for Esau and what happened with his descendants.  Jacob and Esau were twins.  Esau came out first, but Jacob bought Esau’s birthright for some stew and eventually cheats Esau out of their father’s blessing.  

     

    From there, the author gets into the main character, Jacob (Israel).  He has 12 sons that will establish the 12 tribes of Israel.  His sons were Reuben, Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Zebulun, Dan, Joseph, Benjamin, Naphtali, Gad, and Asher. 

     

    April 30: 1 Chronicles 3-5

     

    We read about David’s descendants in chapter three.  These sons are divided into two groups.  There are the sons that were born in Hebron where David was king for seven years.  The others were born in Jerusalem where David reigned for 33 years.  Unfortunately, this is a list of tragedy.  There are multiple sons born by multiple women.  His daughter Tamar is also mentioned, which reminds the reader of her terrible plight when she was assaulted by Amnon, David’s firstborn. 

     

    When we get to Judah’s sons, it is helpful to know that “sons” in this list is referring more to descendants. Jabez was more honorable than his brothers.  We do not know what his brothers did to dishonor God, but we know that he acted in a more upright manner than them.  He prayed a personal prayer to God for more land and His protection.  

     

    Simeon was violent and cruel.  His father accurately predicted that he would be dispersed in the land.  Simeon received a territory next to Judah.  The land he received was mostly desert, so his tribe began intermingling with the neighboring lands essentially becoming absorbed into Benjamin and Judah. 

     

    Reuben, Gad, and half of Manasseh settled on the east side of the Jordan.  The chronicler gives us a brief and quick genealogy leading to Beerah.  Beerah was the leader of the Reubenites when Tiglath-pileser led them into exile.  

     

    May 1: 1 Chronicles 6

     

    This chapter focuses on the tribe of Levi.  This is the line of the priests.  This chapter is particularly important because it establishes who among the Israelites can serve in the temple.  This book was written after the Israelites had returned from Babylon.  The people surely wanted to get back to “normal” as quickly as they could and have their services and sacrifices to The LORD.  This chapter is so detailed because they wanted to make sure that no one that was unqualified could take the position.  Remember that Saul had lost his kingdom because he assumed the priestly duty of making sacrifice.  The returning Israelites want to ensure they are in God’s will and instruction. 

     

    One thing to note in this chapter is that the Levites are given land on the eastern side of the Jordan along with the main territory to the west.  This meant that they would be further from the temple.  However, it would allow them better access to their communities to teach all the people.  In a sense, they are on mission to teach these returning Israelites about the ways of God and what it looks like to follow Him. As believers, we are in a similar position.  Some of us are the only Bibles a person will ever look at.  They look to us to see how we interact with God and live.  Are we setting a good example?

     

    May 2: 1 Chronicles 7-8

     

    Issachar is listed mainly because of the number of soldiers they provided.  In the list of Benjamin’s descendants, it starts with the number of soldiers it supplied.  Naphtali gets a very short mention.  This is most likely because the chronicler did not see it as important since there was not a large group of them after the exile.  

     

    Manasseh had an Aramean concubine and had children with her.  As a result, there is Gentile representation in the tribes of Israel.  Benjamin’s tribe is once again catalogued, but in more detail.  The end of chapter eight coincides with the end of Saul’s reign as king.  It is interesting to note that the chronicler does not give any special mention of Saul in verse 33.   

     

    May 3: 1 Chronicles 9-11

     

    Chapter nine details the list of the returning Levites after the exile.  Verses 35-44 are the same as the genealogy for Benjamin in chapter 8:29-38.  It is brought up again to set up the story of Saul in chapter ten.  The chronicler does not go into detail, but he starts right at Saul’s final battle with the Philistines.  The Israelites fled and were killed on Mount Gilboa.  Saul and his sons were pursued by the Philistines. The sons were killed, and Saul was severely wounded by the archers.  Saul requests that his armor bearer kill him so that he did not have to go through whatever torture the Philistines would run him through.  The armor bearer refused, so Saul fell on his sword.  When the armor bearer sees that Saul is dead, he falls on his own sword.  

     

    With Saul gone now, David takes the throne.  Remember that the people had already looked to him for his leadership even before he was king.  David marched into Jerusalem and took it from the Jebusites.  David and his warriors enjoy many victories over their enemies. David is a great king and a man after God’s heart. 

     

    May 4: 1 Chronicles 12-14

     

    Chapter 12 spans a long time, from when David flees Saul in the desert to his coronation in Hebron.  After his coronation, the first thing David does is consult with all the leaders.  During Saul’s time, they had not consulted with God for guidance.  He decides to bring the ark of the covenant.  A good idea, but he left one group of people out of this decision, the Levites.  The Levites could have helped him prevent the mistake he would make in handling the ark. 

     

    They go to Kiriath-jearim to retrieve the ark.  Instead of putting the ark on the poles as God had commanded in Exodus, they put it on a new cart.  Uzzah and Ahio guide the cart.  As they walked David, and all the Israelites celebrate.  The ox pulling the cart stumblers and Uzzah reaches out to keep it from falling off.  He dies instantly.  God had commanded that no one touch it.  Uzzah thought he was doing the right thing by holding it steady, but he was unfortunately not.  Have we ever done something we thought was right only to find out later that it was wrong?

     

    David was angry because of God’s outburst against Uzzah.  However, David did ask how he could bring the ark back.  He leaves the ark with Obed-edom for three months.  The house of Obed-edom is blessed for the time that the ark is with them. 

     

    King Hiram of Tyre and David establish a trade, ensuring that David will have a huge palace from all the materials he acquires from it.  David takes more wives and has more sons.  The Philistines receive word that David has been anointed king.  The Philistines raid the Valley of Rephaim, so David asks God if he should go to war against them.  God tells him to go and He will hand them over.  They are summarily defeated.  The Philistines later go on the attack and David asks if he should pursue again.  God tells him not to go after them this time.  David again obeys.  My assumption would have been “well, God had me go up against them before and He gave me the victory, so surely He wants me to go again.”  David does the right thing and asks before making assumptions. 

     

    May 5: 1 Chronicles 15-17

     

    David builds houses for himself and prepared a place for the ark.  David now says that only the Levites can handle the ark.  He assembles all Israel at Jerusalem to bring the ark back.  As they are bringing the ark back into the city, David is dancing and celebrating.  His wife Michal, the daughter of Saul, sees him doing this and despises him in her heart.  David did not care if he looked like a fool.  He was pouring himself out to God fully in worship.  My hope and prayer is that every time we go and worship God that we BRING IT just like David did when they brought the ark in.  

     

    The ark is brought in and placed in the tent David had set up for it.  They offered burnt offerings and fellowship offerings in God’s presence.  David then gives the Psalm of Thanksgiving.  Music had already been a part of worship for the Israelites, but David makes it an integral part of worship by appointing Asaph to lead in thanksgiving song.  The psalm that David presented is eventually incorporated into the book of Psalms.  

     

    David has had great success, and he wants to do something for God.  He decides he wants to build God a temple.  He consults Nathan who assumes that David should do this.  After all, David is trying to do something nice for God, why wouldn’t that be a good idea?  God tells Nathan to tell David that he is not the one that will build the temple.  David has shed too much blood.  It will be his son that will build the temple.  God then promises David that He will build a house for him.  He further promises that there will always be a descendant of David on the throne.  God delivers on that promise, even though there is not a descendant on an earthly throne.  Jesus Christ, the Son of God, traces His line to David.  Christ rules on His throne in heaven.


    print out

  • May 5: 1 Chronicles 15-17


    David builds houses for himself and prepared a place for the ark. David now says that only the Levites can handle the ark. He assembles all Israel at Jerusalem to bring the ark back. As they are bringing the ark back into the city, David is dancing and celebrating. His wife Michal, the daughter of Saul, sees him doing this and despises him in her heart. David did not care if he looked like a fool. He was pouring himself out to God fully in worship. My hope and prayer is that every time we go and worship God that we BRING IT just like David did when they brought the ark in. 


    The ark is brought in and placed in the tent David had set up for it. They offered burnt offerings and fellowship offerings in God’s presence. David then gives the Psalm of Thanksgiving. Music had already been a part of worship for the Israelites, but David makes it an integral part of worship by appointing Asaph to lead in thanksgiving song. The psalm that David presented is eventually incorporated into the book of Psalms. 


    David has had great success, and he wants to do something for God. He decides he wants to build God a temple. He consults Nathan who assumes that David should do this. After all, David is trying to do something nice for God, why wouldn’t that be a good idea? God tells Nathan to tell David that he is not the one that will build the temple. David has shed too much blood. It will be his son that will build the temple. God then promises David that He will build a house for him. He further promises that there will always be a descendant of David on the throne. God delivers on that promise, even though there is not a descendant on an earthly throne. Jesus Christ, the Son of God, traces His line to David. Christ rules on His throne in heaven. 


    May 6: 1 Chronicles 18-21

     

    The Philistines are defeated by David.  This victory is different than the other times where David repelled them.  Instead, he took control of Gath, one of the five principal cities of the Philistines.  He also defeats Moab, and they pay into his treasury.  Not all of David’s spoils go directly into his treasury.  He placed them into the treasury that was dedicated to the LORD.  That money will eventually be used to build the temple. 

     

    The Ammonites were a consistent presence during the reigns of Saul and David.  King Nahash is the same one that gave Saul the occasion to become king of Israel.  David sends condolences to Hanun, Nahash’s son since Nahash had shown kindness to David during his reign.  Sadly, the Ammonite advisors decide that this is a ruse on David’s part, and they stoke fear into Nahash’s heart, making him believe they are here as spies.  Nahash takes the men David sent, shaves them, cuts their clothes in half, and sends them away.  David tells the men to stay in Jericho until their beards grow back.  The Ammonites realize they have messed up and made themselves repulsive to David. They hire chariots and horsemen.  David learns of this and sends Joab and the entire army.  Joab sees that a battle line has been formed against them.  Battle commences and Israel summarily defeats the Ammonites. 

     

    Joab takes Rabbah.  David takes the crown from their king.  The crown weighed 75 pounds of gold and there was a precious stone on it.  A war breaks out in Gezer with the Philistines.  The Philistines march their giants out against the Israelites, and they are defeated. 

     

    Things are going great for David, but then he decides that he wants to have a census conducted.  The Scripture informs us that Satan incited David to conduct the census.  From our vantage, counting his fighting men does not seem like that big of a deal.  However, it is a big deal because David had put his trust in his army.  He should have had trust in God. Throughout our reading so far, we have seen God do some amazing things with small armies.  David should have put his trust in God alone, not in the people.  My hope and prayer is that we will put our trust in God before anyone or anything else. 

     

    May 7: 1 Chronicles 22-24

     

    The threshing floor of Ornan had become the place where David worshipped God.  As a result, David declared that the temple would be built on this exact spot.  The temporary altar erected will be the place of the permanent altar.  David gathers foreigners living in the land to do the hard work of cutting stones in preparation for construction of the temple.  David summons Solomon and gives him instructions on how to build the temple.  David had wanted to build it, but God would not allow him to.  Instead, this honor goes to his son.  Still, David did what he could to set Solomon up for success.  Rather than get upset that he could not build the temple, he ensures that Solomon is not starting from scratch.  

     

    David is getting older, so he appoints Saul as king over Israel.  He gathers the leaders of Israel, the priests, and the Levites.  The Levites over the age of 30 are counted, totaling 38,000.  David divides them up by who will do what.  24,000 oversaw the work on the LORD’s temple. 6,000 were made officers and judges, 4,000 were made gatekeepers, and 4,000 were to praise the LORD with instruments. 

     

    Chapter 24 breaks down the division of Aaron’s sons.  It is interesting to note that the premature deaths of Nadab and Abihu is not mentioned.  Remember, these two were struck down by God because they made unauthorized fire before The LORD.

     

    May 8: 1 Chronicles 25-27

     

    Worship had always involved music.  When the Israelites crossed over the Red Sea, the first thing Moses did was develop a song of praise for everyone to learn and sing.  David makes music a regular part of everyday worship in the tabernacle. The sons of Asaph, Heman, and Jeduthun are put in charge of the music.

     

    The gatekeepers are limited to the clans of Khoath and Merari.  The Chronicler makes a point to explain that their service to the temple is just as important as the musicians.  Without the gatekeepers, the ministry of the temple could not happen.  Ahijah is in charge of the treasuries of God’s temple and the treasuries of what had been dedicated. 

     

    Chapter 27 gives us details on David’s secular officials. There is very little attention given to these officials compared to the folks serving in the temple.  The most important category in this chapter is the 12 divisions composed of 24,000 men. These units were on duty for one month out of the year during times of peace.  

     

    May 9: 1 Chronicles 28-2 Chronicles 1

     

    All the leaders of Israel, the leaders of the tribes, the leaders of the divisions, the commanders of hundreds and the other officials are gathered by David.  David recounts for them that God has declared that he is not the one to build God’s temple.  Instead, that duty goes to his son Solomon.  In this speech, David recognizes that the only reason he became king was because God had ordained it to happen.  He was chosen by God, there was nothing that he had done to make himself stand out among others.  

     

    David gives his attention to Solomon, encouraging him to have single focus on God Almighty.  He reminds Solomon that God knows our motivations and intentions. David directs Solomon’s attention to not just the Law, but the LORD.  My hope and prayer is that our attention will be on the LORD as well. 

     

    Attention is turned back to building the temple.  David reminds the people of Solomon’s youth and inexperience in the face of this gigantic task.  He explains that he has done what he can to acquire as much material for the construction as he possibly could.  David then gives a lengthy prayer.  He starts focusing on God. He acknowledges the truth of God’s greatness and might.  He also identifies that it is not possible to give anything to God since God owns everything anyway.

     

    David finishes the prayer and Solomon takes the throne.  God approaches Solomon and asks what he wants now that he is king.  Solomon asks that God give him the wisdom he needs to properly lead God’s people.  Since Solomon asked for wisdom rather than riches and a long life, God promises to give Solomon the wisdom he seeks along with riches and a long life. 

     

    May 10: 2 Chronicles 2-5

     

    Solomon decides to build a temple for the name of Yahweh and a palace for himself.  From our vantage, this might seem as if there is a contradiction.  God had told David that his son would build the temple.  David gathered supplies for this temple.  Solomon was the one that was supposed to build the temple from the get-go, so the idea that he “decides” seems out of place.  However, the Scripture is pointing to the fact that Solomon decides to make the temple more impressive and ornate than his father David had imagined.  Solomon consults his father’s trading partner Hiram to acquire more cedar wood and for advice on how to work with the materials.  Hiram was a shrewd businessman.  Solomon warns him that if he cuts corners in the materials, then Hiram is not just offending Solomon, but God Himself.  Hiram and Solomon come to an agreement.  Solomon takes a census of all the foreign people living in the land of Israel.  These people become the ones that will build the temple.  There are 70,000 porters, 80,000 stone cutters, and 3,600 supervisors.

     

    Construction of the temple begins on Mount Moriah early in the fourth year of Solomon’s rule.  The details are given on the Most Holy Place, the altar, reservoir, basins, lampstands, tables, and courts.  The temple is complete.  However, Solomon has held back some of the valuable objects David had commissioned for the temple.  The temple is now the single place that worship takes place for the Israelites.  It is appropriate that Solomon have representatives from all 12 tribes for the commissioning of the temple. 

     

    May 11: 2 Chronicles 6-8

     

    The temple was filled with God’s glory.  Solomon responds to the cloud by recognizing that the temple is an exalted place where the people could be reminded of God’s presence forever.  That is the plan at least.  Solomon blesses everyone in attendance. He thanks God that He delivered on His promises. 

     

    After Solomon finishes praying, fire descended from heaven and consumed the burnt offering and the sacrifices. God’s glory fills the temple and the priests are unable to enter.  All the Israelites in attendance bowed down with their faces to the ground, worshiping and praising The LORD.  

     

    God appears to Solomon and explains that He will be with them as long as they follow Him and keep His statutes.  However, if they turn away and abandon Him, then He will surely uproot them from the soil He gave them.  

     

    Chapter eight gives us more information on Solomon’s other building projects.  Solomon kept working even though he would never build anything as great as the temple of God.  

     

    May 12: 2 Chronicles 9-12

     

    The queen of Sheba visits Solomon after hearing about how brilliant he is.  She wants to test him with difficult questions with her entourage.  She brings spices, gold, and precious stones with her.  When he answers all of her questions and she sees how smart he truly is, she gives him four and a half tons of gold, a whole lot of spices, and precious stones.  She returns to her country.  Solomon’s wealth continues to grow.  

     

    Solomon dies and Rehoboam takes the throne.  The people ask that he would lighten their loads.  Solomon had made their yoke difficult.  They are looking for some relief.  Rehoboam, after talking to his friends, decides to make their lives even more difficult.  The people see that Rehoboam has not listened to them.  They launch a protest against him.  They state they have no inheritance with the house of Jesse.  This rebellion eventually leads to the kingdom splitting in two.

     

    Rehoboam remains as king over Judah and its two tribes, Judah and Benjamin. Jeroboam becomes leader in the north. He has serious problems in the fact that the mindset of the people make them impossible to rule.  He appoints priests for the high places, the goat demons, and the golden calves he had made.  Jeroboam did not want the other tribes traveling to Jerusalem to worship at the temple, so he constructed these pagan sites.  This is going to draw the people away from God, which eventually brings judgment against them. 

     

    Rehoboam reigns the southern kingdom of Judah for 41 years.  He did not seek God and did what was evil in His sight.   


    print out

  • May 12: 2 Chronicles 9-12

     

    The queen of Sheba visits Solomon after hearing about how brilliant he is.  She wants to test him with difficult questions with her entourage.  She brings spices, gold, and precious stones with her.  When he answers all of her questions and she sees how smart he truly is, she gives him four and a half tons of gold, a whole lot of spices, and precious stones.  She returns to her country.  Solomon’s wealth continues to grow.  

     

    Solomon dies and Rehoboam takes the throne.  The people ask that he would lighten their loads.  Solomon had made their yoke difficult.  They are looking for some relief.  Rehoboam, after talking to his friends, decides to make their lives even more difficult.  The people see that Rehoboam has not listened to them.  They launch a protest against him.  They state they have no inheritance with the house of Jesse.  This rebellion eventually leads to the kingdom splitting in two.

     

    Rehoboam remains as king over Judah and its two tribes, Judah and Benjamin. Jeroboam becomes leader in the north. He has serious problems in the fact that the mindset of the people make them impossible to rule.  He appoints priests for the high places, the goat demons, and the golden calves he had made.  Jeroboam did not want the other tribes traveling to Jerusalem to worship at the temple, so he constructed these pagan sites.  This is going to draw the people away from God, which eventually brings judgment against them.  

     

    Rehoboam reigns the southern kingdom of Judah for 41 years.  He did not seek God and did what was evil in His sight.   

     

    May 13: 2 Chronicles 13-17

     

    Abijah is the second king of Judah.  A battle breaks out between Abijah and Jeroboam, the king of Israel.  The Chronicler gives the number of warriors for both kings.  Abijah’s army is half the size of Jeroboam’s.  Abijah addresses Jeroboam’s army, calling them out for their idolatry, and reminding them that in Judah, they have the temple with all of the holy instruments.  The temple was supposed to be the central place of worship for the followers of Yahweh.  While the speech is happening, Jeroboam sends and ambush.  God grants the victory to Abijah and his men.  

     

    Asa becomes king after Abijah.  Asa does what is good in God’s sight, he removes the pagan altars and the high places.  The land experiences peace, so the good king focuses on redoing the fortifications throughout Judah. The Cushites decide to march against Judah.  The Cushites have a significant personnel advantage as they head to battle.  Asa cries out to God and asks for His help.  God routes the Cushites before them.

     

    Azariah, the son of Oded, is one of several prophets that make appearances in first and second Chronicles. He comes to Asa with a message of encouragement. Asa makes further reforms in Judah, working to get the people to focus on Yahweh rather than the detestable idols and other things of the flesh.  

    Things are going great for Asa, until they are not.  Baasha, the king of Israel decides to march against Asa.  Rather than rely on God for deliverance, Asa seeks help through Aram.  To bribe Aram, Asa has all the gold and silver brought out from the treasuries of The LORD’s temple.  Asa believes that he is going to receive praise for his diplomatic efforts, but he is rebuked by Hanani. Asa had great success when he sought The LORD and we are left to wonder why he abandoned God and sought an earthly king for help. 

     

    Jehoshaphat becomes king after Asa dies.  He is thoroughly devoted to God.  He is so devoted to God that he implements formal education on The LORD’s instruction for the people of Judah.  He wants them to know about God’s Law and word. 

     

    May 14: 2 Chronicles 18-20

     

    Jehoshaphat develops an alliance with Ahab, king of Israel.  Ahab is ready to go to battle, but Jehoshaphat reminds him that he should seek God’s will and find out if God wants them to go up against Ramoth Gilead. Ahab assembles 400 prophets of Baal and asks them if he should go to battle.  The prophets all affirm that Ahab will have victory.  Jehoshaphat asks if there is a “man of God” they can ask.  Ahab responds that there is one, but he hates him because he always tells the truth, rather than telling him what he wants to hear.  The truth is the truth, whether we want to accept it or not.  The prophet tells the truth of their impending doom in battle.  Nevertheless, his instruction is disregarded.  Jehoshaphat and Ahab march out against Ramoth Gilead. Ahab is struck down by the archers of Ramoth Gilead. 

     

    Jehoshaphat makes it back home where he receives a rebuke from Jehu.  Jehoshaphat makes reforms in Judah.  He appoints judges in the fortified cities. He also appoints Levites and priests to discern God’s will.  

     

    The Moabites and Ammonites form up to march against Jehoshaphat. The people bring word of the vast army that has come to route them.  Jehoshaphat, rather than relying on worldly alliances, bows down and prays to God.  God hears his prayer and delivers Judah from their enemies.  Toward the end of his reign, Jehoshaphat makes an alliance with Ahaziah, the king of Israel.  Ahaziah was guilty of wrongdoing.  This results in Jehoshaphat’s fleet of ships being destroyed. 

     

    May 15: 2 Chronicles 21-24

     

    Jehoram is the next king of Judah.  He becomes king at the age of 32.  He walked in the ways of the kings of Israel, doing what was evil in God’s sight.  Since God had made the covenant with David, He was unwilling to destroy David’s line. God keeps His promises, even though we do not always keep them. Elijah, the prophet, sends a strongly worded letter to Jehoram, warning him that he will be struck with many illnesses.  One day his intestines will come out day after day because of the disease. 

     

    Ahaziah becomes the king of Judah.  He is just as wicked as Ahab because his mom gives him evil advice. He is killed by Jehu, the ninth king of Israel.  When Ahaziah’s mother learns that he has been killed, she proceeds to take the throne herself.  She has no legitimate claim to the throne because she is not a descendant of David.  She kills anyone that has a legitimate claim to the throne, including her own grandchildren.  In her efforts in annihilation, though, she misses one.  Joash was hidden away in the temple for six years. 

     

    Athaliah is overthrown in her seventh year by Jehoida and the force he assembled.  When she is deposed, the crown then goes to Joash.  Joash is only seven years when he takes the throne.  He does what is right in God’s sight.  During his reign he works to renovate the LORD’s temple. Sadly, Joash falls into apostasy after following the advice of the rulers of Judah.  Soon, the temple of the LORD is abandoned in favor of worshiping the Asherah poles and idols.  The Arameans invade Judah and Joash is assassinated. Joash had been doing great.  He should have continued focusing on The LORD.  Abandoning The LORD led to his ruin. 

     

    May 16: 2 Chronicles 25-27

     

    Amaziah becomes king of Judah.  He did what was right in the sight of The LORD.  However, he did not follow God wholeheartedly.  He quickly set about exacting vengeance on the people responsible for his father’s death.  Amaziah did not execute the children of these men because he followed the Law God gave Moses that children should not be punished for the sins of their parents.  Amaziah goes to battle against Edom and The LORD grants him victory.  Sadly, he brings back the gods of the Seirites from this battle and sets them up as his gods.  As a result, Amaziah loses favor with The LORD.  Amaziah agrees to meet with Jehoash, the king of Israel.  Jehoash has Amaziah imprisoned, and he destroys 200 yards of Jerusalem’s wall, taking gold, silver, and all the utensils in the temple and treasuries.

     

    Uzziah becomes king after Amaziah at the age of 16.  He sought God his entire lifetime.  Uzziah goes to war with the Philistines.  He had a different philosophy on how an army should operate.  His predecessors held to the idea that the army needed to accumulate more and more men. Uzziah made the effort to organize his army into divisions, allowing for more flexibility, and gave them effective weapons. The Chronicler is quick to point out that it was God that gave Uzziah this guidance. Uzziah starts off strong, but then messes up by handling the fire pan, an instrument only priests were supposed to handle.  He is infected with a disease and is hidden away from the public for the remaining years of his life. 

     

    Jotham takes the throne in Judah at the age of 25.  He did what was right in God’s sight. Though he followed God, the people still acted corruptly.  Jotham built the Upper Gate of the LORD’s temple and the wall of Ophel.  He went to war with the Ammonites and accumulated a lot of treasure from his victory over the.  Jotham was successful because he did not waver in his commitment to The LORD. 

     

    May 17: 2 Chronicles 28-31

     

    Ahaz becomes king of Judah.  Unlike Jotham, he did not follow God.  Instead, he followed the ways of the Israelite kings, making cast images of the god Baal.  He sacrificed his children with fire, emulating the detestable behavior of the nations God had driven out of the land.  God handed Ahaz over to Aram. Further, Ahaz was handed to the king of Israel. Israel struck Judah with great force, taking 200,000 as prisoners.  The prophet Obed confronts the returning victorious army about their behavior in taking these prisoners.  Their slaughter of their fellow Hebrews was not acceptable.  Obed calls them out on it and some of the leaders realized what a terrible mistake they had made.  The prisoners were provided clothes and food. 

     

    Rather than seeing that his erroneous ways have led to this problem, Ahaz doubles down on stupid.  He seeks the false gods even more, closing the doors to the temple, seemingly mad at God Almighty for his current predicament.  Of course, his ire should have been directed at himself!

     

    Hezekiah becomes king over Judah after Ahaz.  Hezekiah is a good king.  He opens the doors of The LORD’s temple.  He gathers the Levites and the priests and instructs them to consecrate themselves and the temple of The LORD.  When the consecration is complete, the temple is open for regular worship again.  Hezekiah also brings back the Passover celebration, a celebration that God had mandated the Hebrews follow when He led them out of Egypt.  

     

    All of Israel that had attended these services destroyed all of the pagan sacred pillars, Asherah poles, the high places, and pagan altars.  There was an awakening in Judah and the people were focused on following The LORD! 

     

    May 18: 2 Chronicles 32-34

     

    The king of Assyriah, Sennacherib, decided to go up against Judah.  He laid siege to the fortified cities.  Hezekiah sees that war is afoot, so he consults with his officials and warriors.  He wanted to stop the springs of water outside the city, thinking this would deal a blow to his enemies.  They were not going to let their enemies have all the water they needed.  

     

    Sennacherib’s servants go into Jerusalem and ask the people what they are relying on that keeps them in Jerusalem.  Sennacherib’s people do not understand that the people of Judah are relying on the One True God.  The servants of Sennacherib do what they can to break their confidence.  They are convinced that Sennacherib will have the victory.  Their argument is that every other nation’s gods failed to protect them.  Since those gods failed to care for those people, then the people of Judah can expect that God Almighty will not.  

     

    Hezekiah and the prophet Isaiah pray to God for deliverance from the invaders.  God sent an angel that annihilates every brave warrior, leader, and commander in the Assyrian camp.  As good as he was, Hezekiah struggled with sin.  His pride gets the best of him and The LORD punishes him for it. 

     

    Manasseh takes the throne at the age of 12.  He did what was evil in God’s sight, imitating the detestable practices of the pagan nations.  He undid all the work his father did to end paganism in the land.  Manasseh even goes so far as to place an idol in The LORD’s temple!  God speaks to Manasseh and he repents.  He sets about building the outer wall of the city of David.  

     

    Amon becomes king and reigns for two years.  He fell into paganism, making sacrifices to the carved images.  His servants conspired against him and killed him in his own house.  

     

    Josiah becomes king at the tender age of eight.  He sets about making reforms to get the kingdom following God again.  He repairs the temple.  During the repair process, they find the book of the law.  Josiah hears the words from the book of the law and goes into mourning because he realizes that they have failed to keep God’s commands.  He commands Hilkiah, Ahikam, Abdon, Shaphan, and Asaiah to go and ask The LORD about their predicament for not following His statutes.  These men approach Huldah, the prophetess.  She confirms that God is about to bring disaster upon them because they abandoned Him.  

     

    They bring this word back to Josiah.  The king gathers the elders of Jerusalem and Judah.  He takes them to The LORD’s temple.  He makes a covenant with The LORD to follow His statutes and commands with all of his heart and soul.  All present at this meeting agreed to the covenant as well.  

     

    May 19: 2 Chronicles 35-36

     

    Josiah implements the observance of Passover.  Josiah is trying to get the kingdom back on the right path.  Neco, king of Egypt, marched up to fight at Carchemish.  Josiah went out to confront him.  Neco sends messengers telling Josiah that there is no quarrel between them.  He should leave well enough alone.  Josiah did not turn away from him, though.  Neco’s archers shot Josiah.  He has his servants take him back to Jerusalem where he dies from his wounds and is buried with his fathers.  

     

    Jehoahaz takes the throne.  The king of Egypt deposed him and fined the land 7,500 pounds of silver and 75 pounds of gold.  

     

    Eliakim, Jehoahaz’s brother is made king of Judah by Neco.  His name is changed to Jehoiakim by the king of Egypt.  Jehoiakim does what is evil in God’s sight.  Nebuchadnezzar, the Babylonian king attacks him and has him bound in bronze shackles.  Nebuchadnezzar also takes some of the utensils left in the temple and takes them back to Babylon.  Those utensils will later make an appearance in the book of Daniel. 

     

    Jehoichin takes the throne when his father is taken to Babylon.  He reigned for three months.  He did what was evil in God’s sight.  Nebuchadnezzar has him brought to Babylon, along with more valuable utensils from The LORD’s temple.  

     

    Zedekiah becomes king.  He reigns 11 years.  He did what was evil in God’s sight and he also rebels against Nebuchadnezzar.  It is a bold strategy to be sure, rebelling against the LORD of the universe, and the earthly authority.  Everyone falls into practicing detestable acts.  God hands Judah over to Babylon.  She is fallen.  

     

    God delivers on His promise, though.  Cyrus issues a decree in his first year as king of Persia that the deported people in Babylon be allowed to return home.  The “Cyrus Cylinder”, was discovered in 1879 in Nineveh and is on display at the British Museum.  It is written in Cuneiform.  On this cylinder, Cyrus gives credit to Marduk, the Babylonian god, for allowing him to conquer Babylon.  This cylinder also grants permission for the captive people, such as the Jews, to return to their lands.  The prophet Isaiah identifies Cyrus as the one that would issue this decree.  Isaiah became a prophet in 740 B.C. and according to extra-biblical tradition was martyred in 699 B.C.  Cyrus does not make this decree for the exile to return until 538 B.C. God keeps His promises. 


    print out

     

  • May 19: 2 Chronicles 35-36

     

    Josiah implements the observance of Passover. Josiah is trying to get the kingdom back on the right path. Neco, king of Egypt, marched up to fight at Carchemish. Josiah went out to confront him. Neco sends messengers telling Josiah that there is no quarrel between them. He should leave well enough alone. Josiah did not turn away from him, though. Neco’s archers shot Josiah. He has his servants take him back to Jerusalem where he dies from his wounds and is buried with his fathers.

     

    Jehoahaz takes the throne. The king of Egypt deposed him and fined the land 7,500 pounds of silver and 75 pounds of gold.

     

    Eliakim, Jehoahaz’s brother is made king of Judah by Neco. His name is changed to Jehoiakim by the king of Egypt. Jehoiakim does what is evil in God’s sight. Nebuchadnezzar, the Babylonian king attacks him and has him bound in bronze shackles. Nebuchadnezzar also takes some of the utensils left in the temple and takes them back to Babylon. Those utensils will later make an appearance in the book of Daniel.

     

    Jehoiachin takes the throne when his father is taken to Babylon. He reigned for three months. He did what was evil in God’s sight. Nebuchadnezzar has him brought to Babylon, along with more valuable utensils from The LORD’s temple.

     

    Zedekiah becomes king. He reigns 11 years. He did what was evil in God’s sight and he also rebels against Nebuchadnezzar. It is a bold strategy to be sure, rebelling against the LORD of the universe, and the earthly authority. Everyone falls into practicing detestable acts. God hands Judah over to Babylon. She is fallen.

     

    God delivers on His promise, though. Cyrus issues a decree in his first year as king of Persia that the deported people in Babylon be allowed to return home. The “Cyrus Cylinder”, was discovered in 1879 in Nineveh and is on display at the British Museum. It is written in Cuneiform. On this cylinder, Cyrus gives credit to Marduk, the Babylonian god, for allowing him to conquer Babylon. This cylinder also grants permission for the captive people, such as the Jews, to return to their lands. The prophet Isaiah identifies Cyrus as the one that would issue this decree. Isaiah became a prophet in 740 B.C. and according to extra-biblical tradition was martyred in 699 B.C. Cyrus does not make this decree for the exile to return until 538 B.C. God keeps His promises.

     

    May 20: Ezra 1-3

     

    Ezra and Nehemiah were treated like one book until the third century A.D.  Both books contain material found in the other.  The point of Ezra is to connect the returning Israelites with the pre-exile community.  Ezra begins with the statement of Cyrus’s decree.  In the first year of his reign, he issued a proclamation that the Israelites can return home and rebuild the temple.  Not all of the Israelites go back, but many do.  

    The leaders of Judah and Benjamin, along with the priests (Levites) go back to prepare for rebuilding the temple.  Their neighbors support them and send them with treasure for rebuilding.  Cyrus even brings out the articles of the LORD’s temple that Nebuchadnezzar had taken. 

     

    Chapter two of Ezra gives a detailed list of the families returning to Jerusalem.  Upon arrival, freewill offerings are made to restore the LORD’s house.  In the seventh month, sacrifice is restored.  It is important to note that they did not wait for the temple to be restored before making sacrifice.  These returned exiles are highly motivated to ensure that they follow God’s statutes to prevent another exile.  

     

    By the second month of the second year, temple reconstruction begins.  When the foundation is completed, the priests dress in their robes.  They all worship God, singing praises and giving thanks to God for allowing them to return.  However, there is also weeping in the praise.  Many of the older priests, that had seen the temple when it was in its former glory are weeping.  People could not distinguish between the shouts of joy and the shouts of anguish. 

     

    May 21: Ezra 4-7

     

    Not everyone is happy about the temple being rebuilt.  The enemies of Juda and Benjamin approach Zerubbabel and offer to help rebuild the temple.  The enemies are not identified, but the fact that they are labeled as enemies demonstrates that their offer is nefarious.  This group claim to worship the God of the Israelites.  This was probably true; however, they did not worship Him solely.  Instead, He was worshiped along with the pagan gods of the other nations.  The leaders essentially say that they cannot help since Cyrus has ordered them to rebuild it.  The enemies become upset and cause the people of Judah to fear rebuilding the temple.  The enemies even go so far as to bribe the officials to prevent the temple from being rebuilt.

     

    They do not stop there.  They also try to stop the city from being rebuilt.  They send a letter to Artaxerxes of Persia, warning him that the “rebellious” Israelites are rebuilding their temple, the city, and its walls.  The group claims that when the city is complete that they will not pay tribute anymore.  Artaxerxes reviews Israel’s history and sees that they may rebel against him.  So he orders the construction to stop.  

     

    Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to the Jews.  They begin rebuilding the temple regardless of the instruction.  Tattenai, the governor of the region west of the Euphrates asks who gave them the order to start rebuilding.  They will not stop working until they receive instruction from Darius.  Tattenai sends a written request to Darius asking for clarification on their permission to build.  Darius has the library of Babylon searched and Cyrus’s decree is discovered.  Upon reading the decree, Darius sends word back to Tattenai to leave the Israelites alone and let them rebuild.  

     

    Ezra, a scribe skilled in the law of Moses comes to Jerusalem from Babylon.  He brings along correspondence from Artaxerxes allowing any Israelites in his territory to return to Jerusalem if they want to.  

     

    May 22:  Ezra 8-10

     

    Ezra eight starts with the genealogical record of the families returning to Jerusalem with Ezra.  Prior to their return, Ezra calls for a fast by the Ahava River.  The intent is to humble themselves before God and ask for His protection on their way home.  Ezra did not want to ask the king for protection.  Instead, he asks God for it.  On the twelfth day of the month, they depart to Jerusalem.  

     

    Upon their return, Ezra is presented a problem.  The Israelites have not kept themselves separated from the other nations.  Some of the men have married women from the pagan nations.  Ezra tears his robe and tunic and pulls some of the hair from his head and beard, a sign of intense mourning, upon receiving the news. 

     

    The folks that fear God gather around Ezra.  He falls on his knees and prays to God.  This is a prayer of penitence.  There is no petition or request made to God on this.  Instead, Ezra focuses on confessing.

     

    The people are called to repentance, to separate themselves from the pagan nations and their foreign wives.  This is a hard decision for some to make.  Many say that they will do as Ezra says and separate from them.  The book of Ezra closes with a detailed list of the men married to foreign women.  From our vantage, this seems harsh, asking people to separate from their families.  However, when we look at Ezra, it is best to frame it from their viewpoint.  Those that returned to Jerusalem do not want to do anything that could get them sent away again.  They are doing what they can to get back to the way God had called them to live prior to the exile. 

     

    May 23: Nehemiah 1-3

     

    The ending of Ezra is rather abrupt and not much of an introduction is given to Nehemiah.  Remember, both of the books were treated as a whole for a very long time.  Nehemiah receives word that the remnant in Jerusalem that survived the exile are in trouble and disgrace.  Nehemiah prays a penitential prayer similar to the prayer of Ezra.  

     

    Nehemiah takes wine to King Artaxerxes.  When the king sees Nehemiah’s forlorn look, he questions why he is so sad.  Nehemiah has never been sad in the sight of the king before.  Nehemiah responds that he is sad because he discovered how the folks in Jerusalem continue to suffer.  Artaxerxes asks Nehemiah what he can do.  Nehemiah requests permission to go to Jerusalem.  The king sends him back to Jerusalem. 

     

    Preparations are made to rebuild the walls of the city.  Eliashib and his fellow priests rebuild the Sheep Gate and the wall to the Tower of the Hundred and Tower of Hananel.  The sons of Hassenaah built the Fish Gate.  A lot of people put a lot of effort into rebuilding the city.  These people are motivated to return the city to its former glory.  

     

    May 24: Nehemiah 4-6

     

    Sanballat discovers that the walls are being rebuilt and becomes furious.  He mocks the Jews in front of his friends and colleagues.  This mockery leads to more prayer on Nehemiah’s part.  He asks that God turn Sanballat’s insults on his head and the heads of those joining in the mockery.   Sanballat, Tobiah, the Arabs, Ammonites, and Ashdodites plot to fight against Jerusalem.  God hands them over to confusion.  When the Jews see that their enemies’ plan was thwarted by God, they continue building. 

     

    The return to Jerusalem was not all sunshine and rainbows for the people.  People begin to complain.  The first group to complain are the day laborers.  The second group to complain are those that were forced to mortgage their property to survive.  The third group had to borrow money to pay the king’s tax.  Nehemiah assumes that the nobles and officials are charging their fellow countrymen interest.  Usury was forbidden in the Mosaic Law.  

     

    The news of the wall completion marks another attempt by Sanballat and his crew to stop the construction project.  Nehemiah’s life is even threatened.  He is not intimidated, though, and carries on with the rebuilding.  

     

    May 25: Nehemiah 7

     

    The wall is rebuilt, but the danger persists.  Nehemiah moves the gate keepers from their duties at the temple to keeping watch on the walls.  Essentially, the city gates become an extension of the temple courtyards.  

     

    The city is large, but there are not many people in it.  Many citizens of Jerusalem were killed prior to the exile.  Others were deported.  God puts it into Nehemiah’s heart to gather the people.  A census is conducted of all the returnees and is recorded in great detail in vv. 8-67.  These details matter when it comes to establishing who will do what in the city.  The returning exiles do not want to put someone in a position he is not qualified for.  Remember Saul lost his kingdom because he made sacrifice instead of waiting for the priest to do it.  The returning exiles are doing their best to follow God’s commands. 

     

    May 26: Nehemiah 8-9

     

    The people gather to hear Ezra read the book of the law that God had given Moses.  He starts reading from first light of day until noon.  Ezra stood on a high wooden platform with the book open so everyone can see it.  This is an important detail.  This allowed the people to see that Ezra was not making anything up, but he was coming straight out of the book.  Ezra praised God and the people followed suit by bowing down and worshiping with their faces to the ground. 

     

    A group is standing by and translating what the book of the law says.  When the people hear it, they begin weeping.  Ezra and the other priests quiet the people down, explaining that the day is holy to the LORD their God and they should not weep.  This group wept because they realized how they did not keep God’s law and they are showing remorse.  However, rather than weep because of what they are hearing, they can rejoice because now they know how they are supposed to act.  To a degree, there was probably some fear in their mourning as well since they have not been following God’s commands and there is reason to fear His wrath.  However, they are told not to mourn what they are hearing.  Instead, they can rejoice because they now have the opportunity to live the way God wants them to.  As believers, we are going to mess up.  When we do, we mourn the sin, but when we confess it to God, we should not stay stuck down in our sin.  Instead, we should rejoice in His forgiveness and work to live a life that is holy and set apart. 

     

    Nehemiah nine is a beautiful penitential prayer.  It is a confession of God’s faithfulness and mercy to His people.  Further, it is a confession of the nation’s consistent rebellion against God and His commands.  Verse 16 speaks of their ancestors’ arrogance.  The arrogance described here is similar to the arrogance of the Egyptians in the time of the Exodus. 

     

    At the end of the prayer the nation makes a vow of faithfulness. 


    Print out

     

     

     

  • May 26: Nehemiah 8-9

     

    The people gather to hear Ezra read the book of the law that God had given Moses.  He starts reading from first light of day until noon.  Ezra stood on a high wooden platform with the book open so everyone can see it.  This is an important detail.  This allowed the people to see that Ezra was not making anything up, but he was coming straight out of the book.  Ezra praised God and the people followed suit by bowing down and worshiping with their faces to the ground. 

     

    A group is standing by and translating what the book of the law says.  When the people hear it, they begin weeping.  Ezra and the other priests quiet the people down, explaining that the day is holy to the LORD their God and they should not weep.  This group wept because they realized how they did not keep God’s law and they are showing remorse.  However, rather than weep because of what they are hearing, they can rejoice because now they know how they are supposed to act.  To a degree, there was probably some fear in their mourning as well since they have not been following God’s commands and there is reason to fear His wrath.  However, they are told not to mourn what they are hearing.  Instead, they can rejoice because they now have the opportunity to live the way God wants them to.  As believers, we are going to mess up.  When we do, we mourn the sin, but when we confess it to God, we should not stay stuck down in our sin.  Instead, we should rejoice in His forgiveness and work to live a life that is holy and set apart. 

     

    Nehemiah nine is a beautiful penitential prayer.  It is a confession of God’s faithfulness and mercy to His people.  Further, it is a confession of the nation’s consistent rebellion against God and His commands.  Verse 16 speaks of their ancestors’ arrogance.  The arrogance described here is similar to the arrogance of the Egyptians in the time of the Exodus. 

     

    At the end of the prayer the nation makes a vow of faithfulness. 

     

    May 27: Nehemiah 10-11

     

    We read the names of everyone that signed the vow the Israelites made to the LORD.  They promise to refrain from giving their daughters to other nations as brides.  The LORD warned against allowing intermarriage early on.  However, as the years went by, they fell into allowing their children to take foreign brides and give their daughters in marriage to foreign men.  It is not so much nationality that was the problem.  The issue is that these people worshiped other gods than God Almighty and they led their spouses to turn away from The LORD.  The Israelites promise to prevent that from happening again.  They also vow to keep the Sabbath. Even if a foreigner comes to trade on a holy day or on the Sabbath, they will not trade with them.  They also promise to allow the land to rest after six years of cultivating it.  They impose further commands on themselves.  

     

    These people are trying their best to ensure that they do not lose their land again.  They now know what they lost when they were exiled to Babylon.  They do not want to lose it again! 

     

    Nehemiah 11 resumes the narrative about the repopulation.  Jerusalem was underpopulated.  The neighboring towns cast lots to identify the ten percent of their population that would move to Jerusalem.  These people that left their homes to settle in Jerusalem were cheered by the people. 

     

    May 28: Nehemiah 12-13

     

    We conclude Nehemiah today.  Chapter 12 gives us a detail of the priests and Levites who went up to Zerubbabel.  When it came time to dedicate the wall of Jerusalem, all the Levites were sent for to celebrate the joyous occasion.  The priests and Levites purified themselves and singers gathered to worship.  

     

    The book of Moses is read publicly to the people.  In the reading they discover how the Ammonites and Moabites had acted against Moses and the Israelites.  Instead of bringing them food and water, they hired Balaam to curse them.  As a result, the Ammonites and Moabites are separated from the rest of the people gathered for the reading.  

     

    Nehemiah has gone back to Artaxerxes.  In his absence, Eliashib, the priest in charge of the storerooms for the house of God, makes a mistake.  He clears out a storeroom for holding grain and allows his relative Tobiah to stay in the room.  We probably do not see that as a big deal from our vantage.  The issue here is that the room was supposed to be set apart to hold grain for The LORD.  With Tobiah occupying the space, the room is not purified.  

     

    That is not all that is going wrong.  Nehemiah witnesses the people in Judah treading the wine press on the Sabbath.  Further, the Tyrinians living in Judah were importing fish and other merchandise, selling them on the Sabbath.  Just a couple of chapters ago, the people agreed to not engage in such activities.  They made a vow against it!  They are quick to forget the promises they made to God.  My hope and prayer is that when we make a vow to God, we do what we can to fulfill it.  My prayer is that we daily serve Him and do His will. 

     

    May 29: Esther 1-5

     

    Esther is a unique book in the Bible for one specific reason; it never mentions God.  His presence is implied by Mordecai’s allusion to divine providence, but His name is not called out or mentioned in the book.  The events in Esther occurred between 486 and 465 BC.  

     

    Queen Vashti makes the king, Ahasuerus, mad by refusing to dance at one of his banquets.  These banquets were not coed, only the men were gathered.  The king was merely having her come out to show off her beauty to the gathered guests.  She refuses.  The king consults his wise men.  They decide that Vashti has not only insulted the king, but the entire land.  They recommend he issue a decree that removes her from her position as queen.  The belief is that this decree will prevent any other women from rising up.  

     

    After a while the king’s anger dies down.  He remembers Vashti and what she did.  Now he has a problem.  He does not have a queen.  So, the king’s attendants suggest that they have auditions for the position.  Whoever pleases the king the most will become queen.  

     

    Meanwhile, in the fortress of Susa, a Jew named Mordecai has adopted his cousin named Esther.  She was beautiful and when the king’s command for the women to gather to try out as queen, she was taken to the palace where she comes under Hegai’s care.  During her time in the palace, she does not let anyone know that she is Jewish.  Preparations to meet the king took an entire year.  After her preparation time, Esther is presented to the king, and she is selected as queen.  

     

    Mordecai uncovers a plot by two of the king’s eunuchs to assassinate him.  Mordecai reported it to Esther, who promptly had it investigated.  When the report was proven true, the two conspirators were hanged.  Mordecai saved the king’s life.  

     

    Haman, son of Hammedatha the Agagite, is promoted in rank and put in a position higher than any other officials.  When he was coming through the King’s Gate, the entire assembly stood up to pay respect to Haman.  Well, not everyone.  Mordecai remained seated.  He would not bow down and pay homage.  Haman gets mad, but rather than take it out directly on Mordecai, he learns that Mordecai is Jewish and decides to launch a plan to have them all killed.  


    Mordecai learns of this and appeals to Esther.  She is worried about approaching the king to request that her people be spared.  Mordecai explains to her that she had been called for such a time as this to spare her people.  A series of events brought her to that moment where she could have an audience with the king.  Had any other woman been selected to that position, they most likely would not have cared about the plight of the Jewish people.  God put Esther in this position so that she could advocate for His people.  Sometimes God is going to put us in scary situations for “such a time as this”.  How will we respond?  

     

    Esther approaches the king.  She asks that Haman and the king come to a banquet she has prepared for them.  The king has Haman summoned and they all go to the meal Esther had made.  Esther asks that the three dine together the next day. When Haman leaves, he is overjoyed until he sees Haman not get up to pay homage to him.  He is filled with rage but maintains his composure.  When he gets home, he complains to his wife about it.  She, along with some of his friends, recommend that he have a 75-foot gallows built and then ask the king to hang Mordecai from it.   

     

    May 30: Esther 6-10

     

    The king cannot sleep.  So, he orders the book recording daily events to be brought out and read to him.  (I find that a lot of government documents are good for curing the toughest cases of insomnia).  While they are reading through the book, the king discovers Mordecai’s act to prevent the eunuchs from assassinating him.  He asks what they have done to honor Mordecai.  Nothing has been done to award him for saving the king’s life.  

     

    Haman enters the king’s court to ask him to hang Mordecai. He is never able to make the request.  When the king finds out he is in the courts, he has Haman brought to him.  The king asks Haman what he should do to honor someone.  Haman thinks that the king is talking about him, so he gives a long-drawn-out explanation of what the king should do to honor the man.  The king orders Haman to go and do everything he has suggested for Mordecai!  I wish I could have been there to see his face! 

     

    Haman did as he is commanded, but then rushes home.  His wife and advisors warn him that his downfall is certain.  While they are trying to get him off of this collision course, the eunuchs arrive to escort him to the banquet Esther had made.  

     

    At the banquet, the king asks Esther what she would like.  She explains the plight of her people and how they have been sold out.  When the king asks for her to identify who has sold the Jewish people to destruction, she points out Haman as the man that has devised the wicked scheme.  The king is furious, gets up and walks out to take a breath.  Haman stays behind to beg for his life.  When the king gets back, he sees Haman falling on the couch where Esther is reclining.  He sees this as Haman trying to violate her.  The king asks, “Would he actually violate the queen while I am in the palace?” As soon as he says this, Haman’s face is covered, he is marched to the 75-foot gallows and hung.  

     

    Upon Haman’s death, Esther appeals further to the king asking that the decree to kill the Jews be rescinded.  The king agrees.  An edict is issued that allows them to assemble and defend themselves, to destroy, kill, and annihilate any army that is hostile toward them.  Mordecai becomes a great leader, and the Jews have many victories.  Throughout his life, he continued to seek good for the Jews and speak for the welfare of all his descendants.  All of this was possible because Esther stood up for her people at the right time. 

     

    May 31: Job 1-4

     

    Job is one of the older books in the Old Testament.  Job is a very wealthy man.  He has seven sons and three daughters.  He has 7,000 sheep, 3,000 camels, 1,000 oxen, and 500 female donkeys.  Job was the greatest man in the east. He was also so pious that any time his children had a banquet, he would purify them since he feared they might have defiled themselves. 

     

    The sons of God come to present themselves.  The LORD asks Satan where he has been and then God proceeds to talk about Job and how great he is in his integrity, turning from evil, and fear of God.  Satan wagers that the only reason Job is faithful is because God has blessed him with so much stuff.  God allows the adversary to take away all of Job’s possessions.

     

    In the blink of an eye, Job lost it all.  His children died, his livestock was stolen or devoured, and his servants are struck down by the sword.  Job stands up, tears his robe, and shaves his head, a sign of mourning in those days.  He says, “the Lord gives and He takes away, Praise the name of Yahweh”.  Would we respond that way if we found ourselves in his position?  

     

    The sons of God assemble again.  This time Satan says that Job only remained faithful because he had not been harmed.  God gives the adversary permission to give Job physical ailments.  Job is infected with terrible boils all over his body.  His wife tells him to “Curse God and die”.  From our perspective, that seems harsh.  However, she said that out of concern for him.  She knew that if he died, he would not be suffering anymore.  Job chides her and asks if they should only accept good things from God.  

     

    Job’s friends come to visit after hearing the news.  When they are away from him, they see how destitute he is and begin mourning for their friend.  They go and sit among the ashes with Job for seven days and seven nights.  No one says a word.  

     

    After a week’s worth of silence, Job speaks.  He curses the day he was born but does not curse God.  Job is suffering and he does not know why.  The silence having been broken; his friend Eliphaz gives the first speech.  His speech is filled with traditional wisdom.  However, it does not address the reason for Job’s affliction.  In reality, he should have remained silent.  

     

    June 1: Job 5-7

     

    Eliphaz continues his speech.  He points out to Job that the holy ones will not answer him.  He needs a mediator.  The need for a mediator is a theme throughout Job.  He tries to console Job by saying that rather than being upset, he should realize that trouble is part of the human life cycle.  That is a LOT easier said by someone that is not suffering.  I wonder how Eliphaz would have reacted to that advice during a time in which he was suffering!  I doubt he would have taken it very well.  Several years ago, I had submitted a report to some of my advisors.  In response to my questions, one of my mentors responded “Well, like you said…”  I was not thrilled that someone used my words to minister to me! 

     

    Job responds to Eliphaz in chapter 6.  If his grief could be weighed, it would outweigh the sands of the sea.  The sands of the sea is used as a metaphor for vastness or something that cannot be measured.  Job feels that he is under attack from God.  He asks a rhetorical question that implies a negative answer.  Eliphaz’s words did nothing to encourage Job.  Instead, it was like feeding contaminated food to Job’s malnourished soul.  

     

    Job complains about the plight of humanity, stating that our days are like that of a hired hand, indicating that God treats us like a harsh master.  He is so upset that he refuses to keep silent.  He has reached his breaking point.  He will complain in the bitterness of his soul.  

     

    June 2: Job 8-10

     

    Bildad begins his speech.  He acts like God’s defense attorney, accusing Job of spouting hot air.  He too gives rhetorical questions that expects a negative answer.  God does not pervert justice.  He does not pervert what is right.  That is true. The problem here though is that Bildad is essentially accusing Job of sin in his life and that is what is causing his condition.  None of these guys have the facts on what is really taking place here.  Bildad sees this suffering and thinks “well, you must have done something to make this happen.”  In those days when ailments hit, it was assumed that people fell ill because of sin in their lives.  Jesus answers questions from the disciples about whose sin made a man born blind, the sins of the parents or the sins of the man.  Job is suffering, but it is not as punishment from sin he committed.  

     

    Job tries to present his case for innocence as if in a judicial setting.  He accurately identifies that humans cannot be justified before God.  God is mighty and made many wonderful things.  Job has no ability to answer Him or make arguments against Him even if he is right.  He could only beg for mercy.  Job is innocent and wants to know why God is oppressing him like this.  He closes this speech begging God to be compassionate on him and stop the persecution so that he can enjoy the few remaining years of his life. 

     

    Print out

  • June 2: Job 8-10

     

    Bildad begins his speech.  He acts like God’s defense attorney, accusing Job of spouting hot air.  He too gives rhetorical questions that expects a negative answer.  God does not pervert justice.  He does not pervert what is right.  That is true.  The problem here though is that Bildad is essentially accusing Job of sin in his life and that is what is causing his condition.  None of these guys have the facts on what is really taking place here.  Bildad sees this suffering and thinks “well, you must have done something to make this happen.”  In those days when ailments hit, it was assumed that people fell ill because of sin in their lives.  Jesus answers questions from the disciples about whose sin made a man born blind, the sins of the parents or the sins of the man.  Job is suffering, but it is not as punishment from sin he committed.  

     

    Job tries to present his case for innocence as if in a judicial setting.  He accurately identifies that humans cannot be justified before God.  God is mighty and made many wonderful things.  Job has no ability to answer Him or make arguments against Him even if he is right.  He could only beg for mercy.  Job is innocent and wants to know why God is oppressing him like this.  He closes this speech begging God to be compassionate on him and stop the persecution so that he can enjoy the few remaining years of his life.  

     

    June 3: Job 11-13

     

    Zophar begins attacking Job’s answers as if he was a prosecuting attorney.  His rhetorical questions imply a negative answer.  He accuses Job of being a talker.  Zophar misrepresents Job’s position.  Job has not once claimed that his answers are perfect.  Further, he did not claim that he was sinless.  Zophar makes it seem as if Job was claiming that he was better than everyone else and had it all figured out.  That is NOT what he had been doing.  

     

    Job responds with sarcasm, accusing his friends of being condescending.  They claimed to have deep knowledge, but based on how they are responding to his affliction, they are clearly not as smart as they think they are.  Job rightly identifies that God has all understanding and knowledge.  Out of everyone assembled to sit with Job, God is the only One that knows the source of Job’s suffering.  

     

    Job again reminds his friends that he is just as smart as they are, he is not inferior.  He also states that he would rather make his argument before God Almighty.  These friends cover the truth with lies.  He tells them to be quiet.  He will plead his case to God, even if it means he loses his life.  Job’s hope is in God alone.  

     

    June 4: Job 14-16

     

    Job speaks of the fleeting nature of life.  Our days are short and full of trouble.  We wither like the blossoms of a flower.  Job asks why God would spend His time scrutinizing and evaluating humans since they are not permanent.  Job describes the permanence of death.  When a tree is cut down, there is still hope since it can sprout again.  When a person takes his or her last breath, they will not rise again.  Job is in a depressed state.  He is focused on God’s oppressive might, his painful future, and subsequent death.  Sometimes we can get so bogged down with the weight of worldly pressures we can lose sight of how good God is to us.  When that happens, I suggest we count our blessings to remind ourselves of how good God is.  

     

    Eliphaz responds by going on the attack.  He is accusing Job of being full of hot air, not responding as a truly wise person would.  Instead, he surmises Job’s answers are empty and self-serving.  He accuses Job of not having the proper reverence for God.  Fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.  Eliphaz opines that Job must not have wisdom since he is not showing God the proper respect.  Eliphaz then launches the claim that wicked people spend their years in pain and agony. I think that many of us would disagree with his statement.  We see wicked people all around us that seem to be without agony or pain.  

     

    Job replies to Eliphaz’s speech by informing his friends that they are terrible comforters.  They have done nothing to help him in his state.  In fact, they have only made things worse.  Job reminds them that if he was in their place and they were in his, he could easily speak like they are.  When someone else is going through a tough time, we do not know exactly what the person is going through.  It is best to keep from giving advice to the suffering individual.  That is one of the biggest issues with Job’s friends.  They assume that they know the source of Job’s suffering.  I find that in life it is best to not assume! 

     

    June 5: Job 17-20

     

    Job continues putting his hope in the Lord.  He asks God to “put up security” for him.  He is asking that God be responsible for any debts Job might have defaulted on.  Even in his hope, though, Job identifies that he is an object of scorn.  His eyes are dim from grief and his body is a shadow.  

     

    Bildad responds.  He asks how long “until you stop talking?”.  The “you” in the original text is plural, not singular.  Since Bildad is speaking to Job, this plural form is a mark of politeness.  The politeness seems to end shortly after this question since he then accuses Job of thinking his friends are a bunch of unthinking animals.  He then tells Job that his problem is not an angry God that is tearing at him.  Instead, it is Job’s anger at God that is the problem.  Bildad then explains how the days of the wicked are numbered and the suffering that they endure.  

     

    Job replies to Bildad by asking him a similar question to Bildad’s opening line.  “How long?”  The words of Job’s friends have not helped him at all.  In fact, they have added to his grief.  He pleads for their mercy. 

     

    Zophar responds by indicating that he still believed he offered valuable insight into Job’s plight.  Zophar explains more of the wicked person and the struggles they have.  They conceal evil under the tongue, even though it tastes sweet in the mouth.  He will not enjoy the fruits of his labor and the appetite of the wicked is never satisfied.  One day, the wicked person’s possessions will be taken away and they will face God’s anger. 

     

    June 6: Job 21-23

    Job responds to Zophar asking that they listen to him before they continue their mocking.  Job is not lodging a complaint against man, but instead the complaint is to God.  He is frustrated at this point because he feels as if God is not listening or paying attention to him.  Sometimes we are going to go through some dark times, and it feels like God is not with us.  However, during those times of supposed silence, we can know that He is there with us.  Does a teacher talk while the students are taking a test? 

     

    There are more complaints about the prosperity of the wicked.  Job rightly proclaims that everyone eventually perishes.  Whether a person is in peak physical health or poor health, one day he or she will draw a last breath.  

     

    Eliphaz begins his speech with an interesting question.  “Can a man be of any use to God?” This rhetorical question seeks a negative answer.  It does not matter how righteous Job is because God is perfect.  God created mankind; He is not reliant upon them.  Instead, we are reliant on Him.  We cannot fill up any deficiencies in Him because He has no deficiencies.  God continues to exist whether we acknowledge Him or not.  He does not need us to continue being God, He will always be.

     

    Job responds by trying to justify his poor attitude.  From his vantage, God is oppressing him.  He has been searching for God everywhere, but he has not found Him.  There is some hope in this speech when Job states that he will be like gold when the test is over.  Just like dross is removed from gold in the crucible, Job’s blemishes will be removed.  He has endured a lot, is terrified, and faint of heart, but he has not been destroyed.

     

    June 7: Job 24-28

     

    Job continues his speech.  Many of the things he says in chapter 24 are similar to Proverbs.  There are timeless truths in what he says.  He speaks of the futility of trying to hide sin.  The adulterer waits for twilight thinking that no one will see him.  Though he may not be caught by humans, the Almighty knows what he has done.  

     

    Bildad offers more rhetorical questioning.  He is essentially saying “it is what it is”.  That was a saying we used a lot in the Navy.  Things are the way that they are.  Job is in his situation, and it is what it is.  However, that knowledge does nothing to help Job out.  Bildad’s “comforting questions” provide no comfort at all.  Job explains that he will not speak unjustly, and his tongue will not utter deceit.  These are two characteristics of an upright person.  

     

    Job sings a hymn to wisdom in chapter 28.  Wisdom is better than anything else that the world has to offer.  Wisdom is better than gold, onyx, or sapphire.  It is so valuable, that we will never really know its true value.  We are living in an age where information is constantly coming at us.  However, there is a difference between having knowledge and having wisdom.  When it comes to the Bible, we can have all the knowledge of what it contains.  However, that knowledge is not wisdom if it is not applied in our lives. 

     

    June 8: Job 29-31

     

    Job yearns for a time when God blessed him and he had no worries.  There has been an attitude shift in him since he told his wife that they should accept both good and bad things from The LORD.  He wants to return to that time where he had no worries, stress, or sickness about him.  God’s friendship rested on his tent.  Though he cannot see it, God is still with Job.  It is hard to see it, though, because he is mocked by people younger than him now.  He has no youthful vigor anymore.  Job has become an object of scorn despite the fact that he was renowned and respected prior to his troubles.  

     

    Throughout the discourse, Job maintains his innocence.  He has not looked at young women inappropriately.  He has not left his wife for another.  Job has walked in truth and not deceit.  He has clothed the needy and supported the orphan.  Job has done what God has instructed His people to do, but Job still suffers.  

     

    June 9: Job 32-34

     

    Elihu responds in anger.  Elihu means “He is my God” and Barachel means “God has blessed”.  Elihu is mad because he perceives that Job has argued for his own righteousness.  This implied that God was unjust.  Further, he is mad because Job’s friends condemned Job before they knew the facts of the case.  Elihu is young, so he has been shy about telling them what he thinks until now.  

     

    He begins addressing Job.  He informs Job that he is wrong in his assessment that he is upright, pure, and without transgression.  Job is wrong because God is greater than man.  Elihu speaks of God’s deliverance from the Pit and restoration of righteousness.  He tells Job that if he has something to say, then he should say it.  Otherwise, he needs to keep quiet and listen to his instruction.

     

    Elihu then addresses the “wise” friends of Job.  He then proceeds to give the attributes of God.  God is just and almighty.  He is powerful and can cause the world to stop at any moment.  The Almighty cannot be condemned.  He is righteous and holy.  God is the One that watches over His creation.  God sees the missteps of the people and the injustice they do.  He asks a good question.  When someone says to God that they have endured their punishment and promise to walk righteously, should God repay them on their terms? 


    Print out

  • June 9:  Job 32-34

     

    Elihu responds in anger.  Elihu means “He is my God” and Barachel means “God has blessed”.  Elihu is mad because he perceives that Job has argued for his own righteousness.  This implied that God was unjust.  Further, he is mad because Job’s friends condemned Job before they knew the facts of the case.  Elihu is young, so he has been shy about telling them what he thinks until now.  

     

    He begins addressing Job.  He informs Job that he is wrong in his assessment that he is upright, pure, and without transgression.  Job is wrong because God is greater than man.  Elihu speaks of God’s deliverance from the Pit and restoration of righteousness.  He tells Job that if he has something to say, then he should say it.  Otherwise, he needs to keep quiet and listen to his instruction.

     

    Elihu then addresses the “wise” friends of Job.  He then proceeds to give the attributes of God.  God is just and almighty.  He is powerful and can cause the world to stop at any moment.  The Almighty cannot be condemned.  He is righteous and holy.  God is the One that watches over His creation.  God sees the missteps of the people and the injustice they do.  He asks a good question.  When someone says to God that they have endured their punishment and promise to walk righteously, should God repay them on their terms? 

     

    June 10:  Job 35- 37

     

    Elihu continues his speech in defense of The LORD.  Based on Job’s complaints, it seems as if Job is trying to make himself righteous apart from God.  Elihu calls him out on this issue and reminds him that the oppressed often fail to consider the person and work of God.  Rather than understand that they could be receiving punishment for their sin, they focus on their present situation.  Elihu closes chapter 35 accusing Job of speaking empty words.  

     

    As Elihu’s discourse continues, he asks that the me be patient with him a little longer.  He has not fully justified God in his eyes.  He explains that sometimes God puts constraints on His people so that they will not completely fall into sin.  He opens their ears to correction and insists they repent of their sinfulness.  However, some of those that are bound will respond to their constraints with hatred in their heart.  

     

    God is everywhere.  He is powerful and mighty.  Elihu senses God in the thunderstorm.  He sends snow and torrential rain.  He is the source of all weather.  God is dazzling and amazing, we cannot look upon Him.  Elihu uses the sun as a comparison.  We cannot gaze at the sun for too long because of its radiance.  God is even more radiant.  He is just and righteous, we cannot reach Him.  God does not oppress justice. 

     

    June 11: Job 38 & 39

     

    Now God comes in to speak to Job.  He speaks from the whirlwind.  God demands to know who obscures His counsel.  God, of course, already knows the answer.  He then proceeds to demand Job answer His questions about how the earth was established, its dimensions, and its foundation.  He also asks who it was that contained the sea and developed its boundaries.  After God asks a series of questions about the things of the world, He then asks Job if he can contain the constellations and send clouds and lightning.  We all know that answer to that.  Job cannot do any of these things.  Neither can we.  

     

    In chapter 39, God asks questions regarding the animals and their birth cycles.  He also wants to know who set the wild donkey free.  God is implying that He has placed every animal in a suitable environment.  He gives strength to the horse.  He protects the offspring of the ostrich.  God is God and Job is not.  God is God and we are not.  

     

    June 12: Job 40-41

     

    Job is understandably shaken by God’s questioning.  He confesses that he is insignificant and places his hand over his mouth.  God continues asking questions.  He brings up Behemoth and Leviathan, two large beasts that were created by God Almighty.  Job cannot pull Leviathan in with a hook, but God can.

     

    Job replies that he knows God can do anything and none of His plans will be thwarted.  Job takes back all of the things he said and repents in dust and ashes.  God tells Job’s friends to make a burnt offering for themselves.  He is displeased with them because they did not speak about Him truthfully like Job did.  He tells them that Job will pray for them since He will not listen to their prayers.  God promises mercy to them, explaining that He will not punish them for their folly.  

     

    God then doubles all of Job’s possessions.  He also gives Job the same number of sons and daughters as he had before he lost them all.  Job has been restored to his place of prominence.  One thing that always throws me off about this narrative is that Job is never given an explanation on why he suffered the way that he did.  

     

    We are going to go through some rough times and God will see us through.  However, He will not always explain to us why we went through the tough times.  The challenge is to remain faithful to Him in good times and bad. 

     

    June 13: Psalms 1-8

     

    We move on to the Psalms today.  The word for psalms in Hebrew is Tehilim, which means “Praise”.  The English title comes from the Greek Psalmoi, which means “songs of praise.”  The point of the Psalms is for praise.  The majority of these praises were written by King David, the greatest king that Israel ever had.  This book contains hymns and prayers that were used to worship God.  

     

    People that follow the righteous and not the ways of the wicked will be happy.  Wickedness and folly lead to ruin.  Those that follow God are happy.  They delight in Him and not the things of the world.  

    Psalm two asks why the nations would rebel against God.  To “take a stand” gives the impression that these kings are preparing for battle.  They view God’s commands and rules as constraints, binding them from doing what they want to do.  They want to break free so that they can be free.  There is a level of irony here because elsewhere, we will read about God breaking the shackles of sin in the life of the believer.  God does not give us commands to hold us down, He gives them to us so that we can be free.  

     

    Psalm three was written when David was fleeing from his son Absalom.  David describes God as his shield.  Even though his enemies are increasing, David knows that God will protect him.  Psalm four was composed to be accompanied by music.  David sings of God’s vindication and his freedom from affliction.  

     

    Psalm seven is the only Psalm to have the word “Shiggaion” attached to it.  We do not know what this word means.  Some believe that it comes from the Assyrian word “shegu” meaning to lament.  Others propose it is rooted in the Hebrew word for “going astray”.  Psalm eight is identified as a creation hymn.  

     

    June 14: Psalms 9-16

     

    In psalm nine, David states that he will give thanks to God with all his heart.  This means that he is bringing these praises sincerely.  When he describes the retreat and stumbling of the enemies, that is either an event that recently occurred or a situation brought about by God.  David describes God as being on the throne forever.  This is a comfort to the oppressed since they know that He holds the future.  

     

    Psalm 10 asks why God is so far away.  The psalmist is experiencing a period where he does not feel God’s presence.  That is not to say that God is far from him. However, God might be allowing the person to go through this time as a test.  I know that I can go some days without seeking God earnestly.  When I do, I feel a lack of His presence.  However, that is not His fault, it is my fault.  That’s why I will start the prayer with something along the lines of “I am sorry”.  

     

    During David’s struggles with his foes, some of his advisers told him to flee.  David asks why he would flee like a bird when God is his fortress and refuge.  A bird is defenseless and must fly away to avoid danger.  David is backed by God Almighty so he can stand his ground.  

     

    June 15: Psalms 17-20

     

    David prays for protection in Psalm 17.  He asks that God hear his prayer from lips “free of deceit”.  This refers to his sincerity and truthfulness.  David explains that God has tested and tried him.  God tests people and their motives.  David asks that God give him protection from his enemies.  He asks God to confront his enemy and bring him down.  Throughout David’s struggled with Saul and his sons, David never exacted vengeance himself.  Instead, he trusted that the Lord would handle his enemies. 

     

    Psalm 18 was written upon the occasion that David was rescued from the hands of Saul.  When God delivers us from a trial or a trouble, our first reaction should be to give praise.  Do we spend enough time thanking God for all He has done for us?  In the praise, the psalmist speaks of God’s might and how He displays His power in natural phenomena.  

     

    Psalm 19 speaks of God’s creation as singing His praises and bearing witness to His work.  These praises and proofs do not cease, they are constant.  God has done some amazing things.  We see His handiwork, the trees, the sunset, the rain and storm clouds.  There is proof of God and His creative hand everywhere we look.  

     

    David refers to the “day of trouble” in psalm 20.  This could mean any time of distress, but in the case of this psalm it is distress caused by his enemies.  David exalts God above all else.  We do not find our hope and strength in chariots or other weapons of war.  Our strength is found in God alone. 

     

    June 16: Psalms 21-25

     

    Psalm 21 speaks of the king’s victory.  Psalm 22 opens with another question of God’s rejection.  This particular psalm is quoted by Jesus when He is on the cross.  “My God, My God, why have You forsaken Me?”  This psalm also speaks to future events, such as “casting lots for clothing” and dividing the garments.  At the time of His execution, the soldiers in charge of meting out Christ’s suffering would do just that.  

     

    Psalm 23 is one of the most widely known psalms.  This psalm speaks of God as the Good Shepherd.  He leads His sheep to the good pastures.  Sometimes, He must take them through the darkest valleys to get there, but the sheep know that God is going to lead them through.  Even in our darkest times, we can trust that God is right there with us, leading us.  We can trust in Him.  

     

    Psalm 24 identifies that God owns all of creation.  The one that walks in righteousness will one day receive a blessing from the Lord.  Psalm 25 speaks of dependence on God.  He is the One that we can trust.  He will not leave us or forsake us.  God is not our last hope, He is our only hope.  So, the question is, do we depend on Him at all times?  Or do we only go to Him when everything is falling apart?  My hope and prayer is that we walk with God and depend on Him in the good times and bad.  

     

    print out

  • June 16:  Psalms 21-25

     

    Psalm 21 speaks of the king’s victory.  Psalm 22 opens with another question of God’s rejection.  This psalm is quoted by Jesus when He is on the cross.  “My God, My God, why have You forsaken Me?”  This psalm also speaks to future events, such as “casting lots for clothing” and dividing the garments.  At the time of His execution, the soldiers in charge of meting out Christ’s suffering would do just that.  

     

    Psalm 23 is one of the most widely known psalms.  This psalm speaks of God as the Good Shepherd.  He leads His sheep to the good pastures.  Sometimes, He must take them through the darkest valleys to get there, but the sheep know that God is going to lead them through.  Even in our darkest times, we can trust that God is right there with us, leading us.  We can trust in Him.  

     

    Psalm 24 identifies that God owns all of creation.  The one that walks in righteousness will one day receive a blessing from the Lord.  Psalm 25 speaks of dependence on God.  He is the One that we can trust.  He will not leave us or forsake us.  God is not our last hope, He is our only hope.  So, the question is, do we depend on Him at all times?  Or do we only go to Him when everything is falling apart?  My hope and prayer is that we walk with God and depend on Him in the good times and bad. 

     

    June 17:  Psalms 26-31

     

    Psalm 26 starts with a request for vindication.  This sets the stage for a psalm that is primarily to declare innocence.  While the psalmist makes it sound as if he is perfect, he is not really claiming sinlessness.  Instead, he is claiming spiritual and moral integrity.  In verses 4-5 the text indicates that a person’s faithfulness toward God is not just in things he or she does, but what he or she also avoids.  In this case, the author steers clear of hypocrites and the wicked.  He walks on level ground, which is associated with the way God leads His people. 

     

    Psalm 27 gives encouragement to those that follow God and are saved by Him.  As the stronghold of our lives, who should we fear?  The answer, of course, is God alone.  We fear no evil because we belong to The LORD.  The psalmist reminds us to seek God and wait on His answer.  It might seem like He is silent, but we will one day see His goodness. 

     

    In Psalm 28, David cries out to The LORD, asking that He not be far away.  He asks that God be near and listen to his concerns and worries.  He asks that he not be dragged away with the wicked and evil doers.  He does not want to be punished along with them because he is not connected with that group.  

     

    Psalm 29 describes some of God’s majesty and royalty.  God was the One that sat enthroned at the flood, and He is king forever.  Psalm 30 is a dedication song, exalting God for His divine intervention and deliverance.  Psalm 31 asks God for protection.  Many of these psalms were written during David’s time in hiding, fleeing from his enemies.  Notice how he takes all of his thanks, praises, fears, and cries to God.  The psalmist does not hold back.  He tells God exactly what is on his mind.  My hope and prayer is that we all have a relationship with God where we are comfortable taking all of our joys and concerns to Him. 

     

    June 18:  Psalms 32- 35

     

    Psalm 32 speaks of the joy we find when we turn our sins over to God.  In my younger years, I used to think that I could just give a “forgive me of my sins” kind of prayer.  However, as I matured, I began asking for forgiveness for each and every sin I committed.  We cannot hide our sins from The LORD, so when we bring our confessions to Him, we can just give Him all the mess and He will do the healing.  Praise God for that!

     

    Psalm 33 is a descriptive psalm.  This psalm encourages us to rejoice in The LORD.  This psalm also calls for a variety of instruments to be used in praising God.  His word is right, He is just, loves righteousness, and His love does not fail.  We can trust in Him for our safety.

     

    Psalm 34 was written concerning the time David pretended he was insane in front of Achish the king of Gath (1 Samuel 21:10-15).  This psalm gives the credit for David’s deliverance to The LORD.  It was certainly an interesting approach, but it worked.  Sometimes God has us do some things that do not make sense at the time.  In those situations, the best thing we can do is follow His commands.  

     

    In Psalm 35, David prays for victory over his enemies.  He asks that they fall into their own traps, which was a common request.  God has seen the issues David has come against.  He has seen what David’s enemies have done.  David asks how long it will be before God does something about it.  He asks that God not be silent and thwart his foes. 

     

    June 19:  Psalms 36-39

     

    A prophetic oracle against the wicked opens Psalm 36.  The wicked have no fear of God.  The evil person sets out on a path that is not good.  Wise people seek The LORD and take refuge in God’s shadow.  

     

    David gives sound advice in Psalm 37.  He encourages us to not be irritated by evil doers or be jealous of them.  In life, we see that sometimes bad people wind up rising to prominence or they come into a lot of money.  This might seem like they are being rewarded for their dishonesty and evil.  That is not the case.  As believers, we strive to walk in God’s ways all the time.  Why forfeit our soul for worldly riches?  Evil doers will be destroyed, but the righteous will gain an inheritance that lasts forever.

     

    Psalm 38 is a psalm of lament.  David is suffering and he believes that sin is the reason.  He has been indignant toward God and now has no strength or vigor.  He is constantly in pain and waiting to fall.  He cries out that God would not abandon him and be close. 

     

    Psalm 39 deals with how quickly life goes by.  David acknowledges that our lives are like a vapor.  We walk around like a shadow, gathering possessions, but not knowing who will get them.  With that in mind, where should our hope be?  God is our only hope.  We will spend eternity with Him.  These physical bodies may crumble and break, but we will live on with Him forever. 

     

    June 20: Psalms 40-45

     

    In Psalm 40, David gives thanks, but he is also crying out to God for help.  He is happy because he has put his trust in The LORD.  There are those that still look down upon David and want to see his downfall.  Rather than try to take up arms against them, David turns these concerns over to God.  

     

    David speaks of his victory even though he faced opposition.  He asks that God be gracious to him and heal him because he has sinned against The LORD.  David’s enemies see his affliction and ask when he will die.  However, when they see David, they speak deceitfully toward him.

     

    Psalm 42 is well known, opening with the line “as the deer pants for water.”  The psalmist here is longing for God.  His thirst cannot be cured with anything other than God.  The psalmist uses hyperbole, explaining that his tears are so numerous that he has drenched the furniture.  In his devastation, these tears are his only food.  

     

    Psalm 43 opens with a request for vindication.  This request assumes the innocence and integrity of the psalmist.  He would not be worthy of vindication if he was guilty.  

     

    The reader is reminded of what God has done for His people in Psalm 44.  God drove out the nations with His hand.  He gave them victory over their enemies.  Now, though, the people are rejected and humiliated.  God no longer marches with them into battle.  They are shamed, but they have not forgotten God.  The psalm asks why God is sleeping during their time of trial.  Sometimes God is silent during the test.  When we are going through these times, we can trust that He is there as we trudge through the issue.  

     

    Psalm 45 is a wedding song, and it is set to the tune of “The Lilies” which must have been a renowned song at the time.  The psalm is directed at the king.  One thing to note in the list of the king’s attributes is that humility is listed among truth and justice.  Kings from other nations would also be listed as upholding truth and justice.  However, humility is specific to Israel’s kings.  

     

    June 22:  Psalms 51-57

     

    Psalm 51 is a prayer for restoration.  David is really working through his grief over the sin he committed with Bathsheba.  Remember, he had her brought to him while the army was off to war.  He got her pregnant and then had her husband sent back to Jerusalem, with the intent to make the husband think the child was his.  When Bathsheba’s husband would not go home and be with his wife, David sends him back to battle with orders that ensure the man dies in battle.  David is working through the sadness and shame he feels from this event in this psalm.  

     

    In Psalm 52 David warns not to brag about evil.  In this instance, the person is not boasting about his wealth or his abilities.  Instead, he is boasting about his evil deeds.  This reminds me of Lamech when he gathers his wives to brag about the destruction, he brings on people for wounding him in Genesis 4:23. Psalm 53 sings of the foolishness of not believing in God.  The person that says this is corrupt and does vile deeds.  The psalm goes on to say that there is no one that does good.  Try as we might, we will still fall into sin.  It happens.  We are not sinners because we sin.  We sin because we are sinners.  Thankfully our sins are covered by the blood of Christ Almighty. 

     

    David prays to God concerning betrayal he has experienced from a trusted friend in Psalm 55.  He is harassed and his enemies bring disasters on him.  When David writes about going down to Sheol alive, it is reminiscent of the sons of Korah that were swallowed up by the ground when they rebelled against God.  

     

    Psalm 56 was written on the occasion where the Philistines seized Gath.  David makes a vow in verse 12.  Vows were typically made while petitioning The LORD.  These vows were later fulfilled by giving “Thank Offerings”.   

     

    Psalm 57 was written about the time that David hid from Saul in the cave.  Saul came into the cave to relieve himself.  David’s men tried to convince him that God had delivered Saul over so he could kill him.  David did the right thing and did not harm the king.  Instead, he simply cut off the corner of his robe.  Saul eventually loses his life, but it is not by David’s hand. 

     

    June 23:  Psalms 58-65

     

    The “mighty ones” in Psalm 58 refers to the people.  They do not speak righteously or judge people fairly.  They have a level of sinful bias to how they handle their business.  The wicked walk away from the correct path.  One day, God will sweep away all of these injustices and make everything right.  

     

    Psalm 59 was written during the time that king Saul had sent some men to watch David’s house with the intent to kill him.  David takes his concerns to God and begs for deliverance from these enemies.  He has done nothing wrong, but they are surrounding him.  It is no fun to be vilified by people, especially when we have done nothing wrong.  It happens, though.  When this happens, my prayer is we act like David and put our trust in God.  

     

    There was a significant loss of life in the Valley of Salt.  The death toll was 12,000.  Psalm 60 was written about this event.  It is a communal lament.  The people feel rejected, and they sense God’s anger at them.  Despite how bleak the psalm starts off, it ends with the hope that God will destroy their enemies. 

     

    Psalm 61 speaks of the security we find in God.  He is our refuge, a strong tower.  In verse 4, the reference to the “tent” is a figurative reference to God’s presence.  I hope and pray that His presence is constantly felt as we walk this earth.  Psalm 62 is about trusting in God alone.  Everything in this world will fail.  Kings, kingdoms, governmental systems, and other dynasties will one day fall by the wayside.  However, God is constant.  We can put our trust in Him, the everlasting and eternal God. 

     

    David sings of his satisfaction in The LORD in Psalm 63.  This psalm was written while he was in the wilderness of Judah.  Despite the fact that he is isolated and in barren land, David finds what he needs in God.  The LORD provides in times of certainty and uncertainty.  We look to Him to meet our needs.  

     

    Psalm 64 asks for protection from the folks that would bring harm to the psalmist.  They devise schemes, but God will defeat them.  Their plans will be thwarted by God Almighty.  

     

    Psalm 65 deals with God’s right to praise and how He cares for the earth.  God sends the waters; He prepares the earth.  He sends the rain showers and provides grain to His people.  Creation is God’s handiwork. 


    print out

  • June 23: Psalms 58-65


    The “mighty ones” in Psalm 58 refers to the people.  They do not speak righteously or judge people fairly.  They have a level of sinful bias to how they handle their business.  The wicked walk away from the correct path.  One day, God will sweep away all of these injustices and make everything right. 

     

    Psalm 59 was written during the time that king Saul had sent some men to watch David’s house with the intent to kill him.  David takes his concerns to God and begs for deliverance from these enemies.  He has done nothing wrong, but they are surrounding him.  It is no fun to be vilified by people, especially when we have done nothing wrong.  It happens, though.  When this happens, my prayer is we act like David and put our trust in God. 

     

    There was a significant loss of life in the Valley of Salt.  The death toll was 12,000.  Psalm 60 was written about this event.  It is a communal lament.  The people feel rejected, and they sense God’s anger at them.  Despite how bleak the psalm starts off, it ends with the hope that God will destroy their enemies.

     

    Psalm 61 speaks of the security we find in God.  He is our refuge, a strong tower.  In verse 4, the reference to the “tent” is a figurative reference to God’s presence.  I hope and pray that His presence is constantly felt as we walk this earth.  Psalm 62 is about trusting in God alone.  Everything in this world will fail.  Kings, kingdoms, governmental systems, and other dynasties will one day fall by the wayside.  However, God is constant.  We can put our trust in Him, the everlasting and eternal God.

     

    David sings of his satisfaction in The LORD in Psalm 63.  This psalm was written while he was in the wilderness of Judah.  Despite the fact that he is isolated and in barren land, David finds what he needs in God.  The LORD provides in times of certainty and uncertainty.  We look to Him to meet our needs. 

     

    Psalm 64 asks for protection from the folks that would bring harm to the psalmist.  They devise schemes, but God will defeat them.  Their plans will be thwarted by God Almighty. 

     

    Psalm 65 deals with God’s right to praise and how He cares for the earth.  God sends the waters; He prepares the earth.  He sends the rain showers and provides grain to His people.  Creation is God’s handiwork.

     

    June 24: Psalms 66-69

     

    Psalm 66 recounts the time that Israel crossed through the Red Sea on the Exodus.  The other nations that rebel against God should not exalt themselves.  Further, those of us saved by God Almighty and delivered by His hand should not exalt themselves either.  God deserves the praise for working out the miracles in our lives.  Let us never forget that He holds the power.  The psalm also speaks of being refined in the fire.  God put them through trials and tests so that they would become stronger. 

    In Psalm 67, the psalmist is asking that favor be shown by God to the people.  However, this blessing was meant to bring others to know who God is.  God is the God over all, not just that particular people group.  The goal is for all nations to come to know who The LORD is.  Rather than hoard the blessing God has given us, we can go and show others the source of our blessings.

     

    Psalm 68 sings of God’s majestic power.  God can do whatever He wants.  He is not bound to the rules of man.  Throughout the Bible, we see God use people that would normally be looked over to lead the people.  From a societal standpoint, Gideon would not have been called to be a judge because he was not the oldest in his family.  David, the youngest son of Jesse, kills Goliath at a young age and becomes the greatest king that Israel ever had.  God does a lot with a little! 

     

    The imagery of being stuck in a well and sinking in mud, as Psalm 69:2 states, was a common way to describe life threatening danger.  The image of a flood was common to communicate devastation.  David acknowledges that he has messed up and has been foolish.  He asks that others that have their faith in The LORD not be disgraced because of his sinful actions.  David knows full well that his sin has not just affected him, but has affected his family, and can potentially lead folks away from God. 

     

    As we go through this life, we can remember that we are ambassadors for Christ.  Let’s strive to ensure that we represent Him well.

     

    June 25: Psalms 70-73

     

    We have seen the opening words of Psalm 70: 2-5 in Psalm 40:14-17.  This is another psalm where David pleads for protection from God.  Psalm 70 asks for God’s help in old age.  The psalmist asks that God be his refuge, rock, and fortress.  In his old age, he still needs protection.  There are those around him that seek to take advantage of him and plot against him.  Even though the psalmist is old and wisened, he still knows he needs The LORD.

     

    Psalm 72 is a prayer for the king.  This is a Solomonic psalm.  This means the psalm could have been written by Solomon, for Solomon, or in Solomon’s style.  The prayer here is that God would bless the king and allow him to reign effectively.  When the king is blessed and rules fairly, the people are blessed as well.  If you do not already pray for the leaders of nations today, I encourage you work that into your routine prayer time.

     

    Psalm 73 opens with proclaiming God’s goodness to Israel.  The word “indeed” shows a certainty to the statement of how good God has been to them.  The psalmist fell into a trap that easily ensnares people.  He envied the wicked and the arrogant.  He saw how these people were being blessed in their lives and wanted the same favor.  However, the psalmist also recognizes that even though they have an easy time on earth, they will not have such an easy time when they pass on from here.  The psalmist confesses that he has not had the best heart about the arrogant and repents of that sin.  Instead, he will tell people about all God does.  

     

    June 26: Psalms 74-77

     

    Psalm 74 opens questioning why God has rejected His people.  As the chief shepherd, He seems to have turned away from them.  The psalm asks that God remember them.  It seems like The LORD has gone silent on them.  There are no signs anymore, nor are there prophets.  Even in this dejected state, God’s help is requested.  The other nations are the ones that mocked God. 

     

    Psalm 75 proclaims God’s judgment against the wicked.  The boastful should not boast.  The proud should be humble.  True exaltation comes from One place.  God is the judge.  We can sing praise to Him and tell about God all the days of our lives.

     

    God is a powerful and majestic judge.  Every decision He makes is perfect and done for His glory and our good.  He is worthy of all worship and praise.  God is mighty and feared by all.  He is the One true God. 

     

    Psalm 77 opens with a lament with the psalmist longing to hear from God.  The psalmist is going through a time of crisis, yet there is no fear because God is with him in the tumultuous times.  As His people, we know that God walks with us as we go through our struggles.  We never face anything alone.  God is there with us!

     

    June 27: Psalms 78 & 79

     

    Some of Israel’s history is recounted in Psalm 78.  The psalmist explains these things must be remembered so that the younger generations will know who God is.  If they remain silent and fail to teach the younger folks about what God has done for them, they will quickly abandon Him.  It is part of human nature.  We are bent on sin and will move ourselves away from The LORD.  Even some of the people that witnessed these miraculous events continued to sin against God and rebel.  As believers, we have a testimony.  My hope and prayer is that our lifestyle does not belie our testimony.  Instead, my hope is that we live lives striving to serve God and do His will.

     

    In 586 B.C., the nations invaded Israel and made the temple ceremonially unclean.  They took the dead and left them to be eaten by carrion birds, an abhorrent practice for the Jewish people.  Their subsequent defeat has made them the source of ridicule for the other nations.  The psalmist begs for the enemies to be defeated.  Then the sheep of His pasture will praise Him forever.  

     

    June 28: Psalms 80-85

     

    Psalm 80 is a prayer for restoration.  Things are not going well.  The psalmist asks that God listen to him.  This is a polite request from the inferior person to God Almighty.  The psalmist knows that God is angry with them and asks how long He will be upset with them.  They are so destitute, the only thing they have for sustenance is their tears.  They are being used and abused by their neighbors.  Only God can restore them. 

     

    In Psalm 81, the people are called to obedience.  They have put foreign gods among them, rather than following the One true God.  These people, God’s people, have turned from God and chased their own ways.  In verse 12, we are told that they were turned over to their stubborn hearts.  They were not going to change, so God gave themselves over to destruction.  If only they would listen to The LORD and follow His ways, they would be healed and fed with the finest wheat and honey.

     

    Psalm 82 is a plea for God’s judgment.  God is the ultimate judge.  He judges fairly, unlike worldly judges that carry some level of bias with them when making decisions.  Psalm 83 is a prayer against enemies.  God can wipe out the enemies of Israel with ease.  He can make them like tumbleweed.  The psalmist asks that this judgment against the enemies will drive the enemies to Him since they can see how great God is.

     

    Psalm 84 longs for the day of dwelling with God.  It is better to live one day in God’s courts and house than to live for thousands elsewhere.  If we want true and abundant life, then we need look no further than Jesus.  He gives us life abundantly. 

     

    June 29: Psalms 86-89

     

    Psalm 86 is a prayer of lament.  The psalmist promises to keep up with this lament until The LORD delivers Him.  Ruthless men surround him and seek to take his life.  God is gracious, though, and can deliver him from these people. 

     

    Psalm 87 sings of Zion, the city of God.  God’s foundation (Jerusalem) makes the mountain holy.  In Psalm 88, the psalmist cries out in desperation.  He continually cries to God, but he feels that he is not being heard.  The man is ready for death because his life has been so hard.  He cries to God for help.  He is desperate and knows that only God can rescue him from his affliction. 

     

    The psalmist declares that he will sing of God’s wonder and glory forever in Psalm 89.  God fulfills His covenants.  The heavens praise His wonders.  None can compare to Him.  God Almighty is the One that is worthy of all worship and praise.  He is the founder of the heavens and the earth! May His name be praised forever and ever!

     

    June 30: Psalms 90-95

     

    Psalm 90 is the only psalm to be labeled a prayer of Moses.  This could identify Moses as the author, but most likely it suggests that this reflects a Mosaic perspective.  Throughout the history of Israel, God has been their refuge.  He is the One that has protected them and delivered them.  Though some might try to hide their sin from God, He sets their sins before Him.  Their secret sins are brought to light in His presence.  We can go through life thinking that we are the most holy and squeaky clean person in the world, but when we are put in the light of God Almighty, our sinfulness is revealed. 

     

    Psalm 91 speaks of God’s protection.  The person that lives under the shadow of God and under His protection can proclaim that He is their refuges and fortress.  God is the One that will deliver them from the hands of their enemies.  He will preserve their lives. 

     

    Psalm 92 was written for the Sabbath.  It reflects a sense of worship for God.  Worship is not just contained to Sunday mornings at church.  Instead, worship of The LORD can go with us throughout the week.  In our little area of Virginia, there is the Sugar Hill Loop.  I took the dogs there a few weeks ago.  After we got out of the woods and into the open area, I saw the rolling hills and heard the birds singing.  It brought me to a moment of immediate worship. My prayer is that we worship and give thanks to God always. 

     

    God reigns for all eternity.  He is the just judge.  There are people out there that refuse to acknowledge God.  He is still God.  He is the ruler of the universe and has control whether someone chooses to believe in Him or not.  As believers, we can shout joyfully to God.  He is the King of Kings, the Lord of hosts, His name is above all names.  Let us worship God all the days of our lives!


    Print out


  • June 30:  Psalms 90-95

     

    Psalm 90 is the only psalm to be labeled a prayer of Moses.  This could identify Moses as the author, but most likely it suggests that this reflects a Mosaic perspective.  Throughout the history of Israel, God has been their refuge.  He is the One that has protected them and delivered them.  Though some might try to hide their sin from God, He sets their sins before Him.  Their secret sins are brought to light in His presence.  We can go through life thinking that we are the most holy and squeaky-clean person in the world, but when we are put in the light of God Almighty, our sinfulness is revealed.  

     

    Psalm 91 speaks of God’s protection.  The person that lives under the shadow of God and under His protection can proclaim that He is their refuges and fortress.  God is the One that will deliver them from the hands of their enemies.  He will preserve their lives.  

     

    Psalm 92 was written for the Sabbath.  It reflects a sense of worship for God.  Worship is not just contained to Sunday mornings at church.  Instead, worship of The LORD can go with us throughout the week.  In our little area of Virginia, there is the Sugar Hill Loop.  I took the dogs there a few weeks ago.  After we got out of the woods and into the open area, I saw the rolling hills and heard the birds singing.  It brought me to a moment of immediate worship. My prayer is that we worship and give thanks to God always.  

     

    God reigns for all eternity.  He is the just judge.  There are people out there that refuse to acknowledge God.  He is still God.  He is the ruler of the universe and has control whether someone chooses to believe in Him or not.  As believers, we can shout joyfully to God.  He is the King of Kings, the Lord of hosts, His name is above all names.  Let us worship God all the days of our lives! 

     

    July 1: Psalms 96-102

     

    The new song referred to in Psalm 96 is cosmic praise for God’s reign over a kingdom made up of all people.  This psalm looks to a time when everyone, not just the Israelites, submit to God’s authority.  This psalm also speaks of the futility of idols and their powerlessness.  These made-up gods did nothing, but Yahweh has created the heavens and earth.  Psalm 97 keeps this theme going, explaining that those that serve these false gods will one day be put to shame.  God is the One that will receive all glory and honor.  

     

    The holy arm and right hand of The LORD refers to God’s immeasurable power.  In this psalm, victory implies salvation for Israel and judgment on the nations.  Psalm 98 closes with the understanding that God will judge the world righteously.  God is able to judge righteously because He is perfect.  There is no error in Him.  Psalm 99 calls for the people to tremble.  The LORD reigns.  Throughout the Old Testament when people met The LORD, they were overcome with fear and trembling.  

     

    Psalm 100 calls us to be thankful.  We can shout triumphantly to The LORD and serve Him with gladness, bringing our worship and songs.  God is good and His love is eternal.  Our response as His people can be one of thankfulness, joy, and adoration. 

     

    Psalm 101 is a Davidic psalm.  The king promises to uphold justice and faithfulness in his kingdom.  He proclaims that he will live with a heart of integrity.  David was a great king and did a lot for Israel.  However, he still had his struggle with sin.  As God’s people, we will still struggle with sin, but God will help us out in our affliction. 

     

    Psalm 102 starts off rather bleak.  The psalmist asks that God not hide His face during the times of trouble.  The author also identifies that his days are short.  God is enthroned forever.  

     

    July 2: Psalms 103-105

     

    God is the forgiving God.  Psalm 103 explains that He casts our sins from us as far as the east is from the west.  Though we are guilty of sin, He will not be angry forever.  God has compassion on us.  He forgives us.  

     

    Psalm 104 sings of God’s greatness.  He is amazing, wonderful, and almighty.  God spread the sky out like a canopy.  He set the earth in its foundation and covered it with all of the living things.  The earth is truly a remarkable thing that God gave us.  He made this amazing ball floating around in space.  It produces what we need to survive.  The world is a remarkable thing.  How much more remarkable is the One that made it? 

     

    God’s faithfulness to His people is reviewed in Psalm 105.  This psalm sings of God sending Joseph ahead of his family to Egypt to ensure that the people survived.  Remember, Joseph was the favorite of his father.  His brothers wanted him gone and at first were going to kill him.  However, he wound up being sold as a slave.  Through a series of events, he found himself working directly for Pharaoh and running their supply system gathering all that would be needed to survive the upcoming famine.  After a while, a new Pharaoh takes the throne and is suspicious of the Israelites.  So, he imposes harsh work orders upon them.  God is faithful to His people and delivers them from their slavery.  In the case of Joseph and the Israelites, they had to endure injustice, slander, and hard labor.  However, God delivered them from their oppression and brought them to the promised land.  We will endure hard times, but we can lean into God and have faith that He will bring us to the other side of the problem.  Praise God Almighty! 

     

    July 3:  Psalms 106 & 107

     

    We are reminded of Israel’s unfaithfulness in Psalm 106.  It also reminds us of our sinfulness.  The psalmist declares that the Israelites did not see the significance in God’s deliverance from the Egyptians.  This caused them to stumble into sin and rebel against Him by the Red Sea. Still, God saved them.  He made the sea into dry land and allowed His people to walk safely across.  He drowned their foes in the drink.  God constantly was doing good things for His people.  He regularly showed His might and strength.  In this, the people continued to rebel.  So, God gave them over to the other nations.  They abandoned Him, so He left them to their own devices.  In their destitution, the people cried to God and He caused them to be pitied by their captors.  God delivers His people and is worthy of all worship and praise. 

     

    The faithful love mentioned in Psalm 107 is a key component in God’s unconditional covenant with the Israelites.  In the Old Testament, there are conditional and unconditional covenants.  God has unconditional love for the Israelites.  This does not mean that He does not punish them for their sinfulness.  However, it does mean that He will not cut them off.  Even in their punishment, though, God delivers them from their distress. The same is true today.  God is strong to save.  Give thanks to The LORD for He is good, His love endures forever! 

     

    July 4: Psalms 108-114

     

    Psalm 108 is a combination of Psalm 57:1-11 and Psalm 60: 5-12.  Moab, Edom, and Philistia were the three long standing enemies of Israel.  The psalmist seeks reassurance in God’s strength.  Psalm 109 is called an “imprecatory” psalm.  It is a spoken curse.  However, these curses are not made from petty personal anger.  Instead, they are spoken against the people that mistreated God’s people.  

     

    In Psalm 110, the king is addressed as The LORD’s divinely appointed representative.  God has sworn an oath to David and He will not renege on it.  There is a reference to Melchizedek in this Psalm.  We first encountered Melchizedek in Genesis 14: 17-24.  Jesus, as a descendant of Jesus and as the Son of God fulfills this promise of a priestly kingship.  He is king, but He is also the high priest. 

     

    Those who delight in The LORD will study His works.  All that He does is splendid and majestic.  Psalm 111 closes with great advice.  “The fear of The LORD is the beginning of wisdom”.  

     

    Psalm 112 describes how a righteous person acts.  He or she is happy when they fear The LORD.  Light will shine in the darkness for them.  They lend generously and conduct business fairly.  They do not fear and will one day triumph over their foes.  

     

    Psalm 113 sings praises to God for His mercy.  God is mighty, but He is also merciful.  He is worthy of all praise!  He does not merely sit on His throne in heaven.  Instead, God gets involved in the lives of His creation. 

     

    July 5: Psalms 115-118

     

    Psalm 115 discusses the futility of idols.  Idols are made of silver and gold.  They have eyes, but do not see.  They have ears but cannot hear.  Their noses cannot smell.  When people put their trust in these objects, they become like what them.  Instead of placing our trust and hope in man-made objects, we can put our trust in God Almighty.  He is our help and shield.  Let us praise The LORD always!

     

    Psalm 116 gives thanks to God for deliverance.  The psalmist encountered sorrow and trouble, but God saw him through.  God is so good to us, yet we cannot repay Him for all the wonderful things He has done for us.  As His people, our response to The LORD should be praise and adoration. 

     

    Psalm 118 describes the king’s triumphal entry in terms of humiliation and joy.  The king has experienced triumph, but rather than take a look at all he has accomplished, he focuses on what God has accomplished.  God does great and wonderful things in our lives.  Do we recognize Him as the One that has given these things to us.  Or do we credit ourselves or someone else?  My hope and prayer is that we give God the credit He is due.  He is the source of the good things we have in life. 

     

    July 6:  Psalm 119

     

    We only get to read one Psalm today!  Psalm 119 is by far the longest of all the psalms.  It is an acrostic par excellence. The psalm is broken into eight verse sections.  The sections are arranged according to the Hebrew alphabet.  Almost every verse contains one of eight words for God’s revelation.  

     

    In verses 9-16 the young man is not necessarily young.  Instead, the young man is one that lacks wisdom and experience.  The worldly desires easily tempt him.  Verses 89-96 focus on God’s word.  God’s judgment maintains order throughout the universe.  His word is firmly fixed in heaven. Verses 105-112 speaks of God’s word as being a light to our path and a lamp to our feet.  The Hangout recently went to Ridgecrest on a youth camp.  One night for worship we were placed on the balcony.  One problem with the balcony is that there were steps, but there were no lights to show where they were when the lights were down.  We had to feel around and take cautious steps to get to our seats.  If there had been lights at our feet, we could have easily seen where we were going.  God’s word keeps us on the right path.  We can see where we are going when we use His word as our instruction. 

     

    As God’s people, we can trust in Him and delight in God’s word.  It is good for instruction and wisdom! 

     

    July 7: Psalms 120-125

     

    Psalm 120 is a song of ascents.  These psalms were used primarily for pilgrimage processions to celebrate seasonal feasts in Jerusalem.  These psalms reference Jerusalem or Zion, the temple, Israel, peace, and adversity.  Psalm 120 describes the fact that the people are ready for peace, but all around them, their neighbors cry out for war.  

     

    Psalm 121 sings of God’s protection.  Our help comes from The LORD, the maker of heaven and earth.  The One that made the mountains will ensure that our foot does not slip.  Psalm 122 focuses on Jerusalem’s features.  The psalmist rejoices with those that want to go and give worship to God Almighty.  

     

    God is wonderful, amazing, and almighty.  Let us praise Him all the days of our lives.  He is strong to save and delivers His people.  There is no error in Him.  He is perfect in every way.  Let us enter into His house with rejoicing in our hearts and bring our praise.  Let us rejoice because He has made us glad! 


    print out

  • July 7: Psalms 120-125

     

    Psalm 120 is a song of ascents.  These psalms were used primarily for pilgrimage processions to celebrate seasonal feasts in Jerusalem.  These psalms reference Jerusalem or Zion, the temple, Israel, peace, and adversity.  Psalm 120 describes the fact that the people are ready for peace, but all around them, their neighbors cry out for war. 

     

    Psalm 121 sings of God’s protection.  Our help comes from The LORD, the maker of heaven and earth.  The One that made the mountains will ensure that our foot does not slip.  Psalm 122 focuses on Jerusalem’s features.  The psalmist rejoices with those that want to go and give worship to God Almighty. 

     

    God is wonderful, amazing, and almighty.  Let us praise Him all the days of our lives.  He is strong to save and delivers His people.  There is no error in Him.  He is perfect in every way.  Let us enter into His house with rejoicing in our hearts and bring our praise.  Let us rejoice because He has made us glad!

     

    July 8: Psalms 126-132

     

    “Restored the fortunes” in Psalm 126 is referring to the return of the Babylonian exiles to Jerusalem.  The bitterness the people felt at being sent away has been taken away and now their mouths are filled with laughter and joyful praises are shouted. 

     

    Psalm 127 gives the sound advice that our houses should be built on The LORD.  When God builds a house, no one can tear it down.  When we bring God into our household, He shores it up and strengthens the family.  Psalm 128 encourages us to have a reverent fear of The LORD.  This does not mean that we are supposed to live in fear of Him, causing us to hide from Him.  Instead, we should have a healthy level of respect for Him and seek to do His will always.

     

    Psalm 129 speaks of God as the protector of the oppressed.  God has a habit of protecting those that are taken advantage of.  He calls for His people to care for the widow and orphan.  One day He will drive the oppressors into disgrace.

     

    In Psalm 130, the psalmist speaks of God’s forgiveness.  If God did not give us all common grace, we would be struck down at the first moment we sin.  God gives us grace, though.  As believers, we are forgiven of our sins through the atoning work of Christ.  By His wounds, we are healed! 

     

    Psalm 132 remembers when David sought to build a house for The LORD.  It also details God’s covenant with David.  The LORD made an unconditional covenant with David that he would always have a descendant on the throne. 

     

    July 9: Psalms 133- 139

     

    Psalm 133 delights in times of harmony.  It is a great thing when people live together in harmony instead of discord.  The people are called to worship in Psalm 134.  Psalm 135 celebrates God’s goodness and power.  He makes the rain and the lightning.  He is worthy of all praise and adoration.  Yahweh struck down the enemies of Israel.  Unlike the other gods of other nations that are made from silver and gold, God is true and can do wonderful things.

     

    The events of creation through Israel’s conquest of Canaan are recollected in Psalm 136.  Each verse ends with the refrain “His love is eternal”.  Refrain may have been sung by the congregation in response to the priests, similar to the responsive readings churches do today at worship services.

     

    Psalm 137 refers to the rivers of Babylon.  These rivers were canals that ran through the southern plain.  During the exile, the community would assemble and grieve there.  The psalmist laments that they cannot worship since they have no temple and Babylon is unclean.  We are privileged to be able to worship and praise God anywhere.  As believers, we are on foreign soil anyway.  This world is not our home.  As a result, we can give praise no matter where we are.  God has purchased us through His sacrifice.

     

    Psalm 138 speaks of the universality of God.  One day, all kings will bow before God.  Psalm 139 celebrates God’s omniscience and omnipresence.  God is all knowing and all present.  There is nowhere we can go where He is absent.  We cannot flee from His presence.  Even if we go to the darkest corners down to Sheol, God is still there. The psalm closes with a plea that God would lead the psalmist in His ways.

     

    July 10: Psalms 140-145

     

    Psalm 140 uses a battle motif, but the psalmist is speaking of verbal attacks from his enemies.  They stir up trouble against him.  They use their tongues as knives.  The tongue will later be described by James as something that can bring both a blessing and a curse (James 3:3-6).  The psalmist pleads that God would deliver him from these verbal attacks and bring the liar’s words back down on the liar’s head.

     

    In Psalm 141, the psalmist asks that God would protect him from falling into sin.  He asks that The LORD guard his mouth and prevent his heart from turning to anything evil.  The psalmist also asks that God would rebuke him if he does fall into sin.  He asks to be punished when he falls away from God’s commands.  The psalmist knows that the things of the world will not save.  Only God can do that, so he aligns himself with Yahweh.  Do we pray that God would keep us from falling into the snare of sin?  Or do we allow ourselves to fall into sin and then ask for forgiveness? 

     

    Psalms 142 and 143 are cries to The LORD.  142 is a cry of distress while 143 is a cry for help.  The psalmist pours out his complaint before God.  A trap has been hidden along the path of the psalmist, no one stands up for him.  He begs for God’s intervention.  Psalm 143 asks that God would answer him quickly.  His spirit is weak, and he is losing heart.  He knows the only thing that can help is God Almighty!

     

    The psalmist asks what man is that God would care for him and that He would think of him in Psalm 144.  Our days are like passing shadows, but God cares for us.  He takes care of us and gives us what we need.  Our response to this news should be worship for the One that created us. 

     

    Psalm 145 sings of God’s steadfast love and compassion.  He is good to everyone.  He is slow to anger and great in faithful love.  He guards those that love Him, but He destroys the wicked.  Let everything that has breath praise The LORD!

     

    July 11: Psalms 146-150

     

    In Psalm 146, the psalmist encourages us to not trust in nobles.  They may have earthly power, but when they pass on from this world, they will go into the ground and their plans stop.  Not so with God.  He is alive and brings justice for the exploited, makes the blind see, and frustrates the ways of the wicked.

     

    Psalm 147 speaks of the return of the exiles as healing both spiritually and physically.  God is powerful and counts the stars, He gives them names.  God brings the rain and causes the grass to grow.  He gives food to the wild animals.  God is not impressed with worldly strength because there is non mightier and stronger than He is!

     

    The last three psalms call for praises to God.  Psalm 148 calls for creation to give Him praise.  His angels, the sun, moon, and stars praise God.  The LORD created all of these things.  He created all of us.  Our response should be to give Him praise.  We were made to worship.  My hope and prayer is that we all worship God and God alone.  Psalm 149 calls for praise to God because of His triumph and victory.  Psalm 150 closes out the psalms calling for us to praise The LORD with trumpets, harps, and lyres.  God is worthy of all of our praise.  Let everything that has breath praise The LORD!

     

    July 12: Proverbs 1-3

     

    We move onto the Proverbs today.  A long time ago, I got some great advice from a chaplain.  He encouraged me to do a daily devotional with Proverbs.  This book is filled with sound advice and great teaching.  The majority of the proverbs were written by Solomon, an incredibly wise king.  Earlier we read the account of God approaching Solomon asking what he would like now that he was the king.  Rather than ask for riches, health, and long life, Solomon asked for wisdom to lead the people.  God granted his request.

     

    Proverbs one explains why the proverbs were written to begin with.  They are here for instruction and to learn what wisdom and discipline are.  The fear of The LORD is the beginning of wisdom.  It does not matter how much information we have.  It does not matter how much knowledge we have.  Until we have a healthy fear of The LORD, we will not have true wisdom.  In the Information Age, we have a lot of information and knowledge at our fingertips.  Sadly, despite the increase in information, there is a decrease in wisdom. 

     

    Wisdom comes from God.  He gives knowledge and understanding.  Wisdom is worth more than gold and silver.  It allows us to understand righteousness and integrity.  Wisdom prevents us from entering into the snares and traps of wicked people.  It keeps us from defiling ourselves with sin.  We can trust in The LORD with all our hearts and not rely on our own understanding.  Proverbs three recommends that we not think ourselves wise.  I had a sixth grade teacher that was famous for saying “Half of being smart is admitting that you are stupid.”  When we think we are smart, it causes us to think we do not have to learn anymore or question what we are told.  As believers, we can be life long learners, seeking wisdom always.  We also can treat others fairly.  We should walk in an upright manner, going the way of the righteous and steering clear of the wicked.

     

    July 13: Proverbs 4- 6

     

    Proverbs four encourages the reader to listen to a father’s discipline to gain understanding.  Some of us have fathers that were not the best example on how to act.  Others have fathers that were not present.  Still, we can learn something from these examples, like not what to do.  By no means am I saying that is ideal.  However, I am saying that we can learn something from poor examples.  The author continues speaking of wisdom’s virtue.  This proverb also gives a side by side comparison of the wicked life and the righteous life. 

     

    The fifth proverb warns against falling into seduction.  The forbidden woman may speak smoothly, and her words may drip honey, but at the end of it all, she gives nothing but bitterness.  The wormwood mentioned here is a shrub that gives a bitter flavor.  All in all, it is better to avoid such a seductive person.  Instead, we are encouraged to enjoy marriage and maintain our marital vows.  Marital intimacy was meant for marriage, not for just anyone. 

     

    The sixth proverb encourages us to keep from falling into someone’s debt.  It also tells the slacker to look at the ant and how hard it works.  The ant ensures that it has provision during the winter months by gathering in the summer.  Laziness leads to poverty.  This proverb also gives a list of six things The LORD hates.  

     

    July 14: Proverbs 7- 9

     

    We read a story on how sin works in the lives of some people.  In this instance, a young man is wandering the streets and he is approached by a seductive woman.  She says that she has fulfilled her religious vow by making fellowship offerings.  With that “church stuff” out of the way, she feels that she is entitled to sin as much as she likes.  She wants to bring the young man in on her scheme.  God prefers obedience over sacrifice.  The fellowship offerings this woman made mean nothing because there is not a heart of obedience behind it.  Sadly, the young man in question goes along with the scheme, despite her informing him that she has a husband.  God gives us abundant grace.  This proverb gives a stark example of the abuse of grace. 

     

    Proverbs eight personifies wisdom.  Wisdom cries out and lets us know of its appeal.  Wisdom was there when God laid down the foundations of the universe, galaxies, and earth.  Wisdom was there when He made a limit for the sea.  Those who keep wisdom’s ways will be happy all the days of their lives.  The fruit of wisdom is better than silver or gold. 

     

    Proverbs nine speaks of the futility of rebuking a mocker.  When we try to correct a mocker, he will hate us.  Foolish people hate being corrected.  When wise people are corrected, they become wiser still. 


    print out

  • July 14: Proverbs 7- 9

     

    We read a story on how sin works in the lives of some people.  In this instance, a young man is wandering the streets and he is approached by a seductive woman.  She says that she has fulfilled her religious vow by making fellowship offerings.  With that “church stuff” out of the way, she feels that she is entitled to sin as much as she likes.  She wants to bring the young man in on her scheme.  God prefers obedience over sacrifice.  The fellowship offerings this woman made mean nothing because there is not a heart of obedience behind it.  Sadly, the young man in question goes along with the scheme, despite her informing him that she has a husband.  God gives us abundant grace.  This proverb gives a stark example of the abuse of grace.  

     

    Proverbs eight personifies wisdom.  Wisdom cries out and lets us know of its appeal.  Wisdom was there when God laid down the foundations of the universe, galaxies, and earth.  Wisdom was there when He made a limit for the sea.  Those who keep wisdom’s ways will be happy all the days of their lives.  The fruit of wisdom is better than silver or gold.  

     

    Proverbs nine speaks of the futility of rebuking a mocker.  When we try to correct a mocker, he will hate us.  Foolish people hate being corrected.  When wise people are corrected, they become wiser still.  

     

    July 15:  Proverbs 10-12

     

    A person that lives with integrity lives securely and peacefully, but the person that perverts his ways will be found out.  A person that is honest and lives the way he or she should, will have a peaceful life because they have no skeletons in their closet.  They do not have to worry about being found out because they have not been doing anything wrong.  In the event the person with integrity does something wrong, if he or she is honest about it with others, odds are that they will still be trusted by the people around them.  A person with integrity is always honest, regardless of how pleasant the truth is. 

     

    Pride will bring a person to disgrace because a proud person will refuse to ask for help.  Further, a proud person will not admit to a lack of knowledge or how to perform a task.  This leads to ruin because if the proud person does not know what he or she is doing, it is destined to fail.  There is nothing wrong with admitting when we cannot do something.  I was talking to an old chaplain buddy the other day.  He admitted that he was having a rough go of his civilian career and was in the process of moving into something better suited for his skill set.  There is nothing wrong with that.  If he continued his current position, then he would have burnt himself out and the group he was working for would suffer. 

     

    Proverbs 12 asserts that a “wise person conceals knowledge, but a foolish heart publicizes stupidity.”  A wise person knows when to speak and display his or her knowledge.  Further, a smart person does not need to go and explain to other people how smart they are.  Instead, they let others around them figure it out.  When I worked at Afloat Training Group in Norfolk, there was a guy that went onboard the ships to do assessments and he just gave a laundry list of things that he did not like.  I confronted him about it one time saying, “None of that is in the instruction.  Why are you doing that?”  

     

    He responded, “Well, I go on and just give a whole bunch of hits so that they know that I am smarter than them and won’t question me.”  I dare say that this mentality displayed his ignorance on the subject, not his knowledge of it.  

     

    July 16:  Proverbs 13-15

     

    A person that guards his or her speech protects their life.  That does not mean we should be silent.  It does mean we need to think before we speak.  There is a difference between reacting and responding.  When we are given information, we can either react and go with our raw emotion and gut instinct (which can lead to ruin) or we can ponder what we have just received and decide the best way to handle it.  We should take in all the facts before opening our mouths to give our opinions. 

     

    A sensible person watches his or her steps, but an inexperienced person is gullible and believes anything.  As we age, we should get better at discerning information that is given to us.  At some point, we will all be bamboozled by someone.  The trick is to learn from this mistake and be more discerning in our future dealings.  

     

    A gentle word turns away wrath, but a harsh word will stir up anger.  Sometimes we will have people coming at us shouting and screaming about something they are upset about.  What is the best way to respond?  If we match that energy and shout back and treat the person the way we are being treated, we will ensure that there will be an intense argument and no resolution will happen.  

     

     It is better be living a righteous life and little than great treasure with turmoil.  Money will not satisfy us and make our lives longer.  We can buy plenty of things with money, however, it comes with problems.  A rich person is asked how much is enough?  The response is typically, “just one million more.”  However, when that next million comes in, the bar resets.  It’s a vicious cycle.  Money is necessary to living.  However, it is not what is going to fulfill us.  Only God can do that. 

     

    July 17:  Proverbs 16-18

     

    If we look at our motives based on our standards, then they will seem right.  However, our standards are subjective and can change like the wind.  When we measure our motives against God’s, we will see how far off they are.  God is the standard of objective truth.  My prayer is that we use Him as our guide.  

     

    Poor people were created by God, just as He created the well off.  Those that mock the poor insult God.  When people rejoice in calamity, they will be punished.  In our world of social media, it seems like there are many people out there rejoicing over the calamity of others.  My brothers and sisters, as believers, we should not act like that.  When our enemy suffers, we should not delight in it.  When our kids were younger, my kids would sometimes take pleasure in the fact that a sibling got in trouble.  Dania and I imposed punishment on that kind of behavior.  

     

    A person will disengage from others to follow selfish desires.  That person rebels against sound judgment.  When a person commits to sin and follow his or her own way, they tend to go off on their own.  As believers, it is important that we have accountability partners, people we can be blunt with and discuss our issues and struggles with sin.  If you do not have an accountability partner, I highly recommend you get one.  It’s a lot more difficult to follow our own selfish desires when we are bouncing those ideas off another person.  

     

    July 18:  Proverbs 19- 21

     

    One curious thing that I have observed is people will do some silly things that wind up leading to their ruin.  Then, rather than look in the mirror to see where they went wrong, they put the blame for their destitution on someone else.  In many cases, they put that blame on God.  However, if they had followed God’s instructions, they would not have wound up in their current situation.  

     

    A person that gives an answer before listening to the questions shows himself to be a fool.  Admiral Hyman G. Rickover was the father of nuclear power in the Navy.  When it came to interviewing Reactor Officers, he invited the candidate to dinner.  If the candidate tasted the food and then put salt and pepper on it, the interview would continue.  However, if the candidate put salt and pepper on his food before tasting it, he was automatically disqualified.  The admiral continued the meal out of courtesy, but that candidate would not be a nuclear officer.  The reasoning was simple, the candidate assumed he had all the knowledge he needed before making a decision.  The candidate essentially answered the question before the question was asked. 

     

    If someone wants to get into an argument, they can easily get into one.  That would be foolish, though.  It is honorable when a person resolves a dispute. 

     

    A hypocrite brings an offering and God hates it.  The offering is detestable because it is not brought with a contrite heart.  When this offering is brought with the intention to harm others, God despises it even more.  When we bring our offerings to God, my prayer is that they are brought with the right heart.

     

    July 19:  Proverbs 22 & 23

     

    It is better to have a good name than silver and gold.  A person’s name is his or her character and how he or she is remembered when they are dead.  How do we want to be remembered when we have passed on from this world?  As a miserable, but rich person?  Or would we like to be remembered as a person that genuinely cared for others? 

     

    Both proverbs that we read today command the reader not to move ancient boundary markers.  Joshua established the boundaries of the tribes of Israel when Israel entered the Promised Land.  Private property was marked by a pillar or cairn and the property was to be kept in the family forever.  Moving one of these markers was the equivalent of stealing land.  

     

    July 20:  Proverbs 24-26

     

    Wisdom is better than strength.  Strength is a good thing to have, but it only gets a person so far.  Wisdom brought us neat things like pulley systems, hydraulic systems, engines, and other machinery that will do the heavy lifting that we cannot do.  

     

    A wise judge will judge with impartiality.  He or she will not say to the guilty that they are innocent or tell the innocent they are guilty.  Wisdom surpasses feelings and looks at facts.  

     

    Proverbs 25-29 were collected by Hezekiah’s men during his reign.  Hezekiah had been a godly and good king up until later in his life.  He was the one that made the blunder of showing off the treasures of the kingdom and the temple.  

     

    We should not brag in front of nobility or other important people.  If we do, then we run the risk of being demoted on the spot.  Instead, it is better to be silent.  Typically, our actions will speak louder than our words. 

     

    It is not appropriate for a fool to have honor, just as it is not appropriate for snow in the summer.  We should not answer a fool according to his foolishness, otherwise we will stoop to his level and be like him.  We should be careful of engaging in an argument with a fool.  An observer might watch the argument and have a hard time figuring out who the fool is.  

     

    July 21:  Proverbs 27-29

     

    A rebuke from a friend is better than kisses from an enemy.  When someone that cares about us calls us out for our behavior, it is a greater act of love than an enemy heaping praises on us.  A friend is not going to rebuke us to make us feel bad or be cruel.  Instead, they are correcting us to help us out and make us better.  

     

    When someone turns away from the law, his or her prayer becomes detestable.  This proverb speaks to the tendency to only call on God when He is needed for something.  The person walks along and does whatever he or she wants.  There is no regard for God and what He wants as long as things are going well.  Then calamity hits and the person turns to God asking for help.  That is like using God as a magic genie to give us what we want when we want it or when we need it.  The goal of the Christian life is to walk daily with God and grow in our relationship with Him.  God made us so that we could have fellowship with Him.  My prayer is that we all spend some time with The LORD every single day. 

     

    When we get angry, we should not just vent it out.  Instead, we should hold it in check.  There is nothing wrong with getting angry.  However, what we do with that anger may lead us to sin.  We can be angry.  It is a natural emotion.  Unfortunately, it is one of the easiest emotions to display.  Typically, though, behind the anger is another emotion that the anger is covering.  When we get angry, rather than go on a tirade, it is better to simmer on it and figure out what other emotions are behind that anger.  Further, if there is anger about oppression, poverty, homelessness, etc., that anger should drive us to do something to solve the problem.  


    Print out

  • July 21:  Proverbs 27-29

     

    A rebuke from a friend is better than kisses from an enemy.  When someone that cares about us calls us out for our behavior, it is a greater act of love than an enemy heaping praises on us.  A friend is not going to rebuke us to make us feel bad or be cruel.  Instead, they are correcting us to help us out and make us better.  

     

    When someone turns away from the law, his or her prayer becomes detestable.  This proverb speaks to the tendency to only call on God when He is needed for something.  The person walks along and does whatever he or she wants.  There is no regard for God and what He wants as long as things are going well.  Then calamity hits and the person turns to God asking for help.  That is like using God as a magic genie to give us what we want when we want it or when we need it.  The goal of the Christian life is to walk daily with God and grow in our relationship with Him.  God made us so that we could have fellowship with Him.  My prayer is that we all spend some time with The LORD every single day. 

     

    When we get angry, we should not just vent it out.  Instead, we should hold it in check.  There is nothing wrong with getting angry.  However, what we do with that anger may lead us to sin.  We can be angry.  It is a natural emotion.  Unfortunately, it is one of the easiest emotions to display.  Typically, though, behind the anger is another emotion that the anger is covering.  When we get angry, rather than go on a tirade, it is better to simmer on it and figure out what other emotions are behind that anger.  Further, if there is anger about oppression, poverty, homelessness, etc., that anger should drive us to do something to solve the problem.  

     

    July 22:  Proverbs 30-31

     

    These proverbs are directed at specific people, but they have application to everyone.  Agur, the author of Proverbs 30 states that he does not fully grasp God and His awesomeness.  In some ways, his confession here is similar to that of Job.  He does not know how God bound the waters and gathered the wind.  I have spent many years studying The LORD.  The more I learn about Him, the more I understand how little I know.  Of this I am certain, when I draw my final breath and am united with Him, I will suddenly understand it all.  

     

    Proverbs 31 was written by Lemuel, a king.  Lemuel was not a king of Israel or Judah, so he must have been a foreign king that converted to the worship of Yahweh.  This proverb is a collection of wisdom Lemuel received from his mother.  Rather than seeking out self-destructive things, the king should focus on running his kingdom.  A man that finds a capable wife is blessed because she is more precious than any worldly treasure.  I am blessed to have the very capable Dania Wood as my wife.  She is the “brains of the operation” and puts a whole lot of work into running the youth and children’s ministries. 

     

    July 23:  Ecclesiastes 1-4

     

    We move on to Ecclesiastes today.  Solomon is credited as the author of Ecclesiastes.  This book identifies painful truths about life and gives insight into how to live a meaningful life despite the futile nature of everything.  The book starts by speaking of the futility of everything.  People come and go, but the earth remains.  Solomon goes on to write that amassing all of his wealth was still just a pursuit of the wind.  Pleasure also turned out to be futile and empty.  Increasing his achievements and planting vineyards, building a legacy also are vanity, a silly pursuit that does not last.  

     

    Ecclesiastes 3:11 is one of my favorite verses in the Bible.  God has written eternity into our hearts.  We know that we are infinite beings.  We know that we are supposed to go on, but we cannot understand what God is doing from the beginning to the end.  

     

    Solomon also sees wickedness in places it should not be.  There is wickedness in places of righteousness and judgment.  There should be no unfairness in the courts.  However, these systems are all run by fallible human beings.  Some will mess up unintentionally, others will use their power in a wicked way.  God commands that these places be just and fair, but evil hearts will turn from Him to their own ways.  The same thing happens in places of righteousness.  The author also identifies the emptiness and loneliness of wealth.  Solomon sees the need for companionship.  Two are better than one, a cord of three is not easily broken.  

     

    July 24:  Ecclesiastes 5-8

     

    When we go to God, it is better to draw near to Him with obedience than anything else.  Fools come to God and offer sacrifice, but a wise person is obedient.  Some will offer a sacrifice in order to gain something from God.  Others will promise a sacrifice if God gives them what they want.  God is not a genie in a bottle to be broken out in our time of want and need.  As believers it is our responsibility and privilege to follow His commands and obey Him, knowing that He will take care of us.  

     

    Solomon also reminds us not to be surprised by corruption in the authorities.  One official protects another official and they are both protected by folks higher than them.  The author also reminds us that wealth and other good things will not make a person happy.  “God gives a man riches, wealth, and honor so that he lacks nothing of all he desires for himself, but God does not allow him to enjoy them” (Ecclesiastes 6:2).  

     

    It is better for us to have a good name than have the finer things in life.  Our reputation is something that goes before us.  It is better to be known as an upstanding and stalwart person with good character than anything else. 

     

    The text also reminds us that some of the righteous people get what actions of the wicked deserve and there are wicked people that get what the actions of the righteous deserve.  There are wicked people in the world that enjoy long life, health, and wealth.  One day, they will face judgment, just as the righteous will. 

     

    July 25:  Ecclesiastes 9-12

     

    Everyone shares the same fate.  When I was in the Navy, I used to remind the folks I worked with that at the end of the day, we all had one thing in common; one day, we would no longer be in the Navy.  All human beings have one thing in common, one day we will all pass on from this life.  We should strive to enjoy life despite knowing that one day we will die.  As believers, we know that we will pass on from this life and into paradise with Christ.  

     

    A little folly outweighs wisdom and smart decisions just like a fly in a perfume makes the perfume stink.  A person can be making great and wise decisions.  Unfortunately, one mistake can undo the work he or she has done.  In life, we will face setbacks.  Sometimes, we will make poor decisions.  When we make an unwise decision, we can learn from this mistake and prevent ourselves from falling into that trap again.  

     

    Life may come to an end and seem as if it is futile.  However, a life well lived is devoted to God and His glory, seeking His face, and doing His will.  Life is empty without The LORD in it.  If we want to truly enjoy the good life, we can turn to God and live for Him.  

     

    July 26: Song of Songs 1-8

     

    We read the Song of Songs today.  This book celebrates the love Solomon and his bride.  The bride is called Shulamith or the Shulammite.  This book goes through the excitement of courtship, the beauty of the wedding celebration, and the tender friendship and romance between husband and wife.  This book celebrates marriage as God intended it to be.  

     

    The song portrays a perfect love, so it is natural that the songwriter would compare it to the love God has for Israel.  Solomon’s love is like God’s love for Israel and the bride’s love is like a response from God’s people to God.  

     

    Marriages described in this book take a lot of work and effort.  They require both parties to be fully invested in it.  My hope and prayer is that the words of this book will help those of us that are married strengthen our marriage and give unmarried folks an idea of what they should be looking for in their courtship and marriage.  

     

    July 27: Isaiah 1-4

     

    We move on to Isaiah today.  Isaiah was an eighth century B.C. prophet.  There is poetic imagination used through the prophetic visions.  I find that every time I read through this prophecy, something new jumps out at me.  There is a lot to study and learn in Isaiah!  

     

    The book opens with Judah on trial.  God raised them and brought them up, but they have abandoned Him.  The ox knows its owner, a dog knows its master, but Israel does not understand who their Creator and Protector is.  They continue rebelling despite their correction.  As much as I would like to say that the Israelites should have had more sense, there have been plenty of times in my life where I have acted the same way.  Over the course of many years of correction, I learned that obedience to God and submitting to His authority was the way to go.  God is so frustrated with the disobedience from the Israelites that He will not even listen to their prayers.  They are called to repent, wash themselves, care for the widow.  Their sins are like scarlet, but they will be made white like wool.  As believers, our sins are cleansed by Christ’s work on the cross.  His wounds have healed us from our sin, and we are washed whiter than snow.  

     

    In the last days, the people will flock to Jerusalem to be taught God’s ways so that they can walk in His path.  Peace will be established throughout the world.  Weapons of war will be turned into farming equipment.  One day the idols of silver and gold will be thrown into the crevices of the earth.  A day is coming when the lofty and proud will be brought low and the LORD will be exalted.  

     

    God is about to remove the security of Judah.  Their bread and water supply will dwindle.  Youths will lead them and the government will be unstable.  The youth act arrogantly toward the elder and the worthless demeans the honorable.  Judah is a sinful nation.  They are not ashamed of their sin.  Instead, they are proud of it and flaunt it.  God is going to give them over to their desires and ruin.  

     

    Still in all this promised destruction, God delivers a message of hope.  The righteous will surely thrive.  God will give them shelter and refuge.

     

    July 28:  Isaiah 5-8

     

    In chapter 5, God is described as the One that has a vineyard.  He does everything to ensure that the vineyard grows.  Sadly, all He gets is withered grapes.  As a result, God will remove its hedge.  The wall will be pulled down and the land will be trampled.  Judah is guilty of sinfulness.  There are those that call evil good and good evil.  There are those that are wise in their own eyes.  Debauchery and licentiousness are celebrated.  They are coming under judgment. 

     

    Isaiah is called to give God’s message to Judah in the same year that king Uzziah died (also known as Azariah in 2Kings15:1).  He was a good king for the most part and did what was right in God’s sight.  Uzziah died around 740 B.C.  When Isaiah sees The LORD, his response is fear.  He cries “Woe is me for I am ruined!”  He is ruined because he sees his sinfulness in light of God’s holiness.  One of the angels attending The LORD takes a hot coal and touches Isaiah’s lips, making him clean.  God asks, “Who should I send?  Who will go for Us?”

     

    Isaiah responds, “Here I am, send me.”  My hope and prayer is that we will all step up when God calls us.  

     

    During Ahaz’s reign God tells him to ask for a sign from heaven.  Ahaz refuses, stating that he “will not test The LORD.”  It is a good practice not to test God.  However, in this instance, God is telling Ahaz to ask for a sign, so it is not Ahaz testing God.  God says that since the king will not ask for a sign, He will give a sign.  The virgin will conceive, have a Son, and name Him Immanuel.  Jesus Christ, our Lord and Savior, has those attributes.  

     

    God promises the blessing of Messiah, but He also promises the curse of the Assyrian invasion.  Within just a few years, Assyria would crush Damascus and Samaria.  The Assyrians will come up to Judah’s neck, they will not drown. However, they will have to pay tribute to the Assyrians.  Judah will try to set up an alliance with other powerful nations, but the only true refuge will be turning to God Almighty.  


    Print Out

  • July 28:  Isaiah 5-8

     

    In chapter 5, God is described as the One that has a vineyard.  He does everything to ensure that the vineyard grows.  Sadly, all He gets is withered grapes.  As a result, God will remove its hedge.  The wall will be pulled down and the land will be trampled.  Judah is guilty of sinfulness.  There are those that call evil good and good evil.  There are those that are wise in their own eyes.  Debauchery and licentiousness are celebrated.  They are coming under judgment. 

     

    Isaiah is called to give God’s message to Judah in the same year that king Uzziah died (also known as Azariah in 2Kings15:1).  He was a good king for the most part and did what was right in God’s sight.  Uzziah died around 740 B.C.  When Isaiah sees The LORD, his response is fear.  He cries “Woe is me for I am ruined!”  He is ruined because he sees his sinfulness in light of God’s holiness.  One of the angels attending The LORD takes a hot coal and touches Isaiah’s lips, making him clean.  God asks, “Who should I send?  Who will go for Us?”

     

    Isaiah responds, “Here I am, send me.”  My hope and prayer is that we will all step up when God calls us.  

     

    During Ahaz’s reign God tells him to ask for a sign from heaven.  Ahaz refuses, stating that he “will not test The LORD.”  It is a good practice not to test God.  However, in this instance, God is telling Ahaz to ask for a sign, so it is not Ahaz testing God.  God says that since the king will not ask for a sign, He will give a sign.  The virgin will conceive, have a Son, and name Him Immanuel.  Jesus Christ, our Lord and Savior, has those attributes.  

     

    God promises the blessing of Messiah, but He also promises the curse of the Assyrian invasion.  Within just a few years, Assyria would crush Damascus and Samaria.  The Assyrians will come up to Judah’s neck, they will not drown.  However, they will have to pay tribute to the Assyrians.  Judah will try to set up an alliance with other powerful nations, but the only true refuge will be turning to God Almighty.  

     

    July 29:  Isaiah 9-12

     

    God promises that a Child will be born, a Son who will have the government on His shoulders.  He is the Prince of Peace, Wonderful Counselor, Mighty God, Eternal Father.  Though God gives this promise that there will one day be peace for the Israelites, He also promises total judgment on the nation.  The first Assyrian invasion in 733 B.C. did not snap Israel back to their senses.  Instead, they continued in their sin.  More judgment comes to them in 722 B.C. because of their unfaithfulness to God.  The “head and tail, palm branch and reed” in verse 14 refers to totality. 

     

    There are those in Jerusalem that take advantage of the poor and oppressed.  Rather than use their power to help these people and take care of them, they exploit them.  Woe to them that would further oppress the oppressed!  The Lord is going to use Assyria to mete out His judgment on Israel.  When He is done with them, He will then punish Assyria.  The remnant that is taken away will return to their homeland.  

    While David was king, God established His covenant that David would always have an heir on the throne.  In chapter 11, God expresses His commitment to that covenant.  Jesus traces his lineage back to David.  He continues to reign forever and ever. 

     

    One day the Israelites will sing a song of praise for God’s deliverance from their enemies.  Though God has been angry with them, He will turn His anger from them and have compassion toward them. 

     

    July 30: Isaiah 13-17

     

    The reading today opens with a war oracle, a declaration of war, against Babylon.  This is significant because at the time of this prophecy, Babylon was not a major nation on the world scene.  However, Babylon will grow in stature over time, and will go against Judah, sending them into exile beginning in 598 B.C. Isaiah uses the theme of a woman in labor.  This conjures a graphic image of the pain and distress felt by God’s warring power against them.  

     

    Despite this promise that the Israelites will be exiled, God promises that they will return to their land.  Babylon will fall and the people of Judah will be freed from their oppressor.  God also promises deliverance from the Assyrians.  

     

    Oracles are then pronounced against Israel’s neighbors.  Philistia is the first in the series of oracles.  Philistia occupied part of the promised land.  Saul and David both waged war against this nation during their reign.  They are warned that even though their enemy (Assyria) is weak, it is not destroyed.  Under Sennacherib, the Assyrians have a resurgence in their strength.

     

    The next oracle is against Moab.  Moab and Israel have a long history of conflict recorded in the Bible, the Moabite stone, and other texts.  Moab’s origin goes back to the incestuous relationship Lot had with his daughter after Sodom and Gomorrah were destroyed.  The land will no longer be able to sustain them.  The wealthy will flee, carrying their wealth over the “Wadi of the Willows”, most likely referencing the Zered river, which separates Moab from Edom in the south. 

     

    Damascus is the next on the list.  The future destruction will be so bad that the people turn from their worship of Asherah and worship God Almighty.  

     

    July 31: Isaiah 18-22

     

    Cush was well known for its bugs, hence the reference to the buzzing insect wings.  The text indicates hectic diplomatic activity, but the diplomacy fails.  An army gathers for battle.  The upcoming judgment from God is compared to pruning a grapevine before the grapes are ripe.  

     

    God will execute judgment against Egypt via a civil war.  It will be brother against brother, city against city.  Judah will terrify Egypt whenever their name is mentioned.  The Egyptians will cry out to The LORD for deliverance from their oppressor.  They will make sacrifices and offerings to Him.  

     

    The events of chapter 20 verse 1 describe the events between 713 BC and 711 BC.  Sargon II attacked the Philistine city of Ashdod after its king revolted.  God commands Isaiah to perform a symbolic action to express this oracle.  Isaiah is to remove his sackcloth, a symbol of mourning, and run around naked, to symbolize the coming humiliation and destitution of Egypt.  

     

    Another judgment is pronounced against Babylon and an oracle is declared against Dumah. Dumah was an oasis in Arabia that controlled the trade routes.  It was invaded in the eighth century by Assyria and was an ally with Babylon. The Hebrew word “dumah” means “silence”. 

     

    An oracle is announced against Jerusalem.  The people are jubilant that the enemy departed.  However, Isaiah does not share in the joy that the other inhabitants did.  People still died despite the fact that the enemy withdrew.   

     

    August 1: Isaiah 23-27

     

    We read the oracle against Tyre.  Tyre was the southernmost major city in Phoenicia.  It controlled the sea trade and had a lot of money in it as a result.  It was an island city so it was easily protected.  Yet, it will be destroyed.  It is difficult to identify what date this piece of Scripture is referring to.  It could point to the Assyrian attempts to take the city in the eighth and seventh centuries BC.  It could also refer to Nebuchadnezzar’s attack in the sixth century BC.  It could also refer to the final destruction of Tyre by Alexander the Great in 322 BC.  

     

    It is not just these cities that will experience God’s judgment.  The entire earth will be judged.  Regardless of social standing, every person will be judged.  People and priest, servant and master, lender and borrower, it does not matter, no one can escape the judgment coming.  Though we develop hierarchies in our human systems, God does not separate us in such a way.  We are all sinful and in need of His forgiveness. 

     

    Things will grow dark and dim.  Things will become terrible.  However, God’s glory will be displayed.  The nations will praise His name.  They will exalt Him, proclaiming that He has accomplished wonders and faithfully delivered on His promises.  

     

    Judah will sing a song of praise on that day.  They sing praise because God has brought the lofty down low.  He has made the proud humble.  God’s pathway is straight and level.  His path is right.  They pledge to follow Him and do His will. 

     

    Chapter 27 opens with the slaying of Leviathan.  Leviathan was well known in ancient Canaanite mythology.  It is a sea monster that represents chaos and evil.  One day, order will be established and evil will be destroyed.  

     

    August 2: Isaiah 28-30

     

    Isaiah 28 opens with a woe against Ephraim.  Ephraim was a major tribe in the northern kingdom of Israel.   This woe marks the beginning of a funeral procession for Israel.  The kingdom is as good as dead.  The crown jewel of the city will be trampled, its splendor will fall, but one day God Himself will become the “crown of beauty” for the remnant.  He will be the joy of the righteous that survive the upcoming punishments.  I think that sometimes we can forget that the faithful folks in Judah and Israel also had to go through the punishment the nations were going through.  Most people in those nations had turned from God, but some were faithful.  The faithful were in the minority, but they were still there. 

     

    Isaiah 29 turns the attention to Jerusalem.  Another woe is pronounced against this city.  Ariel stands for Jerusalem.  God is going to turn Jerusalem into an Ariel, and altar hearth, indicating that He will destroy this city by fire.  The oracle quickly turns from the theme of destruction to restoration of the city in vv:5-8.  Then it moves to discussing the spiritual hardness of the people.  The people have hard hearts.  They worship, but there is no heart in it.  They are just going through the motions.  When we come to worship The LORD, my prayer is that we BRING IT!  God deserves our full and complete worship, not just rote motions.  I pray that we worship God fully with all our hearts, minds, bodies and souls! 

     

    Isaiah 30 speaks against the alliance with Egypt the people are trying to form.  The issue here is that these folks are looking to another country to protect them from their enemies, rather than putting their faith in God to protect them. Through the history of the Israelites, God delivered them from their enemies many times, even though they were vastly outnumbered.  Rather than look to their history and see where God showed up to protect them, they put their faith in other people.  People and systems will fail.  God does not.  As believers, we should put our faith in Him and trust Him to pull us through.  God is not our last hope, He is our only hope!

     

    August 3: Isaiah 31-35

     

    Our reading opens with a call for the people to come back to God.  Woe to them that depend on horses and chariots!  The rebellious people are called to return to God Almighty.  They are assured that Assyria will fall, but it will be by God’s hand, not a worldly power.  Today we might not put our faith in other countries for security, but do we put that trust into something else?  Do we put our trust in money?  In our material possessions?  As believers our trust should be in God and God alone.

     

    A future righteous king is pronounced in chapter 32.  There is debate in the scholarly world about whether this prophecy points to the Messiah or if it describes an historical king like Hezekiah or Josiah.  Hezekiah and Josiah were both good kings that did what was right in God’s sight.  Either way, the prophecy points to the future with just and upright leadership for the people.  

     

    Another woe is announced against a betrayer.  The betrayer will be destroyed.  The riches will be gathered by others and carried away.  Israel’s abilities are insufficient to protect themselves from this betrayer, but God will rise up and protect them.  

     

    God calls all the nations to hear Him.  God is not just the God of the Israelites, but God of everyone.  God’s anger is directed at the armies of nations.  Though He has used them to execute His judgment, the armies remain in their own self-interest.  This selfishness will lead to their destruction.  Attention is then turned to the punishment reserved for Edom.  Edom had a history of taking advantage of Israel. 

     

    In all this promised destruction, God also promises that the remnant will return.  God proclaims a time when the redeemed will return.  They will sing praises in Zion.  Joy and gladness will overtake them, and sadness will flee!

     

    August 4: Isaiah 36-41

     

    In Hezekiah’s fourteenth year as king, the king of Assyria attacked the fortified cities of Judah.  These events are also catalogued in 2Kings 18 and 2 Chronicles 32.  Sennacherib, the king of Assyria, sent the Rabshakeh to speak with Hezekiah.  The Rabshakeh delivers a speech with the intention of getting Hezekiah to surrender.  The first thing the Rabshakeh calls into question is whether Judah was ready militarily to fight against Assyria.  He warns the people not to listen to Hezekiah and warns of a time when they will eat some terrible things to survive.  The Rabshakeh also asks the people whether God will deliver them from the army considering all the other gods did not save the other nations.  The people are smart and remain silent at the line of questioning. 

     

    Hezekiah puts on sackcloth and goes to God’s temple.  This is the proper response to the crisis.  Rather than consult the Egyptians or anyone else, Hezekiah goes to consult with The LORD.  Hezekiah prays to God for help.  God responds, promising a future where things are better for God’s people.  

     

    Sennacherib is defeated and he dies.  Shortly after, Hezekiah contracts a terminal illness.  Isaiah brings him news that he needs to put his affairs in order because he is about to die.  Hezekiah responds by crying to The LORD.  God grants Hezekiah another 15 years.  

     

    Visitors from Babylon come to Judah.  Hezekiah shows them everything in the treasury.  There is nothing that he withholds from them.  Isaiah asks him about what he has done.  Isaiah then confirms that a time is coming when the kingdom will be destroyed because of what he has done.  Hezekiah is promised that the kingdom will remain as long as he lives.  Hezekiah proclaims that the future destruction is good news since there will be peace as long as he lives.  That is a very selfish take.  Hezekiah is not looking to the future beyond himself.  

     

    God again proclaims words of comfort for the people.  Every valley will be lifted up, every mountain and hill will be leveled.  The uneven ground will be smoothed out.  A time is coming when all will be well! 

     

    Our reading today closes with God challenging the false gods of the other nations.  Let them come and tell of future events.  They cannot, of course, and God proclaims that they are worthless.  They are nonexistent.  


    print out

  • August 4: Isaiah 36-41

     

    In Hezekiah’s fourteenth year as king, the king of Assyria attacked the fortified cities of Judah.  These events are also catalogued in 2Kings 18 and 2 Chronicles 32.  Sennacherib, the king of Assyria, sent the Rabshakeh to speak with Hezekiah.  The Rabshakeh delivers a speech with the intention of getting Hezekiah to surrender.  The first thing the Rabshakeh calls into question is whether Judah was ready militarily to fight against Assyria.  He warns the people not to listen to Hezekiah and warns of a time when they will eat some terrible things to survive.  The Rabshakeh also asks the people whether God will deliver them from the army considering all the other gods did not save the other nations.  The people are smart and remain silent at the line of questioning. 

     

    Hezekiah puts on sackcloth and goes to God’s temple.  This is the proper response to the crisis.  Rather than consult the Egyptians or anyone else, Hezekiah goes to consult with The LORD.  Hezekiah prays to God for help.  God responds, promising a future where things are better for God’s people.  

     

    Sennacherib is defeated and he dies.  Shortly after, Hezekiah contracts a terminal illness.  Isaiah brings him news that he needs to put his affairs in order because he is about to die.  Hezekiah responds by crying to The LORD.  God grants Hezekiah another 15 years.  

     

    Visitors from Babylon come to Judah.  Hezekiah shows them everything in the treasury.  There is nothing that he withholds from them.  Isaiah asks him about what he has done.  Isaiah then confirms that a time is coming when the kingdom will be destroyed because of what he has done.  Hezekiah is promised that the kingdom will remain as long as he lives.  Hezekiah proclaims that the future destruction is good news since there will be peace as long as he lives.  That is a very selfish take.  Hezekiah is not looking to the future beyond himself.  

     

    God again proclaims words of comfort for the people.  Every valley will be lifted up, every mountain and hill will be leveled.  The uneven ground will be smoothed out.  A time is coming when all will be well! 

     

    Our reading today closes with God challenging the false gods of the other nations.  Let them come and tell of future events.  They cannot, of course, and God proclaims that they are worthless.  They are nonexistent.  

     

    August 5: Isaiah 42-44

     

    Isaiah 42 is a song about the Servant of The Lord.  There is debate in some scholarly circles as to who the Servant is.  However, in the New Testament Matthew 12:15-21 uses this Scripture to describe Jesus.  We can identify attributes of Jesus throughout this song.  He is the Chosen One, God delights in Him.  God has His Spirit on Him.  He brings justice to the nations.  The Servant does not cry out in the streets or make His voice heard.  That certainly does describe our Lord.  He was not ostentatious in His presentation of His message.  He was not obnoxious in presenting His word or accomplishing His task.  The song later shifts to speaking of God’s servant Israel.  The nation itself had become deaf and blind, like the idols they have been worshiping.  Though they have eyes, they cannot see.  Their ears cannot hear.  The nation cannot understand and follow God’s guidance because of this spiritual disability.  God’s wrath will be poured out on them.  They will be turned over to the robbers and the plunderers.  

     

    Still, God loves them so much and finds them so precious, that He will pay a hefty ransom to get them back.  All of His people will be gathered from throughout the world, they will come from north, south, east, and west after the exile.  The people will be restored. 

     

    Isaiah 44 is addressed to God’s servant Jacob, the nation of Israel.  He chose them out of all the nations to be His servant.  God reminds them that He is the only God.  He is the first and the last.  Again, God puts the idols and false gods on trial, challenging them to prophesy.  They do not know anything; they cannot profit anyone.  A person works the iron and makes an idol, bowing down to it as if it was the creator.  A person takes some wood.  With part of the wood, he builds a house, with another portion he uses it as fuel.  Still with another portion, he takes it and carves a god for himself out of it.  This wood is not special, it has no heavenly qualities about it, if it did, then the person would not have used it for construction and fire.  The point of this text is to show us how futile idolatry is.  A person makes an image and then gives credit to the image for making mankind.  They give credit to their creation to the thing they created!  

     

    As believers, we know that God made us.  He made us, we did not make Him!   

     

    August 6:  Isaiah 45-48

     

    God speaks to Cyrus and tells how He plans to use him.  Cyrus is not an Israelite, but God will use him as His agent do to His will.  One amazing thing about this bit of Scripture is that it was written 140 years before Cyrus was on the world stage.  Cyrus rises up and defeats the Babylonians, Medes, and Lydians.  God uses Cyrus to return His people.  God has control and can use whoever and whatever He wants to fulfill His will.  God has used other nations to judge His people, now He will use another nation to return His people from the exile.  

     

    “Woe to the one who argues with his Maker”.  When a potter makes a pot, the pot does not look at his creator and ask what he is doing.  It also does not claim that the potter has no hands to fashion it.  When a person questions God about what He is doing or claims He has no power, they are guilty of the same thing.  

     

    Isaiah 46 names Bel (meaning lord), most likely referring to Marduk, the chief god of Babylon.  Nebo is the Hebrew name for Nabu.  Nabu was Marduk’s son.  Nabu was the god of wisdom and scribes.  Even though these gods are worshiped by the people, they are a burden, and they must be carried on carts to move from one place to another.  Not so with Yahweh.  He is not a burden and moves about freely.  No other god is like Him.  He is the Living God, the One True God.  

     

    Babylon’s fall is announced.  Though the nation becomes great and is feared, she will one day fall.  To sit in the dust was a sign of humiliation.  Babylon fell in 539 B.C. God declares these future events to them so that they cannot claim that an idol had done it.  He does this because He knows that they are stubborn and stiff necked.  They did not pay attention to God and so they lost their peace.  God calls the Israelites to leave Babylon.  They are to flee from them and proclaim that God had delivered them.  At the end of the exile, many of the Israelites return home.  However, some Israelites decided to remain in Babylon and immerse themselves in the Babylonian culture.  They choose the way of the world over the way of God.  My prayer is that we do the exact opposite and follow Him before anything else. 

     

    August 7:  Isaiah 49-53

     

    The Hebrew for coastlands in Isaiah 49 can also be translated as islands.  The distant nations and the islands are called to listen. The servant Israel was supposed to glorify and honor God.  They were supposed to wage war with the chaos of the world.  However, they do not do what God had expected of them.  Verse five refers to the Servant that will bring God’s people back to Him.  Jesus is the One that restores our relationship with God.  He came to bring Israel back to God Almighty.  However, Jesus did not die just for the nation of Israel.  He died for all nations so that they could be restored to Him.  

     

    Isaiah 50 declares that God sent His people away because of their sins.  However, He continued to be their father.  He did not give them over to adoption, He did not divorce their mother.  He put them away from Him because of the sins they committed against Him.  They are still His children despite how they have treated Him.  

     

    Isaiah 51 again promises salvation to the coastlands and distant nations.  God had called Israel out from all of the other nations.  They were supposed to be a blessing to the other nations and show them how to follow God.  God is not just the God of Israel.  He is the God of all!  The prisoner will be set free, he will not go to the pit, he will not lack food.  God will deliver!  

     

    Zion is pictured as being freed from bondage in Isaiah 52.  Israel will rise from the dust and take her seat, signifying a transition from a dusty captive to a dignified queen.  This prophecy speaks from the perspective of the Babylonian captivity, as if it is already happening.  God has pronounced that this exile to Babylon will happen.  One thing we can be sure of is that if God promises it, we can expect it.  When He says He is going to do something, He surely will.  

     

    Isaiah 53 gives us an idea of what the Servant of the Lord looked like.  He did not have an impressive form.  He did not have a majesty that would draw people to look at Him.  He did not have an appearance that made people desire Him.  God did not come to earth as some super handsome and wealthy king.  Instead, He came in a lowly fashion to do His work of salvation.  

     

    August 8:  Isaiah 54-58

     

    In the Ancient Near East, a childless woman was the object of scorn and shame.  Their time of shame is coming to an end, their sadness will end, and they will experience joy.  Israel will grow and there will be so many people that its boundaries will stretch.  Their society will thrive.  God had deserted them for a brief moment, but He has compassion on them and will not be angry with them or rebuke them.  A time of rebuilding is coming.  Sometimes our lives will get very dark and chaotic.  As believers, we know that God is walking us through these trials and dark times, leading us to something better.  

    Isaiah 55 opens with an invitation for all of God’s people to experience His forgiveness.  He will not only give water to His people, but He will also give milk and wine.  Both milk and wine represent spiritual and physical nourishment for the believer.  God not only provides for us spiritually, but physically as well.  The call for repentance is urgent.  They are called to turn form their sinful thoughts and deeds to God’s thoughts and deeds.  God does not have impure and sinful thoughts.   His ways are better than ours.  A fulfilling life seeks Him and His will.  

     

    “No foreigner who has joined himself to the LORD should say, ‘The LORD will exclude me from His people’; and the eunuch should not say, ‘Look, I am a dried up tree.’” (Isaiah 56:3).  This speaks to how inclusive God is.  God does not turn people away from Him.  Sadly, people turn God away from them to chase down the things of the world.  God is not just the God that saves the Israelites, but He saves all of those that put their trust in Him. 

     

    The false gods of the pagan religions are called to account.  They are asked who they are mocking and sticking their tongue out at.  They are a group of liars.  Yet, the Israelites have poured out their drink offerings to them.  When they cry out, they can cry out to these false gods for salvation and redemption.  They will be carried off by the wind, but whoever finds refuge in The LORD will be secure.  

     

    God tells Isaiah to make a loud and bold proclamation to let the Israelites know of their sin.  The people appear pious, but it is only on the surface.  They are like the white washed tombs that Jesus talks about in Matthew 23:27.  They are nice and shiny on the outside, but inside there is death and decay.  The people had fasted, but God did not pay attention to their fasting since it was done in the wrong mindset.  God tells them what He finds to be appropriate fasting.  We fast to undo the chains of wickedness, to set the oppressed free, to share our bread with those that hunger, to bring the poor and homeless to our homes, and clothe the naked.

     

    August 9:  Isaiah 59-63

     

    God is strong to save.  He can forgive any sin.  No one is too far gone to receive His forgiveness.  The problem is that even though God can forgive, the sin in people’s lives builds barriers between them and Him.  These sins make Him hide His face from them.  Still, the sins make the people try to hide their faces from Him.  If we want to overcome our sin, we have to face it head on and take it to God, asking for forgiveness for the sins we commit.  It is not pleasant, but over time, our relationship will grow in Him and it will get easier.  When my kids mess up, I would much rathe them come to me and tell me instead of hiding it.  When an honest mistake is made and he or she owns up to it right away, it shows a relationship and a trust between the two of us.  That is how we should approach God when we confess our sins.  As a child going to a loving father asking for forgiveness.  

     

    Though the majority of the people were turning from God, there was a righteous remnant among them.  They asked for the light in Isaiah 59:9.  Now, God promises that they will have that light.  The glory of The LORD shines over them.  They will have the finer things in life.  Their bronze will be replaced with gold.  Their iron is replaced with silver.  Their wood is replaced with bronze.  God will restore peace throughout the land and there will be an end to suffering. 

     

    There is debate on who the speaker is in Isaiah 61.  The speaker identifies Himself as having the 

    Spirit, pointing to a connection with the Servant in Isaiah 42.  The first three verses of Isaiah 61 use the language of anointing, pointing to the Messiah.  As a result, the overwhelming conclusion is that the speaker in this chapter is Christ.  The Servant brings good news to the poor and heals the brokenhearted.  The LORD loves justice and will faithfully reward His people with a covenant. God will fix the injustices of the world.  He will right wrongs.  He will cause praise and righteousness to spring up all over the earth!

     

    Israel, though she was brought low, will one day enjoy an elevated position.  She will no longer be known as Deserted or Desolate.  Instead, she will be called My Delight.  

     

    Isaiah 63 describes God as a warrior, headed to battle.  The watchman asks who is coming from Edom.  God responds that it is Him.  He has waged war against the nations that have exploited God’s people over the years.  The watchman asks why God’s clothes are red.  God responds that it was He that tread on their enemies as one treads on grapes in the wine press. 

     

    August 10:  Isaiah 64-66

     

    Isaiah prays that God would come down from heaven so that the mountains would quake.  He wants God’s presence known throughout the lands.  Isaiah reminisces about the times that God came down and did awesome works.  He rightfully confesses that Israel has sinned and asks what they can do to be saved if they remain in their sins.  They are unclean and even their good works are like filthy rags before the Most High God.  Isaiah submits to God, saying that God is their Father, they are the clay and He is the potter. 

     

    God responds to Isaiah’s prayer.  He responds that He was sought by those who did not ask.  The Israelites should have been seeking Him out, but it was others that searched for Him.  God spread out His hands constantly to the rebellious people, but they remained on the wrong path.  However, God will have mercy on them because there are some good people among the unrighteous.  God promises to create a new heaven and a new earth one day.  The past will no longer be remembered or come to mind.  

     

    Heaven is God’s throne.  There is nothing that can contain Him.  He is not confined to the temple.  He is not confined to a church building.  God is everywhere! He is the creator of heaven and earth.  He will make peace flow like a river. 

     

    Isaiah ends with one last description of what will happen to the wicked.  The point of this dark closing was to drive people to God and redemption rather than remaining in their sin. 

     

    August 11:  Jeremiah 1-3

     

    We are on to Jeremiah.  Jeremiah has two distinctions amongst the other Prophetic Books.  It is the longest and Jeremiah’s life is more fully described than the other prophets.  Jeremiah spans the timeframe of 640 to 580 B.C.  

     

    In the 13th year of King Josiah’s reign, The LORD speaks to Jeremiah.  Jeremiah was the mouthpiece, but it was God that was speaking through him.  God calls to him, informing Jeremiah that He has known Jeremiah since before he was formed in the womb.  God is omniscient.  He is all knowing.  Further, He has foreknowledge, which means that He knows everything that will ever happen.  Nothing catches Him by surprise.  Just as The LORD knew Jeremiah since before his beginning, He also knew us before we were created.  

     

    God gives Jeremiah two visions.  In the first vision, Jeremiah sees an almond branch.  In Israel, one of the first trees to blossom is the almond tree, blossoming early in the spring.  This vision signifies the coming of the fruitful season.  

     

    The next vision is a boiling pot tilted toward the south.  The pot spills with the contents flowing from north to south.  This is the direction in which the enemies of Israel will invade Israel.  The northern kingdom will be the first to fall and Judah will fall shortly after.  The people are being judged because they have been burning incense to other gods.  This violated God’s covenant with the people.  God gives Jeremiah three commands.  He is to stand up, tell them everything He tells them to, and not be intimidated by them.  As believers, are we intimidated by the world?  

     

    The LORD recounts the time of Israel’s faithfulness.  For a while they worshiped Him as they were directed.  They came with spirit and fervor to worship Him and bring their offerings.  Over time, their love and dedication to Him began to wane until they had fallen into apostasy.  They abandoned God for things that were pleasing to the eye.  God asks why the people bring a case against Him since they are the ones that left Him.  

     

    God compares the people to an unfaithful bride.  If a woman divorces her husband and goes after another, can the first husband return to her?  The people have joined with many partners and abandoned God Almighty.  The people have prostituted themselves and they have not returned to Him.  Judah pretended to return to God, but it was only as an outward show, there was never any repentance in them.  We cannot fake anything with God.  He knows our hearts better than we do.  It is best to come to Him with genuine repentance, not outward piety. 


    Print out

  • August 11:  Jeremiah 1-3

     

    We are on to Jeremiah.  Jeremiah has two distinctions amongst the other Prophetic Books.  It is the longest and Jeremiah’s life is more fully described than the other prophets.  Jeremiah spans the timeframe of 640 to 580 B.C.  

     

    In the 13th year of King Josiah’s reign, The LORD speaks to Jeremiah.  Jeremiah was the mouthpiece, but it was God that was speaking through him.  God calls to him, informing Jeremiah that He has known Jeremiah since before he was formed in the womb.  God is omniscient.  He is all knowing.  Further, He has foreknowledge, which means that He knows everything that will ever happen.  Nothing catches Him by surprise.  Just as The LORD knew Jeremiah since before his beginning, He also knew us before we were created.  

     

    God gives Jeremiah two visions.  In the first vision, Jeremiah sees an almond branch.  In Israel, one of the first trees to blossom is the almond tree, blossoming early in the spring.  This vision signifies the coming of the fruitful season.  

     

    The next vision is a boiling pot tilted toward the south.  The pot spills with the contents flowing from north to south.  This is the direction in which the enemies of Israel will invade Israel.  The northern kingdom will be the first to fall and Judah will fall shortly after.  The people are being judged because they have been burning incense to other gods.  This violated God’s covenant with the people.  God gives Jeremiah three commands.  He is to stand up, tell them everything He tells them to, and not be intimidated by them.  As believers, are we intimidated by the world?  

     

    The LORD recounts the time of Israel’s faithfulness.  For a while they worshiped Him as they were directed.  They came with spirit and fervor to worship Him and bring their offerings.  Over time, their love and dedication to Him began to wane until they had fallen into apostasy.  They abandoned God for things that were pleasing to the eye.  God asks why the people bring a case against Him since they are the ones that left Him.  

     

    God compares the people to an unfaithful bride.  If a woman divorces her husband and goes after another, can the first husband return to her?  The people have joined with many partners and abandoned God Almighty.  The people have prostituted themselves and they have not returned to Him.  Judah pretended to return to God, but it was only as an outward show, there was never any repentance in them.  We cannot fake anything with God.  He knows our hearts better than we do.  It is best to come to Him with genuine repentance, not outward piety. 

     

    August 12: Jeremiah 4-6

     

    The people’s cry of repentance is answered by God.  He assures them that if they genuinely repent and turn from their ways, they will be blessed.  Unfortunately, they have not truly repented at this point.  Though they say they are sorry, they are not truly sorry.  These things still happen today.  God is looking for genuine repentance from His people. When that happens, the blessings will pour out.  

    Jeremiah 4:10 is one of the most controversial verses in this prophecy.  On the surface, it seems like Jeremiah is accusing God of deceiving the people.  James 1:13 explains that God does not do that.  He does not lead people into temptation. The people had been misled and deceived by false prophets guaranteeing peace.  God did not intervene and allowed it to happen.  Please note that He Himself did not deceive the people.  Jeremiah feels justified in asking the question since he knows that God does not deceive.  The people were taken in by false prophets, giving them a sense of security that was not there.  They did not want to hear the unpleasant truth from Jeremiah.  They only wanted to hear good things and promises of blessings, that is why they allowed themselves to be taken in.  Do we do the same thing today?  Are there unpleasant truths we try to hide ourselves from?  With the advent of all the various communication devices, it is easy for a person to get stuck in an echo chamber where he or she only hears what they want to hear. 

     

    There are so few righteous in Jerusalem, that God will not spare the city.  “Finding one person” is hyperbole since Jeremiah and his scribe Baruch would count as at least two righteous people.  The fact is that the righteous are severely outnumbered by the people chasing after their own ways and following other gods.  God is understandably upset.  He had taken care of them and given them all they needed.  As repayment, they cut themselves in Canaanite cultic practices. They were not giving credit to the One that had given abundantly, they were giving thanks to false gods.  On a lesser scale, if I ask for $10 from my buddy Alex and he says “no”, but when I ask my buddy Jim for $10 and he gives it freely, would I go and thank Alex for what Jim has done? 

     

    The city will fall, there is nothing but evil that pours out of her, like water from a spring.  God’s wrath is coming for these people.  A cruel nation from the north will invade and show them no mercy.  The people are called to put on sackcloth, roll around in the dust, and mourn in response to this devastating news.    

     

    August 13: Jeremiah 7-9

     

    The people of Jerusalem had a false sense of security because the temple was in the city.  They thought that as long as the temple was still there, then everything was going to be fine.  They spent the week worshipping Baal and doing other detestable things, then they would show up on the Sabbath and claim that they have been delivered by God.  God calls them to get right with Him to change their ways, and to stop oppressing the fatherless, shedding innocent blood, following false gods, and bringing harm on themselves.  Their trust was in the wrong thing.  They thought it was okay to live like the rest of the world Sunday through Friday and then act holy when they went into the temple on Saturday.  Can we fall into that trap today?  Can we act like the rest of the world six days out of the week, then put a Christian persona on and go worship The LORD on Sunday?  God wants us to be His people 24 hours a day seven days a week.  I pray that we are. 

     

    A time is coming when all of the leaders will be put to shame.  The bones of the kings of Judah, officials, priests, and residents will be brought out of the graves.  They will be uncovered.  The leaders of Jerusalem claim wisdom, but they have no fear of The LORD and rejected His teaching, so how can they be wise?  Despite all of the warnings, the people remain unrepentant.  

    No one can trust the other.  Brother deceives brother and friends betray each other.  God declares that He will refine them.  When dealing with metals, the refining process takes a lot of heat.  The idea is to melt out the impurities.  God will refine His people, getting rid of their impurities.  Even though the people of Judah have been circumcised, it is merely an outward symbol.  God considers them uncircumcised because of their behavior.  

     

    August 14: Jeremiah 10-13

     

    God again speaks of the silliness of idolatry.  A person cuts down a tree.  A craftsman works it with a chisel and decorates it and somehow it becomes a god.  It is just like a scarecrow in the field.  It cannot move, it cannot speak, it simply sits there.  Since they cannot do anything, the people have no need to fear these false gods.  Instead, they should fear God Almighty, the maker of heaven and earth.  This idolatry will lead to a siege against the city.  The siege will bring exile to the people.  Jeremiah receives this news and is devastated.  This news moves him to mourning.  The people remain committed to their sin. 

     

    The LORD tells Jeremiah to make a proclamation against the people.  God had delivered them from Egypt and told them to obey His commands.  They did not obey His voice and fell away.  The current residents do not obey Him either. God is going to bring disaster on them. When it hits, they will cry out to Him, but He will not hear them.  God says that they should take their petitions to the false gods that they burned incense to and let them save the people.  

     

    Jeremiah approaches God with humility.  He has a question that is worth asking.  Jeremiah asks God why wicked people prosper and treacherous people live in ease.  We see the same issues today.  Evil and wicked people living easy lives, living in big home, and driving fancy cars without a care in the world. Jeremiah asks that God would sweep away the wicked and save the land.  

     

    God responds by questioning Jeremiah.  If Jeremiah has raced with runners and they have worn him out, then how can he keep up with horses?  Though there was wickedness in the land and these evil people seemed to thrive, there is a coming army comprised of people that are even more wicked.  Essentially, the response is if you think it is bad now, just wait until later when it gets even worse.  

     

    Jeremiah is commanded to go buy new linen underwear.  He is then to take the linen and place it in rocky crevice by the Euphrates, approximately 350 miles away.  After a long while, Jeremiah is to go back and retrieve the linen.  When he does, he declares that the garment is ruined.  God declares that He will do the same to the pride of Judah and Jerusalem. These evil people will be of no use to Him.  Things are looking grim; they have for a while.  God is so good, though, that He will later make a way for these people to be redeemed. 

     

    August 15: Jeremiah 14-17

     

    These chapters were written during a severe drought in Judah.  The drought has brought mourning.  The people go to the cistern and do not find any water.  They cover their heads in shame and humiliation.  God tells Jeremiah not to pray for these people since they have not followed Him.  If they fast, He will not hear their cry.  He will not accept their grain or burnt offerings.  Jeremiah is quick to remind God that the people have been led astray by the false prophets.  They are telling the people that good times are ahead, stating that they will not see sword or suffer famine.  God pronounces judgment on the prophets.  They will be destroyed, and no one will be around to bury their bodies.  Jeremiah pleads for God’s mercy.  

     

    The LORD is so mad that even if “Moses and Samuel” stood before Him, He would still not have compassion on the people.  Four kinds of judgment will be ordained for them.  God commands Jeremiah to not marry or have children while he is in Judah.  Children born in the land will suffer disease and die.  When Jeremiah gives these words to the people, they will ask why God has abandoned them.  They will want to know what their guilt is.  God’s response is simple; their fathers abandoned Him and followed other gods.  Despite His coming judgment, He pronounces that they will return to the land that He gave their ancestors.  Even in this fierce judgment, God promises that He will return them to the land He gave their ancestors.  

     

    Jeremiah 17 contains one of my favorite verses.  Verse 9 “The heart is more deceitful than anything else, and incurable- who can understand it?”  We should not trust our hearts!  It is deceitful above all else.  Our heart can trick us into chasing down the wrong thing.  Our hearts can turn us to sin.  Sin has been justified with sayings such as “the heart wants what the heart wants”.  As believers, we should seek God first and what He wants. 

     

    August 16: Jeremiah 18-22

     

    Jeremiah is sent to the potter’s house.  Jeremiah sees that the potter is making a jar at the wheel.  As the potter works the jar, it became flawed.  The potter then made it into another jar since that is what seemed right to do.  God then asks if He cannot treat His people in such a way.  He had set them apart to be holy.  They became flawed, though.  They strayed from God.  Since He is the creator, He has the right to do what He wants.  

     

    There are many that do not like what Jeremiah has to say.  Rather than reflecting inwardly and thinking about what they can do to take the upcoming judgment off them, they try to shut the mouthpiece.  If the terrible news of a hurricane is announced by credible news sources, we cannot stop the hurricane by turning off the television and not listening to the news.  It is coming regardless of whether we want to hear it or not.  Yet, this is what these people opposing Jeremiah try to do. 

     

    The LORD continues with the image of pottery.  Jeremiah is to buy a potter’s clay jar, take some of the elders and leading priest to the Valley of Hinnom.  He is to condemn the worship of false gods and pronounce judgment on Judah.  To demonstrate the coming destruction, Jeremiah is ordered to shatter the jar in the presence of the people. 

     

    A chief official in the temple of the LORD names Pashhur has Jeremiah beaten and placed in the stocks at the Upper Benjamin Gate in The LORD’s temple.  When Jeremiah is released, he does not cower against the man that had done this to him.  Instead, he pronounces judgment on Pashhur, saying his name is now Magor-missabib which means “terror all around”. 

     

    Zedekiah the king sends Pashhur and Malchijah to Jeremiah.  He wants them to ask Jeremiah to ask on their behalf since Nebuchadnezzar is making war against them.  Jeremiah gives God’s word to Zedekiah.  God will repel the weapons of war Judah uses against Babylon.  God will fight against them with an outstretched hand and a mighty arm.  God will judge against the sinful kings.  Judgment is pronounced against king Shallum, king Jehoiakim, and Coniah son of Jehoiakim.  Coniah is referred to as Jehoiachin in Kings and Chronicles.  

     

    August 17: Jeremiah 23-25

     

    The leaders of Judah are called to account.  God pronounced judgment against them for leading the sheep astray. God had given them a solemn charge of caring for His flock. Rather than care for the flock, they fleeced it.  The LORD will gather the remnant back from the lands that He banished them to.  They will become fruitful and numerous.  A righteous leader from David’s line will rise up.  He will save Judah.  This is a reference to Jesus the Messiah.  The false prophets will be driven out and God will bring disaster upon them.  

     

    Nebuchadnezzar deports Coniah, referred to as Jeconiah in chapter 24.  Remember, he is Jehoiachin, son of Jehoiakim.  God shows Jeremiah two baskets of figs in front of the temple of The LORD.  One basket contained very good figs.  The other basket contained figs that were inedible because they were so terrible.  God regards the exiled people as the good figs.  He will keep an eye on them and return them to the land.  The bad figs represent Zedekiah, and those poor leaders like him.  They will be an object of scorn, ridicule, and cursing. 

     

    The people will be exiled under Nebuchadnezzar for a period of 70 years and the people will serve the king of Babylon.  The nations that will taste God’s wrath are listed in chapter 25.  Further, judgment is headed to all the earth.  Disaster will spread from nation to nation.  

     

    August 18: Jeremiah 26-29

     

    We go back in time a bit in Jeremiah 26.  The date for this event is at the beginning of the reign of Jehoiakim (609 B.C.).  The LORD tells Jeremiah to stand in the courtyard and speak all the words He commands.  He is to not hold back anything because they might listen to him and turn from their ways.  God knows that they will not, but He sends Jeremiah anyway.  God has foreknowledge and nothing surprises Him.  

     

    While Jeremiah is speaking, he is seized by the priests, the prophets, and the people.  They proclaim that Jeremiah should certainly die.  They are upset that he is prophesying against the city and announcing the destruction of the temple.  They take Jeremiah to the officials and declare Jeremiah deserves the death penalty.  We can learn a couple of things from this. 1.  Just because we do not like the truth, does not mean it is not true. 2. Doing God’s will and obeying Him does not mean that our lives will be easy.  Jeremiah was following God’s commands to the letter and the mob tried to get him executed for it.  

     

    Jeremiah defends himself and explains he has been doing what God has commanded him.  The people then decide that he does not deserve the death penalty since he has spoken in the name of God.  Other prophets had spoken against the city and they were not executed for it.  

     

    At the beginning of Zedekiah’s reign, the word of the LORD comes to Jeremiah.  The invaders from Babylon are coming.  Zedekiah is directed to submit to them.  He is to place their necks under the yoke of Babylon and serve him and his people.  

     

    Hananiah, another prophet at the beginning of Zedekiahs’ reign.  Hananiah is a false prophet, saying that their servitude to Babylon will only be for two years.  After that two year period, God will break the yoke of the Babylonians.  The king of Judah will be restored and the temple and its furnishings will return.  This is all false.  Jeremiah replies to the prophecies in the presence of the priests and all the people standing in the temple of the LORD.  Hananiah maintains his false prophecy and God responds.  Hananiah broke a wooden yoke from Jeremiah’s back.  In its place he will make an iron yoke bar.  Hananiah will die that year because of his rebellion against God. 


    print out

  • August 18:  Jeremiah 26-29

     

    We go back in time a bit in Jeremiah 26.  The date for this event is at the beginning of the reign of Jehoiakim (609 B.C.).  The LORD tells Jeremiah to stand in the courtyard and speak all the words He commands.  He is to not hold back anything because they might listen to him and turn from their ways.  God knows that they will not, but He sends Jeremiah anyway.  God has foreknowledge and nothing surprises Him.  

     

    While Jeremiah is speaking, he is seized by the priests, the prophets, and the people.  They proclaim that Jeremiah should certainly die.  They are upset that he is prophesying against the city and announcing the destruction of the temple.  They take Jeremiah to the officials and declare Jeremiah deserves the death penalty.  We can learn a couple of things from this. 1.  Just because we do not like the truth, does not mean it is not true. 2. Doing God’s will and obeying Him does not mean that our lives will be easy.  Jeremiah was following God’s commands to the letter and the mob tried to get him executed for it.  

     

    Jeremiah defends himself and explains he has been doing what God has commanded him.  The people then decide that he does not deserve the death penalty since he has spoken in the name of God.  Other prophets had spoken against the city, and they were not executed for it.  

     

    At the beginning of Zedekiah’s reign, the word of the LORD comes to Jeremiah.  The invaders from Babylon are coming.  Zedekiah is directed to submit to them.  He is to place their necks under the yoke of Babylon and serve him and his people.  

     

    Hananiah, another prophet at the beginning of Zedekiahs’ reign.  Hananiah is a false prophet, saying that their servitude to Babylon will only be for two years.  After that two-year period, God will break the yoke of the Babylonians.  The king of Judah will be restored, and the temple and its furnishings will return.  This is all false.  Jeremiah replies to the prophecies in the presence of the priests and all the people standing in the temple of the LORD.  Hananiah maintains his false prophecy and God responds.  Hananiah broke a wooden yoke from Jeremiah’s back.  In its place he will make an iron yoke bar.  Hananiah will die that year because of his rebellion against God. 

     

    August 19: Jeremiah 30-31

     

    God gives comforting words to Jeremiah.  He tells Jeremiah to record that a time is coming when He will restore the fortune of the Israelites.  He will bring them back from the exile and put them back in their land.  God’s promise points out to future time when David will be raised up as a king for them.  David was the best king that the Israelites had in their entire history.  God is pointing to a future king, the perfect king, will come and reign over His people.  Jesus, the Messiah and perfect king, is a descendant of David. 

     

    We also read about the fearful wrath of The LORD.  His wrath has gone out, churning like a storm.  It whirls about the heads of the wicked.  Though the wicked seem to be prospering at this point in time, they will experience God’s judgment.  As believers, God’s wrath against us as sinners has been satisfied by the atoning blood of Jesus Christ our Savior. 

     

    When God restores them, it will go back to how it was originally intended.  He will be their God and they will be His people.  A time of joyous dancing is coming to them.  They will plant vineyards again and enjoy their fruits.  God promises that He will establish a new covenant with His people.  This covenant will be different than the old covenants that the people broke.  Now, God will put His teaching within them and write it on their hearts.  Rather than learn from others, they will learn from God.  The Holy Spirit is a vital component in this regard.  It is the Spirit that opens up the heart and mind of a believer and teaches the way of The LORD.  The Spirit gives guidance and allows us to understand God’s word.  

     

    August 20: Jeremiah 32-34

     

    Things were looking bleak in Jerusalem.  It was a dark time.  Jeremiah was imprisoned in the guard’s courtyard.  Nebuchadnezzar was besieging Jerusalem.  Zedekiah the king had thrown Jeremiah in prison for telling the truth of the coming exile.  When Zedekiah confronts Jeremiah about the prophecies, Jeremiah does not back down.  Instead, he maintains what God has told him to say.  He does not back down.  Would we be willing to go to jail for preaching the truth of Jesus?  

     

    During this rough time in the nation’s history, God tells Jeremiah to purchase land.  That seems completely counterintuitive.  Jerusalem is about to fall, and The LORD is telling him to invest in land that will be taken by the Chaldeans.  He questions The LORD about His command.  God reminds him that He is the God of all flesh and asks Jeremiah if there is anything that He cannot do.  The answer, of course, is that God can do whatever He wants.  He spoke all of creation into existence.  Surely, He will deliver on this promise that Jeremiah’s purchase will not be a waste.  

     

    While Jeremiah is still in prison, God’s word comes to him again.  The city will fall because of their sin against God. The men that go to fight the Chaldeans will stack the corpses of their fellow fallen soldiers.  God has hidden His face from the city because of their sin.  He also promises that He will bring health and healing to the land.  Chapter 33 verses 14-16 point to the Messiah, Jesus, the Righteous Branch from David.  He will administer justice and Judah will be secure.  

     

    Jeremiah takes comforting words to Zedekiah.  Zedekiah will not die by the sword but will die peacefully.  Zedekiah makes a covenant with the people of Judah so that they would all give up their slaves.  The people go along with the covenant at first, but later change their minds and reclaim their slaves.  The LORD speaks to Jeremiah reminding the people of his instruction about servants.  After six years of service, the slaves were to be made free.  When the people decided to set their slaves free, it pleased God since they were following His command.  He warns them that they changed their minds and now He is no longer pleased.  In life, do we do what makes us happy?  Or do we do what makes us holy? 

     

    August 21: Jeremiah 35-37

     

    The Rechabites are known mostly from Jeremiah 35.  Their founder was Jonadab, son of Rechab, who lived in the northern kingdom.  Jonadab fully endorsed King Jehu’s reforms.  The reforms included the demolishing of the Baal cults and other Canaanite practices.  The Rechabites made an oath to their ancestor that they would not drink wine or build houses.  Living in tents made it easy for them to pick up and leave the northern kingdom of Israel to the southern kingdom of Judah.  God uses the Rechabites as an example to how the people of Judah should have responded to Him.  The Rechabites kept their vow to Jonadab.  The people of Judah did not obey God despite the fact that He has sent His prophets to warn them time and time again.  God pronounces His blessings on the Rechabites because of their loyalty.

     

    In the fourth year of Jehoiakim (605-604 BC), Nebuchadnezzar won his victory over the Assyrian forces at Carchemish.  He began his move toward Syria.  God has Jeremiah dictate a scroll to announce the impending doom.  The LORD is trying to get the attention of His people.  Jeremiah sends Baruch to the temple to read the scroll since he is barred from entering the table.  When Micaiah hears the words of the scroll, he alerts the scribes.  The scribes, appalled at what they hear, go and ask Baruch how he came to write these words.  Baruch explains it was from God.  The officials tell Baruch that he and Jeremiah have to hide.  They take the word to Jehoiakim.  The king is understandably upset and has the scroll cut up and burned.  He then sends for Baruch and Jeremiah, but The LORD had hidden them away.  God then has Jeremiah dictate another scroll.  God’s word does not stop being law just because we do not like it.  God is God and we are not. 

     

    Zedekiah is placed on the throne, fulfilling the prophecy of 36:30.  Zedekiah did not follow The LORD.  However, he still sent Jehucal and Zephaniah to Jeremiah asking him to pray to The LORD for them.  God informs Jeremiah that Pharaoh and his army, who they had a flimsy alliance with, will return to Egypt.  The Chaldean army withdraws, and Jeremiah begins heading to the land of Benjamin.  At the gate, he is stopped by a guard that accuses him of desertion and is thrown in prison.

     

    August 22: Jeremiah 38-41

     

    Jeremiah, despite being imprisoned and on a bread and water diet, continues to deliver God’s message.  If the people submit to the Chaldeans, they will live.  If they stay in the city, they will die by famine, plague, and sword.  Some officials hear his words, approach the king, and make the recommendation that Jeremiah be put to death.  They say that he is not seeking the well-being of the people.  We know that is false.  They are just upset that he is not prophesying good things for the people.  Jeremiah is simply telling them what is to come.  This is like blaming a doctor for an unfavorable diagnosis.  The doctor did not make us sick, so why would be blame him?  Jeremiah is not the one that is going to bring the disaster on the people, he is simply the one warning them!

     

    Zedekiah hands Jeremiah over to the officials.  They take Jeremiah and drop him in a cistern.  The cistern had no water in it, but there was a lot of mud.  A Cushite official approaches the king while he is at the Benjamin Gate, telling him what the officials had done.  The king orders that he take 30 men and pull Jeremiah out.  Zedekiah sends for Jeremiah one more time, demanding that Jeremiah tell the truth.  Jeremiah confronts him, saying that if he tells the truth, the king will just have him killed.  Zedekiah swears Jeremiah will be safe.  The prophet again relays the message that if he surrenders to the Babylonians, he will live and the city will not be burned down.  

     

    In Zedekiah’s ninth year as king, Nebuchadnezzar advanced against Jerusalem with his entire army.  When Nebuchadnezzar’s officials entered the city, Zedekiah and his soldiers fled.  The Chaldeans pursued them and brought them back to Nebuchadnezzar.  At Riblah, Zedekiah’s sons are slaughtered in front of him.  After this heinous act, Zedekiah is blinded.  His palace is burnt down and the walls of Jerusalem are torn down.  

     

    Nebuchadnezzar frees Jeremiah and issues an order to protect him.  Nebuchadnezzar makes an offer to Jeremiah to come with him to Babylon if he wants.  If that does not please Jeremiah, then he can remain in Judah.  Since Jeremiah does not turn to go to Babylon, he is told to go to Gedaliah, the Babylonian official appointed over Judah.  Gedaliah works toward peace.  He receives word that Ishmael has been sent by the Ammonites to kill him.  Johanan approaches Gedaliah in private and offers to kill Ishmael for him.  Gedaliah declines because he wants peace in the land.  This ultimately leads to his demise.  Ishmael assassinates him in the seventh month (our October).  

     

    August 23: Jeremiah 42-45

     

    The commanders of the armies approach Jeremiah.  They ask him to pray on behalf of the remnant left behind.  They promise to follow whatever God tells them.  If they do not act according to God’s word, they submit that the LORD will be a true and faithful witness against them.  Jeremiah did not speak until he had the answer from The LORD.  Ten days later, he delivers an unpopular message.  God is not going uproot them if they stay in the land.  The people were hoping that God would tell them to flee to Egypt.  

     

    Jeremiah is accused of lying to them.  Johanan and all the commanders of the armies decided to not obey and leave Judah.  They had conditional obedience for God.  Earlier they stated that they would follow God’s word, whether it was pleasant or unpleasant.  They did not get the word they wanted from God, so they decided that Jeremiah is a liar and decide to go anyway.  As believers, we cannot pick and choose which of God’s commands we are going to follow. 

     

    The word of God comes to Jeremiah concerning all of the Jews living in Egypt.  The people are provoking God to anger because of their desertion to Egypt.  As a result, God is going to turn against them.  He will send them disaster and famine.  They will be an object of cursing, scorn, execration, and disgrace.  At this point, it should come as no great surprise that the people continued to dismiss what God was telling them. 

     

    August 24:  Jeremiah 46-48

     

    God announces His judgment against the nations.  The Babylonians are going to thrash Egypt.  They will deploy many shields, harness their horses, take their positions, but the troops run for their lives the moment the battle begins.  God proclaims that He will punish Amon, the god of Thebes.  Amon was the chief god of Thebes.  Later Amon was merged with Re to become Amon- Re, the sun god.  Despite this proclamation against Egypt, God promises their restoration and reassures Israel.  

     

    God makes His judgment against the Philistines.  The waters rising from the north points to the Babylonians.  These floods are not going to bring fertile soil deposits.  Instead, they will cause the Philistines to cry out in anguish.  Three signs of mourning are prophesied for the Philistines, they will shave their heads bald, maintain silence, and gash themselves. 

     

    Moab is under judgment as well.  Moab had remained untouched and had not gone into exile, even though it was located close to Israel.  The nation had experienced very few invasions in its history.  They will be put to shame by Chemosh is an allusion to the calf worship that Jeroboam decreed in 1 Kings 12:26-33. Moab will be a laughingstock to those around it.  Even the Moabites that flee will meet a violent end.  Still, God promises a future restoration of Moab’s treasures. 

     

    August 25: Jeremiah 49-50

     

    Ammon is next on the list for judgment.  The opening verse of chapter one reflects the dispute over territory between the Ammonites and the tribe of Gad.  A day is coming when God will make the shout of battle heard against the Ammonites.  They will be banished.  God closes this judgment against them with the promise that He will restore them at a future time.

     

    Edom was a nation founded by Esau.  The Edomites are subject to more judgment prophecies than any other nations.  What is interesting to note here is that Jeremiah has a gentler tone dealing with Edom than he does with the other nations.  They must endure the cup of God’s wrath because of their guilt.  Edom will be desolate.  Others will look upon the nation with horror.  

     

    Damascus was the capital city of Syria.  This city stands for the entire nation in this prophecy.  Damascus had been a delight to God and had been occupied since ancient times.  Kedar is an Ishmaelite tribe in the Arabian desert.  Elam was the first of Shem’s sons.  Elam was an ancient kingdom approximately 200 miles east of Babylon.

     

    Attention is turned to Babylon and the upcoming judgment on her.  God has used Babylon to mete out His judgment on His people.  He will also pour out His judgment on them.  Babylon will be captured.  Their god Marduk is devastated, and her idols are put to shame.  A nation will come from the north against her.  Babylon will be punished, and the Israelites will return to Carmel and Bashan.  They will occupy the land God had promised them once more.  


    print out

  • August 25:  Jeremiah 49 & 50

     

    Ammon is next on the list for judgment.  The opening verse of chapter one reflects the dispute over territory between the Ammonites and the tribe of Gad.  A day is coming when God will make the shout of battle heard against the Ammonites.  They will be banished.  God closes this judgment against them with the promise that He will restore them at a future time.

     

    Edom was a nation founded by Esau.  The Edomites are subject to more judgment prophecies than any other nations.  What is interesting to note here is that Jeremiah has a gentler tone dealing with Edom than he does with the other nations.  They must endure the cup of God’s wrath because of their guilt.  Edom will be desolate.  Others will look upon the nation with horror.  

     

    Damascus was the capital city of Syria.  This city stands for the entire nation in this prophecy.  Damascus had been a delight to God and had been occupied since ancient times.  Kedar is an Ishmaelite tribe in the Arabian desert.  Elam was the first of Shem’s sons.  Elam was an ancient kingdom approximately 200 miles east of Babylon.

     

    Attention is turned to Babylon and the upcoming judgment on her.  God has used Babylon to mete out His judgment on His people.  He will also pour out His judgment on them.  Babylon will be captured.  Their god Marduk is devastated, and her idols are put to shame.  A nation will come from the north against her.  Babylon will be punished, and the Israelites will return to Carmel and Bashan.  They will occupy the land God had promised them once more.  

     

    August 26:  Jeremiah 51 & 52

     

    The exiles are warned to leave Babylon.  Another nation is coming, and it will destroy Babylon completely.  Their comforts and riches will be destroyed.  Sadly, there were many Jews that remained in Babylon after the exile had ended despite this warning about the future of the nation.  These folks had established themselves there, were living comfortably, and probably enjoyed the opulent lifestyle the land offered them.  Sometimes, God is going to call us out of our comfort zone.  Will we be ready when He does? 

     

    We are reminded of God’s might and power.  He made the earth by His power and established the world by His wisdom.  Those that make idols for the false gods are foolish.  The metal gods fashioned by human hands have no power.  There are further images of the desolation that is headed Babylon’s way.  Her sea will be dried up and the land will become a jackal’s den.

     

    At the age of 21, Zedekiah becomes king of Judah.  He does what is evil in God’s sight.  God’s anger was against him and the people, so God banished them from His presence.  To his credit, Zedekiah did rebel against the king of Babylon.  In Zedekiah’s 9th year, a terrible famine hits the city.  They have no food and all of the soldiers flee.  Zedekiah is rounded up along with his sons and brought to Babylon.  He is forced to watch the execution of his sons and then he is blinded. 

     

    In Nebuchadnezzar’s 19th year as king of Babylon, Nebuzaradan, the commander of the guards, enters Jerusalem and burns down the LORD’s temple and the king’s palace.  The bronze pillars of the temple, water carts, and bronze reservoir were broken into pieces.  All the treasures in the temple were carried away.  

     

    August 27:  Lamentations 1&2

     

    Lamentations is a book about pain, but with hope in God.  The extremes of human pain are described.  This book addresses some of the hard questions that come up during times of difficulty.  These lamentations are written in response to the destruction of the temple in 586 B.C.  Though the author is not named, credit for this book is given to Jeremiah.  

     

    Though the city was once thriving and filled with people, it now sits alone.  Everyone has betrayed her, there is no one to offer comfort.  No longer are the festivals celebrated.  No one was there to help her when her people fell.  Instead, this once great nation was a laughingstock.  Her people that were once well fed and taken care of now trade their precious jewels for bread and other simple foods just to stay alive.  Jeremiah’s heartbreak is wrenching because the enemy won.  

     

    This once proud daughter has now been overshadowed by God’s anger.  Her glory has been thrown down.  All her power is cut off and God’s hand no longer protects her.  The LORD has become like an enemy to them.  He is not their enemy, but it feels like it at this point.  We must remember that it was the people’s rebellion that caused all of this.  The people listened to the false prophets’ comforting words rather than the truth that Jeremiah was giving them.  They exchanged the uncomfortable truth for a convenient lie.  The punishment they are enduring is no one else’s fault but their own.  

     

    August 28: Lamentations 3-5

     

    The rod of God’s wrath is Babylon.  God used this nation to bring His judgment upon Judah.  Even Jeremiah, the faithful messenger of God, is suffering through the destruction of Jerusalem.  Jeremiah’s pain is so intense, he feels like he has been hit by one of God’s arrows.  Though the bitter thoughts rage in Jeremiah’s heart and mind, he stops brooding over his affliction and puts his hope in The LORD.  Because of God’s faithful love, they will not perish.  His faithfulness is great and His mercies never end.  When we are engulfed in bitterness, do we respond the same way?  

     

    Adversity and good come from the mouth of the Most High.  This is reminiscent of Job’s response to his wife when she encourages him to “curse God and die.”  Job asks if we should only take the good from God and not the bad (Job 2:10).  Jeremiah remains confident that God will pay back Judah’s enemies for what they have done.  God is their only hope!

     

    God’s people are compared to gold.  They are described as gold, fine gold, and pure gold.  This once holy and set apart people had become tarnished.  They are worse than jackals that at least feed their young.  Instead, they act like ostriches that abandon their eggs after laying them.  Babies thirst and the young beg for bread, but no one gives them any.  The once rich and ruling class now huddle in garbage heaps.  The famine they endured was so bad that even compassionate women resorted to cooking their own children for food.  Jerusalem’s punishment has been severe, but the punishment is over, and her exile is not extended.  

     

    Lamentations closes with a cry to God asking that He remember what has happened to them.  The fathers that committed all these evil acts are now dead, but their punishment still rests on the people.  They must pay for their food and their inheritance is taken.  The last verse of this books asks God to restore the people to Him unless He has completely rejected them.  

     

    August 29: Ezekiel 1-4

     

    Ezekiel is comprised of prophecies of oracles in the first person, giving us a sense of the prophet’s private memories.  This book was written mainly to the exiles in Babylon.  Ezekiel was one of the 8,000 soldiers and noblemen that were exiled with the king in 597 B.C.  He looks and sees a whirlwind coming from the north.  It was a large cloud with fire and brilliant light all around it.  God’s glory has previously been associated with clouds.  God’s glory had once filled the Holy of Holies in the temple.  Four living creatures came out of it.  They had human form, but they each had the face of the lion, the eagle, the ox, and a human.  The lion was considered the fiercest of animals.  The eagle was the most magnificent of birds.  The ox was the most valued of domesticated animals.  Humans were given dominion over all the creatures God had made.  Their fiery appearance is reminiscent of Isaiah’s encounter with the seraphim in Isaiah 6. 

     

    Ezekiel falls face down in worship, giving God the glory He is due.  God tells Ezekiel to stand up and then He will speak to him.  God is sending him to the Israelites.  They have transgressed against The LORD.  God encourages Ezekiel to not be afraid of this task.  God commands him to eat the scroll He presents to him.  The scroll is “sweet as honey” to Ezekiel.  

     

    The LORD is sending Ezekiel to the Israelites, the people that speak the same language as he does.  However, God also says that he would have better luck getting them to listen if they did not speak the same language as Ezekiel.  The people will not listen to Ezekiel because they do not want to listen to God.  God sends him anyway.  Ezekiel is faithful and goes, despite knowing that no one is going to listen.  

     

    Ezekiel is placed as a watchman.  He is to warn the wicked that they will surely die.  If the wicked person does not believe Ezekiel’s words, then he or she bears the punishment for it.  However, if Ezekiel keeps silent, then Ezekiel is guilty of letting them stumble.  The LORD instructs Ezekiel to dramatically enact the siege of Jerusalem.  He takes a brick and draws the city on it.  Then he constructs a siege wall, ramp, pitches military camps, and places battering rams against it on all side.  God instructs Ezekiel to make a certain type of bread, using human excrement as the heat source for baking.  Ezekiel requests that he be allowed another fuel source since he has never eaten anything to defile himself.  God allows him to use cow manure instead. The people have become so destitute that they will resort to eating this bread baked in an unsettlingly fowl manner. 

     

    I know there are certain stores that sell “Ezekiel bread”.  Any time I come across it in the store, I try to figure out what heat source they used!

    August 30: Ezekiel 5-8

     

    To dramatize the fall of Jerusalem, God orders Ezekiel to shave his head and beard.  One third of the hair is to be burned up, another third is cut up by the sword, the last third is scattered to the wind where God will send sword after them. However, Ezekiel is supposed to keep a few strands and keep them in the folds of his robe.  

     

    Jerusalem has rebelled against God.  They have been even more insubordinate than the nations around them.  As a result, God has set them apart for destruction.  His judgment against them will cause fathers to eat their sons and sons to eat their fathers.  They will be a ruin and disgrace among the nations around them. 

     

    Ezekiel is then told to prophesy about Israel’s idolatry.  God is going to destroy their high places.  Their altars will be desolated, and the incense altars will be smashed.  The slain residents will fall before their idols.  

     

    God announces the end of Israel.  One disaster after another is coming their way.  Doom has come to them.  God’s wrath is poured out and they will be judged according to their ways.  Ezekiel reflects on his first vision for fourteen months.  As he is sitting in his house with the 70 elders, the hand of the LORD came down on him.  Ezekiel sees the form of a man with fire below his waist and something like the gleam of an amber above the waste.  The figure gabs Ezekiel by the hair and takes him away to the entrance of the North Gate.  God show Ezekiel the detestable acts of paganism that are happening in the temple that was made for Him.  Ezekiel is shown the 70 elders, burning incense to foreign gods, complaining that Yahweh is not listening to them.  Perhaps He would listen to them, if they would worship and serve Him, rather than these images.  

     

    August 31:  Ezekiel 9-12

     

    Ezekiel sees six men coming from the direction of the Upper Gate.  Another man was with them, clothed in linen with writing equipment at his side.  The man in linen is charged with going through the city and marking whoever groans at the detestable acts.  God charges the others with going through the city and killing anyone that does not have the mark.  

     

    The glory of the LORD leaves the temple.  It moves away from the threshold and goes to the entrance to the eastern gate of the LORD’s house.  Eastern movement is associated with departure.  It is understood that when Adam and Eve left the garden, they went east.  God’s glory moving in an eastern direction indicates that He will ultimately leave the city altogether.  

     

    The Spirit lifts Ezekiel up and he is shown 25 men that plot evil and give wicked advice.  While Ezekiel is prophesying, he stops and cries out, asking God if He will end the remnant of Israel.  God responds that even though He has scattered them among the nations, He will bring them back.  They will end the detestable practices of their ancestors. Upon making this promise, God’s glory leaves Jerusalem. 

     

    The exile of Jerusalem is dramatized by Ezekiel.  He packs an exile’s bag.  In the evening, he goes into the sight of the people headed for exile and digs a hole in the wall to climb through.  God asks Ezekiel after he does this whether anyone stopped him and asked what he is doing.  Ezekiel is to tell them that he is demonstrating what is about to happen to them.  

     

    The expression “the days keep passing by, and every vision fails?” is the test of true prophecy.  If a prophecy did not come true, the person who made the prediction was a false prophet.  God is going to change this mentality to “the day draws near, as well as the fulfillment of every vision.”  God will speak a message and it will come to pass. 

     

    September 1: Ezekiel 13-15

     

    There were false prophets in Israel.  They have been giving words of comfort and telling people what they want to hear.  Ezekiel is told to prophesy against them and tell them to hear the Word of the LORD.  Woe to those prophets that would seek their own benefit and follow their own imagination.   They have ensnared the people, but God will free the people from them.  They will no longer see false visions or practice divination.  

     

    Some elders approach Ezekiel.  God confronts them for their idolatry and the stumbling blocks they have set up.  When someone like this approaches a prophet, God will answer accordingly.  God will answer them according to their many idols.  The judgment against them is so that they can see the error of their ways and return to God.  They are estranged from Him based on their idolatry.  

     

    The reading today closes with the parable of the useless vine.  What good is that vine that is cut off the branch?  Can it be used for anything useful?  Even if it was kept whole, it could not be used.  Just as the withered branch is used for fire, God will give up the residents of Jerusalem.  He will turn against them.  The land will be desolate because of their unfaithfulness. 


    print out

  • print out

    print out

    September 1:  Ezekiel 13-15

     

    There were false prophets in Israel.  They have been giving words of comfort and telling people what they want to hear.  Ezekiel is told to prophesy against them and tell them to hear the Word of the LORD.  Woe to those prophets that would seek their own benefit and follow their own imagination.   They have ensnared the people, but God will free the people from them.  They will no longer see false visions or practice divination.  

     

    Some elders approach Ezekiel.  God confronts them for their idolatry and the stumbling blocks they have set up.  When someone like this approaches a prophet, God will answer accordingly.  God will answer them according to their many idols.  The judgment against them is so that they can see the error of their ways and return to God.  They are estranged from Him based on their idolatry. 

     

    The reading today closes with the parable of the useless vine.  What good is that vine that is cut off the branch?  Can it be used for anything useful?  Even if it was kept whole, it could not be used.  Just as the withered branch is used for fire, God will give up the residents of Jerusalem.  He will turn against them.  The land will be desolate because of their unfaithfulness. 

     

    September 2: Ezekiel 16 & 17

     

    The LORD commands Ezekiel to remind Israel of how they were despised.  In this text, Israel is compared to an unwanted baby.  No one cared for it, the umbilical cord was not cut, it was not washed clean and rubbed with salts or wrapped in clothing.  Instead, it was thrown out into the open field.  God is the One that decided to make Israel live.  He is the One that called Abraham out and laid the foundation for this nation to rise.  The nation is His, and He is faithful to it, but they prostitute themselves with the gods of other nations.  They do not have loyalty to the LORD.  Because of their unfaithfulness, God will shame them.  Other nations that were destroyed by God because of their sin were not as sinful as Israel is.  God will restore these other nations so that Israel will be shamed. 

     

    Ezekiel tells the parable of the eagles.  The great eagle mentioned in verse 3 is Nebuchadnezzar.  He was a phenomenal military strategist.  Lebanon in this passage refers to Israel.  In ancient times, the Lebanon mountain range was covered in cedars.  The cedar refers to king David’s family and dynasty.  The top of the cedar that is removed represents Jehoiachin, the king taken into exile in 597 B.C. The chapter ends with God’s promise of restoration for the nation.  

     

    September 3: Ezekiel 18-20

     

    A common adage at the time, and even today is “the sins of the father are visited upon the children”.  It was common belief during Ezekiel’s writing and during Christ’s time on earth that a parent’s sin caused the child to suffer.  God corrects this notion in chapter 18.  The person responsible for their sin is the individual that commits it.  We own our sin because we are the ones that commit sins, no one else.  However, the human tendency is to put that blame on someone else.  Adam tries to blame Eve and even God for falling into sin.  David complains about being born into sin in some of the Psalms.  At the end of the day, though, the only person we can blame for our sins is us.  

     

    The LORD is not vindictive.  He wants the wicked to turn away from his or her sins.  God does not delight in the death of the wicked.  Instead, He takes pleasure when the sinner turns from his sin.  Still, some will argue that God’s way is not fair.  God asks whose way is unfair, His or the way of the wicked.  The question, of course, is redundant.  God’s way leads to life and righteousness.  The way of the world leads to death and wickedness.

     

    Ezekiel 19 is a lament, a sad song, mourning the princes of Israel.  The mother in this dirge is Israel.  The east wind represents Nebuchadnezzar and his army.  

     

    Some of Israel’s elders come to consult The LORD.  God tells Ezekiel that He will NOT consult with them.  God reminds him that He swore an oath that He would bring them to the land flowing with milk and honey.  God delivered on His promise, but they did not throw away their detestable things.  They rebelled against God, the One that had been so good to them for all their history.  God will one day rule over them completely.  On that day, they will look back on their behavior and they will loathe themselves for their detestable behavior.  It is not that God is putting them to shame, they feel shame for what they did when they are confronted with His holiness and righteousness.

     

    September 4: Ezekiel 21& 22

     

    When we see the phrase “son of man, turn your face toward” it is in a judgment context.  God’s opposition to Israel is represented by the image of a drawn sword.  An invasion is coming.  It is not just the wicked that will be carried away, but also the righteous.  It is a corporate punishment.  Just as the righteous people in the Old Testament were not guaranteed safety from general disasters or judgments against nations, we have no guarantee either.  We may have to suffer through general judgments.  However, we are guaranteed that one day we will be joined up with Jesus and live with Him for eternity. 

     

    The two sins of shedding blood and making idols essentially summarize the violation of the Ten Commandments.  The Ten Commandments legislated how a person was supposed to act toward God and other people.  Instead of loving God, they turn to idols.  Instead of loving their fellow man, they act treacherously toward one another, shedding the blood of their neighbors. God’s indignation will be poured out on them.

     

    September 5: Ezekiel 23 & 24

     

    God tells the story of the two immoral sisters.  They represent Samaria and Jerusalem.  This chapter attacks Judah’s foreign alliances along with their idolatry.  They have sought an alliance thinking that Egypt will protect them from the incoming invasion.  This alliance is especially ridiculous because the Egyptians had enslaved the Israelites earlier in their history.  God was the One that rescued them from Egypt.  Rather than seek the LORD, put away their idols, and throw themselves at His mercy, they turn to another nation.  God compares this to adultery, an offense that is odious and punishable by death.  The adulterous cities will be destroyed.  One thing to remember in this text is that adultery was a terrible offense in the Ancient Near East.  Even pagan nations had hefty penalties for people committing adultery.  (Of course, in those pagan nations, all they had to do was kill the husband of the wife and then engage in a relationship with the widow and that was perfectly acceptable). 

     

    Their prostitution leads to The LORD turning them over to the people that hate them.  They will be an object of scorn.  Since they have abandoned The LORD, they will bear the consequences of their indecency and promiscuity.

     

    The date of the prophecy in chapter 24 is significant.  This is the day that Nebuchadnezzar began his siege of Jerusalem in 588 B.C.  Later in the history of Israel, this day becomes a day of fasting.  Ezekiel has been pointing to this day for four years.  The date is so significant that it is mentioned by the writer of 1 and 2 Kings (2 Kings 25:1) and Jeremiah (Jeremiah 39:1 and 52:4).  

     

    Ezekiel’s wife is about to be taken away from him with a deadly blow.  Ezekiel is commanded to not mourn or let his tears flow.  Instead, he must groan quietly.  He is supposed to carry on as if everything is fine.  This is to serve as a sign for how Israel will respond to the fall of Jerusalem.  They will not mourn; their turbans will remain on. 

     

    September 6: Ezekiel 25-27

     

    Our reading today opens with judgments against the nations.  Ammon will come under judgment because they rejoice when God’s temple was desecrated, and Israel was laid to waste.  The people of Moab were descendants of Lot and one of his daughters.  The Moabites have a rough history with the Israelites.  After Israel was released from Egypt, the Moabites introduced them to the worship of Baal.  Moab, just like the Ammonites, take joy when Jerusalem falls. 

     

    Edom is descendant of Esau.  There has been tension between Israel and the Edomites since Jacob and Esau were born.  

     

    Tyre was the most powerful city in Phoenicia.  Phoenicia represented the original population that resided in Canaan before the Israelites arrived.  After Nebuchadnezzar defeated Jerusalem, he went after Tyre for 13 years, but was unable to take it.  However, Alexander the Great built a causeway to the island in the fourth century B.C. and took Tyre.  Tyre enjoyed a longer period of peace, but it fell, just as God said it would, and it became an object of horror. 

     

    September 7: Ezekiel 28-30

     

    Ezekiel 28:3 mentions Daniel.  This is the same Daniel in the book of Daniel.  His fame has spread during the exile.  Daniel was one of the righteous that got sent away on the exile, but still maintained his integrity and still sought The LORD.  

     

    Sidon was another Phoenician port city.  Tyre and Sidon are often mentioned together.  God proclaims that He is against them.  A plague will be sent against her and there will be bloodshed in the streets.  

     

    Ezekiel is commanded to turn his face to Egypt.  This nation too comes under God’s judgment.  A sword will come against them.  Egypt will be desolate and uninhabited for 40 years.  After 40 years, God will gather these exiled Egyptians and restore their fortunes.  After the Babylonians were defeated and the Persians took control, Egypt was never a great and formidable world power again.  

     

    September 8: Ezekiel 31-33

     

    Though Egypt and Pharaoh rose in prominence, they both fall, and the fall is spectacular.  The nation is compared to a lofty tree that is cut down.  The tree remains just lying on the ground.  The birds of the sky make their nests on the fallen trunk, demonstrating how desolate Egypt will be when it is toppled. 

     

    Ezekiel 32 is a lament for Pharaoh.  Pharaoh is headstrong and cocky.  He compares himself to a lion, but God compares him to a sea monster.  God will capture him with His net and he will be hauled up.  The coming destruction will trouble the hearts of many people and they will shudder.  Egypt will be brought down to Sheol, it descends to the Pit.  

     

    Ezekiel 33 marks the beginning of a new oracle.  Ezekiel is appointed as watchman and warned that he must warn the people.  If he warns them and they continue the way to destruction, it is their fault.  They are guilty. However, if Ezekiel is silent and they continue in their sin and destruction, Ezekiel is guilty because he did not warn them.  I volunteer up at the middle school with the flag detail.  The other day, about half of the team wound up on in school suspension.  When I confronted them about the behavior that led to their consequence, several of them told me “But I didn’t do it, I was just there.”  

     

    I asked them if they knew what their friend was doing was wrong.  When they responded that they knew it was wrong, I asked them, “If you knew it was wrong, why didn’t you stop your friend?”  Ezekiel must give these warnings to the people, otherwise, their sin is his fault. 

     

    Ezekiel is informed that Jerusalem had fallen.  Despite the city’s downfall, the people continue to rebel.  They still put their faith in swords and strength, not in the One that is strong to save.  They do not follow God’s law, they just do whatever they want. 

     

    print out

  • September 8: Ezekiel 31-33

     

    Though Egypt and Pharaoh rose in prominence, they both fall, and the fall is spectacular.  The nation is compared to a lofty tree that is cut down.  The tree remains just lying on the ground.  The birds of the sky make their nests on the fallen trunk, demonstrating how desolate Egypt will be when it is toppled.  

     

    Ezekiel 32 is a lament for Pharaoh.  Pharaoh is headstrong and cocky.  He compares himself to a lion, but God compares him to a sea monster.  God will capture him with His net and he will be hauled up.  The coming destruction will trouble the hearts of many people and they will shudder.  Egypt will be brought down to Sheol, it descends to the Pit.  

     

    Ezekiel 33 marks the beginning of a new oracle.  Ezekiel is appointed as watchman and warned that he must warn the people.  If he warns them and they continue the way to destruction, it is their fault.  They are guilty. However, if Ezekiel is silent and they continue in their sin and destruction, Ezekiel is guilty because he did not warn them.  I volunteer up at the middle school with the flag detail.  The other day, about half of the team wound up on in school suspension.  When I confronted them about the behavior that led to their consequence, several of them told me “But I didn’t do it, I was just there.”  

     

    I asked them if they knew what their friend was doing was wrong.  When they responded that they knew it was wrong, I asked them, “If you knew it was wrong, why didn’t you stop your friend?”  Ezekiel must give these warnings to the people, otherwise, their sin is his fault. 

     

    Ezekiel is informed that Jerusalem had fallen.  Despite the city’s downfall, the people continue to rebel.  They still put their faith in swords and strength, not in the One that is strong to save.  They do not follow God’s law, they just do whatever they want. 

     

    September 9: Ezekiel 34-36

     

    Ezekiel is told to prophesy against the shepherds.  They are the priests that are supposed to care for God’s people.  Instead, they abuse and exploit God’s sheep for personal gain.  God is going to take the flock away from them to prevent the shepherds feeding themselves from the flock.  The LORD explains that just as a shepherd searches for the scattered flock, He will search for His people all over and bring them back home.  God will lead them to rich pastures and they will be well fed.  They will have peace and any dangerous animals will be removed from their presence.  

     

    Ezekiel is told to face toward Mount Seir.  Mount Seir was the ancient name for the various mountain regions south of the Dead Sea and on both sides of the Rift Valley.  This prophecy is against Edom, the land established by Esau.  This group, though they are related to the Israelites, have maintained an ancient hatred against them.  They will become a desolation and they will know that He is Yahweh.

    God promises restoration to Israel’s mountains and the restoration of her people.  They had been performing terrible things in His sight, so He poured His wrath out on them.  They were dispersed, but they will be brought back.  This restoration is not meant to make them feel good about the awful things they did against The LORD.  Instead, it is meant to make them feel shame for how they treated The LORD.  

     

    September 10: Ezekiel 37-39

     

    God’s Spirit leads Ezekiel to the middle of the valley.  There are a lot of bones scattered around.  God asks if these bones can live.  Ezekiel responds that only God knows.  The LORD tells Ezekiel to prophesy to the bones, telling them to hear the words of The LORD.  They are to rise up.  Ezekiel prophesies as he is instructed and the bones begin to come together. Muscles, sinew, and flesh form on the skeletons.  A vast army stands before Ezekiel.  This is to signify the reunification of Israel.  They will come back together as one nation, though they had been scattered.  Though they were dead, just like these bones, they will live again.  We were once dead in our sins, but God has made us alive again in Christ. 

     

    Gog most likely refers to Gyges, the king of Lysia.  The reference goes beyond his kingdom, though, and speaks of a leader that will oppose Israel far off in the future.  Israel will be peaceful and minding her own business, then the enemy will decide to rise up against her.  God will not let this stand.  Instead, He will take up arms against this attacker.  

     

    God will knock the arrow from their left hand and make their arrows drop.  Fire will come against them.  The death toll will be so high that they have to hire on men of a full time basis to bury the fallen.  

     

    The LORD will display His glory to the nations.  

     

    September 11:  Ezekiel 40-42

     

    It has been 25 years since the exile began.  God’s hand is upon Ezekiel.  God takes him to the land of Israel.  On the slope was a structure that resembled a city.  He meets with a man whose appearance is like bronze, with a linen cord and a measuring rod.  He explains that Ezekiel is there to report everything he is about to show him.  

     

    From there, we are given very detailed measurements for the new temple.  The measurements for the outside walls and outer gates are provided, along with the measurements for the inner gates.  The rooms for preparing sacrifices and the rooms for singers and priests are detailed.  The inside and outside of the temple are described.  The priest’s chambers are as well. 

     

    This creates a bit of a conundrum.  Will another temple be built in the future?  Currently, the Dome of the Rock is located where the former temple once stood.  Some say that the temple is allegorical and it is referring to a temple in heaven.  However, Revelation disagrees with that assessment since it declares that there is no temple (Revelation 21:22).  One day, it will be made clear.  Until then, we can keep studying.

     

    September 12: Ezekiel 43-45

     

    Ezekiel witnesses God’s glory return to the temple.  His glory returned from the east.  His voice sounded like the roar of water and the earth shone with His glory.  The vision is similar to the one Ezekiel had seen when God came to destroy the city.  His response is to fall facedown in worship.  Ezekiel hears a voice telling him that God will reside in this temple.  He will once again remain with His people.  Israel and her kings will no longer defile God’s sanctuary.  Instead, they will treat it as holy.  

     

    Since the LORD God entered through the gate that faced east, it is closed permanently.  Ezekiel is given instruction on the duties of the Levites and their privileges.  The Levites had been in charge of the temple and its operation, but since the temple had been destroyed, they had not been needed.  God also explains the duties of the priests.  

     

    As the people return and the land is divided into lots, the people must set aside a holy portion of land to The LORD.  The tract will measure 8 &1/3 miles by 6&2/3 miles. God also gives instruction for what the people are to bring to contribute for the sacrifices.  

     

    September 13: Ezekiel 46-48

     

    We finish up Ezekiel today.  The east gate of the outer court was permanently closed, but the east gate of the inner court could be opened on special occasions such as the Sabbath and New Moon festival.  On the Sabbath and the New Moon festival, the prince is to enter from the outside through the portico of the temple and the priest is to sacrifice his burnt offerings and fellowship offerings. 

     

    Ezekiel is brought to the entrance of the temple where water is flowing from under the threshold of the temple toward the east.  This river represents healing that is flowing from the temple to the land.  There is an abundance of trees that points to the rich vegetation, reminiscent of the Garden of Eden.  

     

    To close out Ezekiel, we are given the measurements of the city.  The city is in the shape of a cube, just as the city is described in Revelation.  The name of the city is “Yahweh Is There.” 

     

    September 14: Daniel 1-3

     

    Daniel has propetic prophecies in it and this book is often studied in tandem with Revelation.  This book deals with Daniel during the time of exile in Babylon.  Even though the Israelites have been displaced, they continue to serve God and follow His ways. 

     

    In the third year of Jehoiakim, Nebuchadnezzar laid siege to Jerusalem.  God hands Jerusalem over to Babylon, just as He said He would.  Nebuchadnezzar has his chief court official set apart some of the Israelites for his service.  They are to learn the language and literature of the Chaldeans.  Daniel, the author of this book, along with Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah are chosen for this detail.  They are given new names, Daniel is named Belteshazzar.  The other three are names Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.  For some reason, Daniel despite given a new name, is remembered by his Hebrew name, but the other three are mainly remembered by their Babylonian names.  

     

    These four men have a special privilege.  They are going to be given food from the king’s table.  Daniel realizes that eating the food and drinking the wine of the king will defile them.  He approaches his overseer and requests that he and his friends be given water and vegetables.  The overseer is worried at first because if Daniel and the other three do not grow stronger, he will be held accountable.  The guard allows them to try it.  After 10 days, the four looked healthier than all the others.  These four decided to go against the grain and follow God’s orders in a foreign land.  God blessed them for their obedience and gave them knowledge and understanding in every kind of literature and wisdom.  

     

    Nebuchadnezzar has a dream that troubles him.  He wants his men to interpret the dream for him, but he will not tell them what the dream was.  If they were truly gifted with the ability to interpret dreams, surely they would know what the dream was without being told.  They tell the king no one on earth can interpret the dream.  Daniel approaches the king and reiterates that what he is asking is impossible for men, but God can do it.  Daniel describes the dream and interprets it for the king.  The dream has to do with the Babylonian kingdom and the weaker kingdoms that will follow it. Daniel is praised for his ability to interpret the dream. 

     

    Nebuchadnezzar erects a 90 foot golden statue and sets it up in Dura.  He sends instructions that when the music plays, everyone will bow toward the statue.  The officials assemble everyone and the music plays.  Everyone bows with the exception of Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.  They remain standing, refusing to worship anything other than God Almighty.  They are brought before Nebuchadnezzar who threatens their lives if they do not bow.  They will be thrown into the furnace.  Their response is one of my favorite in all of the Bible.  “If the God we serve exists, then He can rescue us from the furnace of blazing fire, and He can rescue us from the power of you, the king.  But even if He does not rescue us, we want you as king to know that we will not serve your gods or worship the gold statue you set up.”   Nebuchadnezzar has them bound and thrown in the furnace.  Yet they do not burn.  Instead, there is a fourth in the fire with them.  Nebuchadnezzar has them come out of the furnace.  God protected them to the point that their clothes did not even smell like fire or burning.

     

    Sometimes we are going to walk through dark valleys.  God will deliver us.  Even if He doesn’t, then we still should serve Him.  His ways are better than the ways of the world. 

     

    September 15: Daniel 4-6

     

    Upon witnessing the rescue of Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, Nebuchadnezzar makes a confession of faith about God Almighty.  He proclaims that the Most High God’s miracles are great, His wonders are mighty, and His kingdom is eternal.  Despite this confession of how powerful God is, Nebuchadnezzar does not reject the false gods.  He has another dream.  This time he tells the dream to his interpreters and diviners, but they are stumped.  He calls on Daniel.  Daniel interprets the dream which bears a warning for Nebuchadnezzar.  Unless he repents and follows God completely, he is going to suffer from lycanthropy, a disease that essentially makes him act like a wild animal.  By the time a year had passed, Nebuchadnezzar was on the roof of the royal palace, feeling puffed up with pride and full of himself because of how splendid and great Babylon is.  God metes out the punishment on Nebuchadnezzar because of his pride.  He is driven away from his people, he ate grass like a cow, and his body was drenched with dew.  His hair and fingernails grew long and unruly.  

     

    Over time, Nebuchadnezzar regains his sanity and praises the Most High God.  He is reestablished over his kingdom.  

     

    We fast forward about 23 years into King Belshazzar’s time.  Belshazzar gets drunk at one of his feasts and commands that the gold and silver vessels that Nebuchadnezzar had taken from Jerusalem be brought to him.  These vessels were set apart and holy to The LORD.  During the feast Belshazzar hosts, he has the noblemen, wives, and concubines drink from these cups that were solely for The LORD.  To make matters worse, they sing praises to the false gods.  At that time, a hand appears and writes MENE, MENE, TEKEL, PARSIN.  Belshazzar has his men assembled to interpret, but they cannot.  Daniel is summoned to tell the king what it means.  Mene means that God has numbered his days, Tekel means he has been found deficient.  Peres is the singular form of Parsin.  It means that the kingdom will be divided between the Medes and the Persians. 

     

    That very night, the king is killed and Darius the Mede rises to power.  His advisors tell him that he needs to issue a decree that says no one can petition any god or man.  They can only petition the king.  Daniel learns about the document, but rather than hide himself, he continues with his prayer regiment.  When the advisors see it, they bring it to the king.  Darius is not happy about hearing this, not because he is upset with Daniel, but because he does not want to have him executed.  He has Daniel brought before him and says, “May your God, whom you serve continually, rescue you!”  Daniel is put in the lion’s den.  The king goes to bed that night, but cannot sleep.  The next day he runs to the lion’s den and calls to Daniel.  Daniel is still alive, the lions have not harmed him.  Darius honors God for protecting Daniel. 

     

    God can shut the mouth of the lion.  Do we trust Him to care for us as we go through our trials and tribulations? 


    print out

     

  • September 15: Daniel 4-6

     

    Upon witnessing the rescue of Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, Nebuchadnezzar makes a confession of faith about God Almighty.  He proclaims that the Most High God’s miracles are great, His wonders are mighty, and His kingdom is eternal.  Despite this confession of how powerful God is, Nebuchadnezzar does not reject the false gods.  He has another dream.  This time he tells the dream to his interpreters and diviners, but they are stumped.  He calls on Daniel.  Daniel interprets the dream which bears a warning for Nebuchadnezzar.  Unless he repents and follows God completely, he is going to suffer from lycanthropy, a disease that essentially makes him act like a wild animal.  By the time a year had passed, Nebuchadnezzar was on the roof of the royal palace, feeling puffed up with pride and full of himself because of how splendid and great Babylon is.  God metes out the punishment on Nebuchadnezzar because of his pride.  He is driven away from his people, he ate grass like a cow, and his body was drenched with dew.  His hair and fingernails grew long and unruly.  

     

    Over time, Nebuchadnezzar regains his sanity and praises the Most High God.  He is reestablished over his kingdom.  

     

    We fast forward about 23 years into King Belshazzar’s time.  Belshazzar gets drunk at one of his feasts and commands that the gold and silver vessels that Nebuchadnezzar had taken from Jerusalem be brought to him.  These vessels were set apart and holy to The LORD.  During the feast Belshazzar hosts, he has the noblemen, wives, and concubines drink from these cups that were solely for The LORD.  To make matters worse, they sing praises to the false gods.  At that time, a hand appears and writes MENE, MENE, TEKEL, PARSIN.  Belshazzar has his men assembled to interpret, but they cannot.  Daniel is summoned to tell the king what it means.  Mene means that God has numbered his days, Tekel means he has been found deficient.  Peres is the singular form of Parsin.  It means that the kingdom will be divided between the Medes and the Persians. 

     

    That very night, the king is killed and Darius the Mede rises to power.  His advisors tell him that he needs to issue a decree that says no one can petition any god or man.  They can only petition the king.  Daniel learns about the document, but rather than hide himself, he continues with his prayer regiment.  When the advisors see it, they bring it to the king.  Darius is not happy about hearing this, not because he is upset with Daniel, but because he does not want to have him executed.  He has Daniel brought before him and says, “May your God, whom you serve continually, rescue you!”  Daniel is put in the lion’s den.  The king goes to bed that night, but cannot sleep.  The next day he runs to the lion’s den and calls to Daniel.  Daniel is still alive, the lions have not harmed him.  Darius honors God for protecting Daniel.  

     

    God can shut the mouth of the lion.  Do we trust Him to care for us as we go through our trials and tribulations? 

     

    September 16: Daniel 7-9 

     

    Daniel chapter seven is one of the most important in the entire Old Testament because of its focus on prophecy. Belshazzar became co regent with Nabonidus in 553 B.C. The events that are described in this chapter precede the events of chapter five.  Daniel receives a vision of four beasts.  The lion with eagle’s wings represents the Babylonian empire. The bear represents the Medo- Persian Empire. The three ribs in its mouth represent its conquests against Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt. “It was raised up on one side” indicates the Persian dominance in this joint empire.  The leopard represents the Greek empire. The four wings on the leopard refer to the speed of Alexander’s conquests. The four heads represent the four main sections of his empire: Greece and Macedonia, Thrace and Asia Minor, Syria and Babylon, and Egypt and Israel.

     

    The fourth beast represents the Roman empire.  This beast is different because it has more power and had longer dominion.  The little horn represents a king that starts small in power, but dominates. 

     

    The “Ancient of Days” refers to God’s eternal nature.  The fourth beast is destroyed by fire.  The other beasts will remain, but they will not enjoy their earlier dominance. Daniel interprets the vision.  The little horn is the antichrist that will take control of the last human empire by subduing three kings.  He will blaspheme the Most High God. Anti semitism and religious corruption are two more of his attributes. 

     

    Daniel also has a vision of a ram and goat.  The ram had two horns, but one was longer than the other.  The ram represents the Medo Persian empire.  Again, the difference in horn size indicates Persia’s dominance in this kingdom. The male goat represents the Greek empire.  Daniel tries to make sense of the vision.  While he stands in confusion, he hears a human voice say, “Gabriel, explain the vision to this man.”  Gabriel is the angel that makes announcements.  Gabriel is the one that delivers the news to Mary that she will give birth to Jesus.  This vision indicates how the world will come to an end. Daniel is so disturbed by the vision that he lays sick for days. 

     

    Daniel dons sackcloth and ashes and fasts.  He is in a state of mourning as he prays.  He confesses his sin and the sin of his people.  While he is praying, Gabriel gives the explanation.  Seven weeks of years (49 years) will be followed by 62 weeks of years (434 years) indicating a total of 483 years from the decree until the coming of the Messiah.  The starting point of this prophecy would have begun on Nisan 1, 444 B.C. followed by 69 weeks of years, culminating on Nisan 10, A.D. 33, the date of Jesus’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem.  

     

    September 17: Daniel 10-12

     

    Daniel’s vision in chapter 10 occurs in 583 B.C.  Daniel might have been mourning for the poor conditions of the returned captives.  At this time, there was a remnant that returned to Israel and met opposition from the Syrians when they began to rebuild the temple.  Daniel stands at the Tigris and receives a vision.  The men who were with him did not see it, but they felt a terror and fled.  The angel reveals what will happen to Israel in the last days.

     

    Chapter 11 contains some of the most precise predictions in the entire Bible.  The predictions are so accurate, some scholars propose the idea that this chapter was written after these evens played out.  However, God is omniscient and knows what will happen in the future.  Since He chooses to give Daniel this information, we can accept that these accurate words were written well before the events occurred.  The three kings in Persia were Cambyses (530-522 B.C.), Pseudo-Smerdis (522 B.C.), and Darius I Hystaspes (522-486 B.C.).  The warrior king is Alexander the Great (336-323 B.C.).  Alexander, rather than dividing his kingdom among his descendants, divides it up amongst his four generals.  

     

    The king of the South in 11:5 is Ptolemy I Soter of Egypt.  He is outstripped by one of his commanders that goes to become ruler of Babylonia, Media, and Syria.  The king of the South in 11: 6 is Ptolemy II Philadelphus who makes an alliance with Antiochus II Theos, the king of the north.  The deal is sealed by giving Berenice, the Ptolemaic princess, over to Antiochus for marriage.  However, she will not retain power since Antiochus’s former wife, Laodice, murders Antiochus, Berenice, and their child.  Berenice’s murder is avenged by Ptolemy III Euegretes who storms Antioch and kills Laodice. This causes the sons of Seleucus II - Seleucus III and Antiochus III to wage war as far as the fortress in Raphia, located in southern Israel. 

     

    Ptolemy IV Philopator of Egypt then counter attacks the king of the north. Ptolemy has a great victory, but he becomes arrogant and slaughters tens of thousands of Seleucid troops.  Despite this large death toll, he is unable to maintain his dominance of the Seleucid kingdom.

     

    Fast forward 15 years and Antiochus III, the king of the North raises a great army and attacks the Ptolemies in Phoenicia and Israel.  He received support against the king of the South from Jewish rebels, referred to in the Scripture as “violent ones among your own people.” 

     

    In Daniel 11: 36, the prophecy shifts from Antiochus IV and focuses on the end of days.  During the tribulation, the antichrist will be attacked from the north and south.  He will be successful against the attack and invade Israel.  His military capital will be established in Israel between the Mediterranean and the city of Jerusalem.  

     

    Daniel closes with Gabriel encouraging him to go on his way to the end.  Daniel will rest, but he will rise to his destiny, a promise of future resurrection at the end of days. 

     

    September 18: Hosea 1-7

     

    Hosea has a lot of autobiographical elements to it.  Hosea’s own marriage and family are vital to the message he brings.  God commands Hosea to marry a promiscuous wife and have children with her.  The promiscuous wife represents Israel and her promiscuity with false gods.  Despite their promiscuity, The LORD seeks them out, just as Hosea seeks a debauched spouse.  Hosea marries Gomer.  She gives birth to Jezreel.  She conceives again and the daughter is named No Compassion.  God will no longer have compassion on the Israelites.  When No Compassion is weaned, Gomer conceives again.  The son born is named Not My People. 

     

    God rebukes the adultery of the Israelites.  They have prostituted themselves with foreign gods despite the fact that He alone has delivered them from their enemies.  God will punish them for their worship of Baal.  However, God will forgive Israel for its sins.  He will speak tenderly to the nation. The Baals will no longer be remembered by them.  They will be His forever.  

     

    Gomer had joined herself to another man and committed adultery with him.  God commands Hosea to take her back.  She is called “woman” here rather than “your wife” because she had broken her marriage covenant with Hosea.  Hosea buys her back for 15 shekels.  We are given no indication on why he had to buy her back.  She could have sold herself as a personal slave when she joined up with the other man.  

     

    Chapter 3 verses 4-5 refer to the upcoming exile that Israel will experience.  They will be without a ruler, without sacrifice, sacred pillar, ephod, or household items. 

     

    God brings His case against Israel.  They have abandoned the truth.  There is no knowledge of God in the land.  They are marked with cursing, lying, murder, stealing, and adultery.  They have no discernment and are doomed.  God calls the priests to pay attention.  Mizpah and Mount Tabor have become a snare because they had an unauthorized sanctuary at Mizpah and a high place at Mount Tabor.  

     

    They are called to return to The LORD.  He has torn them, but He will also heal them.  God asks what He will do with them, since their faithfulness is like the morning dew.  The dew is present and everywhere in the morning, but in just a few short hours, it is gone, like it was never there.  God wants their loyalty, not their sacrifice.  Of course, if they were loyal, their sacrifice would follow and the sacrifice would be made in the right spirit.  

     

    God laments the fact that His people have rebelled against Him.  He wants to redeem them, but they speak lies against Him.  

     

    September 19: Hosea 8-14

     

    Hosea eight starts out with an alarm.  God is about to send an army to swoop down on Israel.  They have treated their knowledge of God as fire insurance. “My God, we know you” indicates that they assumed they could do whatever they wanted and seek God’s forgiveness.  However, they rejected what is good.  Their kings were not installed by God.  They appointed leaders without His approval.  These leaders led them astray and into idolatry. 

     

    The exile is announced.  They are not to be jubilant like other nations are.  Punishment has come.  The prophet is a fool and an inspired man is insane because their guilt and hostility is so great. Israel at one point had brought pleasure to God, but they undid this by going to Baal-peor where they tried to ensure fertility by worshiping Baal (Shame). 

     

    Hosea speaks in chapter 10 verses 1-8.  Israel was once a lush vine.  However, they did not use it to serve God.  They did not use them to serve others.  They turned these blessings into gifts for the calf idols of Baal. They are guilty of sinning since the days of Gibeah, a reference to the book of Judges 19-21 in which a civil war starts after a Levite’s concubine was assaulted, murdered, and cut into pieces.  Total destruction is headed their way.

     

    God has taken care of Israel from the beginning.  He is the One that freed them from the Egyptians.  He is the One that brought them to the land flowing with milk and honey.  Despite all He has done for them, His people are still bent on turning from Him.  Do we see these things happening today?  

     

    Israel is playing with fire by setting up foreign alliances.  Rather than turn to God and depend on Him for protection, they are pursuing help from Assyria and Egypt.  God has been their God since the land of Egypt.  There is no God but Him.  No Savior exists but Him.  He will mete out His punishment on them.  

     

    Hosea ends with a call for the people to repent.  All they need to do is turn from their ways and seek God with all their hearts and sin no more.  If they will do this, then God promises restoration.  The Israelites will be exiled, but they will return. 

     

    September 20: Joel 1-3

     

    Joel is one of the shortest book in the Old Testament.  The first part describes a horrible plague that concludes with a plea for confession of sin.  The second proclaims hope for the people that repent. 

     

    Joel addresses both the elders and the inhabitants of the land with a question meant to grab their attention.  “Has anything like this ever happened in your days or in the days of your ancestors?”  The devouring locusts came in and took what they wanted.  The swarming locust came in and had their fill.  Whatever they did not eat was taken by young locust.  Whatever was left by the young locust was eaten by the destroying locust.  This incident has caused a complete wipe out of their crops.  

     

    They are called to wake up from their drunkenness and weep at their state.  The grapevine is dried up.  The fig tree is withered.  All the trees in the orchard are dried up.  

     

    Everyone should tremble because the Day of the LORD is coming.  It will be a day of darkness and gloom.  The LORD declares that they should turn to Him with all of their hearts with fasting, weeping, and mourning.  The priests should weep and cry “have pity on Your people, LORD and do not make our inheritance a disgrace”.  

     

    God promises that one day they will be restored.  He promises that He will pour out His Spirit on all humanity.  Everyone who calls on His name will be saved.  When the fortunes of Judah and Jerusalem are restored, God will bring all the nations and take them to the valley of Jehoshaphat and enter into judgment there.  Israel will be blessed.  Judah and Jerusalem will be inhabited forever. Their bloodguilt will be forgiven. 

     

    September 21: Amos 1-5

     

    Amos is the first of the four eighth century B.C. prophets.  These prophets also include Hosea, Isaiah, and Micah.  

     

    Some believe that Amos was a poor man, working as a day laborer.  However, he is described in the opening text as a “sheep breeder” indicating that he owned sheep.  This implies that he was middle or upper middle class.  Amos is from Judah, but his prophecy is directed at Israel. 

     

    God is compared to a roaring lion.  A series of oracles is announced against Damascus, Tyre, Edom, Moab, Ammon, Judah, and Israel.  God will not relent from punishing Israel.  They sell a righteous person for silver.  A needy person is sold for a pair of sandals.  This most likely refers to selling a debtor into slavery for a trifling amount of money.  

     

    Israel is in trouble because they have been going along with the other nation’s worship of false gods.  “Can two walk together without agreeing to meet?”  The Israelites were in lock step with the pagans around them.  They were not tricked into the pagan worship.  They made the choice to follow them.  

     

    The “cows of Bashan” is a term for the women of Samaria.  They oppress the poor and crush the needy, while demanding drink from their husbands.  Just as the cattle in that region, these women were pampered and well-fed.  Often the Israelites described beauty by comparing things that were valued in their culture.  Cows had great value so it could be used as a complement, but Amos is not paying them any complements.  They are cruel, unfeeling, and arrogant.  Israel has grown apostate despite the punishment God gave them.  He tried to get their attention, but they would not turn from their wicked ways.  

     

    September 22: Amos 6-9

     

    Complacency has become a problem in Zion.  The people are comfortable.  Why would they need to worry about doing God’s will?  Just like complacency got them into trouble, it can get us into trouble today.  When I worked with electronics, if I ever got sloppy, I was quickly reminded of its power when I got shocked.  When I was careful, I never took voltage.  Other times, I got comfortable with it and that is when I wound up doing the 60 hertz shuffle.  

     

    This comfort that Israel feels leads to pride.  God hates their pride.  The large houses will be smashed to pieces, and the small house to rubble.  

     

    Amos seven opens with a vision of locusts.  Locusts are a common image of God’s wrath in the Bible.  Amaziah, the priest of Bethel, is not happy with what Amos is reporting.  He sends word to Jeroboam the king saying that Amos has conspired against him.  Amaziah tells Amos to leave.  Amos explains that he was not a prophet or the son of a prophet.  He was a herdsman that was called by God to deliver this message.  God pronounces a judgment on Amaziah.  His wife will be a prostitute and his sons and daughters will be killed by the sword.  

     

    Amos closes with a vision of God standing by the altar.  People will try to hide from the coming wrath.  It does not matter where they go.  He will find them and execute His judgment.  God again reminds the people of His care for them.  All sinners among His people who say, “disaster will never overtake or confront” them will die.  However, God will one day restore the fallen booth of David.  He will repair its gaps and restore the ruins.  


    print out

     

  • September 22: Amos 6-9

     

    Complacency has become a problem in Zion.  The people are comfortable.  Why would they need to worry about doing God’s will?  Just like complacency got them into trouble, it can get us into trouble today.  When I worked with electronics, if I ever got sloppy, I was quickly reminded of its power when I got shocked.  When I was careful, I never took voltage.  Other times, I got comfortable with it and that is when I wound up doing the 60 hertz shuffle.  

     

    This comfort that Israel feels leads to pride.  God hates their pride.  The large houses will be smashed to pieces, and the small house to rubble.  

     

    Amos seven opens with a vision of locusts.  Locusts are a common image of God’s wrath in the Bible.  Amaziah, the priest of Bethel, is not happy with what Amos is reporting.  He sends word to Jeroboam the king saying that Amos has conspired against him.  Amaziah tells Amos to leave.  Amos explains that he was not a prophet or the son of a prophet.  He was a herdsman that was called by God to deliver this message.  God pronounces a judgment on Amaziah.  His wife will be a prostitute and his sons and daughters will be killed by the sword.  

     

    Amos closes with a vision of God standing by the altar.  People will try to hide from the coming wrath.  It does not matter where they go.  He will find them and execute His judgment.  God again reminds the people of His care for them.  All sinners among His people who say, “disaster will never overtake or confront” them will die.  However, God will one day restore the fallen booth of David.  He will repair its gaps and restore the ruins.  

     

    September 23: Obadiah & Jonah

     

    Obadiah focuses solely on prophecy against Edom.  The Edomites were descendants of Esau and there had been tension between the two nations for the majority of their history.  The message of Obadiah centers around the approaching “Day of the Lord” and Israel’s future occupation of Edom. 

     

    Jonah is one of the better-known prophets.  He was called by God to go to Nineveh to preach to the people there, warning them to repent.  Nineveh was a terrible place filled with sinfulness, so Jonah decides that he is NOT going to follow God’s commands.  Instead, he sets sail for Tarshish.  On the way, a storm breaks out.  All the Sailors are worried and making pleas to their gods that they would be spared.  Jonah is below deck sleeping soundly when he is approached by the captain.  He wants to know how Jonah can sleep so soundly when the storm is raging.  (As a Sailor, I can tell you that some of the best sleep a person can get is when the ship is caught in a storm).  The captain wants to know who is causing the ship trouble.  Jonah admits quickly that he is to blame.  So they pick him up and throw him over the side. 

     

    A large fish comes along and swallows him.  While Jonah is trapped inside this large aquatic creature, he has some time so do some soul searching and praying.  He promises if he is delivered, he will go to Nineveh.  After spending three days in the belly of the fish, he is vomited out on the shore.  He is once again commanded to go to Nineveh.  Jonah obeys this time and preaches to the Ninevites. 

     

    There was great success in his warning of the coming calamity.  We would think that Jonah would be happy about this.  Instead, he throws a fit.  He gets upset. He was expecting that the people would not come to repentance and that God would destroy them.  Jonah prays to the LORD basically saying, “I knew this would be a waste of time since you are so merciful”.  It is never a waste of time to do what God has called us to do. 

     

    Jonah closes with a question from God to Jonah.  “Should I not care about the great city of Nineveh, which has more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right and their left, as well as many animals?”  

     

    September 24: Micah

     

    Micah’s name means “Who is Like Yahweh?” The point of this book is to get us to ponder and reflect on the character, person, and acts of God Almighty.  His works are incomparable to anything or anyone.  

     

    Micah calls the Israelites to the attention of the destruction headed their way.  He describes God as leaving His holy temple and coming to trample the earth.  Their idols will be smashed to pieces and their wealth will be burned in the fire.  Micah laments for the coming calamity.  He invokes imagery of the jackals and ostriches, two animals that represent the wasteland Israel will become.  

     

    The wicked will perish.  Woe to them that lay in their beds and scheme evil things.  The false prophets of the time tell Micah to be quiet.  They dismiss his words of warning.  These false prophets were popular at the time because they told the people what they wanted to hear.  Rather than be convicted and driven to repent of their sin, they are given the comfortable lies that they will be okay.  

     

    The unjust leaders will be judged along with the false prophets.  The leaders love what is evil and hate what is good.  The false prophets are leading people astray.  They proclaim peace because they are living in comfort.  Their needs are met, they have no worries, their bellies are full.  To make matters worse, they rage against those that have nothing to eat.  For too long these leaders and prophets have lived against God’s commands while also proclaiming “Isn’t the LORD with us?  No disaster will overtake us.” 

     

    God proclaims that in the last days, the mountain of the LORD will be established.  Zion will be restored, and He will reign from there.  Micah 5:2 contains a prophecy of the coming Messiah.  Bethlehem is small among the clans of Judah, but one will come from her that will rule over Israel.  He has been around since the beginning, before antiquity, and from eternity.  Jesus Christ, the Son of God, is born in Bethlehem.  

     

    Micah laments at the fact that his city is falling into moral decay.  The godly people have vanished, and tricksters and evil people have taken their place.  The only thing they are good at is accomplishing evil.  Micah asks the question “who is a God like You?”  The answer is that He is the only God like Him.  He removes iniquity and passes over rebellion.  He is strong to save.  He is compassionate and loving. 

     

    September 25: Nahum

     

    Nahum portrays God overtaking Assyria to relieve the Israelites.  It was a message of hope to Judah, but a message of destruction for Israel’s enemies.  Nahum prophesies against Nineveh, just as Jonah had in the previous century.  Bashan and Carmel wither because of a terrible drought.  It is so dry that even the most fertile lands are withered.  

     

    Assyria’s king will have no descendants to carry on his name.  God will eliminate the carved idol and cast images from their houses of worship.  God calls the people of Judah to celebrate at this great news He is proclaiming.  

     

    Nahum sarcastically rallies the troops of Assyria as they prepare for battle.  Since God has proclaimed their destruction, they will not overcome their enemies.  Nahum knows this, but the Assyrian soldiers do not.  Nahum informs them of the destruction God is sending their way.  Their chariots will go up in smoke and their messages will never be heard again.  

     

    Nineveh will fall.  God is against them.  They dashed the Egyptian children to pieces just as they did in Israel.  Those that hear about their destruction will rejoice and clap their hands.  The Ninevites were cruel people, and their enemies will be happy they have been destroyed. 

     

    September 26: Habakkuk & Zephaniah

     

    Habakkuk is one of the minor prophets.  This book is different in the fact that rather than speaking to the people on God’s behalf, Habakkuk speaks to God on the people’s behalf.  It is hard for the prophet to understand how God used the pagan and unrighteous nations as His instrument of justice.  

     

    The prophet cries that God is not listening to him.  There is violence and He allows it to continue.  Habakkuk makes the claim that the law is not effective since the unrighteous rise to prominence.  God replies by telling him to look at all of the nations and be astounded.  He will bring the Chaldeans to mete out His judgment on the wicked.

     

    The prophet is concerned about the Chaldeans.  He worries that they will go beyond the violence God wants them to do.  God responds to Habakkuk telling him to write His words down since there will be a delay before it happens.  The prophet closes his book with words of rejoicing.  God is our strong deliverer.  Nothing will overcome Him. 

     

    Zephaniah focuses on the need to live in righteousness.  Out of all the prophets, Zephaniah gives the strongest description of judgment.  God will completely swipe away everything on the earth. Man and animal, bird and fish, all of it will be removed from the face of the earth.  God’s hand will stretch out against Judah.  There will be wailing and gnashing of teeth throughout the city.  Jerusalem has not obeyed, they have not accepted discipline. 

    This may seem harsh to us.  However, parents give discipline to their children when they misbehave.  Judah has been misbehaving for quite a while and all the message God sends them fall on deaf ears.  To get their attention He will wipe them all away. 

     

    September 27: Haggai

     

    Haggai challenges the folks in Jerusalem to do some soul searching and see where they have been messing up.  He calls them to live lives that will please God.  In King Darius’s second year, God approaches Haggai with the message that it is time to rebuild the temple.  This temple will be a sign that God is with them.  However, they are called to examine their ways.  

     

    They must go and gather lumber from the hills and build the house.  Then God will be pleased with them.  Zerubbabel, along with everyone else, hears the words of the LORD and obey Him.  God warns them that one day He will shake the earth and remove the royal thrones of the Gentile kingdom.  He promises Zerubbabel that He will be “like My signet ring”.  This indicates that Zerubbabel will have the authority to act as God’s legitimate Davidic ruler.  God had removed that right from Jehoiakim in Jeremiah 22:24.  

     

    September 28: Zechariah 1-7

     

    Zechariah seeks to encourage the returning Israelites to start rebuilding the temple.  It is a new day for Jerusalem.  We can understand why they would be hesitant to start the project.  The first temple was beautiful and ornate.  It was where the glory of the LORD rested, but it was still destroyed.  I liken it to someone that used to be in really good shape, but fell out of shape, trying to become physically fit again.  It’s difficult to start the process.  

     

    Zechariah provides the people surreal visions and poetic images that focus on God’s reversal of His judgment against the people.  The prophet encourages the people to return to God.  Their ancestors had been wicked, but they can turn around and come back to the LORD.  God reminds the people that their ancestors are gone, but He remains.  His words became reality.  Their trust should be in Him.  

     

    Zechariah is treated to several visions.  The first vision is a man riding on a red horse.  The man standing among the myrtles is the Angel of the LORD.  The second vision indicates that though God had used the nations to punish Israel, He will now punish them.  The roles are being reversed.  The surveyor indicates the rebuilding of Jerusalem.  In the fourth vision, he sees Joshua, the first high priest after the exile.  Joshua is dressed in filthy clothes.  The Angel of the LORD commands that the filthy clothes be removed and he be clothed in splendid robes. 

     

    In the sixth vision, a flying scroll represents the punishment set aside for the land.  The woman in the basket also represents judgment.  The woman is idolatry and she is shoved in the basket and sent off to Babylon where idolatry belonged.  The first and eighth visions act as bookends to the visions.  They convey the same message.  God is sovereign and has complete control over His creation. 

     

    Chapter seven begins with another line of questioning about the wickedness of their ancestors.  Their ancestors are charged with going through the motions when it comes to their fasting.  They are not fasting for the LORD, they are doing it for themselves.  God wants relationship, not ritual.  The relationship should drive the ritual, not the other way around.  

     

    September 29: Zechariah 8-14

     

    The book turns from judgment to blessing.  It goes from complete dispersion to total restoration.  God reiterates what He told the Israelites on the exile.  He will be their God and they will be His people.  God is restoring His covenant with them.  

     

    The enemies of Zion will be judged.  Zion has much to rejoice about.  Her king is coming riding on a donkey.  Kings in those days would normally ride mules.  The fact that He is riding a donkey indicates unexpected humility from the king.  Jesus made His triumphal entry into Jerusalem on a donkey.  He is fully God and fully human, but He did not use that to overpower the people and be served.  Instead, He humbled Himself and gave Himself up to the Father’s will so that we could be saved.  If that is not unexpected from a king, I do not know what is! 

     

    It is through Christ’s atoning work on the cross that we are cleansed.  When we come to know Him as LORD, we become part of God’s people.  We are cleansed from our sins and stains and stand blameless before The LORD.  

     

    Zechariah closes with the promise of God’s triumph.  A day is coming when the nations are gathered against Israel for battle.  The LORD will go and fight against those nations.  God will have His victory and no Canaanite will be in the house of the LORD of hosts.  


    Print Out

     

  • September 29: Zechariah 8-14

     

    The book turns from judgment to blessing.  It goes from complete dispersion to total restoration.  God reiterates what He told the Israelites on the exile.  He will be their God and they will be His people.  God is restoring His covenant with them.  

     

    The enemies of Zion will be judged.  Zion has much to rejoice about.  Her king is coming riding on a donkey.  Kings in those days would normally ride mules.  The fact that He is riding a donkey indicates unexpected humility from the king.  Jesus made His triumphal entry into Jerusalem on a donkey.  He is fully God and fully human, but He did not use that to overpower the people and be served.  Instead, He humbled Himself and gave Himself up to the Father’s will so that we could be saved.  If that is not unexpected from a king, I do not know what is! 

     

    It is through Christ’s atoning work on the cross that we are cleansed.  When we come to know Him as LORD, we become part of God’s people.  We are cleansed from our sins and stains and stand blameless before The LORD.  

     

    Zechariah closes with the promise of God’s triumph.  A day is coming when the nations are gathered against Israel for battle.  The LORD will go and fight against those nations.  God will have His victory and no Canaanite will be in the house of the LORD of hosts.  

     

    September 30:  Malachi

     

    Today is a momentous day because we finish the Old Testament.  Great job! 

     

    Malachi gives the essential message of the Old Testament and shows the reader God’s nature and our responsibilities and relationship to Him and others in the community of believers. The reader is reminded that God showed favor to Jacob instead of Esau.  God also reminds them that they are to honor their mothers and fathers.  He asks the question of where His honor is since He is their Father?  God is our Father; do we honor Him in that way? 

     

    The people have been shirking their responsibilities.  Rather than bring the unblemished animal to God for sacrifice, they bring the blind or deformed animals to Him.  As believers, we should bring our best to God, not offer Him the stuff we do not want. 

     

    The priests have condoned this lackadaisical faith.  As a result, God will send His curse among them. God is wearied by their actions. They ask how they have wearied God.  His answer is simple, they have declared that what is evil is good in God’s sight and asked where the God of justice is.  There are people today that claim evil as good and right in the LORD’s sight. 

     

    God is going to send His messenger to prepare the way.  This is a prophecy about John the Baptist.  He is the new Elijah, exhorting the people to repent of their sin and prepare for Jesus’s arrival.  

     

    Malachi closes with a final warning.  He will send the prophet and the disobedient will accept the wisdom of the righteous. 

     

    October 1: Matthew 1-4

     

    We start on the New Testament today.  It has been about 400 years between the last prophetic book and Christ’s arrival.  Matthew starts with the historical record of Jesus Christ by providing His lineage back to Abraham.  

     

    Christ’s birth came about in an unusual way.  His mother was engaged to Joseph.  The angel Gabriel told her that she was pregnant by the Holy Spirit.  She informs Joseph.  Joseph was a righteous man that planned to break up with her in secret, so as to not call attention to her pregnancy.  But God sends an angel to tell Joseph that he is to stay with Mary and raise Christ.  He will save His people from their sins. 

     

    Jesus was born in Bethlehem.  While in Bethlehem, three wise men see His star in the east and head to Jerusalem to seek the new king.  When Herod hears they are searching for the baby, he tells them to come back to let him know where the baby is at so he can worship too.  This was just a ruse, Herod sought to kill the child.  We know this because he slaughtered all the male children in and around Bethlehem that were two years old or younger.  Joseph, Mary, and Jesus had fled to Egypt during this time of tumult.  We have seen multiple cases in the Old Testament where God’s people flee to Egypt.  God sends word that the coast is clear, and the family returns to Nazareth.  Several years pass. 

     

    John the Baptist came, preaching in the wilderness of Judea.  He wore a camel hair garment and ate locusts and wild honey for sustenance.  He came preaching repentance because the kingdom of God was at hand.  Jesus approaches John and asks to be baptized.  John, at first, denies the request saying that he needs to be baptized by Jesus.  Jesus explains that it has to be done to “fulfill all righteousness”.  

     

    After this, Jesus goes into the wilderness where He fasts for 40 days and 40 nights.  Toward the end of this period, the devil shows up and tempts Christ.  The devil tries to get Him to show His power.  “If You really are the Messiah, make these stones bread.” Jesus refutes his temptation by quoting Scripture.  The devil then tries to get Him to throw Himself down so that the angels can protect Him by quoting Scripture.  Again, Jesus refutes with Scripture.  In the third attempt, the devil tries to get Jesus to take the easy route.  He can just worship the devil there and then He can have the kingdoms.  Jesus again thwarts the temptation with Scripture.  

     

    When we struggle with sin and temptation, the best thing we can do escape is consulting God’s word.  It is important that we know the Scriptures, but also know how to apply them when the time comes. 

     

    October 2:  Matthew 5 & 6

     

    Large crowds had gathered to see Jesus and learn from Him.  He went up on the mountain, sat down, and began teaching.  In those days, teaching and preaching happened from the sitting position.  Jesus teaches the “Beatitudes”.  The poor are blessed because the kingdom of heaven is theirs.  The mournful are blessed because they will be comforted.  The gentle are blessed because they will inherit the earth.  

     

    The believers are the salt and light of the earth.  The world is dark and without taste.  The believers are supposed to go out and shine their light before everyone.  What good is a light if it is hidden under a basket? 

     

    Throughout the Old Testament we read instructions about physically carrying out sins.  Now Christ gives us the true standard of what is sinful.  Even if we just look at someone with hatred or lust in our hearts, we are guilty of murder and adultery.  It is not enough to prevent physically acting these sins out, we must also work to keep these thoughts away.  Sin begins in the heart.  We will have bad thoughts come our way from time to time.  Even the holiest people I know struggle with these issues.  When asked about these bad thoughts, Martin Luther made this statement “We cannot prevent birds from flying over our heads, but we can prevent them from building nests in our hair.”  

     

    Jesus also warns them not to practice their righteousness in front of people.  If we are going to be righteous, then we should be righteous, not just for the show of it.  I remember a long time ago I was talking to someone about work performance. He said something to the effect of “I want to look good on paper.”  I rebuked that thought by responding, “why not just be good?”  People know when we are genuine and when we are fake.  If we are truly righteous, that is going to show through even when we are not making a spectacle of it.  

     

    October 3: Matthew 7 & 8

     

    The believer is told not to judge so that they won’t be judged.  The unit of measure we use to judge others is the same unit that we will be judged by.  Jesus asks how someone can look at the speck in another person’s eye while not addressing the log in their own eye.  He calls these hypocrites to fix themselves first and then correct the brothers.  To a degree, I think the reason that they don’t remove the log in their eye first is because they can’t see it.  Sadly, we have a tendency to go judge our sin as being less offensive than the sins of others.  That is false, all sin goes against God. 

     

    Jesus explains that those who do the will of His Father in heaven are the ones that will enter the kingdom.  Others will show up and say that they have done things in His name, but He will tell them to depart because He never knew them.  

     

    A man approaches Jesus saying that if He is willing, He can make him clean from his terrible skin disease.  Jesus responds that He is willing and makes the man fully healed.  Jesus tells the man not to tell anyone.  He also tells him to go be examined by the priests.  This harkens back to the Levitical law regarding skin diseases. 

     

    A military leader comes to Jesus and says that he is not worthy to have Jesus come to his home.  However, he knows that all Jesus has to do is say the word and his servant will be healed.  This man amazes Jesus with his faith.  He is a great leader and can command many, but he comes to Jesus with humility and faith that Christ can heal.  

     

    We also read more accounts of Christ healing people and freeing them from their demons.  At one point, He drives demons out of two men and into pigs.  The pigs summarily drown themselves.  The people that tended the pigs go to town and tell them what happened.  As a result, they go and beg Jesus to leave their region.  Some folks do not want healing.  Some folks are more interested in maintaining the status quo and living their lives.  Some folks love their sin more than anything else.  This group was worried about Jesus disrupting their way of life, so they had Him leave.  When we come to know Jesus as Lord and Savior, we must be ready to for Him to disrupt our lives. 

     

    October 4:  Matthew 9 & 10

     

    After being asked to leave, Jesus gets in a boat and crosses over to Capernaum.  Some men brought their paralytic buddy to Him for healing.  When Jesus sees their faith, He tells the man that his sins are forgiven.  When some of the scribes hear this, they claim that Jesus is blaspheming.  

     

    As Jesus goes along, He tells Matthew the tax collector to follow Him.  In those days, tax collectors were hated by the Jews.  They were an unscrupulous bunch that would tax more than they were required to.  Matthew leaves the tax collecting business behind and follows Jesus.  

     

    Jesus heals a woman that suffered bleeding for 12 years, a young girl, and two blind men.  He also drives out a demon from a possessed man.  The crowds are amazed stating that nothing like this has ever been seen in Israel.  The Pharisees, jealous of Jesus and His power, give credit to the devil for driving the demons out, not to God Almighty. 

     

    The 12 disciples are summoned by Jesus.  He sends them out, telling them to not take the road leading to other nations or to any Samaritan town.  Instead, they are supposed to go to the lost people of Israel.  They are commissioned to heal the sick, raise the dead, cleanse those with skin diseases, and drive out demons.  As they go through these towns, if the people will not listen to them, they are to shake the dust from their sandals and keep moving. 

     

    Jesus also warns His disciples that they will face persecutions.  Since the world hates Jesus, it will hate them as well.  

     

    October 5:  Matthew 11 & 12

     

    John the Baptist was imprisoned at the time.  When he heard about all the things Jesus was doing, he sent some of his disciples to question Jesus.  John’s disciples ask Jesus if He is the One to come.  Jesus tells them to report back to John what they see and hear.  The blind see, the lame walk, skin diseases are healed, the dead are raised, and the poor are told the good news.  

     

    Jesus confirms that John the Baptist is “Elijah who is to come”.  This was one of the final prophecies in Malachi.  Jesus also warns that the current generation is unresponsive.  Rather than accepting what Jesus is doing and celebrating the fact that the long-awaited Messiah has come, there is no movement.  John came to them fasting and he is accused of having a demon.  Jesus comes eating and drinking and they accuse Him of being a glutton and a drunkard. 

     

    As Jesus and His disciples are traveling, they come to a grain field and begin picking heads of grain to feed themselves.  The Pharisees get super upset by this because it is the Sabbath, and they are clearly working.  Jesus reminds the Pharisees that David and his men entered the temple and ate the sacred bread when they were hungry.  The problem here is that the Pharisees are not seeing who the Sabbath was made for.  The Sabbath was given as a gift to mankind.  However, over time, the Pharisees shifted their thinking so that mankind was made to follow the Sabbath.  

     

    After some time, the scribes and Pharisees ask Jesus to give them a sign that He is the Messiah.  Jesus rebukes them saying that an evil and adulterous generation asks for a sign.  The issue here is that even if Jesus had given them a sign, they still would not have believed He was the Messiah.  Jesus proves Himself over and over again, but they refuse to acknowledge His lordship. 

     

    October 6:  Matthew 13 & 14

     

    We read the parable of the sower today.  The sower goes out to sow.  Some of the seed falls on the path where it is quickly eaten by the birds.  Other seed falls on the rocky ground where there is not enough soil for the seed to sprout.  Some seed falls where the soil is not deep.  The seed quickly sprouts but is soon scorched by the sun.  Still, some of the seed fell on the fertile ground where the seed sprouted and created a great crop.  Not everyone that hears the message of Jesus will come to know Him as Lord and Savior.  We cannot make anyone believe, we can merely show people what we believe by how we act and what we say. 

     

    One of my favorite parables is the parable of the wheat and the weeds.  We sometimes wonder why there is still evil in the world and why evil people are allowed to remain.  This parable explains why. A man sows good seed in his field.  While he is sleeping, an enemy comes and sows weeds in the same field.  Both the wheat and the weeds grow together in the field.  The weeds cannot be pulled up without disturbing the wheat.  So, the owner waits until harvest when the reapers will gather the weeds first and destroy them.  When that is complete, the wheat is harvested and stored in the barn.  

     

    Christ returns to His hometown of Nazareth where He is rejected by the people.  They have known Jesus for a long time.  They also know His family.  Because they are so familiar with Him, they cannot see that Jesus is who He says He is. 

     

    Herod has a big birthday celebration.  Herodias’s daughter dances before him and it pleases him.  Herod makes an oath saying that he will give her whatever she wants.  She asks for John the Baptist’s head on a silver platter.  Herod is upset about this request, but since he made the promise, he had to follow through.  John is beheaded and his head is brought on a platter. 

     

    Jesus hears about this and withdraws to a boat.  A crowd follows his movements and meet with Him on the other side of the lake.  Jesus begins healing their sick.  As evening approached, the disciples told Jesus they should send everyone away to get food for themselves.  Jesus tells them to give them something to eat.  They do not have anything, but a boy has five loaves of bread and two fish.  The loaves of bread were probably no larger than the size of a twinkie.  The disciples pass the loaves and fish around and Jesus multiplies it so that 5,000 men are fed along with the women and children in the crowd.  There is such abundance that they have leftovers.  God makes a lot out of a little.  

     

    Print Out

     

  • October 6: Matthew 13 & 14

     

    We read the parable of the sower today.  The sower goes out to sow.  Some of the seed falls on the path where it is quickly eaten by the birds.  Other seed falls on the rocky ground where there is not enough soil for the seed to sprout.  Some seed falls where the soil is not deep.  The seed quickly sprouts but is soon scorched by the sun.  Still, some of the seed fell on the fertile ground where the seed sprouted and created a great crop.  Not everyone that hears the message of Jesus will come to know Him as Lord and Savior.  We cannot make anyone believe, we can merely show people what we believe by how we act and what we say. 

     

    One of my favorite parables is the parable of the wheat and the weeds.  We sometimes wonder why there is still evil in the world and why evil people are allowed to remain.  This parable explains why. A man sows good seed in his field.  While he is sleeping, an enemy comes and sows weeds in the same field.  Both the wheat and the weeds grow together in the field.  The weeds cannot be pulled up without disturbing the wheat.  So, the owner waits until harvest when the reapers will gather the weeds first and destroy them.  When that is complete, the wheat is harvested and stored in the barn.  

     

    Christ returns to His hometown of Nazareth where He is rejected by the people.  They have known Jesus for a long time.  They also know His family.  Because they are so familiar with Him, they cannot see that Jesus is who He says He is. 

     

    Herod has a big birthday celebration.  Herodias’s daughter dances before him and it pleases him.  Herod makes an oath saying that he will give her whatever she wants.  She asks for John the Baptist’s head on a silver platter.  Herod is upset about this request, but since he made the promise, he had to follow through.  John is beheaded and his head is brought on a platter. 

     

    Jesus hears about this and withdraws to a boat.  A crowd follows his movements and meet with Him on the other side of the lake.  Jesus begins healing their sick.  As evening approached, the disciples told Jesus they should send everyone away to get food for themselves.  Jesus tells them to give them something to eat.  They do not have anything, but a boy has five loaves of bread and two fish.  The loaves of bread were probably no larger than the size of a twinkie.  The disciples pass the loaves and fish around and Jesus multiplies it so that 5,000 men are fed along with the women and children in the crowd.  There is such abundance that they have leftovers.  God makes a lot out of a little.  

     

    October 7: Matthew 15-17

     

    The Pharisees approach Jesus, asking Him why His disciples do not ceremonially wash their hands before eating.  Jesus answers their question with another question: Why do they break God’s commandments because of their tradition?  The Pharisees are more concerned with keeping up appearances than they are living holy lives.  Jesus reminds them of Isaiah’s prophecy that the people honor Him with their lips, but their hearts are far from Him.  Do we truly serve The LORD and follow His ways?  Or do we just say that we do and live lives counter to His commands? 

     

    Jesus teaches that it is not what goes into the person that defiles, it is what comes out of the person that defiles.  The heart is deceitful, from it comes evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, sexual immoralities, thefts, false testimonies, and blasphemies. Those are what defiles a person, not unclean hands! 

     

    The Pharisees and Sadducees team up to combat Jesus together.  Typically, these two groups did not get along, but as the adage goes “my enemy’s enemy is my friend”.  They assemble and ask Jesus to show them a sign from heaven. Jesus responds with the sigs given before weather.  “Red sky at night, Sailor’s delight. Red in the morning, Sailor take warning.”  Jesus is essentially telling them that He is giving them signs, they are just choosing to ignore them. 

     

    Jesus begins warning of his upcoming arrest and death.  The disciples are shocked about this news.  Peter goes so far as to say that “this will never happen to You!” Jesus rebukes Peter because Peter is thinking about man’s concerns and not God’s 

     

    Peter, the “Sons of Thunder (aka James and John) go up on a high mountain with Jesus.  Jesus transforms in front of them there.  Moses and Elijah also appear and begin talking with Jesus.  Peter approaches The LORD and says that it is good they are here and asks if he should start setting up camp.  Peter’s heart was in the right place, but he is missing the bigger picture. Rather than bask in the fact that he is surrounded by the Messiah, the Old Testament hero Moses, and the great prophet Elijah, he is looking for work to do. 

     

    October 8: Matthew 18 & 19

     

    The disciples were pretty competitive with one another.  Throughout their walk with Christ, they often tried to determine which one was the most favored.  They come to Jesus asking who the greatest is in the kingdom of heaven.  I am certain the answer shocked them all.  Jesus brought a child over and had him stand among them.  Jesus proclaimed that unless a person becomes like a child, he or she will not enter the kingdom of heaven.  They must adopt childlike humility. 

     

    Jesus then teaches the parable of the sheep.  A man has 100 sheep, but one of them strays. So, the man leaves the 99 and goes to find the lost one.  When the lost sheep is found, there is much rejoicing. This is not to say that the other 99 were not important. They were safe and secure, so no need to worry about them. 

     

    He also teaches them one of my favorite stories about forgiveness.  There is a man (we’ll call him Ernie) that is heavily in debt.  It was such a hefty sum, there was no way that Ernie could pay it back.  He throws himself at the mercy of the master and the master wipes his debt out.  On his way home the Ernie sees a guy (we will call him Bert) that owes him a paltry sum of money. Rather than just say, “Hey Bert! Don’t worry about that $10 debt anymore.” Ernie goes after him and starts choking him out demanding his pay.  When the master finds out about this, he has Ernie thrown in the slammer to be tortured until he could pay everything he owed.  As believers, we have been forgiven much, so we too should be forgiven. 

    A rich young man approaches Jesus and asks Him what he must do to have eternal life.  Jesus tells him to obey the law.  The young man says that he has done all of that.  Jesus explains he still lacks one thing.  He must sell his things and give to the poor and then he can follow Jesus.  The man walks away sad because he had a lot of possessions.  The man wants to follow Jesus, but the things of the world hold him down and prevent him from giving his life to Christ.  I hope and pray that the things of this world do not keep us away from The LORD.

     

    October 9: Matthew 20 & 21

     

    Jesus tells the parable of the vineyard workers.  Ultimately, this parable is about people that come to faith late in the game.  The vineyard owner agrees to pay laborers one denarius at the beginning of the day.  A few hours later, the man sees some other men standing in the marketplace doing nothing.  The owner offers them a denarius to work in his vineyard.  He does this throughout the day.  No matter what time the man agrees to go work, the pay remains the same, one denarius.  The men that began working earlier in the day get mad that these guys are getting paid the same as the ones that did less work.  The owner reminds them that they agreed on one denarius.  It is his money and his business so he can do as he chooses.  Some of us have been walking with God a long time.  Others have come to know Him very recently.  Ultimately, we all receive the same pay, eternity with Him.  

     

    James and John’s mother approach Jesus asking that her sons sit at His right and left side when He reigns.  It was not just the disciples that were jockeying for position.  Even some parents were trying to put their kids on top.  Jesus informs her that she does not know what she is asking.  He is going to suffer and die, are they ready? 

     

    Jesus approaches Jerusalem by the Mount of Olives.  He tells two disciples to go into the village and get a donkey that has never been ridden before.  If the owner asks what they are doing, they are just to simply say “The LORD needs it”. 

     

    Jesus enters Jerusalem riding on the donkey.  The people spread their coats and palm fronds before Him as He goes. They proclaim Jesus as the Son of David.  He comes in the name of The LORD.  This same crowd that is cheering Him on today will be the same crowd demanding His blood later that week. 

     

    The LORD tells another parable of a vineyard owner.  This speaks to what is about to happen to Jesus.  The vineyard owner plants a vineyard, puts up a fence, and digs a wine press and watch tower.  He leased it to the tenant farmers. When the grape harvest drew near, he sent his servants to collect the fruit.  They beat one, killed another, and stoned the third.  The owner then sends his son, thinking that they will respect him and give him the fruit.  The tenants do not.  Instead, they take the owner’s son and kill him to take his inheritance.  The chief priests and the Pharisees hear Christ parables and begin to plot His arrest. 

     

    October 10:  Matthew 22 & 23

     

    Christ tells the parable of the wedding banquet.  The king sends a wedding invitation.  He sends his servants to gather the people that were invited.  However, they were too busy and did not want to go.  He sends the servants out again asking them to come, but they pay no attention and continue going about their business.  The king then tells the servants that those that were invited were not worthy and commands them to go invite anyone they can find.  

     

    The Pharisees continue to plot against Jesus.  They want to trap Him because they do not like what He is saying.  They send their disciples to ask whether they should pay taxes or not.  Jesus asks whose face is on the coin.  They answer that it is Caesar.  Jesus tells them to give Caesar what is Caesar’s and give God what is God’s.  

     

    The Sadducees come to Him with an interesting question. They run a hypothetical situation in which a married man dies. He has no children, and his wife marries his brother.  Then the brother dies.  The same thing happens to all seven of his brothers.  The Sadducees want to know who the woman will be married after their resurrection. The reason this question is interesting is because the Sadducees did not believe in the resurrection!  

     

    The Pharisees and Sadducees again team up trying to catch Jesus with difficult questions.  They ask Him what the most important command is.  Jesus responds that it is “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind.  This is the greatest and most important command.”  If we are truly loving God in this way, then the rest of the laws will fall into place! 

     

    Jesus then warns the crowds not to do as the scribes and the Pharisees do.  They do not practice what they preach.  He compares them to whitewashed tombs.  They are nice and shiny on the outside, but all there is on the inside is death and decay. 

     

    October 11: Matthew 24 &25

     

    As Jesus is leaving the temple complex, His disciples call His attention to the temple buildings.  Jesus responds that “not one stone will be left on another.”  His words came true.  The second temple was destroyed in 70 A.D.  The only thing that remains of it is the Western Wall, also known as the “Wailing Wall”. 

     

    The disciples are concerned about when the end of the world is coming.  Jesus informs them to be on alert because plenty of people will come in His name.  He explains there is no need for worry.  These things must take place.  He also warns them of the persecution they will endure.  There will be a great tribulation and the Son of Man will come to earth on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.  He also explains that no one knows the day or hour that any of this will happen.  Beware of people who say they have Christ’s return figured out to the day.  No need to stand around looking at the sky waiting for His return.  Instead, we can get to work and do the work He has called us to. 

     

    The LORD liked to teach in parables.  He tells the parable of the ten virgins.  Five of them were foolish and the other five were smart.  The foolish ones did not bring enough oil for their lamps.  As they wait for the groom to return, they run out of oil and have to leave to find more.  As a result, they miss the groom and are locked out of the banquet. 


    Jesus also tells the parable of the talents.  The master is getting ready to leave for a long time.  He gives three servants some money before his departure.  He gives five talents to one, two to another, and one to the third man.  The first two take that money and double it.  The other is afraid of the master.  Rather than do anything with what has been entrusted to him, he buries it in the ground.  When the master returns, he is pleased with the two, but calls this third servant wicked and has the talent taken from him.  Are we using the gifts God gave us to do His work?  If we are not, what is stopping us? 

     

    October 12: Matthew 26

     

    After He finishes the parables, Jesus tells the disciples that He will be handed over and be crucified after the Passover.  The chief priests and elders conspired to arrest Him and kill Him but decide to do it after the Passover so that there won’t be rioting. 

     

    Jesus heads to Bethany.  While at Simon’s house, a woman approached Him with a jar of very expensive perfume.  She poured it on Christ’s head while He was reclining at the table.  Some of the disciples were indignant with this act.  They saw it as a waste.  The perfume could have been sold and the proceeds could have been given to the poor.  Jesus rebukes them, asking why they are bothering the woman.  He explains that she has done a good thing for Him and that her act will be remembered and proclaimed through the whole world.  Here we are, almost 2000 years later, and we are still talking about this simple act! 

     

    The men assemble with Jesus for the Passover celebration.  While they are dining, Jesus proclaims that one of them will betray Him.  The disciples are deeply concerned, worried that he might be the one.  Jesus takes the bread, breaks it, and passes it to His disciples, telling them to eat it because it is His body that is broken for them.  He then takes the cup and passes it, telling them to drink it because it is His blood that is shed for them.  

     

    Jesus knows of the anguish coming.  He tells them that they will all run away because of Him that very night.  Peter is indignant, stating that he would never run away.  Jesus warns him that before the rooster crows, Peter will deny Him three times. Peter remains indignant, claiming loyalty to the point of death.  

     

    Jesus goes to the Garden of Gethsemane to pray.  He takes Peter, James, and John with Him to keep watch while he prays.  Sadly, the three men keep falling asleep as Jesus prays.  After the third time of rebuking them for sleeping, Judas approaches with a large mob, carrying swords and clubs.  Judas walks up to Jesus, says, “Greetings, Rabbi” and kisses Jesus on the cheek.  With that, Jesus is taken into custody. Jesus is then taken to the Sanhedrin where they charge Him with blasphemy. They spit in His face and beat Him.

     

    Meanwhile, Peter is outside the courthouse where people recognize him as being one of Jesus’s friends.  He denies knowing Jesus three times, then he hears the rooster crow. 

     

    October 13: Matthew 27 & 28

     

    Since the Sanhedrin could not enforce the death penalty, they hand Jesus over to Pilate, the governor.  Judas, after seeing what is happening with Jesus is hit with remorse and tries to return the silver he was given for handing Jesus over to them.  They refuse to take it back.  He throws the silver into the sanctuary.  He promptly goes and hangs himself.  The chief priests take the money and say they cannot put it in the temple treasury because it is blood money.  Odd that they are being so moral with the blood money while they are trying an innocent man and plotting to have Him tortured and murdered in a grizzly way.  

     

    Jesus stands trial before the governor.  The governor is amazed at how Jesus handles Himself.  It was customary for the governor to release one prisoner at the festival.  Pilate asks them who they would rather he free, Jesus or Barabbas?  The chief priests and elders persuade the crowd to ask for Barabbas.  Pilate then asks what should be done with Jesus.  At that, the crowd cries out for Him to be crucified.  Pilate washes his hands of the situation and says that Christ’s blood will not be on his hands.  All the people in the crowd proclaim that they and their children will be responsible.  Of course, Jesus had come to free everyone from their sin, so His blood is on all of our hands. 

     

    Jesus is taken and crucified between two criminals.  People passed by, hurling insults at Him.  They mocked Him, saying that He could save others, but not Himself.  Jesus could have freed Himself, but if He had, then His mission would not be complete.  He endured the pain to do the Father’s will and for our freedom. 

     

    After just a few hours, Jesus dies on the cross.  He is taken down and placed in a tomb purchased by Joseph of Arimathea.  The chief priests and Pharisees petition the governor for protection around the tomb.  They are worried that the disciples will go in and take the body and say that He had risen.  They were given a guard of soldiers.

     

    After the Sabbath, so Sunday morning, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary go to the tomb.  There is a violent earthquake and the stone in front of the grave was rolled back.  An angel of the Lord appears to them and proclaims that Jesus is not there anymore.  He has been resurrected.  They leave and the resurrected Christ meets them on their way.  He tells them to go and let the disciples know He has risen. 

     

    Meanwhile, the chief priests are upset at what has happened.  They are reduced to bribing the guards to lie for them.  If anyone asks, the disciples came and took the body.  However, that would mean that they were not doing their job and the governor could punish them with the death penalty.  So, the chief priests promise them protection if Pilate finds out about it. 

     

    Jesus appears to His 11 disciples and gives them the Great Commission.  With that, the Gospel of Matthew is complete.


    Print Out

  • October 13: Matthew 27 and 28

     

    Since the Sanhedrin could not enforce the death penalty, they hand Jesus over to Pilate, the governor.  Judas, after seeing what is happening with Jesus is hit with remorse and tries to return the silver he was given for handing Jesus over to them.  They refuse to take it back.  He throws the silver into the sanctuary.  He promptly goes and hangs himself.  The chief priests take the money and say they cannot put it in the temple treasury because it is blood money.  Odd that they are being so moral with the blood money while they are trying an innocent man and plotting to have Him tortured and murdered in a grizzly way.  

     

    Jesus stands trial before the governor.  The governor is amazed at how Jesus handles Himself.  It was customary for the governor to release one prisoner at the festival.  Pilate asks them who they would rather he free, Jesus or Barabbas?  The chief priests and elders persuade the crowd to ask for Barabbas.  Pilate then asks what should be done with Jesus.  At that, the crowd cries out for Him to be crucified.  Pilate washes his hands of the situation and says that Christ’s blood will not be on his hands.  All the people in the crowd proclaim that they and their children will be responsible.  Of course, Jesus had come to free everyone from their sin, so His blood is on all of our hands. 

     

    Jesus is taken and crucified between two criminals.  People passed by, hurling insults at Him.  They mocked Him, saying that He could save others, but not Himself.  Jesus could have freed Himself, but if He had, then His mission would not be complete.  He endured the pain to do the Father’s will and for our freedom. 

     

    After just a few hours, Jesus dies on the cross.  He is taken down and placed in a tomb purchased by Joseph of Arimathea.  The chief priests and Pharisees petition the governor for protection around the tomb.  They are worried that the disciples will go in and take the body and say that He had risen.  They were given a guard of soldiers.

     

    After the Sabbath, so Sunday morning, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary go to the tomb.  There is a violent earthquake and the stone in front of the grave was rolled back.  An angel of the Lord appears to them and proclaims that Jesus is not there anymore.  He has been resurrected.  They leave and the resurrected Christ meets them on their way.  He tells them to go and let the disciples know He has risen. 

     

    Meanwhile, the chief priests are upset at what has happened.  They are reduced to bribing the guards to lie for them.  If anyone asks, the disciples came and took the body.  However, that would mean that they were not doing their job and the governor could punish them with the death penalty.  So, the chief priests promise them protection if Pilate finds out about it. 

     

    Jesus appears to His 11 disciples and gives them the Great Commission.  With that, the Gospel of Matthew is complete.

     

    October 14: Mark 1-3

    The Gospel of Mark focuses on the actions and deeds of Jesus.  This book has a rapid pace that does not slow down until Jesus enters Jerusalem.  The book opens with the confirmation that John the Baptist was the Messiah’s herald, preaching a baptism of repentance.  Jesus approaches John about being baptized.  Again, Jesus did not need to be baptized for repentance of sin.  He is sinless.  Jesus was baptized because it was the Father’s will.  After Jesus is baptized, He sees the heavens tear open, and the Spirit descends on Him like a dove. Immediately after His baptism, Jesus is led into the wilderness where He is tempted by the devil.   

     

    Jesus goes along the Sea of Galilee.  The Sea of Galilee is actually fresh water, so it is sometimes called the Lake of Galilee.  While He is there, Jesus begins calling fishermen to be His disciples. After calling them, they go into Capernaum where Jesus enters the synagogue and begins teaching with authority.  He drives out unclean spirits and heals many while He is in Capernaum.  From there, they venture to Galilee and heals more people. 

     

    Jesus goes back to Capernaum.  While at home, many people gather to hear Him.  A paralytic man’s friends were trying to get him near Jesus.  When they saw they could not get through the front door, they hauled their friend up to the roof and lowered him down to be near Jesus.  Jesus sees their faith and heals the man.   The man had no way to get to Jesus without his four friends.  The kind of company we keep matters. 

     

    Matthew the tax collector is called to be a disciple and Jesus is questioned on why He eats with sinners.  Jesus enters the synagogue and a man with a paralyzed hand approaches Him.  Many were watching how Jesus would handle this, since it was the Sabbath, and it would be against their law to heal on this holy day.  Jesus has the man stand before those seeking to accuse Him and asks if it is “lawful on the Sabbath to do what is good or do what is evil?”  Of course, the good thing would be to heal the man and the evil thing would be to ignore his condition.  The religious elite have no answer for Jesus, though.  Jesus heals the man. 

     

    We would think that all of these healings and good works would make the Pharisees and scribes believe that Jesus was the long awaited Messiah.  However, they accuse Jesus of driving out demons in the name of the devil.  Jesus explains to them that their accusation makes no sense.  A house divided against itself will surely fall.  Jesus also explains that “people will be forgiven for all sins and whatever blasphemies they may blaspheme.  But whoever blasphemes against the Holy Spirit never has forgiveness.”  To be forgiven of our sins, all we have to do is confess Christ as Lord and repent of our sins.  All the sins we committed in the past are forgiven and all the sins we will commit in the future are forgiven.  

     

    October 15:  Mark 4 and 5

     

    Jesus again goes by the sea and begins teaching in parables.  He teaches the parable of the sower.  He also teaches that God’s kingdom is like a growing seed.  A man scatters seed on the ground.  He sleeps and rises and one day the seed sprouts and grows, he doesn’t know how.  Christians are called to spread the Gospel.  It will grow, but the One doing the growing is God.  Christ also tells the parable of the mustard seed.  It is a small seed, but when it sprouts, it grows taller than all the vegetables.  

     

    When evening comes, the disciples head out by boat.  A nasty storm picks up and the boat is tossed around.  Jesus is asleep when the disciples wake Him asking if He cares whether they die or not.  The disciples are frightened of this squall.  Jesus gets up and calms the storm by saying “Silence! Be still!”  Then Jesus asks the disciples why they were so afraid.  It is interesting to note that after Jesus calms the storm, they are terrified by Jesus’s power.  The storm was powerful, but Jesus has more power. 

     

    They get to the region of the Gerasenes.  A man comes out of the cemetery to meet Jesus.  He is infected with an unclean spirit.  The man had superhuman strength and could not be held by chains or shackles.  When the man gets to Jesus he cries out “What do You have to do with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?”.  When Jesus asks what the name of the spirit is, He learns it is Legion since there are many.  Jesus casts the spirits out and they enter a herd of pigs.  The pigs plummet off a steep bank and into the sea.  They all drown. 

     

    Jesus is asked to leave by the town.  He and the disciples head back over the lake where He is again met with great fanfare.  While Jesus is surrounded by a crowd, healing and speaking, the synagogue leader approaches Him.  His daughter had died recently and the people attending to him asked what the point was in bothering Jesus since the leader’s daughter is gone.  Jesus tells them not to be afraid, but to believe.  He takes Peter, James, and John to the leader’s house. He goes in and pronounces that the girl is not dead, she is just sleeping.  The people in the house laugh at Him.  He goes to the place the child is at and tells her to get up.  She immediately wakes up and begins to walk around. 

     

    October 16: Mark 6 and 7

     

    Jesus departs to His hometown of Nazareth. He goes to the synagogue on the Sabbath and begins teaching.  The folks in the synagogue are astounded at His teaching.  However, they doubt Him because they know Him as the carpenter’s son and son of Mary, the brother of James, Joses, Judas, and Simon.  Rather than listen to Him, they are offended by Him.  Since they had known Jesus just as a carpenter’s son, they could not fathom that He was speaking with such authority.  

     

    Sometimes it will be difficult to witness to folks that have known us for a long time.  I was a train wreck before I knew Jesus.  Odds are that if someone knew me from my train wreck days, they would have a hard time accepting what I say about The LORD because they know me from a time when He was not in my life. 

     

    Jesus commissions the disciples to go and preach the Gospel.  They are not to take anything with them, the LORD will provide on their way.  They go, preach, and drive out demons. Meanwhile, John the Baptist had been imprisoned for telling the truth.  John called Herod out for marrying Herodias, his brother Philip’s wife. Herodias hated John as a result.  At Herod’s birthday banquet, her daughter danced for Herod and the guests.  He was so pleased with her that he promised to give her whatever she wanted.  She requests John’s head.  John’s disciples find out he has been murdered, they retrieve the body and bury him. 

     

    Jesus feeds 5,000 men along with all the women and children gathered.  After that, His disciples get in a boat to head to Bethsaida on the other side of the lake.  Jesus tells them goodbye and finds a place to pray.  When he is done praying, it was night, and the disciples were about halfway across the lake.  Not a problem.  He just begins walking toward them. The disciples see Him walking toward them and they are terrified.  Jesus climbs into the boat and they are astounded.  These men still do not quite understand who Jesus really is. 

     

    It comes time to eat, and the disciples do not wash their hands in the tradition of the elders.  The Pharisees ask Jesus why they break their tradition.  Jesus responds that the Pharisees invalidate God’s commands so that they can maintain tradition.  Their hands are clean, but their hearts are dirty. 

     

    As Jesus travels through Tyre, He meets a deaf man.  Jesus heals him and the man can hear and speak with no difficulty immediately.  Jesus orders him and the others not to tell anyone.  However, the more He told them to be silent, the more they proclaimed His good works. 

     

    October 17: Mark 8 and 9

     

    Another large crowd is gathered that has nothing to eat.  Jesus gathers the disciples and explains that He has compassion for the crowd. He does not want to send them home with nothing in their stomachs or they will stumble on the way home.  The disciples ask where they are going to get food from.  It’s an odd question, considering that The LORD fed 5,000 people earlier in His ministry.  This time He feeds 4,000 people with seven loaves of bread. 

     

    The Pharisees approach Jesus demanding a sign.  This causes Him to sigh deeply in His spirit.  Jesus explains that the generation asks for a sign.  He has given them plenty of signs, but they have not picked up on the fact that He is the Messiah.  Jesus refuses to give them any signs. 

     

    Jesus and the disciples make it to Bethsaida. A blind man is brought to Him, and he is healed. From there they left to the villages of Caesarea Philippi. As they are going, Jesus wants to know who the people say He is.  Some believe that He is John the Baptist, others Elijah.  Jesus then asks who they think He is. Peter answers correctly when he responds Jesus is the Messiah. 

     

    Jesus takes Peter, James, and John to a high mountain.  They see Him in His glory. As they are headed down from the mountain, the disciples ask why the scribes say Elijah must come before the Messiah.  Jesus responds that Elijah had already come, but the people did as they pleased with him. Jesus here identifies John the Baptist with Elijah. 

     

    John tells Jesus that they saw a man driving demons out in His name, but they stopped him because he was not a disciple.  The disciples felt that it was their duty alone to do the work of God.  Jesus tells them not to stop him since no one can do a miracle in His name and then speak evil of Him. Further, a person is either for Jesus or against Him. 

     

    October 18: Mark 10 and 11

     

    While Jesus is out teaching, He is asked about divorce.  Moses had authorized a man to leave his wife just because.  Jesus explains that this was done because of the hardness of their hearts.  Since a man and woman are joined together by God, no one should separate them. 

    Some people began bringing the children to the LORD, but the disciples shew them away.  Jesus rebukes them for sending the children away.  A rich young man approaches Jesus pledging his allegiance.  Jesus tells him to sell all His stuff and follow Him. The man leaves, upset because he had great wealth.  The way I see it, the man had more faith in his wealth than he did in Jesus.  If he truly understood how important Jesus is, he would have gladly given up his worldly wealth.  Jesus warns that it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than it is for a rich person to enter heaven. The disciples asked who can be saved.  The LORD explains that it is impossible for anyone to be saved, but possible with God. 

     

    Jesus and the disciples head to Jericho.  As they were leaving, a blind beggar cries out to Jesus, asking that He have mercy on him.  Jesus has the man brought to Him and asks what he wants.  When he responds that he wants to see, Jesus tells him to go his way, his faith has healed him. 

     

    The disciples and Jesus head into Jerusalem.  Jesus rides into town on a donkey, a sign of royalty. Jesus enters the temple and cleans house.  The problem in the temple is that there are people selling animals and exchanging money so that they can make sacrifice.  Making sacrifice to God had become nothing more than just a check in the box.  There was no worship behind it.  That is why Jesus clears these sellers and money changers out.  As believers, we are called to have an authentic relationship with The LORD.  Worship should never be something we do with a halfhearted “check in the box” attitude.  Instead, when we go to worship the LORD, we should BRING IT! 

     

    October 19: Mark 12 and 13

     

    The scribes ask Jesus what the most important commandment is.  Jesus explains that the most important commandment is “Listen, Israel! The Lord our God, the Lord is One.  Love the Lord with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength.” The second is like it, “Love your neighbor as yourself.”  If we truly love God with all our hearts, minds, bodies, and souls, the rest of the commandments will fall into place.  

     

    Jesus asks a difficult question while He is in the temple complex.  “How can the scribes say that the Messiah is the Son of David?”  He asks this because David himself calls the Messiah “Lord”.  His point is that the Messiah is not just a descendant of David, He is also David’s Lord.  Jesus also warns the people about the religious elite that like to go around and use their status to get fancy greetings in the marketplace, the front seats in the synagogue, and places of honor at banquets.  They are surely in the ministry for the wrong reasons, and they will have a harsh punishment.  

     

    As they are sitting across the street from the treasury, Jesus observes the people come by and drop their money into the treasury.  Rich people were throwing in large sums, but a widow came along and dropped two coins into the treasury.  This was all she had.  Jesus explains that the rich are giving out of their excess, but the woman was giving out of her need.  As a result, her offering was larger than the others. She had given all she had to live on. 

     

    Jesus and the disciples continue along and come to the temple complex.  The disciples go on and on about how ornate the building is and how large the stones are.  Jesus tells them that none of those stones will remain.  Later in Jewish history, the temple will be destroyed.  The only thing that remains is the western wall. 

     

    The question is asked about when the end of the world will happen, and God’s kingdom will be established.  Jesus answers that they will hear of wars and rumors of wars.  Nation will rise up against nation. There will be earthquakes and famines. These are just the beginning.  Today we hear of wars and rumors of wars.  There are earthquakes and famines.  We do not know when the end will happen.  It is a waste of time trying to figure out when God’s kingdom will be established on earth.  Instead, the best use of our time is going into the world, feeding the poor, loving the lost, and being Jesus’s hands and feet.

     

    October 20: Mark 14

     

    Passover hits. The chief priests and scribes were looking for a way to arrest and kill Jesus.  They decide it is best not to do it during the festival since it would lead to a riot.  Jesus and His disciples were in Bethany.  While they are there, a woman pours expensive perfume on Jesus’s head.  Some of the disciples were indignant with what she had done.  They figured she could have sold that perfume and given the proceeds to the poor.  I say, “so what?”  She could have, but it was her oil to use.  She chose to anoint Jesus with it.  Jesus rebukes the disciples that scold the woman, explaining that she has done a noble thing for Him. 

     

    The disciples ask where they should observe the Passover meal.  Jesus tells them to go into the city and follow a man carrying a water jug.  Wherever he enters, that is where the meal will be.  The disciples follow His commands and reserve the upper room to observe the Passover.  

     

    During the Passover meal, the disciples observe the first Lord’s Supper, also known as communion.  Jesus tells the disciples that they will all run away.  Peter boldly proclaims that he will not leave Jesus.  Peter is filled with gusto, but when the time comes, he does in fact deny knowing Jesus.  

     

    Jesus goes into the Garden of Gethsemane to pray.  While He is there, Judas comes with the temple police and mob to carry Jesus off.  The LORD is brought to the Sanhedrin.  People were giving false testimony against Jesus.  When Jesus is asked if He is going to answer for these accusations, Jesus remains silent.  When He is asked point blank if He is the Messiah, Jesus answers in the affirmatives.  At this, the priests tear their robes and accuse Jesus of blasphemy. 


    Print Out

  • October 20: Mark 14

     

    Passover hits. The chief priests and scribes were looking for a way to arrest and kill Jesus.  They decide it is best not to do it during the festival since it would lead to a riot.  Jesus and His disciples were in Bethany.  While they are there, a woman pours expensive perfume on Jesus’s head.  Some of the disciples were indignant with what she had done.  They figured she could have sold that perfume and given the proceeds to the poor.  I say, “so what?”  She could have, but it was her oil to use.  She chose to anoint Jesus with it.  Jesus rebukes the disciples that scold the woman, explaining that she has done a noble thing for Him. 

     

    The disciples ask where they should observe the Passover meal.  Jesus tells them to go into the city and follow a man carrying a water jug.  Wherever he enters, that is where the meal will be.  The disciples follow His commands and reserve the upper room to observe the Passover.  

     

    During the Passover meal, the disciples observe the first Lord’s Supper, also known as communion.  Jesus tells the disciples that they will all run away.  Peter boldly proclaims that he will not leave Jesus.  Peter is filled with gusto, but when the time comes, he does in fact deny knowing Jesus.  

     

    Jesus goes into the Garden of Gethsemane to pray.  While He is there, Judas comes with the temple police and mob to carry Jesus off.  The LORD is brought to the Sanhedrin.  People were giving false testimony against Jesus.  When Jesus is asked if He is going to answer for these accusations, Jesus remains silent.  When He is asked point blank if He is the Messiah, Jesus answers in the affirmatives.  At this, the priests tear their robes and accuse Jesus of blasphemy.

     

    October 21: Mark 15 and 16

     

    The Pharisees and Sadducees did not have any authority within the Roman Empire.  Since they cannot order that Jesus be killed, they send Jesus to Pilate to adjudicate the case.  Pilate asks Him if He is the King of the Jews.  Jesus simply responds, “You have said it.”  During the time of the festival, it was customary for Pilate to release a prisoner.  He asks the crowd whether they would like Jesus freed or Barabbas.  The crowd cries for Barabbas to be released and Jesus to be crucified.  

     

    Jesus is taken into custody where He is tortured.  He is then hung on a cross in Golgotha between two actual criminals.  People came along and hurled insults at Him, telling Him to free Himself.  Around noon, darkness came over the entire land for about three hours.  Jesus cries out His last words and the veil separating the Holy of Holies in the temple is split in two from top to bottom.  

     

    Christ’s body is removed from the cross and He is placed in a tomb that was purchased by Joseph of Arimathea.  Since the burial had been rushed, some of the women went to complete the process of anointing His body when the Sabbath was over.  When they got to the grave, they see that the stone is rolled away.  When they enter the tomb, they see a man dressed in a long white robe.  He gives them the news that Jesus is not there, He has been resurrected.  Then he sends them to tell the disciples.  

     

    After a series of appearances to His disciples, Jesus gives them the Great Commission to go and tell the world about Him.  After, He is taken into heaven to sit at the right hand of God the Father. 

     

    October 22:  Luke 1

     

    The Gospel of Luke is the longest book in the New Testament.  Luke dedicates this book, along with the book of Acts, to the most honorable Theophilus. 

     

    Zechariah was a priest in Abijah’s division.  While he is on duty, Gabriel appears to him and explains that his wife will give birth to a son.  He will be filled with the Holy Spirit while he is still in the womb.  Zechariah questions how he can know this is true.  The angel tells him that he will now be mute until the child is born.  He is to name the child John.

     

    Gabriel goes to Nazareth to give Mary the good news of her conceiving Jesus.  She is concerned on how this is possible because she is virgin and unmarried.  Gabriel explains that nothing is impossible with God and reminds her that relative Elizabeth, though she is advanced in age.  Mary heads out to go visit with Elizabeth.  When she greets Elizabeth, John leaps in her womb.  Even in utero, John the Baptist recognized the authority and power of Jesus.  

     

    It came time for John to be born.  When it comes time to name the child, Zechariah cannot tell people what he wants the boy’s name to be.  The officials were going to name him after his father, but Elizabeth was adamant that he be named John.  They took a tablet to Zechariah, asking what he wants the boy to be named.  He simply writes “His name is John”.  Zechariah was once again able to speak.

     

    October 23: Luke 2 and 3

     

    Caesar August made a decree that the entire empire should be registered.  Everyone had to return to their town of origin.  Joseph went from Nazareth to the city of David, better known as Bethlehem.  He also brought along Mary since they were engaged to be married.   While they are in Bethlehem, it comes time for Jesus to be born.  

     

    At that time, shepherds that kept over the sacrificial sheep were approached by an angel of the Lord announcing that the Messiah had been born.  The shepherds quit their post without proper relief and rush to see the baby.  After eight days, Jesus is circumcised according to Jewish law.  Simeon, a man that had been waiting his entire life for the Messiah, takes the baby Jesus into his arms and gives praise to God.  He can now die in peace since he has seen the salvation of the world.  Anna, a prophetess, also thanks God for His redemption of all Jerusalem.  

     

    After the family had completed everything they needed to, they returned to Nazareth where Jesus grows up, becomes strong, and is filled with wisdom.  Every year the family returned to Jerusalem for the Passover.  When they were returning home, they realized Jesus was not with them.  That seems preposterous to us, since traveling parties these days are pretty small.  Joseph and Mary were traveling with a multitude of family members and other people.  The natural assumption would have been that Jesus was with another family member while they walked.  The distraught parents go back to the temple where they find Jesus listening and asking questions.  When His parents ask how He could treat them that way, He asks why they would be searching for Him since He had to be at His Father’s house. 

     

    We again read the account of Jesus being baptized.  Luke also gives us insight into Christ’s genealogy.  Luke traces His origin all the way back to Adam, the first man.  

     

    October 24: Luke 4 and 5

     

    After His baptism in the Jordan, Jesus enters the wilderness for 40 days to be tempted by the Devil.  He ate nothing and so He was hungry.  The Devil tried to get Him to make bread out of the stones.  Jesus responded that, “Man does not live on bread alone.”  The Devil snatched Jesus up and took Him to a high point to gaze upon all the kingdoms of the world.  The adversary explained that Jesus could have all of this if He would just bow down and worship him.  Jesus refuses.  The Devil also tries to get Jesus to throw Himself from a high height to be protected by the angels.  Jesus again refutes the temptation by citing Scripture.  It is interesting to note that the Devil tried to use Scripture out of context to justify sin.  We must beware of people that pick and choose Scriptures to suit their wants and wishes. 

     

    While in Capernaum, Jesus drives out an unclean spirit from a man.  He also heals Simon’s mother-in-law from a high fever.  Many that suffered from various diseases are brought to Jesus for Him to heal them.   The next day, Jesus went to a deserted place.  However, the crowds searched Him out, asking Him to stay.  Jesus responds that He must move on to preach to the other towns. 

     

    While He was standing by Lake Gennesaret, aka the Sea of Galilee, Jesus sits in a boat and begins teaching.  When He is done, He tells Simon to put out into deeper water.  Simon replies that this is futile.  They fished the night before and came up with nothing.  He does say that since Jesus has commanded it, he will do it.  When he begins to haul the net up, he needs help because it is so filled with fish.  Simon realizes that Jesus is the Messiah and asks for Him to get away since he is an unclean man.  Jesus tells him not to be afraid.  From this point on, Simon will fish for people. 

     

    Jesus continues traveling and healing.  He healed one man with a nasty skin disease.  Jesus tells the man to go to the priest to show himself and offer what Moses required.  This was part of the Levitical requirement for the cleansing from a skin disease. The news of Jesus spreads far and wide.  

     

    October 25: Luke 6 and 7

     

    Jesus and the disciples were walking through the grain fields.  They became hungry, so they plucked some heads of grain and rubbed them in their hands to separate the grain.  Some Pharisees see this and accuse them of doing work on the Sabbath.  Jesus reminds them of the time that David and his men entered the temple and ate the sacred bread because they were hungry.  The sacred bread was for God and the priests, David and his men had no claim to it, but God gave it over to them to fill their bellies. 

     

    Jesus also found a man with a paralyzed hand and healed it on the Sabbath.  Jesus goes to the mountain to spend all night in prayer.  When daylight came, he chooses His 12 disciples.  They go to a place with a large crowd that was there to hear Him teach and be healed.  The crowd was pressing in on Him, trying to touch Him.  Jesus then gives a sermon, explaining how they are to live.  They are to love their enemies and not judge. Jesus also reminds them that a bad tree gives bad fruit, and a good tree gives good fruit.  When we are truly walking with Jesus, there should be good fruit in our lives.  As believers, people should see us as being different than the rest of the world. 

     

    After Jesus finishes this, a centurion approaches Jesus about healing his son.  He tells the LORD not to bother going to his house.  He knows that Jesus can heal the boy from where He is at.  Jesus is amazed by this centurion’s faith.  

     

    Jesus confirms that John the Baptist is the herald for the Messiah.  He was the one that was written about in Malachi 3:1.  Jesus is invited to a Pharisees house for dinner.  While there, a woman who is identified as a sinner found out Jesus is there.  She rushes into the home and anoints His feet with the oil after washing them with her tears.  The Pharisee recognizes the woman and declares that if Jesus was truly a prophet, He would know who the woman is.  Jesus responds by telling the story of a creditor that had two debtors.  One had a debt of 500 denarii, the other only 50.  The creditor wipes the debt clean.  Who is happier about getting out of debt?  Obviously, it is the one that was 500 denarii in debt.  The fact is that as humans, we all have sin.  All of us are in debt.  Some of us think that our sin is not as bad as other sins, but the fact is that all sin separates us from God.  

     

    October 26: Luke 8 and 9

     

    Jesus was traveling from one town to another.  His disciples were with Him along with Mary Magdalene, Joanna, and Susanna.  These three women are listed as supporting Christ’s work with their possessions.  They helped fund Christ’s ministry!

     

    The LORD begins teaching in parables.  One of the disciples asks what the parable of the sower means.  Jesus responded that He teaches in parables so that others will not understand them.  Jesus reminds them about how they should use their light.  Rather than hide their faith, they should show it.  We do not light a candle and then place a basket on top of it.  As believers, Christ’s light should shine from us. 

     

    Jesus sends His 12 out to preach and teach.  They are told to take nothing with them.  They are to stay in houses that they are invited into.  However, if no one in the town welcomes them, they are to shake the dust from their sandals and move on to the next town.  

     

    After Jesus feeds the 5,000 Jesus asks the disciples who the people say He is.  They respond that He is John the Baptist or another of the ancient prophets.  Jesus asks who they say He is, and Peter responds that Jesus is the Messiah.  Jesus gives them the stern warning that they will suffer because of Him.  They must take up their crosses daily and live for Him.

     

    Jesus begins heading toward Jerusalem.  Rather than go around Samaria, He enters the town.  This was completely against the social norms of the time.  Samaritans were hated by the Jews.  They were considered half breeds, and the Israelites avoided these people altogether.  The Samaritans did not welcome Jesus because He was bound for Jerusalem to worship there. 

     

    October 27: Luke 10 and 11

     

    Jesus appoints 70 others to go into the towns where He Himself was about to go.  He explains that He is sending them out like sheep among the wolves.  Just like when He commissioned the 12 disciples, Jesus tells this group to not take a money bag, travel bag, or sandals.  They are to remain in the house they are welcomed into for the duration of their stay rather than moving from house to house.  The 70 people return to Jesus with joy, stating that even the demons submitted to them.

     

    An expert in the law asks Jesus what he must do to inherit eternal life.  Jesus explains it is easy.  He just needs to love the LORD your God with all his heart, mind, strength, and soul, and to love his neighbor.  The man asks the pointed question of who his neighbor is.  Jesus then tells the story of the good Samaritan.  A man is beaten while on his way to Jericho from Jerusalem.  The robbers stripped him and left him half dead.  A priest was heading down the same road, but he refuses to get close to the man since he did not want to defile his ritual cleanliness.  A Levite also saw him but ignored him for the same reason.  A Samaritan came across the man and had compassion on him.  He bandaged the man, put him on his own animal, and walked him into the next town, putting the wounded man up with the innkeeper, promising to reimburse what expenses the man incurs.  Jesus asks who the man’s neighbor was.  The expert responds, “The one who showed mercy to him.” Jesus tells him to do likewise.

     

    Jesus and the disciples travel and enter the home of Martha and Mary.  Martha is buzzing around trying to make sure that the disciples are well taken care of.  Mary, her sister, is sitting at His feet, learning from Him.  Martha asks Jesus why He doesn’t care that Mary is doing no work.  She then demands that He give an order to Mary to help.  Jesus gently rebukes Martha, explaining that Mary has made the right choice.  My hope and prayer is that we do not get so busy to the point that we forget to spend time with God.  Here is Martha so focused on serving the Messiah, that she completely misses out on spending time with Him! 

     

    The disciples ask Jesus to teach them to pray.  He gives them the Lord’s prayer.  The prayer contains four main aspects to it.  He gives Adoration to the Father, He confesses, He thanks, and He asks for Supplication.  This is known as the ACTS model.  I highly encourage everyone to use the ACTS method when praying.  However, I do like to have other prayers that focus mainly on adoring the LORD and giving Him thanks.  

     

    In the last bit of reading today, we read about Christ’s interaction with the religious hypocrites.  They spend their time cross examining Him, trying to trip Him up so that they can pounce on Him.  The LORD utters nothing incriminating. 


    Print out

  • October 27: Luke 10 and 11

     

    Jesus appoints 70 others to go into the towns where He Himself was about to go.  He explains that He is sending them out like sheep among the wolves.  Just like when He commissioned the 12 disciples, Jesus tells this group to not take a money bag, travel bag, or sandals.  They are to remain in the house they are welcomed into for the duration of their stay rather than moving from house to house.  The 70 people return to Jesus with joy, stating that even the demons submitted to them.

     

    An expert in the law asks Jesus what he must do to inherit eternal life.  Jesus explains it is easy.  He just needs to love the LORD your God with all his heart, mind, strength, and soul, and to love his neighbor.  The man asks the pointed question of who his neighbor is.  Jesus then tells the story of the good Samaritan.  A man is beaten while on his way to Jericho from Jerusalem.  The robbers stripped him and left him half dead.  A priest was heading down the same road, but he refuses to get close to the man since he did not want to defile his ritual cleanliness.  A Levite also saw him but ignored him for the same reason.  A Samaritan came across the man and had compassion on him.  He bandaged the man, put him on his own animal, and walked him into the next town, putting the wounded man up with the innkeeper, promising to reimburse what expenses the man incurs.  Jesus asks who the man’s neighbor was.  The expert responds, “The one who showed mercy to him.” Jesus tells him to do likewise.

     

    Jesus and the disciples travel and enter the home of Martha and Mary.  Martha is buzzing around trying to make sure that the disciples are well taken care of.  Mary, her sister, is sitting at His feet, learning from Him.  Martha asks Jesus why He doesn’t care that Mary is doing no work.  She then demands that He give an order to Mary to help.  Jesus gently rebukes Martha, explaining that Mary has made the right choice.  My hope and prayer is that we do not get so busy to the point that we forget to spend time with God.  Here is Martha so focused on serving the Messiah, that she completely misses out on spending time with Him! 

     

    The disciples ask Jesus to teach them to pray.  He gives them the Lord’s prayer.  The prayer contains four main aspects to it.  He gives Adoration to the Father, He confesses, He thanks, and He asks for Supplication.  This is known as the ACTS model.  I highly encourage everyone to use the ACTS method when praying.  However, I do like to have other prayers that focus mainly on adoring the LORD and giving Him thanks.  

     

    In the last bit of reading today, we read about Christ’s interaction with the religious hypocrites.  They spend their time cross examining Him, trying to trip Him up so that they can pounce on Him.  The LORD utters nothing incriminating. 

     

    October 28: Luke 12 and 13

     

    A crowd assembles around Jesus.  He warns His disciples about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees.  What is said in the dark will be heard in the light.  What has been whispered will be proclaimed from the rooftops.  We might be able to hide things from other people, but we cannot hide anything from God!  Jesus also explains that when they acknowledge Jesus before men, then He will acknowledge them before the angels of God.  However, if they deny Him before men, Jesus will do the same.  At the end of the day, we must ask ourselves who we would rather please, God or man. 

     

    A man approaches Jesus, trying to get his brother to give him his half of his inheritance.  Jesus asks why they would ask Him to arbitrate in such a way.  The LORD tells the parable of the foolish rich man.  This man has a great crop from his field, so much that he does not have enough room to store it all.  So, he tears down his barns to build bigger ones so that he can enjoy the rest of his life.  However, that very night God demands his life from him.  The man hoarded his goods, thinking he could keep it all to himself.  At the end of the day, none of it mattered because he died that very day. 

     

    Some people approach Jesus about the plight of some Galileans.  Pilate had taken some of these Galileans and used their blood to mix with sacrifices.  Jesus asks if they think these Galileans were more sinful than the other Galileans.  He explains that everyone is sinful.  Everyone must repent or they will perish.  

     

    Pharisees approach Jesus and warn Him to get out of that region because Herod is looking to kill Him.  They are not really looking out for His best interests.  Instead, they are trying to shuffle Him along outside of their area.  

     

    October 29: Luke 14-16

     

    Jesus is at the house of a leading Pharisee on the Sabbath.  While He is there, a man afflicted with a swollen body approaches Him for healing.  Jesus asks the Pharisees if it is lawful to help on the Sabbath or not.  They have no answer for Him.  He also asks which one of them would leave their son or their ox in a well instead of immediately pulling him out on the Sabbath.  They keep silent because they know that they do not have a proper answer for Him.  

     

    Again, great crowds gather around Jesus.  They pledge their loyalty to Him, but He warns that if they want of follow Him, they must pick up their own cross daily.  As believers, we are called to die to self.  Are we picking up our cross daily and following Him? 

     

    The tax collectors and sinners approach to listen to Jesus.  This draws criticism from the Pharisees and scribes.  How would these people learn the need for repentance?  This criticism is ridiculous.  It is like criticizing a homeless person at a job fair or an obese person at the gym.  These Pharisees were expecting these people to clean up their act before coming to Christ.  That’s a silly as taking a bath before taking a shower.  Jesus is the One that can forgive them of their sins and create that clean heart within them.

     

    Jesus teaches the parable of the dishonest manager.  This manager had been charged with squandering his boss’s possessions.  The manager offers no defense for the loss.  The manager knows that he is fired and needs a way to support himself.  So, he sets a way to make sure that his former clients will be more hospitable to him.  He forgives a lot of their debt.  When the manager’s boss finds out about it, he praises him for his astuteness.  

    Our Lord tells the story of the rich man and Lazarus.  The rich man enjoyed a great life.  He had plenty and feasted lavishly every day.  Meanwhile, Lazarus sat at his gate, longing to be filled by the rich man’s table scraps.  Both men die. The rich man goes to Hades where he is tormented by fire.  Lazarus goes to heaven.  The rich man looks up and begs Abraham to have Lazarus dip the tip of his finger in water and touch his tongue to relieve him.  Abraham denies the request, reminding him that he did not take care of Lazarus while they were on earth.  We are often told that life is short so we should enjoy it.  However, eternity goes on forever, so we should prepare for it.  What are we doing to take care of those in need? 

     

    October 30: Luke 17 and 18

     

    Jesus teaches His disciples about forgiveness.  If their brother sins, they are to rebuke him.  If the brother repents, then they are to forgive him.  No matter how many times he sins, as long as he repents, they are to forgive him.  The fact is that we fall into sin regularly and seek forgiveness.  God forgives us our sins when we confess them and repent.  Since He is quick to forgive us, we should be quick to forgive as well.  

     

    On His way to Jerusalem, Jesus enters a village with 10 men suffering from a serious skin disease.  They call to Him, asking for mercy.  Jesus tells them to show themselves to the priest.  As they go, their skin disease is healed.  Only one of the men returned to Jesus to thank Him for healing him.  

     

    The disciples ask Jesus when the Kingdom of God is coming to earth.  Jesus explains that it will be like in the days of Noah.  No one knew that a flood was coming, except for Noah.  So, they continued eating, drinking, and giving in marriage.  No one knows the day or hour.  Rather than look to the sky waiting for Jesus to come back, it’s best to set about being His hands and feet in our communities. 

     

    Jesus tells the parable of the tax collector and the Pharisee.  A tax collector goes to pray.  He is so ashamed that he doesn’t even look to heaven.  Instead, he beats his chest and asks that God turn His wrath from him, a sinner.  Meanwhile, the Pharisee takes his stand, looks to heaven and prays to God thanking Him that he is not like other people, greedy, unrighteous, and adulterous.  Jesus explains that the tax collector is the one that was justified.  As believers, we are not better than anyone else.  We are still sinful, and we should never exalt ourselves over those that do not know Jesus.  Instead, we should remain humble and thankful that God does turn His wrath from us. 

     

    October 31: Luke 19 and 20

     

    Zacchaeus, a chief tax collector in Jericho, is trying to get a view of Jesus when He comes to town.  Unfortunately, he is so short that he cannot see over the crowd.  He climbs a tree and when Jesus sees him, He tells him to hurry and come down because He must stay at Zacchaeus’s house.  The crowd complains because tax collectors were considered the worst of the worst.  Zacchaeus pledges to give half of his possessions to the poor and pay back four times anyone that he might have extorted money from. 

     

    We read about Jesus’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem.  As He is entering the city, the crowd praises Him joyfully.  Some of the Pharisees tell Him to rebuke His disciples.  Jesus refuses, explaining that if the crowd is silent, then the rocks would cry out praising Him.  Jesus weeps over Jerusalem.  He sees a rough future for this great city where it is surrounded by enemies on all sides.  Their enemies will crush them and will not leave one stone on another. 

     

    Later, Jesus goes to teach in the temple complex.  While there, the chief priests, scribes, and elders ask Him by what authority He teaches.  Jesus answers their question with another question. “Was the baptism of John from heaven or from men?”  The group discusses it amongst themselves.  If they say that it was from God, then they will be asked why they did not believe John.  If they say from man, then the crowd will stone them because the crowd believed John was a prophet.  They remain silent, so Jesus refuses to answer their question. 

     

    The religious elite set about trying to trap Him again. This time, they ask Jesus about whether it is lawful to pay taxes.  Jesus asks whose face is on the coins in their pocket.  Since it is Caesar’s face, they are to give Caesar what is his and give to God what belongs to Him.  His answer stuns them into silence.  

     

    The Sadducees ask Him about the resurrection.  The question is ridiculous for one reason, this group does not believe in the resurrection.  A modern equivalent is atheists trying to use the Bible to brow beat Christians.  They don’t believe in the text, but they think they can get one over on believers by pointing back to God’s word.  

     

    November 1: Luke 21 and 22

     

    Standing outside the temple treasury, Jesus and disciples watched rich people drop their offerings in.  In those days, the place where the money was deposited resembled a horn.  So the rich people would take their offerings in the lowest denomination possible so their offering made as much noise as possible.  Some speculate that this is where the term “tooting one’s own horn” comes from.  However, I have not done enough research on that idiom to claim that as fact!  

     

    A poor woman comes and drops her two coins into the treasury.  Jesus explains that she had given more than the rich people had.  They gave out of their excess, but she gave out of her need. 

     

    The disciples continue asking about the signs of the end of the earth.  Jesus informs them that there will be signs in the sun, moon, and stars and there will be anguish on earth.  People will faint from fear.  Then they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and glory.  He tells them to be on guard so that they are not caught off guard by His return.  

     

    The Passover was getting close.  The chief priests and the scribes continued to seek a way to have Jesus killed.  Luke identifies that Satan enters Judas Iscariot.  He leaves the disciples and approaches the chief priests and temple police how he could deliver Jesus over to them.  This group is happy with Judas’s decision to betray Christ and they agree to give him silver for his betrayal.  

     

    The day of the feast is upon them.  Jesus sends Peter to find a place for them to eat the Passover.  The time came for the meal came.  Jesus and the 12 disciples celebrated the Passover in the Upper Room.  While they are there, Jesus takes the bread, breaks it and passes it to the disciples, telling them to take it and eat it because it is His body that is broken for them.  He also takes the cup and passes it to the disciples telling them to drink it.  It is His blood that is shed for them.  He commands them to celebrate the Lord’s Supper in remembrance of Him.  

     

    While the disciples are gathered around the table, an argument breaks out over which one of them will be the greatest.  Even in this group of disciples, there was a belief that one would have authority over the others.  Jesus explains that His kingdom does not work like that.  Instead, the one that leads must be like the one serving.  He reminds them that He is the greatest at the table and He is serving them.  The Christian life is a call to service! 

     

    After the dinner, Jesus goes to the Mount of Olives to pray.  He tells the disciples to keep watch while He prays.  Jesus fervently prays that the anguish He is about to experience can be taken away.  However, He also prays that the Father’s will is done.  An angel appears to give Him strength and He prays with even more fervency.  Jesus returns to find the disciples asleep.  Luke credits their grief as to what made them sleep.  Jesus tells them to get up and pray so that they won’t enter into temptation.  Physical weakness can lead to spiritual weakness.

     

    Jesus is betrayed by Judas and taken away to be questioned by the Sanhedrin.  Peter stays close by, but when he is questioned about his affiliation with Jesus, he denies knowing Christ three times.  

     

    November 2: Luke 23 and 24

     

                The Sanhedrin sends Jesus to face Pilate since he is the one that can issue the death penalty.  Pilate finds no grounds to charge Jesus.  However, the Sanhedrin kept complaining that Jesus was stirring up the people traveling through Judea from “Galilee where He started”.  When Pilate hears that Jesus started in Galilee, he asks if that is where Jesus is from.  Since Jesus was a Galilean, Pilate sends Jesus to Herod since Galilee was under his jurisdiction.  Herod was there in Jerusalem in those days. Herod is more than happy to see Jesus.  He had heard about what Christ could do and was hoping to see Him do a miracle for him.  Jesus refuses, which makes Herod mad.  Jesus is sent back to Pilate.  

     

                Pilate got the chief priests, leaders, and the people together and explains that he still has found nothing that Jesus is guilty of.  Herod had not either.  Pilate has Jesus whipped thinking that maybe this will assuage their bloodlust against Jesus.  However, the crowd cried out for Jesus to be taken away and have Barabbas released.  Pilate wants to release Jesus, but the crowd keeps crying for His crucifixion.  Pilate gives in and hands Jesus over to them to their will. 

     

                Jesus is hung on a cross between two criminals.  While they are there, one criminal says that He should save Himself and them if He is really the Messiah.  The second criminal rebukes him, saying that they deserve their punishment because they are guilty.  He then asks that Jesus remember him when He goes into His kingdom.  Jesus assures this criminal that he will be with Him in paradise that night. 

              

                The LORD dies on the cross and is buried in a tomb bought by Joseph of Arimathea.  On the first day, women came to anoint Jesus’s body.  When they get there, they see that the stone was rolled away from the tomb.  They see that Jesus’s body is not in the tomb.  They took the news back to the disciples, but it seems like nonsense to them.  Peter got up and ran to the tomb, seeing that only the linen cloth covering Christ’s body remained.  He was amazed at what had happened.  Death could not contain Christ.  He took our sins to the cross and nailed them there, freeing us from our sins.  My hope and prayer is that every day we will go and live lives worthy of His sacrifice.

     

    November 3: John 1 and 2

     

                We move onto the Gospel of John today.  John is different than the synoptic Gospels.  This one focuses more on Jesus’s identity rather than all the miracles accounted for by the other writers.  John wants the reader to understand that Jesus is the Son of God, the long-awaited Messiah.  John goes all the way back to the beginning.  “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”  Jesus is fully God and fully human.  This is sometimes called the hypostatic union.  Jesus was there when the Father laid the foundations of the universe.  

     

                Levites approach John the Baptist as he is baptizing people.  They ask who he is.  John is quick to say that he is NOT the Messiah.  It had been about 400 years since the Malachi was written.  These Levites that were sent to investigate him were probably very excited at the possibility that the Messiah had arrived.  John explains that he is the one in the wilderness crying out to make a straight path.  This does beg the question why this group would miss that John is the herald of the Messiah and that He would arrive shortly.      

     

                Jesus approaches John about being baptized and then begins His ministry.  He calls His disciples along the way. Jesus, His mother, and the disciples were invited to a wedding in Cana.  While they are there, it is brought to Mary’s attention that the wedding party has run out of wine.  This was a terrible faux pas that would cause them incredible embarrassment if the wedding guests found out.  Mary, Jesus’s mom, tells Him that they have run out.  He asks what that has to do with Him since His time had not yet come.  Mary tells the servants to do what Jesus tells them.  He has them fill the jars with water.  Then He tells them to draw the water out.  It had been turned to wine.  The chief servant tasted it and proclaimed that this wine is even better than what was served at the beginning.  That was Jesus’s first miracle.

     

                The first major confrontation Jesus has with Jewish leaders is in the temple complex.  Jesus comes into the temple and drives out the money exchangers and those selling the sacrificial animals.  The issue was not so much that they were exchanging money and selling the animals, it was their placement.  They were right there in the complex, so it was easy for travelers to show up, exchange their money, buy the sacrifice, and then go on about their business.  Their business location disrupted the worship that was supposed to be happening in the temple.  My hope and prayer is that our worship of God is authentic and genuine, not just done to be a “check in the box”.  


    Print out


  • November 3: John 1 and 2

     

    We move onto the Gospel of John today.  John is different than the synoptic Gospels.  This one focuses more on Jesus’s identity rather than all the miracles accounted for by the other writers.  John wants the reader to understand that Jesus is the Son of God, the long-awaited Messiah.  John goes all the way back to the beginning.  “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”  Jesus is fully God and fully human.  This is sometimes called the hypostatic union.  Jesus was there when the Father laid the foundations of the universe.  

     

                Levites approach John the Baptist as he is baptizing people.  They ask who he is.  John is quick to say that he is NOT the Messiah.  It had been about 400 years since the Malachi was written.  These Levites that were sent to investigate him were probably very excited at the possibility that the Messiah had arrived.  John explains that he is the one in the wilderness crying out to make a straight path.  This does beg the question why this group would miss that John is the herald of the Messiah and that He would arrive shortly.      

     

                Jesus approaches John about being baptized and then begins His ministry.  He calls His disciples along the way. Jesus, His mother, and the disciples were invited to a wedding in Cana.  While they are there, it is brought to Mary’s attention that the wedding party has run out of wine.  This was a terrible faux pas that would cause them incredible embarrassment if the wedding guests found out.  Mary, Jesus’s mom, tells Him that they have run out.  He asks what that has to do with Him since His time had not yet come.  Mary tells the servants to do what Jesus tells them.  He has them fill the jars with water.  Then He tells them to draw the water out.  It had been turned to wine.  The chief servant tasted it and proclaimed that this wine is even better than what was served at the beginning.  That was Jesus’s first miracle.

     

                The first major confrontation Jesus has with Jewish leaders is in the temple complex.  Jesus comes into the temple and drives out the money exchangers and those selling the sacrificial animals.  The issue was not so much that they were exchanging money and selling the animals, it was their placement.  They were right there in the complex, so it was easy for travelers to show up, exchange their money, buy the sacrifice, and then go on about their business.  Their business location disrupted the worship that was supposed to be happening in the temple.  My hope and prayer is that our worship of God is authentic and genuine, not just done to be a “check in the box”.  

     

    November 4: John 3 and 4

     

    Nicodemus, a leader within the Jewish community, seeks out Jesus at night.  We might draw the conclusion that Nicodemus approaches Christ at night because he wants his meeting to be hidden.  That could be the case, but there is also the possibility that he went to Jesus at night because both of them were very busy.  Nicodemus understands that the only way anyone can do the things Jesus is doing is if God is with Him. Jesus explains that if someone wants to see the kingdom of God, he or she must be born again. Nicodemus thinks this is a ridiculous assessment since it would be impossible for someone to be born from the womb again.  Jesus explains that the person must be born of water and Spirit, indicating a spiritual rebirth. 

     

                Nicodemus has a hard time grasping what Jesus is saying.  Jesus asks how he can be a teacher of the law and not understand that He is the Son of Man. Christ also explains that God loves the world so much that He sent His only Son so that whoever believes in Him will not perish.  Jesus is the light of the world.  However, the people hate the light because it shows their evil deeds.  The wicked avoid the light. 

     

                After this meeting, Jesus and the disciples head to the Judean countryside where He spends time baptizing people.  John the Baptist is in the same area baptizing people.  A dispute breaks out between John’s disciples and Jesus’s disciples.  John’s disciples run to him and cry out that everyone is flocking to Jesus.  John responds that it is good.  John was merely there to point the way to the Messiah.  Now that the people are flocking to Him, John rejoices.  

     

                The disciples and Jesus head north to Galilee.  John makes the distinction that they “had to travel through Samaria”.  Most Jewish people would travel all the way around Samaria to avoid it altogether.  Going through Samaria cut down on significant travel time, but since the Samaritan people were considered half breeds and hated by the Israelites, they stayed as far away as possible.  When they get to Jacob’s well, Jesus tells the disciples that He is hungry and sends them off to find food.  A woman approaches the well and Jesus asks her to draw water for Him.  A Jewish man would never talk to a Samaritan woman, so she is shocked.  After He identifies Himself as the Messiah, Jesus tells her to go and tell everyone about Him.  She heads to town and tells the men to “Come and see a man who told me everything I ever did!”

     

    November 5: John 5 and 6

     

                Jesus goes to Jerusalem to celebrate a Jewish festival.  He goes to the pool called Bethesda.  This pool supposedly had an angel that would stir up the waters.  When the waters were stirred, the sick would enter the waters and be healed.  There was one paralytic man that was unable to enter the water when it was stirred up.  Jesus asks him if he wants to get well.  The man responds that he does not have anyone to get him into the pool.  Jesus tells him to pick up his mat and walk.  The man gets up and walks, but since it is the Sabbath, he comes under fire from the other Jews for “working”.  The newly healed man points out that Jesus healed him.  Jesus later finds the man and warns him not to sin anymore so that nothing worse happens to him. We would think that the man would be loyal to Jesus since He had healed him.  However, the guy runs back to the Jews to report that it was Jesus that made him well. 

     

                The Jews begin persecuting Jesus for working on the Sabbath.  Jesus responds that since His Father is still working, so He continues to work.  The Jews become incensed because not only is Jesus healing on the Sabbath, but He is calling God His own Father.  Jesus assures them that a time is coming when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God and those that hear will live.  

     

                We read about the miracle of the feeding of 5,000 again and the account of Jesus walking across the water.  The crowd that Jesus fed the day before wakes up and begin looking for Him.  They figured he couldn’t have gone anywhere because the disciples only took one boat and Jesus stayed behind.  The crowd realizes Jesus is not there and head across the sea to Capernaum looking for Him.  When the find Him, they ask when He got there.  He simply responds that the only reason they are looking for His because they ate the loaves and were filled, not because they saw the signs that He is Messiah.  

     

                Jesus begins giving difficult teachings to the people.  They were okay to follow Him as long as He was not asking too much of them and keeping their stomachs full.  Now that things are getting tough, they begin deserting Him.  When Jesus sees how many have abandoned Him, He asks the disciples if they want to go away too.  I love Peter’s response, “Who will we go to?  We have come to believe and know that You are the Holy One of God.”  The disciples had given up everything to follow Jesus.  Are we willing to give up everything for Him?  Are we ready to walk away from a comfortable lifestyle to serve Him? 

     

    November 6: John 7 and 8

     

    We read an interesting interaction between Jesus and His brothers.  They chide Him, telling Him to go into Judea and do all these works so that everyone can see.  Their reasoning is that no one seeking public recognition does things in private.  They say this because they do not believe that Jesus is really the Messiah.  Jesus could have gone into the public square and done a whole lot of signs and wonders.  The problem is that some people may have come to believe in Him, but the majority would still deny His Lordship. 

     

    Jesus goes to the festival of Tabernacles, but He goes secretly.  The crowd at the festival is looking everywhere for Him.  When the festival was halfway through, Jesus goes into the temple complex and begins teaching.  Everyone is amazed at His teachings and His knowledge.  They want to know how this is possible since He had no formal training.  Jesus explains that the teaching is not His own, it comes from the One that sent Him. 

     

    Some people in Jerusalem make the argument that Jesus cannot be the Messiah since they know where He comes from.  Jesus answers this argument explaining that they know Him and where He is from, but He has not come on His own.  They do not know the One who sent Him, but He does.  

     

    The following day, the scribes and the Pharisees bring a woman caught in adultery to Jesus.  Their intent was to trap Him, they do not care about the law.  If they truly cared about the Levitical law, then they would have brought the male she was engaged in adultery with.  He would also have faced the death penalty for this sin.  The scribes and Pharisees say to Jesus that the Law of Moses commands the woman be stoned and ask what He says about it.  Jesus responded that the one that was without sin could cast the first stone.  After some time, the entire crowd leaves.  Jesus asks the woman where her accusers are and tells her that He does not condemn her.  He also commands her not to sin anymore.  The One that was without sin did not cast the stone at the woman.  

     

    Another debate rises between Jesus and the Jews.  They ask how He has seen Abraham when He is not even 50 years old.  Jesus responds, “I assure you: Before Abraham was, I am”.  This makes the crowd mad, and they grab stones, ready to execute Him. Jesus evades the attack and leaves the temple complex.

     

    November 7: John 9 and 10

     

    Jesus passes a man that was born blind.  The disciples ask Him whose sin is responsible for the man’s inability to see.  Was it his sin or his parents’ sin?  In those days it was believed that if a person suffered a physical ailment, it was the result of his or her sin.  This man had always been this way, so the question from the disciples is valid.  Jesus responds that neither the man’s sin nor his parents’ sin caused him to be blind.  Instead, it was done so that God’s works could be done in him.  With that, Jesus healed the man from his blindness.  Now that the man is changed, his neighbors question what has happened.  Some dismissed that it was the blind man they knew, they figured it was just someone that looked like him.  The man kept proclaiming that he was the blind man they know.  

     

    His neighbors bring him to the Pharisees.  They ask how Jesus healed him.  The Pharisees do not believe that Jesus actually healed the man, so they call the man’s parents.  The Pharisees ask about their son’s blindness.  The parents are afraid of being banished for speaking about Messiah, so they respond that “he is of age, ask him.”  The man continues proclaiming Jesus and he is thrown out.  Jesus finds him and explains that he has seen the Son of Man.  What I admire about this man is that he had no problem proclaiming Jesus.  Even when his parents did not want to support him, he continued to express faith in Christ.  Not once did he shy away from his faith, even when the authorities were trying to shut him up. 

     

    Jesus moves to a shepherd motif, explaining that the good shepherd must enter the pen through the entrance.  They cannot just climb over the wall.  Jesus also explains that His sheep hear His voice and follow.  As believers, it is imperative that we hear Jesus’s call over the noise of the world.  The world seeks to drown His voice out, but we must be still and listen for Him.  

     

    Another attempt is made at Jesus’s life.  The Jews gather stones and are ready to let loose.  Jesus asks them what good work they are stoning Him for.  They say that they are not stoning Him for a good work, but for His blasphemy.  Jesus again affirms that He is the Son of God and evades their attempt to kill Him.

     

    November 8:  John 11 and 12

     

    Lazarus, a friend of Jesus dies in Bethany.  The word of his death makes it to Jesus and the disciples.  When Jesus finds out about it, He says that the sickness will not end in death, but instead will glorify God.  He stayed two more days before departing to Bethany.  The disciples push back and remind Jesus that they had tried to kill Him once, why would He go back there again?  Jesus will not be deterred and is headed to Bethany whether they will accompany Him or not.  Thomas, who will later become known as “doubting Thomas” makes a fantastic statement of faith to the other disciples.  He says, “Let’s go so that we may die with Him.”  Thomas knows that even if Jesus is going back there to die, the best place he can be is with Jesus. 

     

    They arrive at Bethany and Jesus is met by Martha.  She knows that if Jesus had come earlier then her brother would not have died.  Jesus responds that Lazarus will rise again.  Martha responds with an affirmation in the belief of the end time resurrection.  Martha goes to Mary and tells her that Jesus is looking for her.  Mary echoes the same sentiment from Martha, her brother would not have died if Jesus had been there.  The LORD asks where Lazarus has been buried.  They lead Him to the grave, and He cries.  Jesus knows that Lazarus is coming back, but He still mourns at the fact that His friend has died.  We know that our brothers and sisters in Christ will rise again, but that does not take away the sadness of death.  When we lose someone we love, it is okay and normal to feel sorrow over it. 

     

    Jesus orders that the stone covering the grave be removed.  Martha argues, stating that Lazarus is already decaying.  The stone is removed, Jesus approaches the tomb and says, “Lazarus, come out!”  Lazarus came out of the tomb wrapped in burial cloth.  

     

    While dining at Lazarus’s house, Mary anoints Jesus with fragrant oil.  Meanwhile, a large crowd of Jews learns that Jesus is there.  They know that Lazarus had been raised from the grave by Jesus.  We would think this would drive them to be amazed at how awesome Jesus is and affirm His Messiahship.  However, this group starts a plot to kill Lazarus because he was drawing so many people to Jesus. 

     

                Jesus enters Jerusalem for the last time in His triumphal entry.  The people respond with praise and adoration, proclaiming Jesus as King. This praise will not last, though.  Instead, this crowd will turn on Jesus through the week and call for His execution. 

     

    November 9: John 13-15

     

                Jesus knows His hour has come.  It comes time for the Passover celebration.  Jesus and the disciples sit down to dine.  Judas’s heart had been given over to the devil so that he would betray Jesus.  Jesus gets up from the dinner, lays aside His robe, ties a towel around Himself.  He grabs the bowl of water and starts to wash the disciples’ feet.  This was normally a task for a servant, but Jesus takes up the task Himself.  Peter at first refuses, but Jesus assures him that he must be washed, otherwise Peter will have no part with Jesus.  When Jesus finishes washing their feet, He commands them to do the same for one another.  They are Christ’s servants, and a servant is not greater than his master.  Since Jesus is willing to wash the feet, they should be too. 

     

                The LORD tells them that their hearts should not be troubled.  They believe in God, they believe in Him.  He is going away to prepare a room for them in His Father’s house.  Jesus is the way, the truth, and the life. No one comes to the Father, except through Him.  Jesus knows He is about to leave the earth, but He promises the Counselor, the Holy Spirit, to be with them forever.  

     

                Jesus teaches that He is the vine and the disciples are the branches.  If they are truly rooted in Him, then they will produce good fruit.  An apple tree will not produce oranges, a pear tree will not produce bananas.  Christians should be identified by the fruit they bear.  Do we bear the fruits of the Spirit or the works of the flesh?  I hope and pray that the fruit in our lives reflects us as being rooted in Christ. 

     

                However, they can expect that they will be persecuted.  Since He has been persecuted, they will also suffer because of their faith in Him.  The world hated Jesus first, so it will also hat His followers.  

     

    November 10: John 16-18

     

                The disciples are filled with anxiety and sorrow about Christ’s upcoming departure.  Jesus explains to them that if He does not go away, then the Spirit cannot come to them.  This does not mean that the Spirit is an after product of the resurrection.  The Holy Spirit was also there at the beginning of it all.  Their sorrow will turn to joy.  

     

                Jesus leads the disciples in prayer.  He prays for Himself first.  He asks that He be glorified by the Father.  He also prays for the disciples, that they would be faithful to Him while in the world.  Jesus does not ask that they be removed from the world, but that they would be in the world, not of the world.  He prays that they will be protected from the wily ways of the devil.  Jesus closes His prayer by praying for all believers.  As mind boggling as it may seem, Jesus was praying for us at that prayer those thousands of years ago. 

     

                After the prayer, Jesus heads to the Garden of Gethsemane to pray.  While He is there, Judas comes to the garden with the temple police and other officials to arrest Jesus.  Peter, seeing that Christ is about to be taken into custody, pulls out his sword and cuts the ear off the slave of the high priest.  Jesus rebukes Peter, asking if He is not to drink from the Father’s cup.  Jesus is arrested and taken to Annas.  Meanwhile, Peter remains close by to see what is happening.  He is approached by three people asking if he knew Jesus.  Each time they ask, Peter denies knowing Jesus. 

     

                Jesus is taken before Pilate to be evaluated by him.  Pilate does not see anything worthy of the death penalty. Nevertheless, he sends Jesus to His death.  


    Print Out

  • November 10: John 16-18

     

    The disciples are filled with anxiety and sorrow about Christ’s upcoming departure.  Jesus explains to them that if He does not go away, then the Spirit cannot come to them.  This does not mean that the Spirit is an after product of the resurrection.  The Holy Spirit was also there at the beginning of it all.  Their sorrow will turn to joy.  

     

                Jesus leads the disciples in prayer.  He prays for Himself first.  He asks that He be glorified by the Father.  He also prays for the disciples, that they would be faithful to Him while in the world.  Jesus does not ask that they be removed from the world, but that they would be in the world, not of the world.  He prays that they will be protected from the wily ways of the devil.  Jesus closes His prayer by praying for all believers.  As mind boggling as it may seem, Jesus was praying for us at that prayer those thousands of years ago. 

     

                After the prayer, Jesus heads to the Garden of Gethsemane to pray.  While He is there, Judas comes to the garden with the temple police and other officials to arrest Jesus.  Peter, seeing that Christ is about to be taken into custody, pulls out his sword and cuts the ear off the slave of the high priest.  Jesus rebukes Peter, asking if He is not to drink from the Father’s cup.  Jesus is arrested and taken to Annas.  Meanwhile, Peter remains close by to see what is happening.  He is approached by three people asking if he knew Jesus.  Each time they ask, Peter denies knowing Jesus. 

     

                Jesus is taken before Pilate to be evaluated by him.  Pilate does not see anything worthy of the death penalty.  

     

    November 11: John 19-21

     

                Jesus is taken and flogged in preparation for His execution. The soldiers tending to His torture put a purple robe, a sign of royalty, around Him and make Him a crown of thorns.  Pilate brings Jesus out to face the crowd once again, stating that he finds no grounds to kill Him.  Pilate must have been thinking that when the crowd saw Jesus beaten and bloodied that they would take pity and call for His release.  That was not the case, though.  They continue screaming for His blood.  

     

                Pilate asks Jesus if He realizes that he controls whether Christ is crucified or not.  Jesus responds that Pilate only has any power because God has given in to him.  Pilate only has the authority over Jesus because the plan of salvation had to be completed in Christ’s crucifixion and resurrection.  Jesus is handed over to be crucified.  Jesus dies within three hours of being placed on the cross.  Typically, it took much longer to die from crucifixion. 

     

                On the first day of the week Mary Magdalene came to the tomb and found it empty.  She runs to tell the disciples. Peter and John run out to the tomb. We know that John beat Peter to the tomb because he records that “the other disciple outran Peter and got to the tomb first” (John 19: 4).  While Mary Magdalene is standing outside of the tomb, she sees the resurrected Christ.  At first, she thinks that He is the gardener, but when He says her name, she realizes who He is.  Later, all the disciples with the exception of Thomas are gathered when Jesus appears to them.  When Thomas shows up, they tell him about the resurrected Christ. Thomas does not believe them, explaining that he won’t believe until he sees for himself. 

     

                While the disciples are gathered at the sea of Tiberias, Jesus appears to them once again.  While the disciples are fishing, they are having no luck.  Jesus tells them to cast their net on the other side of the boat.  When they do, their nets are full, and they need help dragging them onboard their boat.  After they bring the haul in, they sit down and have breakfast.  We should not miss the fact that Jesus ate with them, which means that He was not some kind of apparition, but He was physically with them.  

     

                Jesus gives some final instruction to the disciples.  John closes with the note that there were many things not recorded.  If they were to record His works one by one, there would not be enough books in the world to contain them.

     

    November 12:  Acts 1-3

     

                We are on to Acts. Acts was written by Luke to give insight into the development of the early church.  The discipleship and evangelism practices that laid the foundation for the spreading of the Gospel are detailed in this work and these methods are still effective.  I have taken several evangelism classes in my time and if I were to sum all of them up, I would just go back to Acts and look at what it has to say about it. 

     

                Jesus was with the disciples and told them to stay in Jerusalem until they get the gift that the Father had promised.  The disciples are faithful and remain until the day of Pentecost.  On Pentecost, the believers are gathered when suddenly flames that looked like tongues rested on the believers. They all began speaking in tongues, meaning that each person spoke in his native language, but everyone could understand one another.  So, the folks speaking Hebrew were understood by the folks speaking Greek.  The folks speaking Latin understood the people speaking Hebrew. Others observe what is going on and accuse this gathering of believers as being drunk.  Peter simply responds that they cannot be drunk, it is way too early in the morning. He then explains that they have all received the Holy Spirit. 

                

                Now that they have the Holy Spirit, now they can go and make disciples.  If they had left Jerusalem before receiving the Spirit, they would have failed.  We cannot expect to do the things of God without Him.  We can try, but we will fail.  The disciples could have tried, but they would have failed. When Peter concludes his sermon, 3,000 people came to belief in Jesus.  The church begins to grow exponentially. 

     

                Peter and John go to the temple complex.  While they are there, they meet a man that had been lame since birth. They tell him to get up and walk.  The man jumps up and begins to walk. Everyone sees this and begins praising God.  Peter asks the crowd why they are amazed.  He explains that the God of Abraham has glorified His servant Jesus.  Peter reminds them that the prophets proclaimed that the Messiah would suffer, which Jesus did. He also explains that Jesus was sent to the Jews first to bless them by turning them from their evil ways. 

     

    November 13:  Acts 4-6

     

                As Peter and John are speaking, the priests, the commander of the temple police, and the Sadducees confront them and have the put into custody.  They are upset that these men are proclaiming the name of Jesus.  Peter and John are taken to the leadership the next day. Peter is filled with the Holy Spirit and gives an excellent defense of Jesus.  Jesus is “the stone rejected by you builders, which has become the cornerstone” (Acts 4:11). 

     

                These religious elites realize that neither Peter nor John were educated or trained.  They could not fathom that these two men were speaking so eloquently about Jesus without any formal training.  They have a conference amongst themselves. They decide the best way to stamp out the early church is to simply forbid anyone from speaking the name of Jesus. When they tell Peter and John it is now illegal to speak about Jesus, Peter and John refuse to follow the order. 

     

                When Peter and John are released, they immediately go to the other believers to let them know the danger they could face. Rather than fall in fear to this message, the crowd prays.  God emboldens them in their faith.  The believers are living in one accord, willfully giving to one another so that no one has need.  Some folks sell their land and give it to the church’s mission. 

     

                Ananias and Sapphira sell a piece of their property.  Instead of being honest about keeping a portion of the profits for themselves, they tell everyone that they gave all of the money to the mission.  That was stupid.  All they had to do was be upfront and honest about it.  No one would have cared if they kept a certain percentage for themselves.  The problem was that they lied about it.  Ananias is brought in first for questioning.  He is called out for lying not to men, but to God. Ananias drops dead. Sapphira comes in three hours later and they ask her if she sold the land for that price.  She responds that they sold it at that price, and she falls down dead.  We cannot hide anything from God.  God sees everything.  Rather than lie to Him about what we are doing and what we are struggling with, it is better to go to Him and have a frank and honest conversation about our struggles and woes.  

     

                An issue of the Hellenistic Jewish widows not being given daily provision arises.  It was not so much that they were intentionally overlooked, but because the apostles were already so busy doing the other work of the church.  So they gather the people and tell them to select seven to give the daily distribution.  Among the seven chosen is Stephen. Stephen is the first martyr in Acts.  He is approached by the people of the Freedmen’s synagogue. They lob the accusation that Stephen has been speaking blasphemies. Stephen is brought before the Sanhedrin and interrogated.  During the process, all who were sitting see that Stephen had a face like an angel. 

     

    November 14:  Acts 7-8

     

                In response to his interrogation, Stephen delivers a sermon to the Sanhedrin.  He starts with Abraham, the first Israelite.  Abraham was called by God to leave his father and go to the land God would show him.  After several generations, Joseph’s brothers become jealous of him and sell him into slavery.  Joseph works hard in Egypt and becomes second in command over Pharaohs household. A great famine hits Egypt and the surrounding territories.  Joseph’s brothers go to Egypt to purchase food.  They remain in Egypt and become a great people. 

                

                However, after several generations, the new Pharaoh is threatened by the Israelites, so he begins to give them hard labor thinking that they will stop growing in number.  Then he orders that the Hebrew midwives have any male Israelite babies killed when they are delivered.  This plan does not work.  Moses is born to an Israelite couple, but he is floated down the Nile where he is found by Pharaoh’s daughter.  Moses grows up and receive the best education someone could get in Egypt.  However, he flees after he kills an Egyptian that abused a Hebrew man.  Moses went to Midian where he married and tended to his father in law’s sheep.  While in the field, God calls Moses to the special task of going to Egypt and having the Israelites released from Pharaoh’s grip.   Stephen reminds them of the Exodus from Egypt and Israel’s subsequent sin in the wilderness.  Though they had the tabernacle with them in the wilderness, he reminds them that God does not live in a house.  He cannot be contained.  Stephen then severely insults them by calling them stiff necked people with uncircumcised hearts and ears.  

     

                The mob grabs stones and begin killing Stephen.  While he is dying, Stephen looks to heaven and sees Jesus standing at the right hand of God.  Saul, the persecutor, is a witness to this.  Saul begins a severe persecution of Christians throughout the land.  He would enter a house and drag man and woman off to prison, just for being a follower of Jesus.  

     

                The church continues to grow.  Simon, a former sorcerer, comes to know Christ as Savior and Lord.  He went around with Philip and was astounded at the signs and wonders Philip could do.  Simon realizes that there is power in the Holy Spirit and wants to have these same gifts as Philip.  He sees that people receive the Holy Spirit when hands are laid on the new believer, so he offers them money to lay hands on him so he can receive the Spirit.  This is terrible folly on his part.  He did not want the Holy Spirit so that he could go and serve others.  Instead, he wants to Holy Spirit so he can draw a crowd.  What do we use our faith for?  Do we use it to serve others or something else? 

     

    November 15:  Acts 9-10

     

    Saul, the chief persecutor, is on a rampage, seeking to destroy any disciples of The Lord. He received special permission from the high priest to have believers pulled out of homes and brought back to Jerusalem as prisoners.  While on the way to Damascus, a light from heaven flashed around him and he is asked why he is persecuting The Lord.  This shows us that when a Christian is persecuted, it is not just the individual that is persecuted, but also Christ.  Saul loses his sight and is told to go on to Damascus.  

     

                God calls to Ananias in a vision to go to Saul.  Ananias argues at first, reminding God that Saul is the one that has been persecuting the Christians.  The Lord commands Ananias to go.  God has chosen Saul to be His instrument in spreading the Gospel to the Gentiles, kings, and Israelites.  God is in the business of changing people.  Saul was a murderer and saw it as good when a Christian was killed.  Now, God has Saul and he will become a force for evangelizing all of the world.

     

                Ananias goes to Saul, he baptizes him, and Saul’s sight is restored.  Saul goes to Jerusalem and tries to spend time with the other disciples, but they will have nothing to do with him because of his past.  Barnabas advocates for him and he is allowed to join them.  

     

                We read the curious account of Cornelius.  Cornelius was a centurion, but he also feared God.  He did charitable deeds and always prayed to God.  One day, he receives a vision from God.  Cornelius is informed that his acts of charity has risen to God as a memorial offering.  We know that as believers we are not saved by works.  However, from this passage we see that when we do charitable things, God sees it and it pleases Him.

     

    Cornelius is directed to send men to Joppa looking for Peter.  Peter receives a vision while in Joppa. A sheet comes down from heaven with all kinds of four legged animals on it.  Peter is directed to get up, kill, and eat.  Peter protests since these animals are considered unclean according to the Levitical law.  Peter is told that whatever God has made clean he cannot call common.  

     

                Peter is perplexed by this vision.  Cornelius’s men find him and they explain that Cornelius feared God and sent them to find him.  Peter gave them lodging for the night and the next day got up to go with them to Cornelius.  When he arrives, Cornelius explains the vision he received.  Peter now understands the vision of the sheet and the animals.  Christ did not just come to save the Israelites, but He came to save all mankind.  When anyone comes to know Him as Lord, they become holy and set apart.  Peter was called to minister to everyone whether they were Jewish or Gentile. 

     

    November 16:  Acts 11-13

     

                The believers in Judea discover that Gentiles have been receiving baptism and following Christ.  They have an issue with this, expressing frustration with Peter that he would dare visit “uncircumcised men”.  Peter explains in an orderly sequence how he came to visit with these men.  God had called him to do it.  He was supposed to go to these Gentiles and disciple them.  How else would these people hear about Jesus?  Peter defends his actions to these believers and after a bit of silence, their response is one of praise.  God not only made a way of salvation for the Israelites, He also made one for the Gentiles.

     

                King Herod attacks some members of the Christian community.  He murders James, John’s brother with the sword.  Herod discovers that this murder pleased the people, so he seeks to gain their applause with more murder.  He has Peter arrested.  Peter is under a tight watch.  He had four soldiers watching him all day long.  The church prays for Peter and his release.  The night before his murder was to take place, an angel appears to Peter and tells him to get up, get dressed, and get out. Peter does just that and runs back to his friends.  He bangs on the door. Rhoda sees him at the door and is so excited that she leaves him there to go and tell everyone else.  They tell her she is crazy.  However, Peter was persistent and kept knocking until he was let in.  

     

                Saul and Barnabas are called to go into the mission field.  They first set out to Cyprus.  In their travels, they come across a false prophet named Bar-Jesus.  Saul, now known as Paul, confronts the sorcerer, saying he is full of deceit, perverting the ways of the LORD.  He pronounces a curse on the sorcerer, saying he will go blind.  A darkness falls around the sorcerer and he is unable to see.  This drives others in the area to believe what Paul was preaching and teaching about Jesus.  

     

                Paul continues in Antioch preaching and teaching.  One Sabbath day, the whole town is assembled by Paul and Barnabas, wanting to hear about Jesus.  The Jews see the crowd and are filled with jealousy.  They begin speaking against Paul and Barnabas.  However, they rebuke the Jews, saying it was necessary for them to hear God’s message, but since they rejected it, they will turn their attention to the Gentiles.  Many of the Gentiles come to have faith in Jesus that day.  

     

    November 17:  Acts 14-15

     

                In Iconium Paul and Barnabas entered the synagogues and spoke so well that many of the Jewish and Gentile people came to know Christ as Lord and Savior.  However, there were Jews there that refused to believe, so they stirred up opposition against the two.  The crowd attempts to stone them, but they escape. 

     

                They move on to Lystra where a man that had been unable to walk is sitting near Paul.  Paul commands that the man stand on his feet.  The man jumps up and starts walking around and jumping. This miracle amazes the crowd. Unfortunately, they assume that Barnabas and Paul are gods.  They think Barnabas is Zeus and Paul is Hermes.  This makes sense because it was Paul who was speaking and told the man to stand up.  Hermes was the messenger god in the pantheon of gods. The crowd assumed Paul was bringing Zeus’s message.  

     

                When the crowd tries to make sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas, they wail and mourn, tearing their robes.  They explain to the crowd that they are men, just like they are.  However, they follow the One true God.  Some of the crowd is won over, but some Jews from Antioch and Iconium grabbed Paul stoned him, and dragged the body out of the city thinking he was dead.  Paul gets up, brushes himself off, and heads out to plant more churches!  

     

                Some new converts believed that all men must go through the circumcision process to be a true Christian.  It was a covenantal sign between Abraham and God, since these people were now being added to the list of God’s people, it would make sense from a worldly standpoint that they would need to.  However, Paul and Barnabas are quick to point out that these men do not have to be circumcised in order to be true believers.  The point is further contested which leads to an assembly of the Jerusalem council.  Paul and Barnabas argue that placing this requirement on Gentile believers would only serve as a stumbling block.  Rather than be concerned about circumcision, they believe the people should be encouraged to abstain from things polluted by an idol, eating any animal that had been strangled, and from blood.  This instruction is sent by letter.  When the recipients read the letter, there was rejoicing because of its encouragement. 

     

                Though Paul and Barnabas had been quite the dynamic duo, something happens between the two.  We do not know exactly what the disagreement was, but it was enough that the two decided to part ways.  It was better for them to separate and continue preaching the message than to bicker with each other.  Barnabas is not mentioned in Acts after this incident. 


    Print out

  • November 17:  Acts 14 and 15

     

    In Iconium Paul and Barnabas entered the synagogues and spoke so well that many of the Jewish and Gentile people came to know Christ as Lord and Savior.  However, there were Jews there that refused to believe, so they stirred up opposition against the two.  The crowd attempts to stone them, but they escape.  

     

                They move on to Lystra where a man that had been unable to walk is sitting near Paul.  Paul commands that the man stand on his feet.  The man jumps up and starts walking around and jumping. This miracle amazes the crowd.  Unfortunately, they assume that Barnabas and Paul are gods.  They think Barnabas is Zeus and Paul is Hermes.  This makes sense because it was Paul who was speaking and told the man to stand up.  Hermes was the messenger god in the pantheon of gods. The crowd assumed Paul was bringing Zeus’s message.  

     

                When the crowd tries to make sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas, they wail and mourn, tearing their robes.  They explain to the crowd that they are men, just like they are.  However, they follow the One true God.  Some of the crowd is won over, but some Jews from Antioch and Iconium grabbed Paul stoned him, and dragged the body out of the city thinking he was dead.  Paul gets up, brushes himself off, and heads out to plant more churches!  

     

                Some new converts believed that all men must go through the circumcision process to be a true Christian.  It was a covenantal sign between Abraham and God, since these people were now being added to the list of God’s people, it would make sense from a worldly standpoint that they would need to.  However, Paul and Barnabas are quick to point out that these men do not have to be circumcised in order to be true believers.  The point is further contested which leads to an assembly of the Jerusalem council.  Paul and Barnabas argue that placing this requirement on Gentile believers would only serve as a stumbling block.  Rather than be concerned about circumcision, they believe the people should be encouraged to abstain from things polluted by an idol, eating any animal that had been strangled, and from blood.  This instruction is sent by letter.  When the recipients read the letter, there was rejoicing because of its encouragement.  

     

                Though Paul and Barnabas had been quite the dynamic duo, something happens between the two.  We do not know exactly what the disagreement was, but it was enough that the two decided to part ways.  It was better for them to separate and continue preaching the message than to bicker with each other.  Barnabas is not mentioned in Acts after this incident. 

     

    November 18:  Acts 16 and 17

     

    Paul travels on to Derbe and Lystra where he meets Timothy.  Timothy was the son of a believing Jewish woman, but his father was Greek.  It is interesting to note that Paul takes Timothy and circumcises him before they can go and preach the Gospel.  This seems odd for two reasons.  Timothy was technically fully Jewish because his mother was Jewish. He should have been circumcised on the eighth day after his birth.  Presumably, his father would not allow it.  It also seems odd that Timothy would need to be circumcised since the chapter prior to this deals with refuting the idea that true believers had to be circumcised to be fully in the law.  So, I am sure you are asking, why did Paul circumcise him then?  I am glad you asked.  Paul had him go through it so that they would not offend any of the Jewish people they encountered.  It Timothy had not been given this physical mark of the covenant God established with Abraham, he would have driven potential believers because he would be viewed as claiming something that he is not. 

     

                They travel on and through a series of events make their way to Macedonia.  Timothy and Paul wind up in Philippi, “a leading city of that district of Macedonia (Acts 16:12). There were not many Jews in Philippi, so the few Jews would gather at the river by the city gate for prayer on the Sabbath.  That is where Paul meets Lydia.  The LORD opens her heart and she and her entire family are baptized into the faith.  It is disgusting that these men cared more about making money than they did the welfare of the girl. 

     

                Paul and Silas wind up in prison for healing a young girl with a demon.  The demon allowed her to tell the future, so her owners made a great profit off her.  When her owners see that their livelihood has been taken away, they seize Paul and Silas and take them to the chief magistrates.  The two are beaten and put in prison.  At midnight, they were praying, and a violent earthquake hit the prison. The doors were opened, and the chains came loose.  When the guard saw this, he was ready to kill himself. This might seem extreme to us, but in those days if the prisoners had actually escaped, he would have either been tortured to death or forced to complete the prisoners’ sentences.  

     

                Paul cries out to the guard not to harm himself.  He explains that they are all still there.  The guard then asks what he must do to be saved.  The guard took them to his house where every one of his family was baptized.  

     

                After their official release from prison, they travel to Thessalonica where there was a Jewish synagogue.  They told the people in the synagogue about Jesus.  Some came to belief, others did not.  Those that did not believe became jealous and caused a riot to break out.  They want to murder Paul and Silas, so they run to Berea.  The Bereans were a lot more open minded than the people of Thessalonica.  They actually search the Old Testament and find that what Paul is telling them is true.  However, this ministry is cut short because the rioters from Thessalonica travel to Berea with the intent to kill Paul.  Paul leaves, but Silas and Timothy remain there.  

     

                Paul makes it to Athens where he sees the various altars erected for the various gods they worshiped.  Paul addresses the crowd, noting that he found the altar made for “the unknown god”.  Paul explains that this is the One True God.  They have been worshiping Him in ignorance, but now Paul proclaims the truth of God Almighty to them.   

     

    November 19:  Acts 18 -20

     

                Paul leaves Athens and arrives in Corinth.  He meets up with Pontus, a tentmaker, and resides with him and his wife since they were tentmakers by trade.  Paul went to the synagogue every Sabbath to try to reason with them there and continually tried to persuade the Jews and the Greeks to come to Christ. Silas and Timothy arrive from Macedonia while Paul is preaching in the synagogue.  He is having no luck, so he shakes the dust off of his sandals and tells them that their blood is on their hands, not his since he has delivered God’s message.  He goes next door to Crispus’s house and has great success in bringing people to Jesus.  God commands Paul in a night vision to continue speaking and not be silent.  Paul remains in Corinth for a year and a half before he is finally driven out by threat of execution. 

     

    Paul leaves and travels through familiar territory to encourage the brothers and sisters.  He meets a Jew named Apollos, who is very eloquent and powerful in speech.  He had been instructed in the way of the LORD and he spoke and taught about Jesus accurately.  However, he had only been through John’s baptism.  He had not received the Holy Spirit.  Apollos is brought to the home of Priscilla and Aquilla where he is taught more accurately about the ways of Jesus.  

     

                While Paul is in Ephesus, he encounters some of John’s disciples.  He asks if they had received the Holy Spirit when they believed.  They admit they had not, so they are baptized in Jesus’s name and they receive the Holy Spirit.  Paul continues to lecture about the Way for three months.  While he is there, he gains some notoriety as a healer.  The miracles Paul was doing were so extraordinary that people were being healed just by touching clothes that Paul had worn.  Paul heals a man of demonic possession.  Many come to know Jesus as LORD and Savior.  They burn their magic books publicly and confess their sin.  

     

                This is terrible news for the people that make pagan shrines.  Demetrius, realizing how much profit he and the other idol makers were going to lose on the Way, assembles the craftsmen.  He stokes up fear, stating that they will lose their prosperity, since it comes from idolatry.  Now people are believing that gods made by human hands are not gods and their businesses will be discredited.  The crowd is enraged and start a riot.  The city clerk calms the crowd down, stating that Demetrius and the other craftsmen must bring a formal case against Paul.  

     

                Paul departs for Macedonia. From there he goes to Troas then Miletus. Paul addresses the leaders of the church in Ephesus, stating that he is now on his way back to Jerusalem.  He knows that chains and affliction await him there.  However, he is undaunted by this prospect.  Paul knows that the best and safest place he can be is where God has sent him. 

     

    November 20:  Acts 21-23

     

                The group travels by sail to Tyre where they stay with some other believers.  They tell Paul not to go to Jerusalem through the Spirit.  They go to Caesarea where they meet Agabus.  Agabus takes Paul’s belt and ties his own hands and feet with it, stating that the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the belt’s owner in the same fashion.  The group continues begging Paul not to go to Jerusalem.  Paul would not listen. So they all respond “the LORD’s will be done!” 

     

                When they arrived in Jerusalem, they were greeted by the brothers gladly.  Paul went to see James and the elders the following day.  Paul gave the details of all the wonderful things God had done in the Gentile countries.  

     

                The following day, Paul enters the temple complex. The Jews from Asia see Paul and stir up the crowd against him.  They seize Paul, proclaiming him to be unclean and defilement of the temple since he has also brought Greeks into the complex.  They grab Paul and drag him out of the temple complex.  They begin beating him, but it is broken up by the commander of the soldiers.  Paul requests permission to address the people.

     

                Paul gives his testimony of his conversion on the way to Damascus.  He reminds them that he was a chief persecutor of the Christians before this event.  Despite what he says, the people call for his execution.  Paul is brought back into the barracks so that he can be whipped.  When they are stretching him out to be whipped, Paul lets them know that he is a Roman citizen.  Since Paul was a Roman citizen, the commander could not scourge him or try him.  He had all of the rights of a Roman.  Mistreatment of a Roman citizen could result in hefty fines. 

     

                The commander releases Paul, but he also tells the chief priests and Sanhedrin to convene.  He has Paul brought before them.  Paul looks them in the eye and tells them that he has lived his life before God in all good conscience.  At that, Ananias, the high priest, orders that Paul be struck on the mouth.  Paul pronounces that Ananias will be struck and calls him a whitewashed tomb.  Paul then causes the Sanhedrin to fall into disarray.  The Sanhedrin was comprised of both Pharisees and Sadducees.  The Pharisees believed in the resurrection of the dead, but the Sadducees did not.  Paul appeals to the Pharisees, stating that he too is one of them and he is being tried for believing in the resurrection of the dead.  A dispute erupts between the two group and Paul is once again confined to the barracks. 

     

                The Jews despise Paul so much that they take a vow not to eat or drink until Paul is dead.  They plan an ambush, and the commander is informed about the plot to kill Paul.  The commander devises a scheme to thwart the attack.  However, he does not protect Paul fully.  Paul is delivered to the governor of Caesarea who will try Paul as soon as his accusers arrive.  Paul is kept under guard in Herod’s palace.

     

    November 21: Acts 24-26

     

                Paul remains in custody for five days before the high priest and his lawyer bring the case against Paul.  The lawyer pays homage to Felix, the governor, praising him for the peace that they have enjoyed under his leadership.  He then claims that Paul is a plague and agitator that tried to desecrate the temple.  Felix allows Paul to respond to these accusations.  Paul informs him that the Jews did not see him disputing with anyone or causing a disturbance within the temple.  They can prove nothing, but he does confess that he follows the Way.  

     

                Felix already had accurate knowledge of the Way. He had Paul remain under guard and brought his wife, a Jewish woman, to listen to Paul about faith in Jesus.  Paul was given a regular audience with Felix for two years.  After two years, Porcius Festus took Felix’s place.  He wanted to maintain favor with the Jews, so he kept Paul in prison.  

                

                The chief priests request that Festus send Paul to Jerusalem. Their intent is to ambush him and kill him during the travels.  Festus kept Paul in Caesarea.  He too will be there shortly, so he tells them that anyone who has authority should come along with him to accuse him.  After a week Festus arrives in Caesarea and has Paul brought before him.  Paul maintains his innocence.  Festus asks if Paul would like to go to Jerusalem to defend himself there.  Paul should not go to Jerusalem.  He is a Roman citizen, so his case should be heard by the Roman officials, not the high priests. So, Festus decides to send Paul to make his case before Caesar.  

     

                King Agrippa and his wife Bernice pay a visit to Festus.  While they are there, Festus tells them about the case of Paul.  After hearing the details, they ask to see Paul so they can talk to him.  Paul gives his defense to the king, recounting his conversion on the way to Damascus. Agrippa tells Paul that he has lost his mind.  He also asks if Paul will make him a Christian so easily.  Agrippa and Bernice do NOT become believers, but they also know that he has done nothing that deserves death or chains.  They also lament that Paul could have been released if he had not appealed to Caesar. From their vantage, that is true.  However, they did not know about the plot to kill Paul on the way to Jerusalem.  

     

                It is worth noting that Paul used his testimony to appeal to Agrippa and Bernice.  As believers, we all have a testimony about how we came to know Christ.  When people ask us why we believe, no matter how much training we have, we can start with our testimony. 

     

    November 22: Acts 27 and 28

     

                Paul is handed over to Julius, a centurion from the Imperial Regiment, to sail to Rome.  Julius was kind to Paul. When they put into port at Sidon, he allowed Paul to go and visit his friends and receive care from them.  They set sail again and reached Myra in Lycia.  From there, they found an Alexandrian ship headed for Italy. The travel was rough and sailing was slow.  They sailed along the south side of Crete off Salome. The sea continued to be rough, but they did wind up in a place called Fair Havens. 

     

                The voyage is dangerous and Paul warns them that they are headed for danger. He sees the threat to both the ship and their lives. However, his advice is not heeded.  Instead, they decide to keep moving because the harbor they were in was not suitable to winter over in. They wanted to reach Phoenix, a harbor on Crete, where the ship could safely spend winter.  

     

                They set sail and a gentle south wind springs up.  This just gives them a false sense of security.  Soon, a fierce wind hits them.  I have sailed through the Mediterranean more than a few times and I have experienced the same thing.  In the morning the water was nice and calm, but then within without any warning, the sea begins to churn and the wind starts battering the ship. Their ship was caught and unable to head into the wind, so she gave way to the wind and was driven off course by it.  The storm continues battering the ship, so they begin throwing cargo overboard in hopes of saving the vessel.  The storm is so nasty that they do not see the sun or stars for many days.  Paul stands up, tells them to have courage, and encourages them to run the ship aground. They continue sailing, but there is concern they will run aground, so they drop four anchors trying to hold the ship steady.  The sailors had not eaten for two weeks, so Paul encourages them to eat something.  He takes bread, gives thanks to God, breaks it, and begins to eat. At that, the other passengers begin to eat as well.  

     

                The next day, the ship hit a sand bar.  The soldiers planned to kill the prisoners so that they could not swim and escape.  However, the centurion prevented them from doing so because he wanted to save Paul’s life.  They make it ashore to Malta where they are shown incredible kindness by the people. Paul immediately begins ministering to the people of Malta.  He even finds himself in front of Publius, the leader in Malta, and heals him from dysentery.  After three months, they set sail again for Rome.  

     

                When Paul arrives in Rome, he is first interviewed by the Roman Jews.  He witnessed to them about the kingdom of God and tried to persuade them that Jesus fulfilled the Law of Moses. Some believed, but others did not.  Paul continued ministering from his rented home for two years, proclaiming Christ with boldness. 

     

    November 23: Romans 1-3

     

                Paul wrote this letter to the Romans while he was in Corinth.  His intent with this letter is to help the readers grow spiritually.  He begins the letter, stating that he is a slave to Jesus.  He also informs us that we have received grace and apostleship through Him to bring about obedience of all nations.  Paul expresses his desire to visit Rome.  He has planned many times to come and visit, but he his plans had been thwarted each time.  

     

                Paul proclaims that he is not ashamed of the gospel.  We might ask ourselves why he would have to make such a statement.  However, considering all of the flak he received from Jewish officials about his faith in Jesus, we can see it would have been easier in the near term for him to stop boldly proclaiming Christ.  We live in a world now that looks upon Christianity with scorn.  Does that stop us from boldly proclaiming Jesus and doing His will?  

     

                He reminds the Roman Christians not to judge because if they do judge others, they are without excuse, bringing condemnation on themselves.  Judgment is reserved for God and God alone.  “He will repay each according to his works” (Romans 2: 6). 

     

                Paul lists many advantages of being a Jew in Chapter 3.  In the modern context, it is advantageous for a person to have Christian parents, attend a church, be baptized, attend Christian school, and to read the Bible.  While all of these things give Christians an advantage, they do not save us.  We are saved by Christ alone. Paul reminds us that everyone is under judgment because we have all sinned and fallen short of God’s glory.  We can only stand justified before The LORD is through the atoning work of Christ on the cross.  Therefore, we have no reason to brag.  If we are going to boast, it should be about Christ and what He has done for us. 

     

    November 24: Romans 4-7

     

                There are obvious questions about what happened to Biblical heroes from the Old Testament.  Are they destined for separation from God in eternity since they did not know Jesus?  Or will they be spared?  Paul answers this question by bringing up Abraham.  Abraham is justified by his faith.  He followed God’s direction to leave his family and go to the land God would show him.  He also reminds us that Abraham’s faith justified him before he was circumcised.  Abraham had faith that God would make him the father of many nations, despite his old age.  Abraham maintained his faith in God for his whole life. 

     

                Faith is important.  Since we have faith, we have peace with God through the work of Christ.  Christ’s blood takes away God’s wrath from us.  We committed the sin, but Christ paid the penalty for it. When we come to know Jesus, we should become changed.  We should not remain in our sin.  If we profess Jesus with our lips, but we do not allow Him to make us more like Him, is He really our Lord?  Jesus did not come and die so that we could remain enslaved to sin.  He came to set us free!  We were once slaves to sin, now we are slaves to God. 

     

                However, despite the fact that we have been set free, we will still struggle with sin.  Paul admits in this letter that he too struggles with sin.  He laments that he does the things he does not want to do and does not do the things he wants to do.  We will struggle with sin as long as we walk this earth.  Our goal is to grow more and more like Him every day of our lives. 


    print out

  • November 24: Romans 4-7

     

    There are obvious questions about what happened to Biblical heroes from the Old Testament.  Are they destined for separation from God in eternity since they did not know Jesus?  Or will they be spared?  Paul answers this question by bringing up Abraham.  Abraham is justified by his faith.  He followed God’s direction to leave his family and go to the land God would show him.  He also reminds us that Abraham’s faith justified him before he was circumcised.  Abraham had faith that God would make him the father of many nations, despite his old age.  Abraham maintained his faith in God for his whole life. 

     

                Faith is important.  Since we have faith, we have peace with God through the work of Christ.  Christ’s blood takes away God’s wrath from us.  We committed the sin, but Christ paid the penalty for it. When we come to know Jesus, we should become changed.  We should not remain in our sin.  If we profess Jesus with our lips, but we do not allow Him to make us more like Him, is He really our Lord?  Jesus did not come and die so that we could remain enslaved to sin.  He came to set us free!  We were once slaves to sin, now we are slaves to God.  

     

                However, despite the fact that we have been set free, we will still struggle with sin.  Paul admits in this letter that he too struggles with sin.  He laments that he does the things he does not want to do and does not do the things he wants to do.  We will struggle with sin as long as we walk this earth.  Our goal is to grow more and more like Him every day of our lives. 

     

    November 25: Romans 8-10

     

                When a person comes to faith in Jesus Christ, he or she is a new being. The penalty of spiritual death is taken away from them and they are credited with righteousness.  Paul explains that the law could not do this since it was limited by the flesh.  The law itself is perfect and just since it comes from God.  The only reason it falls short is because of our limited capabilities.  Jesus came and lived a life that completely obeyed the law.  His death ensures our salvation through His work, not ours.  This is great news for me because I know that if it was up to my works, then I would be in a lot of trouble. 

     

                When we come to faith, we are gifted the Holy Spirit.  As a result, we are not stuck in the cycle of fleshly desires. Instead, we have been adopted as God’s children.  Though there may be problems while we are here on earth, the glory that awaits our eternity far outranks the trials we may face down here.  Further, we know that no matter what we are going through, God will use it for His glory and for our good. 

     

                Paul expresses his grief that his fellow Israelites will not come to know Jesus.  They have rejected Him even though He physically descended from them.  However, Paul reminds us that not everyone in Israel was going to follow and not everyone descended from Abraham are considered Israelites.  He recounts that Abraham had children by Hagar and Keturah.  However, it is the child born from Sarah (Isaac) that the believers are traced back to. 

     

                Where does our righteousness come from?  It comes from faith alone.  It is not our works, it is not what we do, it is through our faith in Christ that we are saved.  He is the only One that can save us.  Now, that does not mean that we can act any way that we want to.  When Christ gets ahold of us, we should allow Him to change us from the inside out.  What is the point in coming to know Christ as Lord and Savior if we do not want Him to change us?  

     

    November 26: Romans 11-13

     

                Paul continues working through the issue of Israel and their lack of faith in Jesus.  He concedes that God has not rejected His people.  Paul is also an Israelite that came to have faith in Christ, and what a spectacular conversion story Paul has!  Throughout the history of the Israelites, the masses would reject God, but there was always a remnant that were faithful to Him.  When Elijah cries out to God asking if he is the only one left that still worships God, God responds by saying that He has 7,000 men that have not bowed to Baal (1Kings 19:18).  

     

                Paul urges the readers to present themselves as living sacrifices.  My hope and prayer is that when we come to worship the LORD that we BRING IT!  God does not deserve just our heart, but He deserves every last fiber of our being.  He is our creator and we should give ourselves completely to Him.  God goes all in for us, so why would we not go all in for Him?  

     

                Paul also uses the body as an image of the church.  Not everyone can be an eye, not everyone can be a foot.  God gave us all different skills and talents for His ministry.  Some are called to preach; others are called to teach.  Still, some are called to handle the finances and technical stuff.  There are many opportunities to serve in God’s church.  He has gifted us with the ability do something for Him. 

     

                As believers, God is our king.  However, there are rulers on earth that we are subject to.  Paul reminds us that everyone must submit to the governing authorities since their authority comes from God.  Regardless of whoever is in charge on earth, God is in control, and He is in charge.  He is the One that gives that person authority.  When Jesus is interrogated by Pilate, Jesus reminds Pilate that he only has power because God has given it to him.  The same goes for the kings of Israel and Judah, and the nations of today.  Regardless of who is in charge, our primary duty as Christians is to keep the commandments and love our neighbor as ourselves.  

     

    November 27: Romans 14-16

     

                Paul gives solid advice on how to treat other believers. Some may not be as strong in the faith and so they restrict their diet.  The people that do not restrict their diet should not look down on the person trying to strengthen their faith by not eating.  We would not look down on a homeless person attending a job fair, so why would we look down on someone that is working to strengthen their faith?  Paul encourages the Romans and us not to criticize one another.  Instead, we should seek to remove any stumbling blocks before our brothers and sisters and edify them.  

     

                We are further encouraged to please other people and not ourselves.  As Christians, we are called to a life of service.  When we look back on Christ’s life, He spent His time serving people and doing the Father’s will.  As believers, we are called to be united as one mind and voice in our Savior Jesus Christ.

     

                Paul explains his travel intentions.  He has been prevented from coming to Rome several times now.  He hopes to pass through and see them on his way to Spain.  He explains that he wrote this letter to them on his way to Jerusalem.  

     

                Paul closes the letter commending Phoebe to them.  She is described as a sister that should be welcomed in a manner worthy of the saints. It is believed that Phoebe is the one that delivered the letter to them.  He also sends his greetings to many people and reminds them to be wary of divisive people.  There are some that will enter the church with the sole intent of causing division and derision amongst the body of Christ.  It was a problem in Paul’s day and it is a problem today.  Paul closes out his letter to the Romans by giving God glory.  God alone is worthy of the glory! 

     

    November 28: 1 Corinthians 1-4

     

                Paul spent no less than 18 months in Corinth establishing the church.  As he continued his travels, he received letters from some members asking questions and also describing some of the issues the church faced at the time.  We can break 1 Corinthians into two sections.  The first section is Paul correcting poor behavior.  The second half of the letter is him answering questions about the Christian life. 

     

                The letter begins with Paul giving thanks for the believers in Corinth.  This is a common opener for Paul.  From there, he begins admonishing them for the division in the church.  Some of the believers are separating themselves from the others based on who they follow.  They align with a mortal man instead of the One they were baptized in the name of. As Christians, our alliance should first and foremost be with Jesus.  He also reminds them that they have no reason to boast in their salvation.  They are not the ones that did the work of salvation.  If they are going to brag, then it should be in the LORD and the work He has done.  

                

                Paul reminds them that he did not come to them with eloquent speech or gimmicks to get them to believe in Jesus.  Instead, he presented the raw truth to them about the LORD.  The faith of a Christian is not based on worldly wisdom. Instead, it is based on the wisdom of the LORD, which the world sees as foolish.  

     

                Despite the fact that the church has been around for a while, there is still a problem with some of the members not maturing in their faith.  Paul says that he only feeds them with spiritual milk because they are not ready for anything else.  When we come to have belief in Jesus, we should grow in our faith and our abilities to follow His word and do His will should become easier.  If we continue in the same worldly state without growing more like Christ, have we really had a conversion experience? 

     

                The believers in Corinth are viewed as Paul’s own children and so he is giving them fatherly care.  Some of the believers are beginning to doubt that Paul is coming back to visit them.  They puff themselves up with pride, thinking they know better and can get away with things since Paul has not come back to them yet.  When he comes back to them, it will either be with a rod or with gentleness.  Their behavior will be the deciding factor on how he will handle them. 

     

    November 29: 1 Corinthians 5-8

     

                There is a scandalous case of sexual immorality happening in the church.  A son has taken his father’s wife as his own.  Most likely this guy’s father and stepmother are not part of the church.  So he is harming their view of the church and what appropriate behavior is.  However, that is not the only problem.  The other problem is that none of the church leaders have rebuked this man for what he is doing which is just as scandalous as the man’s behavior.  Rather than admonish this man and take him through the process of church discipline, they brag about what is going on, showing how tolerant they are of this sin.  Someone should mentor this man and have him make things right between his father and stepmother.  

     

                Just as we live in a world of litigation, the believers back then had frivolous lawsuits among themselves.  Paul warns them about this since they are taking matters that could be handled at the lowest level and they are instead airing out the church’s dirty laundry.  When these things happen, people on the outside of the church take notice.  If we are not offering anything different than the rest of the world, why would they think that the church is any different than any other club?  They are letting small matters that should be shaken off affect not just members of the church, but the outsiders that are looking in. They are all encouraged to run from sexual immorality.  It will get them into serious trouble! 

     

                Paul shifts from his admonishments to questions about holy living.  He had received correspondence from married people saying that they should abstain from touching their wives.  Paul explains that sex was designed for marriage and it should be between a husband and wife.  God does not expect married people to abstain from each other.  So, we have some people in the church that have so little care about breaking God’s commands that they are engaged in sexual immorality. Then there is another group that wants to make sure they don’t violate God’s command and have decided not to touch a woman, even his wife.  

     

                There is encouragement for new believers to be happy where they are at.  When we come to know Jesus, our life situation will not necessarily change.  When I came to have faith, it was not all sunshine and rainbows.  Still some days today are not the greatest.  But I have learned to be happy wherever God has placed me and in whatever situation He has me in.  

     

                There is an issue of food being offered to idols.  Some people think it is sinful to eat meat that was offered to an idol first.  Others are okay with it.  I am in the camp that thinks it is not bad.  After all, it is not as if that idol is an actual god.  So there is no real harm in eating the meat offered to idols.  However, it is harmful if it causes another believer to stumble in their walk.  As believers, we are not just connected to Christ, but we are connected to one another.  The things we influence the other believers in our lives.  We must be careful not to be a stumbling block to anyone. 

     

    November 30: 1 Corinthians 9-11

                The issue of pay is brought up.  Paul does not accept pay, but he has the right to since he is doing the work of ministry.  Paul was a tentmaker by trade and he spent his “free” time making tents to support the ministry.  He also explains that he lives his life to be an example for them.  Everyone runs the race, but only one person receives the prize. He encourages them to run in such a way to win the prize.  Each believer should be giving their best effort.  We went to the state cross country meet last weekend.  As the racers at the end of the pack were passing by, we continued to cheer.  Then Reagan said that he always hated the pity cheers when he ran at track.  I explained that the cheers aren’t pity cheers. Those runners, even though they aren’t in first, are still giving it everything they’ve got to get to that finish line.  Are we living our lives in the same way?  Are we giving God all of the energy we have?  

     

                Paul warns of poor behavior by citing past events in Israel’s history.  The Israelites in the wilderness had walked through the Red Sea.  They had seen the pillar of cloud leading them in the desert.  They had received the manna from heaven, but they still managed to sin.  They still managed to leave God and follow their own sinful ways.  No one is immune to falling into these traps.  As believers, we must be on guard against falling into sin.  “Whoever thinks he stands must be careful not to fall”.  

     

                They are warned to flee from idolatry.  Idolatry was a common practice back then.  No one was going to think anything bad about them if they had an idol set up in their home.  However, God would not be pleased.  As believers, we cannot serve two masters.  We must pick.  Do we serve Jesus or something else?  

     

                Paul gives instructions on proper observance of The LORD’s Supper (Communion).  Not everyone is getting fed during the ceremony because of division among the members.  Some go hungry while others get drunk.  The elements for communion are to be evenly distributed among the believers.  Further, whoever comes to observe the LORD’s supper should examine himself or herself before partaking.  If they come in an unworthy way to eat the bread and drink the cup, they bring judgment on themselves. 

     

    December 1:  1 Corinthians 12-14

     

                We read about spiritual gifts.  As we have talked about before, God has given each of us a unique gift to be used for His glory.  These gifts we have may all be different, but they are all from the same Spirit.  There is great diversity to these gifts, but that is what gives the church strength.  When we are all using the gifts that God gave us in an appropriate manner, then the church is unstoppable.  That is one of the reasons we saw such tremendous growth in the first few chapters of Acts.  

     

                Paul gives them instructions about love.  As Christians, when we do things, it must be done in love.  When we serve the poor and destitute, it must be done in love.  There is a trend where people are going to homeless people and filming themselves while they give them money or food.  This is an act not driven by love for another human.  Instead, it is driven by love for self.  That is what Paul is getting at in his instruction about love.  If these things are not done with love as the intent, then it is just flashy and annoying.  It won’t draw anyone to God, but will instead turn them away. Whatever we do, love should be the motivator. 

                Paul reminds them that they are to build one another up at the church meetings, not tear each other down.  They are to maintain proper order in church meetings to ensure their edification.  They should not compete with one another when it comes to speaking in church.  


    print out

  • December 1: 1 Corinthians 12-14 

     

    We read about spiritual gifts.  As we have talked about before, God has given each of us a unique gift to be used for His glory.  These gifts we have may all be different, but they are all from the same Spirit.  There is great diversity to these gifts, but that is what gives the church strength.  When we are all using the gifts that God gave us in an appropriate manner, then the church is unstoppable.  That is one of the reasons we saw such tremendous growth in the first few chapters of Acts.  

     

                Paul gives them instructions about love.  As Christians, when we do things, it must be done in love.  When we serve the poor and destitute, it must be done in love.  There is a trend where people are going to homeless people and filming themselves while they give them money or food.  This is an act not driven by love for another human.  Instead, it is driven by love for self.  That is what Paul is getting at in his instruction about love.  If these things are not done with love as the intent, then it is just flashy and annoying.  It won’t draw anyone to God, but will instead turn them away. Whatever we do, love should be the motivator. 

     

                Paul reminds them that they are to build one another up at the church meetings, not tear each other down.  They are to maintain proper order in church meetings to ensure their edification.  They should not compete with one another when it comes to speaking in church.  

     

    December 2: 1 Corinthians 15 and 16

     

                Paul gives instruction about the resurrection.  There are some that make the claim today that the resurrection is not necessary for the Gospel.  This is not true. If Jesus died on the cross, was buried, and remained in the tomb that Joseph of Arimathea purchased, then our faith would be in vain.  Christ demonstrated His power over death when He resurrected. Paul is right when he says that our faith is in vain if Christ has not been raised.  We know that Jesus has, though.  His victory over death also guarantees our victory over the grave. 

     

                Without the resurrection, then we have no hope for eternity. That is why Paul says if the “dead are not raised, let’s eat and drink, for tomorrow we die”.  Without eternity, then we can be encouraged to live for the moment and chase the pleasures of the flesh.  The worldly authorities are telling us to enjoy our lives now and do whatever we want.  We should not believe that lie.  Instead, we should grow in the Spirit, becoming more like Christ every day.

     

                Paul closes First Corinthians by giving instructions on the collection they have taken. He also details his travel plans.  When he makes it through Macedonia, he plans to stop by and possibly stay through the winter.  Paul informs them that he will remain in Ephesus until Pentecost because there is effective ministry despite the opposition he is facing.  He reminds them to keep the faith and be strong, doing everything in love. My hope and prayer is that we, as believers, will do everything out of love. My prayer is that people will know that we are Christians by our love. 

     

    December 3: 2 Corinthians 1-4

     

                Second Corinthians gives a strong defense to Paul’s authority and ministry.  It gives us insight into the heart and spirit of Paul’s ministry.  The letter also teaches a lot of important doctrine.  Paul opens the letter with a greeting and then speaks about God’s comfort despite affliction.  At first, he writes about the discomfort he had in his visit with the Corinthians.  Apparently, it was a painful visit.  However, it was not nearly as bad as the affliction Paul experienced in Asia. He was almost killed there! Paul explains that he intended to visit them, but had to postpone his trip. 

     

                One main reason for postponing the trip is because he cannot bear another painful visit with them. Paul had spent time giving them correction and teaching them.  On the surface this seems like that should not have caused pain. However, the problem is that most people do not like to be corrected.  I do not like to be corrected.  My kids do not like to be corrected.  My kids sometimes complain about a teacher saying, “Ms. So and So doesn’t like me.”  When I ask why, they say that they corrected them for talking in class or being on the phone.  Correction, even when it is gentle, can sometimes feel like an attack.  

     

                There is an issue of some false teachers asking for letters of recommendation. Paul states that these letters are not necessary for him.  His competence from ministry comes from God. It is not a letter of recommendation that makes a minister fit, it is the Spirit.  Prior to being called to ministry, I could not fathom how a person could come up with a sermon every single week.  It made no sense to me.  Since I have been in ministry, The LORD has provided. 

     

                Paul speaks of affliction.  There are trials, there are temptations.  Though our bodies are weak and fragile, like a jar made from clay, we have power from God. “We are pressured in every way, but not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; we are persecuted but not abandoned.”  When we come to faith in Christ, our problems are not automatically wiped away.  However, we have the God of the Universe to walk through these problems with us. 

     

    December 4: 2 Corinthians 5-9

     

                We read about what our future looks like when we pass from this earth.  One thing is for certain, every person on earth is mortal.  Unless the LORD comes back, we will all die one day.  Though our time on earth is temporary, we have an eternal dwelling in heaven.  So, we walk by faith and not by sight.  This blessed assurance gives us great comfort as we go through this life.  We have been reconciled to the Father through Christ’s atoning work on the cross.   Since we know Him, we are a new creation.  

     

                Paul encourages the Corinthians, and us, to not receive God’s grace in vain.  We have been unshackled from the yoke of sin.  We are no longer prisoners to the sins of the world, so why would we return to it?  Since we have been freed, we should remain free instead of going back to it.  As a result, believers should not be mismatched with unbelievers.  This is not to say that we should not have friends that are unbelievers.  It does mean that they should not have influence over how we live our lives.  When I was in high school, my unbelieving friends encouraged me to go against what God teaches.  When I was in the Navy, my unbelieving friends encouraged the same.  As believers, Christ should influence our behavior, not the world. 

     

                The churches of Macedonia were congregations in Philippi, Thessalonica, and Berea.  Paul teaches about the curious case of giving in these churches.  These churches were extremely limited in their finances. However, the limitations did not impede their ability to give.  Paul makes it clear that once they had given their hearts over to God, they had no problem giving their wallets to Him.  They gave out of their poverty and trusted God to provide for their needs. Paul is not trying to chide the Corinthians into giving more than they already are.  Further, he is not doing that to the modern audience either.  We know that because he reminds us that God loves a cheerful giver.  He tells them that they should not give reluctantly or out of necessity.  Do we give because we feel forced to or because we want to? 

     

    December 5: 2 Corinthians 10-13

     

                There is a major shift in the tone of the letter beginning in chapter 10.  Paul writes about his apostolic authority.  He comes to them with humility while in their presence, but he writes boldly to them.  When he returns, he will challenge people that are acting in an unspiritual way. He will have to be bold in this confrontation.  There is disobedience and Paul is ready to punish that disobedience.  However, Paul will not punish the disobedience until the obedience of the Corinthians is confirmed. If the wrong things are being taught by the leaders in the church, who is responsible for their disobedience? The leaders are and the punishment does not land on the person that is following the false teaching.  When I was in the Navy, we had a program called 3 M (Maintenance, Material, and Management).  When I was the 3M coordinator and gave training on basic maintenance, I told the Sailors to follow the Maintenance Requirement Card (MRC) to the letter.  Even if the MRC had the wrong procedures, if they followed the procedures exactly as they were written, they could not be held at fault.  They were simply following the instructions, even though the instructions were wrong. 

     

                Paul writes about his vision of the third heaven.  In this context, the first heaven is the atmospheric sky. The second heaven is the planetary sky and universe.  The third heaven is God’s dwelling place.  The vision took place “14 years ago” which would have made the year 42 AD, if 2 Corinthians was written in 56 AD.  That means Paul’s vision of God’s dwelling place happened before he began spreading the gospel message throughout the Mediterranean.  Paul refers to his “thorn in the flesh” that was given to him so that he would not exalt himself.  We do not know what that thorn is. Some believe that he was going blind, others think it might have been palsy.  Whatever the ailment was, it did not stop Paul from fulfilling his mission because God has given him sufficient grace.      

     

                Throughout the Gospels, we see many examples of Jesus healing people.  However, we are not given details about those that were not healed.  Paul is a servant to the great physician and God could have healed him, but it was not in God’s will.  Though God might not heal us from our physical afflictions, we know that He has healed us from our sin.  We also know that our physical ailments should not keep us from serving the LORD’s.  Paul’s ailment did not stop him, why should it stop us? 

     

                Paul closes by informing them is coming to visit a third time.  All of the accusations brought to him have to have at least two or three witnesses to be determined truthful.  He was lenient the last time he visited, but when he comes again, he will not be as gentle.   

     

    December 6:  Galatians 1-3

     

                Galatians was one of Paul’s earliest letters.  This letter gives a strong presentation of the truth that sinners are saved by trusting in Jesus alone.  Further, that belief in Jesus will also drive them to live godly lives. Paul opens his letter with a nice greeting that abruptly shifts in tone. He is amazed that they are defecting from the gospel of grace. Rejecting this true gospel is the same as rejected God Himself.  They have turned to another gospel, one that they think is superior. However, since it is not from God, it is no gospel at all.  

     

                Paul speaks of an issue of hypocrisy.  There was debate in the early church on whether a converted Gentile had to be circumcised or not. The debate was so fierce a council had to be formed to settle the debate.  Despite the ruling that Gentile converts did not need to go through circumcision, there were Jewish converts that were adamant that all Christians be circumcised. Peter (referred to as Cephas) regularly ate with Gentiles. However, when the circumcision party arrived, Peter quickly stopped associating with the Gentiles, trying to appease the circumcision party.  I learned long ago that try as we might, we will never please everyone.  Furthermore, if we try to please everyone, then we wind up making everyone mad.  Peter should have continued associating with the Gentiles regardless of who else was in his company.  

     

                Paul asks if the Galatians are foolish.  He asks if they received the Spirit by the works of the law or hearing with faith.  It is their faith that gives them righteousness, not their works. He reminds them that Abraham believed God and it was credited to him as righteousness.  God called Abraham before Abraham believed, not before.  God called us to Him before we believed. 

     

                We might think that there is no need for the law based on our salvation through faith.  The law is not contrary to the faith.  The law was given so that we have an established rule on how we are supposed to interact with God and our fellow man.  The Ten Commandments were given to Moses and we would think they are easy to follow since there are just ten.  However, these rules proved impossible for us to follow.  The law is not abolished by Christ.  Instead, He fulfills the law.  When we come to know Him, we are part of His family.  Therefore, there is no Jew or Greek, slave or free, male or female.  Instead, we are all united in Christ.

     

    December 7: Galatians 4-6

     

                Paul expresses concern for the Galatians.  At one point, they did not know God and were enslaved to these false gods.  Now they know the truth.  They know the One true God and they are known by God.  He asks how they can turn back to the things that used to enslave them after knowing Him.  That question can also be asked of us.  Do we follow God because we want to be forgiven, live for Him, and become more like Him?  Or do we profess belief with the expectation of forgiveness, but no change in our behavior?  We should not turn God’s abundant grace into the abuse of grace.  It comes down to this question: What do we love more, Jesus or our sin?  Some of these folk in Galatia were trying to have it both ways.  They wanted to live a sinful life, maintaining their fleshly lifestyle, only using Jesus as fire insurance. 

     

                Since Christ has freed us, we should not return to the slavery of sin.  Our freedom should not be uses as an opportunity for the flesh, but to serve one another in love.  The entire law can be fulfilled in one command: Love your neighbor as yourself.  We are also called to bear one another’s burdens.  I would also like to add that we should bear one another’s celebrations as well.  Throughout my life, I have found it is easier for some to commiserate with someone going through a tough time than it is to rejoice with someone that has been given great news. We should bear one another’s burdens and joys.  We are all family.

     

    December 8: Ephesians 1-3

     

                The letter to the Ephesians is an anthem to the sovereign grace God gives sinners through Christ. It is a call for all of us to live lives worthy of the calling we have received and worthy of Christ’s sacrifice.  

     

    After greeting the church in Ephesus, Paul launches into worship of God. Verse 3 is sometimes referred to as “the doxology” because it expresses what God has done and gives praise, worship, and honor to Him.  We have redemption in Christ.  That means that we have been purchased with the price of Christ’s blood.  

     

    The Ephesians are reminded that they were once dead in their sins and trespasses. Paul admits that he also walked according to the flesh and the fact is that we too walked according to the world before we knew Christ. God is rich in mercy, though, and plucked us up out of that pit and made us His own.  Paul gives a call to unity.  Some are Gentile converts; others are Jewish converts. Regardless of nationality, race, or any of the other devices the world uses to separate people, we are united under God. We are living in a very divisive world these days. My prayer is that we will unite under the banner of Jesus Christ, the Prince of Peace. 

     

    Paul details how he prays for the Galatians.  He prays that they are strengthened by the Spirit and that Messiah dwells in their hearts.  Paul also prays that they are rooted in love.  A healthy prayer life is important in the life of a believer.  Prayer is not the least we can do, it is the most we can do because we are asking the God of the universe for help.  


    print out

     

  • December 8: Ephesians 1-3

     

    The letter to the Ephesians is an anthem to the sovereign grace God gives sinners through Christ. It is a call for all of us to live lives worthy of the calling we have received and worthy of Christ’s sacrifice.  

     

    After greeting the church in Ephesus, Paul launches into worship of God. Verse 3 is sometimes referred to as “the doxology” because it expresses what God has done and gives praise, worship, and honor to Him.  We have redemption in Christ.  That means that we have been purchased with the price of Christ’s blood.  

     

    The Ephesians are reminded that they were once dead in their sins and trespasses. Paul admits that he also walked according to the flesh and the fact is that we too walked according to the world before we knew Christ. God is rich in mercy, though, and plucked us up out of that pit and made us His own.  Paul gives a call to unity.  Some are Gentile converts; others are Jewish converts. Regardless of nationality, race, or any of the other devices the world uses to separate people, we are united under God. We are living in a very divisive world these days. My prayer is that we will unite under the banner of Jesus Christ, the Prince of Peace. 

     

    Paul details how he prays for the Galatians.  He prays that they are strengthened by the Spirit and that Messiah dwells in their hearts.  Paul also prays that they are rooted in love.  A healthy prayer life is important in the life of a believer.  Prayer is not the least we can do, it is the most we can do because we are asking the God of the universe for help.  

     

    December 9: Ephesians 4-6

     

                The letter calls the people to use their gifts to advance the kingdom of God and promote unity within the ranks.  Each believer makes up the universal church.  The church building is not the church, the members of the church are.  The believers all form one church that is united under one Spirit.  So, they should be united and accept one another in love. Paul reminds them that they did not all receive the same gifts.  Some were called to be apostles, some prophets, some evangelists, some pastors and teachers.  Each task is important in growing the kingdom of God. I like to think of it along the lines of the Jenga game. Each wooden block of the tower is important to holding the structure upright. As pieces are removed, the structure becomes weaker, until it collapses. The same can happen to us if we are not careful. 

     

                Since God has done this wonderful thing for us, we should be imitators of God. The highest form of flattery is imitation.  We were made in the image of God. When we become believers, we enter the sanctification process where we grow more like Him every day. Our goal as Christians is not to conform to the worldly standard, but to conform to God’s standard and imitate Him.  The world is watching to see if we merely pay lip service to faith or if we actually live it out. Paul warns that the days are evil, so we should not be foolish in our actions.  We need to understand God’s will.  One way to make that happen is to have a consistent prayer life and regular Bible reading. 

                Paul closes this letter warning the Ephesians (and us) that we are engaged in spiritual warfare.  We might not see it, but it is happening all around us.  As believers, we should put on the full Armor of God. The truth is like a belt.  In Roman armor, the belt was a vital piece of equipment because it steadied the soldier and allowed him to take on the weight of the other armor pieces. We must know the complete objective truth of God. Righteousness is worn like a breastplate and our feet should be ready to spread the gospel. We carry the shield of faith, the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit as we go into battle.  So which piece is the most important? All of them are. If we are missing one piece, we are more vulnerable to attack. 

     

    December 10: Philippians 1-4

     

                Philippians is a very warm and personal letter to the church in Philippi.  They had some initial difficulties, but those difficulties created a strong bond between Paul and the converts in Philippi. This makes sense. Some of my strongest friendships were developed while onboard destroyers.  The fast pace of life and constant uncertainty of schedule creates a fair amount of anxiety.  So, when you are in the same boat as someone dealing with similar difficulties, bonds develop that are incredibly strong. 

     

                The letter is written to thank the Philippians for sending him a gift while he was in prison.  He also wanted to tell them about his current circumstances.  Even though Paul was in jail, he had joy because God’s kingdom was growing. He was put in a rough spot, but this allowed him to continue preaching and teaching.  He does not shy away from teaching his fellow prisoners or the guards that are assigned to watch him.  Paul fearlessly preaches the gospel no matter what circumstance he is in.  Do we have that same vigor in sharing our faith? 

     

                Paul admits that he is still not fully reached Christian maturity. So, he continues to grow every single day.  We will never reach full maturity in the LORD while we are on this earth.  However, we should daily strive to become more like Him. Paul is not worried about chasing down the things that the world defines as successful.  Instead, he is concerned with obeying God and doing His will.  The things of this world will fade.  Nothing in this world lasts forever except for your soul, my soul, and God’s eternal Word.  Are we investing in eternity or something else? 

     

                The letter closes with counsel to the church in Philippi.  We can apply it to our lives today.  Paul encourages them not to worry about anything, but take everything to God in prayer with petitions and thanksgiving.  He will give us the peace that surpasses all understanding. We also read one of the most popular Scriptures to use out of context.  I see it at many of the sporting events I get to go to. Philippians 4: 13 “I am able to do all things through Him who strengthens me.”  Paul is not guaranteeing that God will give someone a great tennis match or help them overcome a worthy challenger at tennis.  Paul is explaining that when we get stuck in rough and unfair situations, God will give us the strength to get through it.  God will give us the grit and determination we need to navigate the challenges of this life.  As believers, if we have not already faced hard times, hard times will come.  God will give us the strength to endure, just as He gave Paul the strength to endure his prison sentence.  Not only did Paul endure the sentence, but he had joy while he was going through it.  God will do the same for us. 

     

    December 11: Colossians 1-4

                The letter to the church in Colossae is another letter Paul wrote from prison.  He wrote the letter to correct false teachings that were spreading in the church. Paul begins the letter expressing his gratitude to God for establishing them in the faith.  He also explains that he prays for their continued growth in the LORD, so that they can understand His will. 

     

                Paul warns them not to be taken captive by false doctrines or philosophy and empty deceit.  Paul refers to this as “human tradition” meaning it is not from God, but from a fallible human being.  From what we can tell in the letter, there is some judgment being cast on these believers for not following all the old festivals.  Since they have been redeemed by God, they are no longer bound to all the rituals that once were observed.  There is nothing wrong with celebrating these festivals or not celebrating these festivals.  However, it is wrong to judge the person based on whether they participate or not. 

     

                They, and we, have been raised with the Messiah.  As a result, we should have our hearts and minds chasing after the things above, not the things of the earth.  They should put their old nature away.  As humans, we are bent on sin.  It is what we do.  Adam and Eve lived in a paradise where all their needs were met.  They had perfect fellowship with one another and with God Almighty, yet they sinned!  Since we are a new creation in Christ, we should seek His will and emulate Him, not continue being trapped in our sin.  God freed us from that captivity, why would we keep going back to it? 

     

                Paul wraps up the letter encouraging them to devote themselves to prayer. He tells them to give thanks, but also to pray for him so that God may open a door to present the message.  Paul is always seeking an opportunity to serve the LORD no matter what circumstance he was in. 

     

    December 12: 1 Thessalonians 1-5

     

                Even though Paul was not in Thessalonica long, he was able to establish a church there.  Since there was not much time to give all the instruction the new converts needed, he sent letters to give further guidance. Paul opens the letter by giving thanks.  The converts there immediately turned away from idols and began serving the One true God.  Paul reminds them that in Philippi, he had great opposition to presenting God’s message, but he was still emboldened to spread the Gospel.  Not everyone will accept God’s message.  That is one reason Paul is so happy with this group in Thessalonica, they heard and accepted the message.  Paul has been trying to make it back to visit them, but he has been hindered every time. 

     

                Since he could not make it, Paul sent Timothy.  After Timothy spends some time there, strengthening and encouraging them.  Timothy comes back to Paul with great reports of their faith and love in Thessalonica.  Paul encourages them to do better at walking with the LORD, even though he admits that they are already walking and pleasing God. 

     

                Based on Paul’s response in chapter 5, we can assume that someone had a question about when the Day of the LORD would come.  He reminds them that they know it will come like a thief in the night.  Even Jesus would not tell the disciples when He was coming back, explaining that was for the Father in Heaven to know.  Since we do not know when He is returning, we should live as if He could show up at any moment.  

     

                Paul closes the letter telling them to rejoice always and pray constantly.  They should give thanks in everything and stay away from every kind of evil.  As believers, are we doing these things? 

     

    December 13: 2 Thessalonians 1-3

     

                The second letter to the church in Thessalonica was written to give further clarification on how to live the Christian life.  Paul encourages them, explaining that they will be counted worthy of God’s kingdom. He then launches into their concern about the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.  He asks them not to be easily upset and not to be deceived.  There have been people throughout history that have boldly proclaimed the exact date that Jesus was coming back.  They have been wrong.  Paul points to a future time when apostasy happens and the man of lawlessness is revealed.  This makes me think that the end will come when the Gospel is no longer being preached.  They have no need to worry about when it will happen, neither do we.  Instead, we can stand firm in the faith and hold to the traditions we were taught. 

     

                Paul closes the letter encouraging them to keep away from irresponsible people.  They should not be lazy.  Paul was not lazy while he was with them, neither should any of them be lazy.  This is not to say that people in need should not be helped, but there is a difference between laziness and need.  Proverbs 19:24 “The slacker buries his hand in the bowl; he doesn’t even bring it back to his mouth.”  That is the kind of laziness Paul is warning about here.  He also encourages them to not grow tired in doing good. 

     

    December 14: 1 Timothy 1-6

     

    First and Second Timothy and Titus have been referred to as the “pastoral epistles” since the 18th century. These letters are different from other Pauline epistles because they are directed to Paul’s ministry partners. 

     

    When Paul went to Macedonia and Timothy remained in Ephesus, he instructed Timothy to not teach a different doctrine or pay attention to myths.  If he strays from doctrine, then he could fall into the trap of heresy.  If he gives any credence to myths, he could also fall into the heresy trap or lose sight of the Gospel.  Paul gives praise that Jesus came to save sinners and refers to himself as the worst of all sinners.  

     

    Timothy is urged to give prayers, petitions, intercessions, and thanksgivings for everyone so that they can lead a tranquil and quiet life in all godliness and dignity.  It is somewhat ironic considering Paul’s life as a believer was rather tumultuous.         God gave Paul peace and tranquility despite the opposition and death threats he faced in his ministry.  

     

    Timothy was relatively young.  Paul encourages him to not let anyone despise him because of his youth.  Instead, he should be an example in speech, conduct, love, faith, and purity.  He reminds Timothy that he has been given a gift and he needs to keep developing that gift. God gives us natural talents, but it is up to us to make those talents even better.  As a pastor, I spend a fair amount of my week listening to other pastors that are much better speakers than I am and reading books about theology written by people a lot smarter than me.  I do this because I know I can get better and I want to get better.  The best way for me to do that is to observe those that are better than me. 

     

    The rich are directed to not put their faith in their wealth and become arrogant.  Wealth is uncertain, but God provides us with everything we need.  As believers, our hope and trust should be only in Him.  

     

    December 15: 2 Timothy 1-4

     

                The letter opens with thanks to God for Timothy.  Paul remembers the time that they had together and the sincere faith of Timothy.  He reminds us that God has not given us a spirit of fear, but one of power, love, and sound judgment. Therefore, we should not be ashamed of the Gospel.  Sadly, there are some that think our faith should be hidden.  When I first came to faith, I was told by my parents that faith is a deeply personal thing and should be hidden away. When we do this, though, it confines God to the four walls of the church.  As believers, we should be expressing our faith throughout the rest of the week. As believers, we should have a biblical worldview, looking at every decision we make based on God’s word and not the ways of the world.  We are not called to act like Christians for an hour on Sunday and then live like the rest of the world the rest of the week.  God has called us to live for Him and do His will at all times.  So, we should constantly seek justice, love mercy, and walk humbly with Him. 

     

                Paul tells Timothy not to get ensnared by the worries of the world.  When a person becomes a soldier, they do not get entangled in civilian life.  As believers, we belong to God.  We do not need to entangle ourselves with the worries of the world.  Paul tells him to flee from youthful passions and pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace. 

     

                Even though Timothy belongs to God and even though we belong to God, there will be difficult times in our future.  People will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, unloving, irreconcilable, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, without love for what is good, traitors, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God. They hold to a form of godliness, but deny its power. There were people like that in Paul’s time just as there are people like that in our time. 

     

                Paul closes the letter charging Timothy to spread the message whether it is convenient or not.  A time will come when people will not tolerate sound doctrine. I think that time has already come.  Rather than hear the truth, some want to just hear what they want to hear.  The truth remains the truth, whether we believe it or not. My prayer is that we cling to God’s truth no matter what.  God will always be God and His truth will always be truth. 


    print out

  • December 15: 2 Timothy 1-4

     

    The letter opens with thanks to God for Timothy.  Paul remembers the time that they had together and the sincere faith of Timothy.  He reminds us that God has not given us a spirit of fear, but one of power, love, and sound judgment. Therefore, we should not be ashamed of the Gospel.  Sadly, there are some that think our faith should be hidden.  When I first came to faith, I was told by my parents that faith is a deeply personal thing and should be hidden away. When we do this, though, it confines God to the four walls of the church.  As believers, we should be expressing our faith throughout the rest of the week. As believers, we should have a biblical worldview, looking at every decision we make based on God’s word and not the ways of the world.  We are not called to act like Christians for an hour on Sunday and then live like the rest of the world the rest of the week.  God has called us to live for Him and do His will at all times.  So, we should constantly seek justice, love mercy, and walk humbly with Him. 

     

                Paul tells Timothy not to get ensnared by the worries of the world.  When a person becomes a soldier, they do not get entangled in civilian life.  As believers, we belong to God.  We do not need to entangle ourselves with the worries of the world.  Paul tells him to flee from youthful passions and pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace. 

     

                Even though Timothy belongs to God and even though we belong to God, there will be difficult times in our future.  People will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, unloving, irreconcilable, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, without love for what is good, traitors, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God. They hold to a form of godliness, but deny its power. There were people like that in Paul’s time just as there are people like that in our time. 

     

                Paul closes the letter charging Timothy to spread the message whether it is convenient or not.  A time will come when people will not tolerate sound doctrine. I think that time has already come.  Rather than hear the truth, some want to just hear what they want to hear.  The truth remains the truth, whether we believe it or not. My prayer is that we cling to God’s truth no matter what.  God will always be God and His truth will always be truth. 

     

    December 16: Titus & Philemon

     

    Paul wrote this letter to Titus to give him encouragement in his ministry.  Paul left Titus in Crete to continue the ministry they started. Paul gives guidance on how to choose proper elders. He warns Titus against the rebellious people. Crete was known in the ancient world for its moral decadence. The historian Polybius wrote that it is virtually impossible to find personal conduct that was more vile and treacherous than in Crete. This sinfulness was a cause for celebration among the non believing population. Paul directs Titus to stand up against this poor behavior. Just because the world says it is okay, does not make it right in the eyes of the LORD. 

     

                The conduct of older men is reviewed. It is proper for them to be level headed, sensible, sound in faith, love, and endurance. If they do not possess these qualities, people should not learn from them or emulate their ways. As believers, we should be working to be more like Jesus, not like the world. We should turn away from godlessness and worldly lusts, seeking God and His righteousness. 

     

                Paul closes Titus reminding him that the believers in Crete must still treat the sinful and lost in a loving way. Just because they are stuck in sin does not mean that they should be judgmental toward them. Instead, they should show love to these people and work to get them to come to Christ. He is the only One that can truly change them. All believers at one point in time were lost. We were stuck in sin and could not distinguish the right way to go. But God pulled us up out of that pit. Since we were lost at one point in our lives, we should remember where we came from when it comes to interaction with unbelieving people.  

     

                Philemon is the only letter from Paul of a private nature. This letter deals with Onesimus, a runaway slave. He had robbed Philemon and escaped to Colossae. He met Paul there and became a believer. Paul sent him back to Philemon with this letter. Paul encourages Philemon to welcome Onesimus back as a brother. If someone wrongs us, but later comes to know Jesus and returns to ask forgiveness, how we will respond? 

     

    December 17: Hebrews 1-6

     

                We do not know who wrote Hebrews. If there is a question-and-answer time after the Judgement Seat of Christ, that is one of the many questions I have. This letter is written as a tribute to the incomparable Son of God and to encourage the persecuted believers. The author begins the letter stating that God spoke to the fathers in the Old Testament through prophets at different times and different ways. We are blessed in the fact that He communicates with us by His Son. Jesus Christ is superior to all.  He is not a created being.  He was there from the very beginning.  He is and always has been. 

     

                We are saved through His atoning work on the cross. We should be careful not to drift away from His teachings. Jesus condescended His throne and made Himself lower than the angels so that He could go to the cross and take away our sin. Why would we take that gift for granted and continue living in our sin and iniquity?  S

     

                The author warns them against unbelief.  As we walk with Christ, we may have some questions. This is not a problem. Sometimes doubts creep up. What we do with those questions will make the difference between strengthening the faith and apostasy. If we search out the answer to these questions, God proves Himself, and our faith is strengthened. However, if we do not address the question and just retain the doubt, then that is the slippery slope to apostasy. We should do everything in our power to grow in our faith, not walk away from it. 

     

                The role of the high priest is reviewed. The Jewish high priest had to make a sin offering for himself and the people. Jesus is the high priest. However, He did not have to make sacrifice for Himself because he was sinless and blameless.  He had no guilt.  Instead, He took on our guilt and gave Himself up as the ultimate sacrifice. 

     

                Relationships are like most other things in this world.  If we ignore them long enough, they will go away. Paul encourages the readers to refrain from regressing in their faith.  We too should do everything we can to grow closer with Him. It takes daily time with Him. I love Dania tremendously and I want our relationship to grow, so I spend time with her every day, even when we are crazy busy. If I only spent time with her for an hour on a Sunday morning, would our relationship grow? Would she feel loved if she only got an hour of my attention out of the 168 hours a week? That is only 0.5 percent of the week!  Surely God deserves more of our time than that! 

     

    December 18: Hebrews 7-10

     

                Melchizedek is a figure we read about all the way back in Genesis. Abraham gave him a tenth of his possessions. Abraham was a great man and still gave a tenth to Melchizedek, indicating that Melchizedek is superior to Abraham. Jesus is the high priest forever, in the order of Melchizedek. He is superior to all. No matter how far we climb in the social ladder, we will always be subservient to Him. Everyone has a boss, except for God.

     

                The first covenant and second covenant are discussed. The author claims that if the “first covenant had been faultless, there would have been no occasion for a second one.” However, the covenant itself was perfect and faultless. God is perfect and faultless. However, we are not.  That is where the imperfection comes into the first covenant. It was our inability to fulfill our end of the covenant that led to it falling apart. It is not God’s fault, nor is it the Law’s fault. 

     

                The first covenant called for a tabernacle.  In the tabernacle was the most holy place where the ark of the covenant resided and God’s glory filled the room. The high priest alone was the sole individual that was allowed behind the curtain once a year to make sacrifice.  Now, Jesus stands before the Father, acting as our advocate. He is the perfect High Priest. 

     

                Throughout the Old Testament, bulls were brought as sacrifices to atone for the sins of the people. The blood of these animals merely covered the sin. However, Jesus is the perfect sacrifice. His blood does not just cover up our sin. Instead, it completely washes our sin away, like it never happened. That does not mean that we are free from the worldly consequences of our sins. However, we are freed from the grave.  We may taste physical death, but we will not taste spiritual death. 

     

    December 19: Hebrews 11-13

     

                The author discusses the importance of faith. In the Old Testament, the heroes of the faith acted on faith.  It was Abel’s faith that caused him to give an acceptable sacrifice to God. Enoch was so faithful that he never actually died.  Instead, he was simply taken away by God.  Faith is essential if we are going to please God.  We must trust Him when He gives us a direction. Noah was warned that the rain was coming, and he faithfully built the ark. His faith made him a hero of the faith. Abraham acted in faith when he departed his family at God’s command. God has our best interests at heart.  We can trust Him and do what He tells us to do, even when it does not make sense.  A long time ago, when I was young and you were even younger, God was pushing me toward joining the navy.  It made no sense at the time. My friends all thought I was crazy, I thought I was crazy, but it was the direction God was sending me.  However, He used all my experiences to bring me to this point. Who knows what would have happened if I did not act on faith? 

     

                Our faith should drive us to endure. The Christian life is not for the faint of heart. There will be trials and tribulations. So, we should run our race with endurance, keeping our eyes on Jesus. He is the founder and perfector of our faith. 

     

                Hebrews closes with a command to let brotherly love continue. Our ability to love is to set us apart from the rest of the world. We are called to love our fellow Christians and love our enemies.  That is how we change the world, with love. As we go through this life we can always remember that God will never leave us or forsake us.  He is our helper.  If we seek Him and His will, He will give us the strength we need to love and do His work. 

     

    December 20: James 1-5

     

                We read the book of James today.  James is filled with instructions on how to live a godly life. He opens the letter encouraging the believers to rejoice in any trial or tribulation since these challenges test our faith and that testing produces endurance. These help us mature in Jesus. Rather than bemoan the problem before us, we can look at it from the vantage of an opportunity to grow. This, of course, is much easier said than done.  When I am up against problems, I must remind myself to have the right attitude about it, instead of letting the flesh take over and react the way I want to. 

     

                James reminds us that God is not the One who tempts us.  We are tested by God, but we are not tempted by Him. Instead, temptation comes from the devil.  Tests are designed to help us grow closer to God. Temptations are given to draw us away from God. 

     

                We cannot just hear the word of God.  Instead, we should also be doers of the Word. Talk is cheap.  People are more interested in our behavior than how much we know. If we have the entire Bible memorized, it does us no good if it does not influence how we act. There should be no favoritism in the church. If a poor person is sent to sit on the floor, but a well-dressed person is placed in a seat of prominence during worship, the church is guilty of favoritism. 

     

                When we walk with Jesus, our faith in Him should be evident to the world around us. James makes the point that there should be works behind our faith.  Our works do not save us. Jesus is the One who saves us. However, our faith in Him should make us a new creation and we should be driven to do God’s work. James challenges us stating that we can say we are saved by our faith, but he will show us his faith by what he does. Do we show the world our faith through our actions? That is not to say that we should be out doing charity and making a big deal of the good things we are doing and receive praise from man. However, we should be compelled to do what is right because of the change Christ made within us. 

     

                James encourages us to control our tongues and our language.  The tongue is a small thing, but it can do mighty things.  We should be careful with it since it is “a world of unrighteousness”. The tongue can pollute the whole body. We must control it. 

                We should not take life for granted. We do not know what is going to happen tomorrow.  We do not even know what is going to happen for the rest of this day. We can give an estimated guess, but we do not know for certain. So, we should not boast about tomorrow since it is not guaranteed. Instead, we should make plans, knowing that those plans could change based on what God does.  We should approach our lives waiting on God and praying with fervency. We should refrain from vows.  Instead, our “yes” must be “yes” and our “no” must be “no”. If we say we are going to do it, then we better do it. The world is watching. We might be the only Bible someone reads. Let’s make sure we give them an accurate translation! 

     

    December 21: 1 Peter 1-5

     

                First Peter is considered one of the General Epistles. This letter gives encouragement to the suffering believers in Asia Minor. There was intense persecution at the time. This letter encourages faithfulness under extreme oppression. Peter encourages them to be serious and to set their hope completely on God’s grace. Since God is holy, they too should be holy.  To live godly lives, they need to remove all malice, deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and slander. They do not grow the body and mature us in Jesus.  Instead, they are destructive forces. 

     

                Our faith in Jesus does not guarantee that we will have an easy life. In fact, it means quite the opposite.  The people in Asia Minor are now suffering for their faith.  In their suffering, Peter encourages them to do what is good while they suffer. When they do this, it will bring favor with God.  God is glorified when we endure hardships and continue doing what is right. Adversity is not always fun. However, it can help us grow.  One of the reason a weightlifter’s muscles grow is because he or she gives the muscles adversity.  That strain of lifting the weight makes small tears in the muscle. The muscle grows bigger and stronger through this tearing and repairing. The same can be said of our faith. If we are enduring hardship, we know that it will make us stronger on the other side of the hardship. 

     

                Peter closes this letter encouraging us to be serious and alert. The enemy is roaming around looking to devour us like a lion. We are called to resist him and be firm in our faith. 

     

    December 22: 2 Peter 1-3

     

                Second Peter is another of the General Epistles. This letter emphasizes Christian living. We are encouraged to strengthen our faith with goodness, goodness with knowledge, knowledge with self- control, self-control with endurance, endurance with godliness, godliness with brotherly affection, and brotherly affection with love. If these are present in our lives, then we will live fruitful lives for the LORD.  

     

                Peter warns against the false teachers present during his time. He reminds the reader that there were false prophets in the past and there will be false prophets in the future. It is imperative that we can discern what true teaching is and what is false. These teachers might have sweet words and tell us exactly what we want to hear, but if these words are not in congruence with God’s Word, then they are destructive words that can lead to our destruction. 

     

                In the last days there will be scoffers. They live according to their own desires. They have no fear of The LORD. This has been an issue from the beginning, though.  Throughout history the arrogant have existed, claiming that there is no God. To be sure, there are scoffers today. We need not fear these people. Just because they deny the truth of God does not mean that God is threatened. God remains God regardless of how many people believe in Him. God is not shaken by these scoffers. We should not be shaken by them either. 


    Print Out

  • December 22: 2 Peter 1-3

     

                Second Peter is another of the General Epistles. This letter emphasizes Christian living. We are encouraged to strengthen our faith with goodness, goodness with knowledge, knowledge with self- control, self-control with endurance, endurance with godliness, godliness with brotherly affection, and brotherly affection with love. If these are present in our lives, then we will live fruitful lives for the LORD.  

     

                Peter warns against the false teachers present during his time. He reminds the reader that there were false prophets in the past and there will be false prophets in the future. It is imperative that we can discern what true teaching is and what is false. These teachers might have sweet words and tell us exactly what we want to hear, but if these words are not in congruence with God’s Word, then they are destructive words that can lead to our destruction. 

     

                In the last days there will be scoffers. They live according to their own desires. They have no fear of The LORD. This has been an issue from the beginning, though.  Throughout history the arrogant have existed, claiming that there is no God. To be sure, there are scoffers today. We need not fear these people. Just because they deny the truth of God does not mean that God is threatened. God remains God regardless of how many people believe in Him. God is not shaken by these scoffers. We should not be shaken by them either. 

     

    December 23: 1 John 1-5

     

                First John addresses an issue of division.  There are some in the ranks that have departed fellowship.  This rift was due to a difference of opinion on doctrine, ethics, devotion, or a combination of the three.  Sadly, we see people forsake the fellowship based on differences of opinion today. 

     

                John warns the reader of the danger of lying to themselves.  If they say that they have fellowship with Jesus, but they continue to walk in darkness, they are lying.  Their faith is a faith of lip service, confessing with their lips, but not making a change in their hearts.  He also addresses the issue of people that think they are better than they actually are.  “If we say, ‘We don’t have any sin,’ we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us” (1 John 1:10).  Everyone sins.  Everyone needs a savior.  If we had the ability to be perfect and sinless, the cross would not have been necessary and it could have been left up to us to work out our own salvation.  As believers, we are not perfect, but we serve the One who is perfect.  His blood has set us free from our sin. 

     

                We will continue to struggle with sin for the rest of our lives.  John explains that we know we are in Him when we keep His commands. As believers, we cannot love the world or the things that belong to the world. Instead, we should fix our eyes on the Father and seek His will. We are God’s children and should remain in Him.  Since we are part of God’s family, we should love one another.  Cain was Abel’s brother.  Abel made a sacrifice that was accepted by God.  Cain’s sacrifice was not.  As a result, he murdered Abel.  He did not love his brother or God.  Instead, he was filled with evil. We should love, not with word or speech, but with truth and action. 

     

                Though we seek God and His will and do what is right, the world will continue to fall into sin and depravity.  We have no reason to fear.  God is greater than the one in the world.  It might look like the devil is winning, but he is not.  The darkness cannot overcome the light.  God has His victory! 

     

    December 24: 2 John 1, 3 John1, and Jude 1

     

                John’s second letter is either addressed to a lady or the lady that owned the home where a church met.  John reiterates the need for believers to follow God’s commands.  However, he also advises to watch out for deceivers.  They do not confess Jesus’s return.  If a teacher is not rooted in Christ and goes beyond His word, are not to be trusted.  They are not giving solid instruction in the LORD.  Sadly, there are many teachers out there today that go outside of Christ’s teaching.  We must be on the alert for this false teaching. 

     

                John’s third letter is the shortest book in the New Testament.  This letter gives a lot of positive advice.  However, it also warns against Diotrephes, a power-hungry leader. Diotrephes slanders the other teachers. He does not welcome the brothers, most likely to protect his position.  There are people out there like that today.  Do not be deceived by them! 

     

                Jude is another very short letter.  Jude seeks to protect Christian truth, opposing heretics that threaten the faith.  The gospel should be defended vigorously by all believers.  One thing to note about Jude is that there are reference to extrabiblical texts.  The account of Michael and the devil arguing over Moses’s body was taken from The Assumption of Moses, an apocryphal book. In this story, Michael goes to bury Moses’s body, but the devil tries to stop him, claiming ownership over Moses because of the murder he committed in Egypt. In this story, he does not rely on his superiority to condemn the devil, but instead calls on the LORD to judge.  In our struggle with sin and worldliness, it is best to get God’s help rather than trying to defeat temptation on our own.  God is strong to save and He never fails. 

     

    December 25: Revelation 1-3

     

    On this Christmas day, we begin the final book of the Bible.  In this book, the glorified and resurrected Messiah reveals Himself to John while he is imprisoned in Patmos.  Patmos used to be an empty island with not much by way of agriculture.  John begins the letter explaining that this revelation was given to show His people what will take place soon.  Of course, what is soon to us is very different than what is soon for God.  John describes Christ in His glory.  He is dressed in a long robe with a gold sash around His chest.  His head and hair are white like wool and His eyes like a fiery flame. His face shines like the sun at midday. 

     

                John is told to write letters to the seven churches in Asia.  The first letter is addressed to the church in Ephesus. Things at this church are going well.  They are known by God for their inability to tolerate evil, their good works, labor, and endurance. However, they have begun to fall away.  They have forgotten their first love.  The church is encouraged to remember how far they have fallen, repent, and do the works they did in the beginning. 

     

                The church in Smyrna is afflicted and poor.  Despite their poverty, they are rich.  They are about to suffer, but they should have no fear.  They are encouraged to remain faithful until death.  Their perseverance will result in receiving the crown of life.  The church in Pergamum remains faithful despite living where Satan’s throne is.  They remain faithful to Christ, but He has a few things against them.  Some of the believers are placing stumbling blocks in front of other believers. They are told to repent.  

     

                Thyatira is known for their love, faithfulness, service, and endurance. Their works now are greater than they were when they first began.  However, they tolerate Jezebel. This is most likely a nickname referring to the idolatrous queen of the northern kingdom of Israel in 1 and 2 Kings. This woman has led them astray, into committing sexual immorality and eating meat sacrificed to idols.  The people enjoined in her practices must repent or they will be thrown into great tribulation.  

     

                Sardis has a reputation for being alive, but they are in fact dead. They need to strengthen what remains before it dies.  Even though many are dead in their faith, there are some among them that will walk with Jesus because they remained faithful.  The church in Philadelphia has limited strength, but it has remained faithful to Jesus.  As a result, they will be spared from the hour of testing.  

     

                Laodicea is lackluster.  They are neither hot nor cold.  As a result, they will be vomited from Christ’s mouth.  They are rich and successful, but this success has caused them to place their faith in their worldly possessions, not in God.  They think that they are perfect and faithful.  Their success has blinded them to how wretched and pitiful they are.  Our worldly success does not equal spiritual success.  

     

    December 26: Revelation 4-8

     

                After writing the letters, John is taken into the throne room of heaven.  John describes what he sees on the throne as resembling jasper and carnelian stone.  A rainbow that looked like an emerald surrounded the throne.  There were 24 thrones around this throne occupied by 24 elders dressed in white with gold crowns on their heads.  Four living creatures surrounded the throne.  When these creatures give glory to God, the 24 elders fall down before the One seated on the throne.  They worship Him and cast their crowns at his feet. 

     

                In the right hand of the One on the throne is a scroll.  However, there is no one worthy to open the scroll, so John begins crying.  He is told to stop weeping by one of the elders.  The Lion from the tribe of Judah is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals.  The Lion of Judah is described as a slaughtered lamb.  The Lamb takes the scroll and the 24 elders fall down before Him, singing praises.

     

                The first seal is opened and a white horse appears.  The horseman on it has a bow.  A crown is given to him and he goes out as a victor to conquer.  When the second seal is opened, a red horse appears.  The horseman on this horse has the power to take peace from the earth, causing people to kill one another.  A black horse appears when the third seal is opened.  The horseman has a set of scales in his hand. The fourth seal is broken and a pale green horse arrives.  Death is the name of the one riding this horse.  Hades follows behind him.  He is given authority to wipe out 25 percent of the earth.  

     

                The fifth seal is opened and the martyrs are revealed under the altar.  These are the ones that were murdered because of their faith.  They cry out asking how long they have to wait for justice to be done.  How long will they wait before their blood is avenged?  They are each given a white robe and told to rest for a while.  When the sixth seal is opened, a violent earthquake shakes the earth.  The sun turns black and the moon becomes like blood.  Everyone hides in caves and the rocks of the mountains.  

     

                After all of this, John sees four angels standing at the four corners of the earth. Another angel appears and he gives instructions to the four angels empowered to harm the earth.  When the seventh seal is opened, there is silence in heaven for about a half an hour.  Seven angels stand in the presence of God and they have seven trumpets. The first angel blows his trumpet, causing hail and fire mixed with blood to fall to earth.  The second angel hurls something like a mountain into the sea, causing the sea to turn to blood.  When the third trumpet is sounded, a great star falls from heaven and lands in a third of the rivers and springs of water, making them unsafe to drink. The fourth trumpet sounds and a third of the sun, third of the moon, and third of the stars are darkened.  

     

    December 27: Revelation 9-12

     

                The fifth trumpet sounds and clouds of locusts come up out of the abyss.  These are not ordinary locusts, though. They do not harm any of the vegetation.  Instead, they only go after humans that do not have God’s seal on their foreheads.  The sixth angel blows his trumpet and the command is given to release the four angels bound at the great river Euphrates.  These angels go and kill a third of humanity.  Despite all the death and destruction that is taking place around them, the people that are spared still refuse to repent of their works and seek God.  Instead, they just continue in their murders, sorceries, sexual immorality, and theft. 

     

                Another mighty angel comes down from heaven, surrounded by a cloud with a rainbow over his head.  John is about to write down what he hears, but is then commanded to not write it down.  John is given a measuring rod and is told to measure God’s sanctuary and the altar.  He is told that God’s two witnesses will be empowered to prophesy for 1,260 days (about 3.75 years). If anyone tries to harm them while they are prophesying, fire will come from their mouths and consume their enemies.  However, when their testimony is complete, the beast will come from the abyss and make war with them.  They will be killed and their bodies will remain in the public square.  The people will be so happy that they will exchange gifts with one another. After 3.5 days, though, these witnesses will be resurrected and great fear falls on the crowd.  They are called up to heaven and another earthquake hits, killing 7,000 people.  

     

                Revelation 12- 14 serves a prelude to the bowls of wrath we already read about.  He describes a sign.  He uses the term “sign” (Greek semeion). This is the same term he used in his Gospel account.  He sees a woman pregnant in labor and in agony.  In the second sign he sees a great dragon.  This beast represents satan and the devil.  The dragon has seven heads and ten horns, and is similar to the beast in 13:1, but there are enough differences to indicate that these are two separate beasts.  

     

                War breaks out in heaven.  Michael and his angels fight against the dragon and his angels.  The dragon does not prevail and he is cast out of heaven.  This does not stop the dragon from continuing his pursuit of the woman and her child.  

     

    December 28: Revelation 13-16

     

                A beast rises out of the sea.  It has ten horns and seven heads.  This beast is given power by the dragon.  The whole earth is amazed at this beast, so they follow it.  The worship the dragon because it gave the beast authority.  They ask “who is like the beast?” Their faith is in this monstrosity, not in God Almighty.  The beast blasphemes against God.  

     

                Another beast comes out of the earth.  He had two horns like a lamb, but he sounds like a dragon.  This beast drives the earth to worship the first beast.  It performs great signs and wonders.  He orders the people to make an image of the beast from the sea.  The image is given a spirit so that anyone who does not worship the beast is killed.  This beast requires that everyone be given a mark on his right hand or on his forehead.  This mark is a requirement to buy or sell anything.  

     

                Things are seeming bleak, but then John looks to Mount Zion and the lamb stands there with the 144,000 who had His name and His Father’s name written on their foreheads.  They sang a new song to the One seated on the throne.  Only those redeemed by God could learn the song.  Three angels appear and give proclamations.  The first calls for giving God glory since the hour of His judgment has come. The second proclaims the fall of Babylon. The third announces that anyone aligned with the beast will drink from God’s wrath.  

     

                John sees seven angels with the seven last plagues.  When these plagues are finished, God’s wrath is complete. The first bowl is poured out and painful sores break out on the people who had the mark of the beast and worshiped his image.  The second bowl turns the sea into blood. The third bowl turns the rivers and springs to blood. The fourth bowl gives the sun power to burn people with fire.  Those that are burned by the sun blaspheme God rather than repent of their sins.  The fifth bowl brings incredible darkness. The sixth bowl dries up the Euphrates. Three unclean spirits resembling frogs come from the dragon’s mouth.  These spirits travel to all the kings of the world, encouraging them to gather their people for battle at Armageddon. When the seventh bowl is poured out, a loud voice from the sanctuary says, “It is done!” Another earthquake hits, but this one is so severe that the city splits in three parts and the cities of all nations fall.  

     

    December 29: Revelation 17-19

     

                One of the seven angels tells John to come and see the judgement of the prostitute that sits on many waters.  This notorious prostitute is Babylon the Great.  John is carried away to the desert where he sees a woman sitting on a scarlet beast covered in blasphemous names. On the woman’s head it is written “Babylon the Great The Mother of Prostitutes and of the Vile Things of the Earth”.  When John sees her, he is astonished.  The angel asks him why.  He then gives the meaning of the woman and the beast.  The seven heads are seven mountain on which the woman is seated.  They are also seven kings.  Five of these kings have fallen, one is, and the other has not come yet.  

     

                After John sees all this, another angel appears from heaven.  He cries in a mighty voice announcing Babylon’s fall.  God’s people are called up out of Babylon.  The earthly leaders that lived luxurious lifestyles because of their relationship with Babylon weep in fear.  All their luxury is stripped away.  Merchants cannot sell their goods.  Babylon the great has fallen.  Her light will never shine again.  Though many had trusted in this great city, it is fallen.  Nothing in this world lasts forever.  Kings and kingdoms will rise and fall.  The only One that is consistent and eternal is God Almighty. 

     

                When Babylon falls, there is great rejoicing in heaven.  John sees another rider on a white horse.  This horse is different from the one he saw earlier in his vision.  This rider is Jesus.  He has many crowns, showing that He is more powerful than the devil.  He has a name that is only known by Him, reminding us that even though God has shown us a lot, He has not revealed everything about Himself and His plan.  The beast and the kings of the earth gather to make war against Him.  The beast is taken prisoner, along with the false prophet. The rest are easily defeated with the sword that comes from the rider’s mouth. 

     

                No matter how powerful a worldly system might look, it is not more powerful than God. God is Almighty.  There is none before Him.  Our faith should be in Him alone.  He is the victor over Hades and death.   

     

    December 30: Revelation 20 and 21

     

                After the beast is defeated, Satan is bound up for 1,000 years and thrown into the abyss so that he could not deceive anyone. This period coincides with the return of Jesus and there are multiple views on how to interpret it. The views to interpret this passage are Premillenialism, Amillennialism, and Postmillenialism. All the views make solid arguments in their favor, but the views also have weaknesses. Premillenialism holds that Jesus’s return will happen before the thousand years. Amillennialists see these events as symbolic. Proponents for this view argue that Satan’s binding occurred the first time Jesus came to earth and defeated death on the cross. Postmillenialism holds that Christianity will grow more influential up to the point of Christ’s return. In my opinion, we should not get wrapped around the axle on which view is right. One day, it will be revealed to us. Our biggest mission right now is to go and love people like Jesus, showing them who He is.

     

                After the thousand years, Satan is released to deceive the nations again.  He will rally people for battle.  The text describes the army as being as numerous as the sand of the sea. They will be summarily defeated.  Satan and the false prophets are thrown into the lake of fire where they will be tormented forever and ever. Today, there is a false interpretation on what hell is.  Some think that hell is run by Satan and that there is a lot of partying and fun happening there.  That is not the case. The lake of fire isn’t for the devil to rule, it is for him to be punished.

     

                After this event comes the Great White Throne of judgement.  Everyone stands before the throne, both living and dead.  The book of life is opened and everyone is judged by their works.  This means that every one of us, regardless of whether we know Jesus or not will be judged. 

     

                When the judgment is complete, John sees a new heaven and a new earth.  He also sees the Holy City, new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven.  An announcement is made that God now dwells with humanity.  The fellowship with God that Adam and Eve enjoyed with God before their sin, is restored to mankind. 

     

    December 31:  Revelation 22

     

                After viewing the New Jerusalem, John sees the river of living water.  The water flows from the throne of God and the Lamb, down the middle of the street in the city.  The tree of life is on both sides of the river, which bears 12 different kinds of fruits every month.  Night no longer exists because the LORD God gives the light. 

     

                John is told that God is coming quickly.  As we discussed earlier, though, God’s timing is very different than our timing.  When John is done hearing these things, he bows down to worship the angel that had been showing him around.  John is quickly told to get back up because he is a fellow servant.  

     

                The reader is encouraged to come to Jesus.  “The one who is thirsty should come. Whoever desires should take the living water as a gift.”  Jesus is a gift for all mankind.  He did not come to save one particular nation or people group; He came for all of humanity.  All we have to do is confess Him as Lord and Savior and repent of our sins.  Jesus holds the keys to eternal life. 


    print out